INDUSTRY COMMISSION - Urban Transport - Volume 1: Report  REPORT NO. 37  15 FEB1994

Australian Government Publishing Service, Melbourne

IV URBAN TRANSPORT

© Commonwealth of Australia 1994

ISBN 0 644 33300 6

This work is copyright. Apart from any use as permitted under the Copyright

Act 1968, no part may be reproduced by an process without prior written

permission from the Australia Government Publishing Service. Requests and

enquiries concerning reproduction and rights should be addressed to the

Manager, Commonwealth Information services, Australian Government

Publishing Service, GPO BOX 84, Canberra ACT 2601.

Acknowledgments

The Commission is grateful for the cooperation and assistance of the many participants in this inquiry.

The Commissioners also record their appreciation of the application and commitment of the staff

who assisted in the preparation of this report.

INDUSTRY COMMISSION

15 February 1994

The Honourable George Gear MP

Assistant Treasurer

Parliament House

CANBERRA ACT 2600

Dear Minister

In accordance with Section 7 of the Industry Commission Act 1989, we have pleasure in

submitting to you the report on Urban Transport in Australia.

Yours sincerely

Keith J Horton-Stephens Jeffrey Rae Derek Scrafton

Presiding Commissioner Commissioner Associate Commissioner

Level 28 Collins Tower

35 Collins Street, Melbourne 3000

Locked Bag 2, Collins East, Melbourne, VIC 3000

Telephone: 03 653 2100 Facsimile: 03 9653 2199

TABLE OF CONTENTS V

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Volume 1

Abbreviations xiii

Glossary xv

Terms of reference xviii

Overview 1

Main findings and recommendations 19

The inquiry 29

PART A THE URBAN TRANSPORT SYSTEM

A1 The city and transport 35

A1.1 Introduction 35

A1.2 Transport and objectives for Australian cities 35

A1.3 How are cities shaped? 37

A1.4 Concerns with current urban forms 42

A1.5 Choices and decisions 47

A1.6 Concluding remarks 52

A2 Urban transport patterns 55

A2.1 Why do we travel? 55

A2.2 Where do we travel? 57

A2.3 How do we travel? 59

A2.4 Patterns of road use in cities 63

A2.5 Trends over time in travel 65

A2.6 Conclusion 68

A3 Indicators of performance 69

A3.1 Introduction 69

A3.2 Participants’ views 70

A3.3 Inadequate data 71

A3.4 The performance of urban public transport 72

A3.5 The performance of urban roads 87

A3.6 Conclusion 92

VI URBAN TRANSPORT

A4 The role of government 95

A4.1 Introduction 95

A4.2 The current role of government in urban transport 95

A4.3 The rationale for government involvement 99

A4.4 Choosing the appropriate role for governments 106

A4.5 The role of different levels of government 112

A5 Reforming government transport agencies 121

A5.1 Introduction 121

A5.2 Current institutional arrangements 121

A5.3 The shortcomings of present institutional arrangements 125

A5.4 Improving the institutional arrangements: corporatisation 127

A5.5 Conclusion and recommendations 133

A6 Regulation and competition 135

A6.1 Introduction 135

A6.2 The role of regulation 136

A6.3 The effects of regulation 136

A6.4 The scope for competition 141

A6.5 Concerns about competition 146

A6.6 Competition in Australian public transport 151

A6.7 Conclusion 159

A7 Pricing and investment 161

A7.1 The role of urban transport pricing 161

A7.2 Urban road pricing 163

A7.3 Urban public transport pricing 167

A7.4 The impact of transport price changes 175

A7.5 Current arrangements for urban transport investment 178

A7.6 Problems with the current approach to investment 180

A7.7 Reform of investment processes 187

A7.8 Alternative arrangements for financing investment 187

A8 Social issues 191

A8.1 Introduction 191

A8.2 Assistance to the transport disadvantaged 192

A8.3 The effectiveness of subsidies 197

A8.4 Transport for people with disabilities 207

A8.5 Longer-term reform 214

A8.6 Conclusion 215

TABLE OF CONTENTS VII

A9 The use of roads 217

A9.1 Introduction 217

A9.2 Congestion 218

A9.3 Better use of roads 221

A9.4 Conclusion 233

A10 The environment, accidents and roads 237

A10.1 Introduction 237

A10.2 The nature of the environmental problem 237

A10.3 Costs of pollution 243

A10.4 Developing policy responses to pollution 246

A10.5 Consideration of policy measures 248

A10.6 Technological change 259

A10.7 Road accidents 260

A10.8 Conclusion 266

A11 Reform: an integrated approach 267

A11.1 The Reform Package 267

A11.2 An Implementation Program 269

A11.3 Transport and cities: the package applied 275

A11.4 The impact of the reform package 286

A11.5 Locking in change 288

PART B COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEM

B1 Urban rail 293

B 1.1 The role of urban rail in Australian cities 293

B 1.2 Institutional arrangements 295

B 1.3 Assessment of performance 296

B 1.4 Options for improving performance 306

B2 Trams and light rail 321

B2.1 Characteristics of trams and light rail 321

B2.2 The current role of trams and light rail 323

B2.3 Assessment of performance of existing systems 325

B2.4 Options for improving performance 329

B2.5 Proposals for new light rail lines 331

VIII URBAN TRANSPORT

B3 Buses 339

B3.1 The role of buses 339

B3.2 Regulation and provision of Australian urban buses 342

B3.3 Performance of public and private bus operators

in Australia 344

B3.4 Issues in reform 354

B3.5 The Commission’s reform options 370

B3.6 Implementing reform 373

B3.7 Conclusion 380

B4 Taxis and hirecars 381

B4.1 The role of taxis in urban transport 381

B4.2 Current institutional arrangements 382

B4.3 Rationale for regulation 386

B4.4 The effects of taxi regulation 390

B4.5 The benefits of opening up the taxi industry 395

B4.6 Issues in reform 401

B4.7 The Commission’s reform proposals 404

B4.8 Conclusion 406

BS Community transport 409

B5.1 The role of community transport 409

B5.2 Impediments to community transport 414

B5.3 Recommendations 421

B6 Cycling 423

B6.1 The role of cycling 423

B6.2 The benefits and costs of cycling 425

B6.3 Expanding the role of cycling 429

B6.4 Conclusion 433

References 435

TABLE OF CONTENTS IX

FIGURES, TABLES AND BOXES IN VOLUME 1

Figures

Figure AI. 1 Employment by sector 38

Figure A2.1 Reason for travel in Brisbane, 1976 and 1986 56

Figure A2.2 Journeys to work in Melbourne - 1985 58

Figure A2.3 Getting to work - the car or public transport 59

Figure A2.4 Travel patterns by modal share, 1985 60

Fiaure A2.5 Housing location and the journey to work, 1991 62

Figure A2.6 The cost of urban travel 63

Flaure A2.7 Urban road freight task - 1971 to 1991 65

Figure A2.8 Urban travel patterns, 1971-1991 66

Figure A2.9 Trends in motor vehicle ownership, 1961-1988 67

Figure A2.10 Car ownership in South Australia, 1911-1991 67

Figure A3.1 Farebox recovery of operating costs, government

public transport authorities 73

Figure A3.2 Passenger boardings per employee, government

urban public transport authorities 78

Figure A3.3 On time running for urban rail 85

Figure A7.1 Real fare index 170

Figure A8.1a Weekly expenditure on rail fares 197

Figure A8.1b Percentage of weekly income spent on rail fares 197

Figure A8.2a Weekly expenditure on bus and tram fares 198

Figure A8.2b Percentage of weekly income spent on bus and tram fares 198

Figure A8.3a Weekly expenditure on private motor cars 205

Figure A8.3b Percentage of weekly income spent on private motor cars 205

Figure A 10.1 Breaches of nitrogen dioxide standard in Sydney 241

Figure A10.2 Breaches of ozone standard in Sydney 241

Figure A10.3 Breaches of ozone standard in Melbourne 241

Figure AI 0.4 Breaches of ozone standard in Perth 241

Figure A10.5 Cost of road accidents reported to the police, 1991 263

Figure B1.1 Selected productivity measures for urban rail 300

Figure B4.1 Proportion of income spent on taxi fares 394

Figure B4.2 Taxi user income profile - Adelaide 1988 394

Figure B4.3 Taxi fares around Australia 396

Figure B4.4 Taxi licence values in Adelaide - 1974 to 1993 404

Tables

Table Al. 1 Summary of transport and land use in 32 cities, 1980 41

Table A2.1 Proportion of all travel by trip purpose, Melbourne 1992 56

X URBAN TRANSPORT

Table A2.2 Estimated urban road travel 1991 64

Table A3.1 Urban public transport deficits 75

Table A3.2 Average urban public transport deficits per household 76

Table A3.3 Average urban public transport deficits per passenger 77

Table A3.4 Median travel time to work, 1971 and 1991 86

Table A3.5 Urban road expenditure 87

Table A3.6 Selected government levies on motorists, allocated to

urban travel 88

Table A5.1 Institutional arrangements applying to urban public

transport GTEs 122

Table A7.1 Public transport fare structures in Australian cities 169

Table A7.2 Marginal operating costs for peak and off-peak services, 173

Table A8.1 Transport disadvantaged groups 193

Table A8.2 Commuters in five income groups travelling to Melbourne’s

central zone by various transport modes 198

Table A9.1 Commercial vehicles on Sydney’s main roads 220

Table A9.2 Melbourne’s daily congestion costs 221

Table A9.3 State and Territory Government fuel franchise fees 226

Table A9.4 Tolls on Australian roads and bridges 228

Table A9.5 Current and planned electronic road pricing schemes 229

Table A9.6 Commuters driving into Melbourne’s central zone, by

zone of origin 232

Table A 10.1 Relative contribution to atmospheric pollution in major

Australian cities by source 238

Table A10.2 Carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide emissions by mode 240

Table A10.3 Costs of urban pollution and noise (1989-90) 245

Table A10.4 Capital, operating and external costs of transport

modes in Australian capital cities 246

Table A10.5 Urban road accidents, 1988 261

Table A10.6 Fatality rates for different modes of travel, Australia, 1988 261

Table A10.7 Summary of metropolitan road accident costs, Australia, 1988 263

Table A10.8 Accident costs in capital cities in 1991 264

Table B1. 1 Main characteristics of Australia’s urban heavy rail systems 1991-92 294

Table B1.2 Recovery of operating costs from fares: Australian urban rail 299

Table B1.3 Australian urban rail investment 1990-91 to 1992-93 305

Table B2.1 Summary of operating characteristics of trams, light rail and trains in Melbourne 322

Table B2.2 Overview of the Melbourne and Adelaide tram systems 323

TABLE OF CONTENTS XI

Table B2.3 Productivity of the Melbourne and Adelaide tram systems 328

Table B3.1 Total kilometres travelled on urban route bus services,

year ended 30 September 1991 339

Table B3.2 Australian public bus operations, selected statistics,

30 June 1993 340

Table B3.3 Australia’s urban bus industry 341

Table B3.4 Regulatory arrangements for Australia’s private urban

buses 343

Table B3.5 Award comparison between STA (SA) and a private

operator in South Australia 349

Table B3.6 Some financial indicators for private and public bus

operators in Australia 350

Table B3.7 Public and private bus operations in Australia 351

Table B3. 8 Labour productivity ratios in New Zealand and Australia 351

Table B3.9 Total staff per million bus kms in the United Kingdom 352

Table B3. 10 Comparison of private operators with their own state

public operator 353

Table B3.11. Cost savings from tendering bus services in other countries 363

Table B4.1 Taxi licence values in December 1993 391

Table B5.1 Examples of community transport providers 412

Table B6.1 Energy consumption by mode of transport 425

Boxes

Box A1.1 The evolution of transport and urban settlement in

Melbourne 40

Box A1.2 The Toronto experience 46

Box A1.3 Planning for self-sufficiency 50

Box A1.4 Transport infrastructure and urban development 51

Box A2.1 A snapshot of urban transport in Australia 61

Box A4.1 The present roles of Australian governments in urban

transport 96

Box A4.2 State and territory governments objectives in urban transport 97

Box A4.3 User costs and service coordination 102

Box A4.4 Coordinating public transport in other countries 109

Box A5.1 State and Territory Government agencies responsible

for urban roads 124

Box A5.2 Institutional changes in Australia’s urban public transport

GTEs to date 126

Box A5.3 Examples of performance indicators for public

transport authorities 131

XII URBAN TRANSPORT

Box A6.1 The impact of economic regulation 137

Box A6.2 Costs of service - rail and buses 140

Box A7.1 Is there a road user deficit? 166

Box A7.2 How investment decisions are made: Sydney’s M2

Motorway 183

Box A7.3 How investment decisions are made: Perth’s northern

suburbs transport corridor 186

Box A8.1 The costs of meeting social objectives 196

Box A8.2 What price mobility? 213

Box A10.1 Evaluating environmental costs and benefits 244

Box B 1.1 Perceptions of urban rail services 304

Box B3.1 Deregulation in the UK - different experiences 356

Box B3.2 New Zealand’s reform experience 358

Box B3.3 Bus franchises in Nordic countries (Part 1) 360

Box B3.4 Bus franchises in Nordic countries (Part 2) 361

Box B3.5 Competitive tendering in London 364

Box B3.6 The urban bus reform timetable 377

Box B4.1 How to get a hire car licence 386

Box B4.2 Reform of the New Zealand taxi industry 397

Box B4.3 Changes to the United States taxi industry 399

Box B4.4 The benefits of reform for the transport disadvantaged 407

Box B5.1 Meeting local transport needs: Happy Valley Council 411

Box B5.2 The side effects of regulation: The case of Pakenham. 415

Box B5.3 Home and Community Car (HACC) funding arrangements 419

Box B6.1 Participants views 431

Volume 2: Appendices

A Inquiry procedures

B Determinants of demand for urban travel

C Modelling the effects of urban transport reforms

D A comparison of the productivity of urban passenger transport

systems

E Performance measurement in the urban bus sector

F Urban bus operations: productive efficiency and regulatory reform

-- international experience

G Urban transport systems in other countries

H Developments in road pricing

ABBREVIATIONS XIII

ABBREVIATIONS

AAA Australian Automobile Association

ABS Australian Bureau of Statistics

ACTION Australian Capital Territory Internal Omnibus Network

ALGA Australian Local Government Association

ARF Australian Road Federation

ARRB Australian Road Research Board

ATIA Australian Taxi Industry Association

BTCE Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics

CBD Central Business District

CGC Commonwealth Grants Commission

CPI Consumer Price Index

CPL Cents Per Litre

CSIRO Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation

CSO Community Service Obligation

CTC Consumers Transport Council

CUTS Coalition for Urban Transport Sanity

ENP Electronic Number Plates

ERP Electronic Road Pricing

ESD Ecologically Sustainable Development

ETC Electronic Toll Collection

GTE Government Trading Enterprise

HACC Home And Community Care

IVU In-Vehicle-Unit

LCV Light Commercial Vehicles

LRT Light Rail Transit

WTFP Multilateral Total Factor Productivity

MTT Metropolitan Transport Trust

XIV URBAN TRANSPORT

MULTI Model of Urban Land use and Transport Interaction

NHS National Housing Strategy

NRMA National Road and Motorists’ Association

NRTC National Road Transport Commission

PPK Per Passenger Kilometre

PSA Prices Surveillance Authority

PTC Public Transport Corporation (Victoria)

PTU Public Transport Union

PTUA Public Transport Users Association

RACV Royal Automobile Club of Victoria

RDO Rostered Day Off

RTA Roads and Traffic Authority, New South Wales

SEPTS South East (Queensland) Passenger Transport Study

SRA State Rail Authority (New South Wales)

STA New South Wales State Transit Authority

State Transport Authority of South Australia

TFP Total Factor Productivity

TPC Trade Practices Commission

TWU Transport Workers Union

Vicroads Roads Corporation of Victoria

GLOSSARY XV

GLOSSARY

A fee paid by an operator of transport services for the use of

infrastructure

An arrangement wherein a private firm builds, owns and operates

infrastructure for a period of time and subsequently transfers the

facility to government

A road provided for priority bus travel only

A community service obligation arises when a government requires

a public enterprise to carry out activities (relating to outputs and

inputs) which it would not elect to do so on a commercial basis or

which it would only do commercially at higher prices

Transport services provided by local and/or voluntary organisations

to meet specialised local transport needs Impediments on the use of a

fixed resource or one with a capacity constraint (at least in the short

run), imposed on users by the activity of other users

The degree of ease with which firms can enter or leave a market. In a

contestable market the threat of new entrants causes the incumbent

firms to operate at levels approaching that expected in an

competitive market

Road tools which cover all entry and exit points to a designated area

such as the CBD

The least cost approach of achieving a particular Goal

Factors which cause the average cost of producing a commodity or

service to fall as the firm produces more of it, for example, a firm

enjoying economies of scale would less than double its costs if it

doubled its output

Access fee (or charge)

Build-own-operatetransfer

Busway

Community Service

Obligation

Community transport

Contestability

Cordon toll

Cost-effective

Economies of scale

XVI URBAN TRANSPORT

The percentage by which the quantity of a good demanded

decreases in response to a one per cent increase in the price paid for

the good while holding all other factors constant

The use of electronic technology to automatically identify and

charge individual vehicles for use of particular parts of the road

system

Lanes designated for use by particular types of vehicles. (See high

occupancy vehicle (HOV) lanes)

The right to be the sole operator of urban transport services in a

designated area for a specific period of time

The impact of activities that confer costs or benefits on a third

party. These effects may arise during production or consumption

phases of an activity and may be of an environmental, social or

financial nature

The revenue a public transport operator collects from fares only

A publicly owned entity trading in a defined market, for example, a

rail or bus authority

Lanes designated for use by vehicles, including buses, carrying

more than a certain number (usually two or three) of passengers.

Sometimes called express or transit lanes

A modem tram system incorporating modem technology capable of

on-street running, but segregated from road traffic as much as

possible

Occurs when economies make it possible for one firm to supply the

entire market more cheaply than a number of firms

A bus system which is guided along a fixed track for part of its

journey

A measure of productivity, expressing one or more outputs relative

to one particular input

Elasticity of demand

Electronic Road Pricing

Express lanes

Exclusive franchise

Externalities

Farebox revenue

Government Trading

Enterprise

High occupancy vehicle

lanes

Light rail Transit

Natural monopoly

O-Bahn

Partial factor productivity

GLOSSARY XVII

Quantitative and qualitative measures used to assist in determining

how successfully objectives are being achieved. They may be

measures of, say, workload, efficiency or effectiveness

Charges made for the use of particular roads

The part of capital expenditure which is unrecoverable, due to

limited alternative uses, if an enterprise is insolvent such as

permanent ways in urban transport

An organisation or a system using its available resources in an

optimal manner to maximise outputs

A measure of productivity, expressing total output relative to all

inputs used

See high occupancy vehicle (HOV) lanes

Performance indicators

Road tolls

Sunk costs

Technical efficiency

Total factor productivity

Transit lanes

XVIII URBAN TRANSPORT

TERMS OF REFERENCE

* The Treasurer extended the reporting date to 15 February 1994.

I, JOHN SYDNEY DAWKINS, under Section 7 of the Industry Commission Act 1989 hereby:

1. refer urban transport to the Industry Commission for inquiry and report within fifteen months of

receiving of this reference;

2. specify that the Commission is to report on institutional, regulatory and other arrangements

affecting transport operations in Australia’s major metropolitan areas and larger cities and towns

which lead to inefficient resource use;

3. request that the Commission give priority to areas where greatest efficiency gains are in prospect

and early action by Governments is practicable, and advise on potential implementation strategies

and responsible agencies;

4. without limiting the scope of the reference specify that the Commission is to report

on:

(a) the provision, pricing and subsidisation of, and access to, urban transport p services, including

rail;

(b) the extent to which current patterns of, and policies on, urban settlement in Australia may

affect the efficient use of urban transport and the role of transport infrastructure in shaping the

nature and pace of urban development;

(c) the impact of Commonwealth, State, Territory and Local Government taxation and funding

policies on the development of urban transport systems and traveller behaviour;

(d) work practices inhibiting the efficient provision of existing or alternative transport services;

(e) the gains to be achieved from adopting international best practice in the provision of urban

transport infrastructure and services;

(f) factors adversely affecting private sector investment in urban transport

(g) the nature and scale of the external benefits urban areas and the implications for pricing

policies and for assessing the performance of service providers; u an

(h) ways of achieving improved efficiency and integration within Australia’s urban transport

systems including private vehicle usage; and

(i) the social, environmental and economy-wide implications of current, and proposed changes to,

urban transport services;

5. specify that the Commission is to have regard to the economic, social and environmental objectives

that Governments identify for their urban transport policies; and

6. specify that the Commission is to take account of recent substantive studies.

John Dawkins

18 September 1992

OVERVIEW 1

OVERVIEW

Cities give their residents access to a wide range of economic, social

and cultural activities. To enjoy them, people have to be able to move

around the city or to have goods and services brought to them. For

most people, urban travel and transport are costs to be minimised,

rather than things to be enjoyed in their own right. Fast, efficient,

reliable and safe urban transport systems are therefore vital.

Urban transport shapes urban land use. A good illustration of this was

the rapid development of Melbourne during the 1880s on the heels of

its expanding railway system. Land use, in turn, influences the nature

and viability of urban transport systems. This may be seen in the

historical evolution of most of the urban transport systems in

Australia’s cities where their extension and upgrading has followed

increases in urbanisation. Because of the strong and reciprocal

relationships between land use and transport in Australian cities, State

and Territory governments have sought to integrate heir strategic land

use and transport planning.

Urban transport in Australia

In Australia, the urban transport systems consist of the road network,

together with the private car and other motor vehicles that use them,

the various scheduled public transport modes (for example, buses, rail,

trams and ferries), taxis and, of course, paths for cycling and walking.

While trains and trams run on their own tracks, buses and taxis share

the road network with the private car, bicycles, freight trucks, delivery

and service vehicles. The road network is entwined with the networks

of bicycle paths, footpaths and walking tracks.

The movement of people,

goods and services is

vital to city life.

Transport shapes

cities and is shaped by

them

Urban transport consists

of private vehicles and

public transport

2 URBAN TRANSPORT

Cars and other private motor vehicles are used for nearly 90 per cent of

in Australian cities. Their use reflects preferences from a range of

suburban lifestyles, as well as the increasingly complex, cross city

travel which suburban living entails. This complexity is a function of

many factors, but among the more significant are the growth in the

proportion of two-income households and the shift of employment and

retail activity to the suburbs. On the other hand, the use of the motor

car, notably in the peak hour, is associated with a range of adverse

environmental and social impacts which are of increasing and

justifiable concern to the community.

Scheduled public transport is responsible for about ten per cent of all

urban trips in Australia. It is better suited to journeys to or from city

centres and the larger sub-centres, especially along the more densely

populated and patronised corridors in the peak hour. These largely

radial trips are dominated by the daily task of moving large numbers of

children to school and city workers to and from their places of work.

The importance of this task underlines the key role public transport

plays in the life of our cities. Without it, Australia’s larger cities would

simply grind to a halt and the environmental amenity of all of our cities

would suffer. Public transport also contributes to a more just society by

providing essential mobility to many disadvantaged people who do not

have or cannot use a motor car.

In devising ways to handle the adverse social and environmental

impacts of urban travel and the motor car, Australians do not need to

deny themselves the substantial benefits they provide. The more

sensible approach is to ensure that every individual pays all the costs

that his or her travel imposes on the community, while adequately

protecting the disadvantaged. These costs are not confined to the costs

of building and maintaining the transport infrastructure and operating

the transport services which use it. They also include the economic

costs of road accidents, the impacts on the environment and the other

consequences of urban travel which are not reflected in the fares or

user charges imposed on travellers.

Private vehicles are

used for 90% of

urban trips…

…but public

transport plays

a key role.

Individuals should

meet all the costs of

their trave…

OVERVIEW 3

At the same time Australians need to take care not to lessen the

efficiency of moving goods around and accessing services within our

cities. Although the issues of urban freight and commercial

distribution were not examined in depth in this inquiry, their

contribution to business activity and employment in our cities is well

recognised. All this underlines the value of having urban transport

systems which are efficient, adaptable and responsive. Such attributes

are essential to the quality of life for those who live in cities. They are

also crucial to the international competitiveness of Australia’s trade

and commerce, and hence to its economic well being.

Can urban transport perform better?

The Commission’s analysis of the performance of Australia’s urban

transport systems reveals much with which to be satisfied. Each day

these systems move large numbers of people and goods around

Australian cities in safety, in relative comfort and with a high degree

of certainty. Virtually all individuals and businesses are able to fulfil

all of their basic travel requirements and most do a lot better than that.

This analysis also points to a number of areas where there is scope to

improve the performance of urban transport in Australia.

Urban transport systems generally lack the to cope with changing

travel patterns and with social and technological changes. With the

exception of the traffic code and other public safety regulation, the use

of private motor vehicles (cars, trucks, delivery vehicles, etc) is

unconstrained by government regulation.

In contrast, virtually every aspect of public transport is regulated by

government. Regulation governs who will provide the services, the

routes on which the services will run, the type and size of vehicle to be

used, the frequency and timing of the services and the fares to be

charged. This regulatory web may well protect individual operators

but is at the expense of public transport’s collective ability to meet its

greatest competition, the private motor car.

…while not lessening

the efficiency of

moving goods and

services

In many respects,

urban transport

performs well…

…but there is scope

for improvement

Transport systems are

generally inflexible.

4 URBAN TRANSPORT

Service delivery in public transport is often inefficient and short on

innovation. There is little direct competition in public transport due

to the practice of granting what are effectively monopoly rights

over particular routes in perpetuity. Regulation has accelerated the

loss of public transport’s share of the urban travel market to the private car.

Substantial efficiencies can be made by opening up the rights to

provide public transport to competition from other operators, who

can also offer more effective competition with the private motor

car. Such savings have been made in many countries, including

Canada, Denmark, New Zealand, Sweden, the United Kingdom.

and the United States. Similar policy changes are under

consideration in a number of other countries, for example Germany and Switzerland.

In Australia, State and Territory Governments have begun to open

up their public transport to greater competition and are starting to

see the benefits in lower operating costs.

The performance of government transport agencies in the delivery

of public transport services compares unfavourably with

international best practice and there is scope for greater efficiency

in the provision and management of transport infrastructure.

While the data are generally poor, the available evidence suggests

that service quality in urban transport leaves room for considerable

improvement in many areas. Users complain that public transport

services are to often unreliable, infrequent, uncomfortable and

insecure. Where service is poor or non-existent, regulation often

impedes taxis or community transport from filling the gaps. For

example. a community mini-bus service in Pakenharn (on the

south-eastern fringe of Melbourne) is prevented from advertising

or charging fares even though there is no local bus service.

Service delivery is

often inefficient and

short on innovation

Service quality can be

improved

OVERVIEW 5

Measures to improve the accessibility to urban transport for the

disadvantaged in the community are not well targeted. The substantial

subsidies to public transport do not always help the transport

disadvantaged as many of the beneficiaries are the better-off members

of the community. Moreover, most people with disabilities cannot use

scheduled public transport and therefore do not benefit from this

assistance.

Urban transport has major environmental impacts, especially in terms

of local air quality, noise and risks to life and limb, with motor

vehicles the largest contributor. There have been significant reductions

in some emissions, for instance carbon monoxide and ozone in Sydney

and Melbourne. In other cases, the situation appears to have

deteriorated (for example, ozone in Perth) or to be unchanged (for

example, oxides of nitrogen). At present, the main air quality

problems are in Sydney and Melbourne but as other cities grow, they

also could encounter similar problems, particularly as road congestion

builds up.

Fares and uses charges do not reflect the economic costs of provision

to the individual. Although motorists make significant financial

contributions by way of taxes, fees and charges, they do not pay for

their actual use of urban roads. Accordingly, road congestion in

Sydney and Melbourne is estimated to cost the economy some $4

billion a year and this falls disproportionately on trade and commerce.

Fare schedules for public transport are largely invariant with distance

and time of travel, and so do not reflect the costs of service provision,

even ignoring the costs of constructing the track.

The drain on public sector budgets and the cost taxpayers from

building and operating urban transport systems are both high. Each

year, the public sector spends over $2 billion building and maintaining

urban roads and up to $3 billion subsidising public transport services.

Together, these amount to more than $900 a year for each household

in Australia. While governments levy a range of taxes, fees and

charges on drivers, their vehicles and the fuel they use, the revenue

obtained (over $9 billion) is unrelated to public expenditure on

transport, let alone urban transport.

Access for the

disadvantaged can

be enhanced.

Travel has major

impacts on the

environment.

Fares and user

charges do not

reflect the economic

costs.

The impacts on

traxpayers and

public sector

budgets are

substantial.

6 URBAN TRANSPORT

The obverse of these problems is the substantial benefits that would

flow from fixing. them. Box 1 outlines the broad nature and level of the

benefits that can be captured by transforming Australia’s urban

transport systems into the efficient, dynamic and innovative systems

which our cities and our economy require.

The benefits of

reform are

considerable.

Box 1: The promise of reform

• The reduction in traffic congestion as a result of road pricing will lower travel times and local air

pollution.

• The savings from reducing road congestion, which costs up to $4 billion a year in Sydney and

Melbourne alone, will especially benefit business activity and international competitiveness.

• Improved management of urban transport infrastructure will bring savings to taxpayers in the costs

of building and maintenance.

• Better quality and a wider range of services will be available to public transport users, especially in

those area which are poorly serviced at present.

• The transport disadvantaged, especially people with disabilities, will enjoy better access to public

transport.

• There will be savings in the cost of operating public transport, for example, for buses about $250

million a year (or 40 cents per passenger journey).

• Taxi fares will fall by up to $2 a trip on average, saving users some $300 million a year.

• Land use and transport planning will be assisted by fares and user charges which better reflect the

economic costs of all urban transport modes.

OVERVIEW 7

What should governments do?

Australia’s urban transport systems are largely creatures of its

governments. Between them, the three levels of government play

many roles which affect the performance of our urban transport

systems. In particular, they:

• plan and regulate land use;

• plan the urban transport infrastructure;

• build and manage the transport infrastructure;

• regulate the operators of public transport services;

• operate most of the scheduled public transport services;

• coordinate public transport services within the

• larger urban areas; and

• take steps to make transport more accessible to the disadvantaged.

The Commission found flaws in the manner of the execution of some

of these roles, even where there is a sound reason for government to

be involved. The correction of these flaws lies in governments more

clearly specifying their policy aims and adopting more efficient ways

to achieve them. The following principles should underlie the

selection of specific solutions.

First governments need to integrate effectively the planning of land

use with the planning of transport infrastructure in Australian cities.

The planning decisions need to be supported by the application of

appropriate land use regulation.

Second, opening up the provision of both public transport services and

transport infrastructure to new players is essential to greater efficiency

and innovation in their delivery, Government can achieve its social,

environmental and public service policy objectives without itself being

the operator or coordinator of public transport services in a city, or the

provider of its transport infrastructure.

Governments play

many roles in urban

transport but some are

poorly executed.

Solutions need to be

based on certain

principles.

Integrate land use and

transport planning.

Seek greater efficiency

and innovation.

8 URBAN TRANSPORT

Third, fares and charges for the use of urban transport infrastructure

and services should reflect all the economic costs imposed by

individual use, including the costs imposed on third parties and

impacts on the environment, accidents, and congestion.

Fourth, each of the roles of government should be separated and

preferably conducted by a specialised agency. This facilitates setting

clear objectives for agencies, selecting the most appropriate means

for attaining them and establishing clearer lines of accountability for

agency performance.

Fifth, as far as possible, decisions on the development and

management of public transport services and transport infrastructure

should be made by those closest to the market.

Finally, the public sector’s role in planning and funding urban

transport systems is best conducted at the lowest level of government

which is practicable. It would be impractical to make local

government, as presently constituted, responsible for planning an

entire transport network, particularly in the larger cities.

Nevertheless, local government does have an important role to play in

planning land use, transport infrastructure and public transport

services.

The Commission’s reform package

In the last few years, governments in Australia have made progress in

implementing many of the above principles. Progress has been most

striking in New South Wales and Victoria. Plans to implement policy

changes are well advanced in Queensland, South Australia and

Western Australia.

But the progress has not been as rapid as in other areas of transport in

Australia, such as long distance road transport and domestic aviation,

and in other sectors such as finance and telecommunications. Much 8

remains to be done to bring urban transport up to the standards the

community is looking for.

User charges should

reflect costs.

Each role of government

conducted by

a specialised

agency.

Planning and funding

at the lowest practical

tier of government.

These reform

principles are being

implemented…

…but too slowly.

OVERVIEW 9

There is no ’quick fix’ to the problems facing urban transport, in

large measure because of the complexities of modem urban transport

systems. As a result, many of the Commission’s recommendations

are interdependent but most can be progressed in isolation from

others. Although coordinated implementation offers enhanced

benefits, a constraint on change in one area should not delay action

in another.

Whilst presented as a package. some recommendations are clearly

more pressing than others. The greatest emphasis should be on

reforming the environment within which services and infrastructure

are delivered. On this basis, reform should seek to:

• introduce constructive competition in public transport services;

• reform the agencies involved in transport infrastructure and public

transport;

• price urban transport so as to encourage the more efficient use of

both roads and urban public transport;

• promote better environmental outcomes associated with urban

travel;

better target and deliver measures to make urban transport more

accessible to the disadvantaged; and

• promote better decisions on investments in transport systems.

Introducing constructive competition

The need for competition in the delivery of urban public transport

services is most pressing. Services should be opened to greater

competition both within and between transport modes. Every

operator, whether publicly or privately owned, should be subject to

regular competition. This is the most effective way of securing the

lowest possible operating costs and the service improvements that

people value most.

A flexible approach is

essential

The key is to reform

the operating

environment for urban

transport…

by introducing

competition in public

transport,…

10 URBAN TRANSPORT

The introduction of greater competition in the delivery public

transport services should not be at the expense of either passenger

safety, coordinated services or system-wide ticketing in public

transport. Regulations which set minimum safety standards for

public transport vehicles and their operators, do not need to be

changed as a result of the Commission’s recommendations.

Where the benefits justify it, governments need to take steps to

ensure that coordinated services and system wide ticketing are

provided in scheduled public transport. There are a variety for

governments to so. They range from requiring the operators

undertake these functions collectively (as happens in some other

countries) to their being performed by an agency of the government.

The former has the advantage of having these tasks undertaken by

those who have the most to gain from doing it right and the most to

lose if they do not.

Individual approaches are needed to introduce competition for the

different modes that take into account the characteristics and

circumstances of each.

In the case of urban buses, the Commission recommends the

tendering of a series of service franchises for each city. The

franchises would be automatically re-tendered when they end. Once

experience has been gained with franchising, a case by-case

consideration should be given to whether unrestricted access to any

service area would be beneficial. This consideration would be aided

by conducting demonstration projects of open access to selected

service areas for specific periods.

The areas covered by government-owned bus operators should be

divided into a series of service areas, where appropriate, and the

service areas progressively franchised. While the government owned

operators should be free to bid for the franchises, they should first be

divided into commercially autonomous units, say, on a depot by

depot basis.

without prejudicing

safety or

coordination.

Each mode needs a

different recipe.

Tendering of bus

franchises.

OVERVIEW 11

This division should be done as early as possible in the franchising

process so that the government operators are given a reasonable time

to make the efficiency improvements necessary for them to compete

with the private sector for the franchises of their former service areas.

Railway infrastructure and services should be separated into

commercially autonomous business units. Where appropriate, urban

rail networks should be divided into geographically-based business

units. Looking ahead, State Governments should be open to other

options, including the creation of separate infrastructure authorities

and the franchising of rail services. Seeking expressions of interest

from potential operators could be a way of generating information

about the costs and benefits of these options.

State and Territory Governments should progressively eliminate all

restrictions on the numbers of taxi licences. They should do so by

selling new licences each year by public tender, with financial

compensation to existing licence holders if necessary. Taxi fares

should be deregulated, but taxis operators required to notify the

maximum fares (and any changes to them) to government.

Community transport operators should not be restricted to providing

feeder services to other transport operators or to servicing those with

special needs.

With the liberalisation of access, some transport operators will face

increased competition. But all public transport operators will have

opportunities to compete for the larger urban travel market which will

have been created by reform.

Separating railway

infrastructure and

services.

Increasing taxi

licences…

And opening-up

community transport.

12 URBAN TRANSPORT

Institutional reform

The separation of the roles of government in urban transport would

enhance the achievement of the many public objectives of urban

transport policy. This implies dividing responsibility for delivery of

public transport services from other aspects of government

administration in urban transport, including economic and safety

regulation, and the administration of service franchises.

Another priority is the corporatisation of public sector transport

agencies.

Efficiency would be enhanced if government-owned public

transport operators were, as far as possible, subject to the same

incentives and disciplines as privately owned ones. This can be

achieved by giving the government operators clear commercial

objectives, making them fully accountable for their overall

performance but allowing them autonomy in the conduct of their

day-to-day operations.

State and Territory road agencies should be predominantly

responsible for planning and managing the road infrastructure.

Where these agencies or local government maintain a capacity to

build or maintain road works themselves, the allocation of such

work should be the subject of open, competitive tender.

Better pricing

The key to reforming pricing in urban transport involves

progressively aligning fares and user charges with the economic

costs of individual use of urban transport infrastructure and

services.

While road use is not rationed, the costs of congestion suggest there

are large efficiency gains from pricing the actual use of roads.

Ideally, user charges should be tailored to the costs associated with

individual use, including pavement damage, congestion, road

accidents and any environmental damage. Since most urban freight

is moved by road, a rational system of road pricing should benefit

trade and commerce, and hence the community.

Separate service

delivery from other

public administration...

and corporatise the

agencies.

Large gains from

rationing road use…

OVERVIEW 13

Electronic technologies to price road space are technically feasible

and able to protect the privacy of the individual motorist. The

Commission favours their progressive introduction. Moves to do so

could commence with the introduction of tolls on certain new or

upgraded urban arterial roads, bridges and tunnels to reduce

congestion. Wherever practicable, tolls should be progressively

extended and differentiated by time of travel, so. as to control access

to congested urban areas, and converted to electronic collection.

Community acceptance of road user charging would be enhanced

were the total revenue collected from motorists not to increase.

Rather the objective should be to shift more of the revenue burden

towards those users who impose the greatest economic costs on the

community.

Whether direct road pricing is implemented or not (or in the interim

until it is), a package of restrictions, and taxes on car parking,

differentiated franchise fees on fuel, and traffic regulation offers a

practical, second best solution to the issues of traffic management

and congestion. Such a package is best implemented on an

area-wide basis. In the case of fuel franchise fees, the Commission

recommends that State governments consider introducing a

differential on fuel sold in the major urban regions compared with

the rest of the State. While subsidisation of public transport is

inefficient in reducing road congestion on its own, measures to

promote a more efficient use of roads will improve the appeal of

public transport and reduce the adverse environmental impacts from

urban transport.

Public transport fare schedules should be restructured both to create

a greater differential between peak and off-peak fares and to increase

with the distance travelled. Improvements in the quality of services

and reductions in operating costs are essential throughout the

country and should accompany, if not precede, any fare

can be captured by

progressively

introducing electronic

road pricing…

in combination with

parking and fuel taxes.

Recast public transport

fares progressively…

14 URBAN TRANSPORT

restructuring. General fare increases, which may result from fare

restructuring and moves to lift cost recovery, would best be phased

in over several years. The approaches recommended on charging for

actual road use will also help to counter the continuing loss of

patronage from public transport.

Responsibility for meeting social justice and equity objectives

should remain with government and not be devolved to their public

transport agencies. If governments require variations from what a

public transport operator judges to be commercially justified, they

should be handled through a formal community service obligation

(CSO) contract with the appropriate operator which specifies the

nature of the CSO to be provided and the level of government

funding to be paid in exchange for it.

A similar approach should be adopted to address any adverse equity

or social consequences associated with road user charging. On

equity grounds, concessional road user charges should be given to

the transport disadvantaged in much the same way as they are for

public transport.

A cleaner environment

Both private and public transport have the scope to reduce the

environmental impacts associated with urban travel. In the case of

public transport, the scope to do so is considerable.

There is a lack of comprehensive data on the level of vehicular

emissions associated with urban transport and their impact on air

quality in Australian cities. Accordingly their economic costs are

unclear and more work remains to be done on them.

In the meantime, governments will have to make difficult

judgements about the likely extent of these economic costs. This

uncertainty underlines the importance of appropriate caution in

designing and implementing measures to ameliorate the adverse

environmental impact of urban transport. Otherwise they may

impose costs greater than the expected value of any reductions

which they achieve.

While improving

services and protecting

the disadvantaged.

There is much scope to

reduce the adverse

environmental

impacts…

OVERVIEW 15

Emission standards for new motor vehicles are playing a role in

ameliorating air pollution in Australian cities and should continue to

do so. The control of these emissions will increasingly take effect as

older cars are replaced by newer, cleaner vehicles. A system of

emission testing of motor vehicles, with penalties for ’dirty’ vehicles,

should be introduced in the larger cities with the most severe air

quality problems. The emission standards for such tests should vary

with the age and type of vehicle.

Reforms in other areas will indirectly enhance environmental

quality. Higher priority to pedestrians and cyclists in transport

planning will help. Road user charges will promote car pooling, help

to reduce unnecessary travel and encourage more travel by public

transport.

Better access for the transport disadvantaged

As a matter of social justice, the community requires the provision of

assistance to those who are judged to be disadvantaged in their

access to transport services. The incremental costs of this assistance

should be funded directly by taxpayers from general revenue, rather

than from other transport users. This will help governments in

setting the priorities for such community service obligations and in

ensuring that they are being met efficiently.

Assistance to the transport disadvantaged has traditionally taken the

form of non-commercial services and fare concessions provided by

public transport and is often confined to particular operators. In

selecting the means of providing assistance to the transport

disadvantaged, governments should recognise the existence of

alternatives to both the traditional operators and to conventional

public transport.

by emission standards

for new cars,…

emission testing for

older vehicles…

and electronic road

pricing.

Helping the

disadvantaged is a

matter of social

justice…

Which should

encompass all the

options for improving

access.

16 URBAN TRANSPORT

People who are disadvantaged, especially those with disabilities,

would be major beneficiaries from the Commission’s

recommendations. Among the more important changes for them are

the taxi reforms and the greater scope for the development of

community and scheduled public transport services that should flow

from reduced regulation in these areas. On the other hand, there

may be specific inequities associated with individual

recommendations (for example, the introduction of road pricing). In

such cases, governments should introduce specific remedies (for

example, concessional road user charges).

Better investment decisions

Major investments by government authorities in urban transport

services or infrastructure (including roads) should be subject to

prior economic evaluation with a full assessment of the

environmental impacts. Evaluations should examine all feasible

alternatives to the investment project, including other transport

modes such as bicycles and traffic management options. The

evaluations should be made public.

Value capture and contributions from non-users who benefit from

urban transport, can be useful to help fund urban transport

infrastructure. To realise its potential benefits, value capture has to

be negotiated.

The phasing of reform

In its terms of reference, the Commission was asked to report on

implementation strategies for introducing policy reform.

Decisions about the pace and sequence of reform need to. recognise

the practicalities involved. As far as possible, the approach should

be to minimise the costs of transition, while maintaining a degree of

stability. Considerations of equity and social justice reinforce the

need for phased, rather than immediate, change. These

considerations also demand that, as far as possible, the community

ameliorate any adverse consequences of change on the those who

are disadvantaged.

The disadvantaged will

gain from the

Commission’s reforms.

Urban transport projects

should be fully

evaluated…

as should their funding

possibilities.

Change must be phased

in for practical and

equity reasons…

OVERVIEW 17

These practicalities should not overshadow the urgency of

commencing the process of reform. The extent of the benefits and

the unsustainability of the existing arrangements all point to the need

to start the process without delay. The indicative timing proposed by

the Commission is neither precise nor rigid, but should be

interpreted as guidance on the broad order in which the changes

recommended might best be tackled.

Most pressing is the introduction of competition in the rights to

provide public transport services. This should begin by commencing

processes to tender increasing numbers of taxi licences and franchise

service areas for buses. It should be extended subsequently to the

provision of tram and train services as opportunities to do so arise.

The existing government-owned public transport operators should be

divided into autonomous units and corporatised as soon as possible.

Functions associated with the administration and regulation of urban

transport should be assigned to other agencies of the government.

The operators should be given a reasonable time to make operating

efficiencies before franchises for all their service areas have been put

out to tender.

As and where this is considered to be necessary, governments should

take steps to ensure that machinery is put in place to coordinate

services among individual public transport operators and to provide

system-wide ticketing.

The changes recommended would help to move people, goods and

services around Australia’s cities more cheaply, reliably and in

safety.

but without neglecting

urgency.

most pressing is the

staged introduction of

competition…

with steps to ensure

service are coordinated.

MAIN FINDINGS AND

RECOMMENDATIONS

19

MAIN FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

How well do our urban transport systems perform?

• The Commission's analysis highlights the significance of transport for the life and efficient working of Australia's cities:

- transport gives people access to a wide range of economic, social and cultural activities;

- the different modes of transport allow people to choose how they go to work, school, shops and so on;

- technological change and other improvements to transport have increased the opportunities and choices that are available;

- although private cars dominate urban travel, public transport, cycling, walking, taxis and community transport have significant roles; and

- efficient urban freight movements are essential for trade and commerce.

• The Commission finds the main problems with Australia's urban transport systems are that:

- the cost to taxpayers of urban public transport is high;

- road congestion is a growing problem in the larger cities;

- the delivery of public transport services and road infrastructure is often inefficient;

- the quality of public transport is often poor, particularly in terms of reliability and

frequency. Criticisms from participants also included unattractiveness, lack of safety, and inconvenience;

- while some steps have been taken to improve management and work practices, public transport agencies have a considerable way to go to achieve best practice and there is

room for improvement in the performance of road agencies;

- urban transport has major environmental impacts, especially on local air quality, noise and risks to life and limb; and

- measures to improve accessibility to urban transport by the disadvantaged in the

community are not well targeted.

Introducing constructive competition

• Urban transport services should be determined by what people need rather than what transport agencies decide to provide.

• The need to inject competition between service providers is a high priority. It will allow the

most efficient mix of transport services to develop in response to changing travel demands -

securing service improvements, innovation and lower costs. Regulatory and subsidy

arrangements should ensure that every operator, both public and private, is subject to

competition or the threat of competition.

• Until full competition is achieved, any preference given to particular modes should be publicly disclosed.

• The introduction of greater competition in the delivery of public transport services should not

be at the expense of passenger safety, nor of the effective coordination of services.

Buses

• The fundamental ingredient to improving the performance of the Australian urban bus industry is to open it up to competition or the threat of competition.

• State and Territory Governments should (continue to) introduce progressively a system of exclusive franchises to operate bus services in urban areas. Such franchises should be:

- up to seven years in duration, allocated via open public tender and automatically retendered at the end of their term;

- open to all prospective operators without restriction with no preference for any franchisee at renewal time; and

- awarded under a tender evaluation process in which any underlying weighting of individual service variables is transparent.

• Competition needs to be extended to all urban bus service markets as

existing agreements expire.

MAIN FINDINGS AND

RECOMMENDATIONS

21

• Each government owned bus operator should be separated into commercially autonomous

units, say, on a depot by depot basis.

• After the initial experience with exclusive franchising has been evaluated, consideration should

be given to the introduction of open access to all bus services by any operator.

[Chapters A6 and B3]

Rail

Options for structural reform of urban rail include:

- separation of urban passenger services from other rail traffic;

- separation of urban passenger operations into geographically-based units;

- separation of services from infrastructure; and

- franchising rail services.

As a minimum, rail infrastructure and different types of rail traffic should be operated by

commercially autonomous business units. Where appropriate, existing urban rail networks

should be divided into geographically-based business units.

Looking ahead, State Governments should be open to other options for reforming urban rail

in ways that promote greater efficiency, including the creation of a separate infrastructure

authority, and the franchising of rail services. Seeking expressions of interest from potential

operators could be a way of generating information about the benefits and costs of pursuing

these options.

[Chapters A6 and B1]

Taxis

Major benefits would accrue from introducing open entry into the taxi industry over a

number of years, while retaining all aspects of public safety regulation. State and Territory

Governments should sell new licences by public tender every twelve months. Two variations

are suggested: the first involves distribution of the sale proceeds in equal shares to existing

licence holders; the second does not provide such financial compensation but has fewer new

licences released each year. Under either variation, taxi fares should be deregulated

immediately.

22 URBAN TRANSPORTS

• If State and Territory Governments are unwilling to adopt the above recommendation at this

time, they should consider three other options:

- separating the taxi rank and phone booking segments of the market;

- tying taxi licence numbers to performance requirements; and

- capping the present value of taxi licences.

[Chapters A6 and B4]

Road use

• Care should be taken not to lessen the efficiency of freight movements in the development

of any policies affecting urban transport. Since most urban freight is moved by road, more

rational road pricing and investment should benefit trade and commerce and hence the wider

community.

• An incremental approach should be adopted to the introduction of area wide electronic road

pricing. This would start in Sydney and Melbourne with tolls (preferably electronic) on

certain new or upgraded urban arterial roads, bridges and tunnels, so as to reduce congestion

and to familiarise the public with electronic collection. In addition, wherever practicable ,

tolls should be extended to existing arterial roads, and differentiated by time of travel, so as

to create controlled access to congested areas.

• The tolls and other such charges should not be used to raise additional revenue from motorists

in total, but rather shift the burden towards those who impose the greatest costs. A policy of

revenue neutrality should be adopted, by offsetting the costs of user charges with equivalent

reductions in either the Commonwealth fuel excise or State franchise fees on fuel. The

Commission recognises that this policy will have adverse impacts on some of the transport

disadvantaged and recommends the introduction of appropriate concessional arrangements.

• If electronic road pricing is not implemented (or in the interim until it is), parking

restrictions and taxes offer some practical solutions to congestion control. They should be

part of any sensible demand management strategy and are best implemented on a city-wide

basis. State Governments should also consider differentiating their fuel franchise fees

between the major urban areas and the rest of the state.

• Subsidisation of public transport is an inefficient way of reducing road congestion

MAIN FINDINGS AND

RECOMMENDATIONS

23

• There should be a thorough review of third party insurance arrangements and their role in

making the full costs of accidents part of the internalised costs of road users.

[Chapter A9 and A10]

Other modes

The management of light rail and tram services should be separated into commercially

autonomous business units within corporatised transport agencies.

• The Commission endorses the elimination of two-person tram operation.

[Chapter B2]

• For community transport:

- State and Territory transport licensing arrangements should not be used to restrict its

provision and development;

- services should not be restricted to people with special needs or to feeder services;

- where there are no existing bus or rail services, community transport operators should

be allowed to establish new services and to charge fares; and

- greater cooperation between local councils, welfare groups and bus and taxi operators

should be encouraged, for example, through the appointment of a community

transport officer or broker.

[Chapter B5]

• The potential role of cycling should be given full consideration in transport and urban planning.

[Chapter B6]

Institutional reform

The efficiency of transport agencies would be enhanced if, as far as possible consistent with

their functions, they were exposed to the same incentives, rules and regulations as private

enterprise. This can be achieved through the process of corporatisation.

24 URBAN TRANSPORTS

• The following initiatives be implemented for all urban transport Government Trading

Enterprises without delay:

- they be constituted as statutory corporations, which are separate from the

departmental structure of government;

- regulatory functions be removed from their responsibility;

- board members be appointed on the basis of individual experience, knowledge and

skill, and not as representatives of interest groups;

- boards be accountable to the parliament through the relevant minister(s);

- all directions issued by government be in writing, and tabled in the parliament;

- boards prepare corporate plans for approval by the relevant Minister(s). Each

corporate plan should contain appropriate financial and non-financial targets,

including target rates of return on assets;

- governments clearly specify and make public the community service obligations they

expect the enterprises to satisfy. Their costs should be funded by direct budgetary

payment;

- they be liable for all taxes and government charges (or their equivalents);

- they be made subject to the Trade Practices Act and no longer be excluded from the

coverage of the Prices Surveillance Act; and

- they be free to determine their terms and conditions of employment, not subject to the

constraints of government employment policies and practices.

• State and Territory road agencies should be predominantly responsible for planning and

managing road infrastructure. Where these agencies of local government maintain a capacity to

build or maintain road works themselves, the allocation of such work should be the subject of

open, competitive tender.

[Chapter A5]

More efficient pricing

• Transport prices should be restructured so that they more closely reflect the cost of providing

services. In particular:

- there should be a greater differential between peak and off-peak prices; and

- prices should increase with distance travelled in such a way as to reflect the

incremental costs associated with the additional distance.

• In setting access fees for use of infrastructure, all the incremental costs of infrastructure

provision which are associated with an individual users should be charged to them, and users

should make some contribution towards the remaining costs of infrastructure. The contribution

to the remaining costs should be negotiated between the infrastructure provider and the user, subject to fair access principles.

• Priority should be given to restructuring public transport fares so that they more closely reflect the costs of providing individual services, to improving service quality, and reducing costs.  Any fare increases should be accompanied, if not preceded, by improvements in service quality and should be phased in over several years.

Better investment decisions

For major infrastructure investments, cost-benefit analysis should be undertaken and made public. This would facilitate community debate about the relative merits of different investment options. Investment analysis should include all feasible options and the effects on third parties.

• Value capture, or contributions from non-users who benefit from urban transport, can be useful to help fund transport infrastructure. To realise its potential benefits, value capture has to be negotiated.

A cleaner environment

There have been significant reductions in the levels of emissions from motor vehicles in

Australia’s cities. The main problems of local air pollution from motor vehicles are in

Sydney and Melbourne. In the absence of corrective measures, as other cities grow in size,

they also could encounter decreased air quality.

• The economic costs of pollution in Australian cities remain unclear. There is a need for

further careful assessment of the costs of pollution.

26 URBAN TRANSPORTS

• Measures to alleviate pollution need to be carefully targeted, so as to minimise the costs

imposed on those responsible for causing the problem.

• Emission standards for vehicles are playing a role in ameliorating pollution. They should

continue to do so. Standards should continue to be based as far as possible on performance

outcomes rather than technical design characteristics of equipment.

• The control of emissions resulting from these measures will increasingly take effect as the

old car fleet in our cities is eventually replaced by newer vehicles. Reductions in motor

vehicle tariffs should assist this process.

• A system of random emission tests, with fines or loss of registration for 'dirty' vehicles,

should be implemented in Australia's larger cities, where pollution problems are most

severe. Alternatively periodic testing of vehicles, say every five years, could be required

for registration. The emission standards for such testing should be set according to the age,

type and model of vehicle.

• The Commission does not favour subsidisation of public transport as a cost-effective means

of reducing the environmental impacts associated with transport. Wherever possible,

environmental impacts should be addressed by well targeted policies.

[Chapter A10]

Better targeted social policies

The cost of meeting various social objectives should be made explicit by identifying the

costs of providing concessions to particular groups and the incremental costs of providing

non-commercial services.

- Concession fares should be set in a way which gives the same proportional reduction in

fares, of say 50 per cent, for both peak and off-peak concession travel.

- Transport concessions for the elderly should be targeted at those in need and not

provided universally.

- To improve accountability and ensure that appropriate allocations are made among

expenditure items within the education budget, subsidies for the travel of school children

should be funded explicitly from the education budget.

MAIN FINDINGS AND

RECOMMENDATIONS

27

- Transport concessions should be available throughout the city to people who satisfy

eligibility criteria, and not restricted to those who have access to particular public

transport providers.

• There is scope to introduce some competition into the supply of subsidised services. For

example, contracts could be let to supply after-hour services, or services to particular locations

which would be open to public buses, private buses, taxis and rail services. This process would

replace many mode-specific CSO payments.

• Every effort should be made to eliminate quickly all unnecessary restrictions and regulations on

importing modified vehicles into Australia for use by people with disabilities.

[Chapter A8]

Intergovernmental relations

Urban transport systems are best planned at the lowest practicable level of government.

However it would be impractical to make local government, as it is presently constituted,

responsible for planning an entire urban transport network, particularly in the larger cities.

Local government does have an important role to play in planning land use, transport

infrastructure and public transport services.

• Whatever the urban transport responsibilities of local government, they will have little effect

without adequate funding. The Commission appreciates that this point impinges on the

financial responsibilities of the three levels of government in Australia, a matter which goes

beyond urban transport. Yet it needs to be resolved if urban transport is to be delivered more

efficiently in our cities.

• The Industry Commission considers that the question of continuing to include the urban transit

category in the Commonwealth Grant Commission processes is complex and warrants further

consideration as to both principle and method, particularly in light of the increasing

commercialisation of Australia's urban transport agencies. However, the Commission

appreciates that such an assessment would need to take place in the context of a broader review

of CGC processes.

[Chapter A4]

THE INQUIRY 29

THE INQUIRY

The efficiency of our urban transport systems has a large impact on the daily lives of most

Australians, of whom around 85 per cent live and work in urban areas. Every day, millions of

individual journeys are undertaken within our cities. We use our transport systems to go to work, to

go shopping, to engage in leisure pursuits, and for many other day-to-day activities, as well as for

supplies of goods and services. More efficient and better coordinated transport systems within our

urban areas permit better access to jobs and to education and recreational opportunities. They also

make for quicker and more efficient movement of freight with benefits to industry and to

international competitiveness. In short, an efficient transport system is essential for a city to

function effectively as an economic and social system.

In recent years there has been growing public debate on the efficiency of urban transport systems.

There is concern about:

• escalating public transport deficits and their contribution to State's debt;

• patterns of urban development (for example, suburban sprawl) which some see as inefficient

and unsustainable;

• lack of adequate access to transport for many people in the community;

• the contribution of urban transport systems to environmental problems (for example, noise and

air pollution);

• traffic congestion and road accidents; the reliability, safety, and comfort of public transport;

and

• impediments to the growth of efficient and flexible transport options.

The terms of reference for this inquiry were prepared in consultation with State and Territory

Governments and are reproduced in full on page xviii. The Commission was asked to report on

factors affecting transport operations in Australia's major metropolitan areas and larger cities and

towns which lead to inefficient resource use. Priority is to be given to areas of largest potential

gains in efficiency and where early action is practicable, with advice on potential implementation

strategies.

Specific issues set down in the terms of reference include the provision, pricing and subsidisation

of, and access to, urban transport services; the relationship between transport systems and patterns

of urban development; the impact of Commonwealth and State Government taxation and funding

of urban transport systems; barriers to private sector investment in urban transport; work practices;

the external benefits and costs of urban transport; and the social, environmental and economy-wide

implications of current urban transport services and possible changes to them.

30 URBAN TRANSPORT

Scope of the inquiry

The terms of reference for this inquiry are very broad.

The Commission has focussed on transport within urban centres including not only State and

Territory capital cities but also other provincial cities such as Newcastle, Geelong, Toowoomba,

and Launceston. Transport between major urban centres does not fall within the terms of reference

except where there is a significant daily transport flow (for example, between Geelong and

Melbourne).

The Commission appreciates that freight, commercial and business traffic represent a vital part of

the urban transport task, and has taken this into account, particularly in dealing with issues relating

to road use. The Commission has not, however, conducted an in-depth examination of the urban

freight transport industry. The Commission understands that the urban component of major

interstate freight corridors will be part of the inquiry being conducted by the National Transport

Planning Taskforce.

The Commission’s approach

In accordance with the Commission’s policy guidelines, in examining the issues and formulating

recommendations, the Commission has had regard to their effects on urban systems and the

economy as a whole, rather than. from the single perspective of transport efficiency.

The Commission has sought to offer solutions to the problems in urban transport systems as they

exist today, and to recommend changes which will allow the systems to develop so as to meet the

needs of the future.

Cities differ in their history, patterns of development and transport policies. Priorities for transport

reform consequently also differ. The Commission has not formulated detailed plans for individual

cities or towns. Rather, it has sought to identify broad policies which, if implemented at the local

level, will lead to better ways of moving people and goods about urban areas.

As noted earlier, the Commission was asked to focus on those areas where greatest efficiency gains

are in prospect and early action is practicable. There are short-term and longer-term options for

reforming urban transport. Some changes could, in the Commission’s view, be implemented

without delay while others necessarily involve longer time frames (for example, those relating to

urban form). The Commission’s approach has been to canvass the full range of options but to

prioritise recommendations for reform and map out a program for implementation.

THE INQUIRY 31

Inquiry procedures

In preparing this report, the Commission has drawn on information from a wide range of sources. It

released an issues paper early in the inquiry and received evidence in submissions and at two

rounds of public hearings. Approximately 340 submissions were made to the inquiry. The

Commission also held informal discussions with a range of different interest groups including

Commonwealth, State and local government interests (regulators, public transport authorities and

road agencies), unions, user, pensioner and other community groups, and other interested parties.

These discussions and industry inspections were held in all States and Territories in Australia and

included regional centres as well as capital cities. The Commission visited briefly several other

countries during the inquiry: it has been able to examine at first hand experience in New Zealand,

Singapore, Germany, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, Ireland, the United States, and Canada.

The Commission also arranged two consultancies: one to examine performance in the Australian

urban bus sector, and another to compare the performance of urban bus operations in the United

Kingdom and New Zealand with those in Australia. These reports are available on request and are

summarised in appendices E and F.

Further information regarding the conduct of the inquiry is at appendix A.

How to read this report

This report is in two volumes. Volume 1 (this volume) contains two parts (A and B) while Volume

2 contains part C.

Part A discusses urban transport as a system and provides the reader with a broad overview of the

issues. This commences in chapter AI with a discussion of the relationship between transport and

city development. This is followed by an overview of the patterns of urban transport in Australia

(A2) and an assessment of how well our urban transport systems are performing (A3). Chapter A4

examines the role of governments in urban transport, and leads on to a discussion of reform of

government agencies involved in urban transport in chapter A5. More fundamental reform,

involving the injection of competition, is the subject of chapter A6. The issues of pricing and

32 URBAN TRANSPORT

investment of urban transport are then discussed in chapter A7. Equity issues, including ways to

increase accessibility for the transport disadvantaged, are examined in detail in chapter A8. Chapter

A9 examines issues associated with the use of roads, motorists and the problem of congestion.

Chapter A10 addresses what have been termed the adverse impacts of road use, accidents and

pollution. Chapter All draws together the Commission’s conclusions and recommendations and

proposes a package and timetable for reform.

Part B of the report examines in depth the components of the system. Chapters BI and B2 cover

fixed track modes (urban rail, and trams and light rail). Chapter B3 examines urban route bus

services. More flexible modes (taxis, hire cars and community transport) are examined in chapters

B4 and B5 respectively. Cycling is the subject of chapter B6.

Part C of the report (Volume 2) contains supporting appendices including detailed productivity

studies and other background information.

PART A

THE URBAN TRANSPORT SYSTEM

A1 The city and transport

A2 Urban transport patterns

A3 Indicators of performance

A4 The role of government

A5 Reforming government transport agencies

A6 Regulation and competition

A7 Pricing and investment

A8 Social issues

A9 The use of roads

A10 The environment, accidents and roads

A11 Reform: an integrated approach

THE CITY AND

TRANSPORT

35

A1 THE CITY AND TRANSPORT

A1.1 Introduction

People who live in cities have access to a wider range of economic and cultural activities than they can

in rural areas. Transport helps make that possible.

Transport is a significant influence shaping the urban environments in which the majority of

Australians live. Because objectives for cities vary widely through the community, central issues are

the sort of cities we want and how differing objectives can be best accommodated. A key question for

this inquiry is how urban transport can best contribute to the well-being of those who live in cities.

The Commission addressed some of the general questions of city planning and development in its

report on Taxation and Financial Policy Impacts on Urban Settlement (IC 1993).

A1.2 Transport and objectives for Australian cities

In order to consider what sort of transport systems we want, we must first consider what we seek from

our cities. After all, transport systems are, in the words of the Royal Australian Planning Institute, ’one

element of a very complex urban structure’ (Sub. 304, p. 1). A number of participants argued that the

ideal city structure could only be determined after careful consideration of the purpose and benefits of

urbanisation.

Objectives for city life vary among individuals, communities and cities, although there are several

common themes. Cities consist of large concentrations of people, and we expect cities to provide a

wide range of goods and services, employment, educational, social and cultural opportunities to satisfy

a large variety of tastes and preferences. Some services, especially urban infrastructure such as roads,

water and sewerage, can often be provided more cheaply in cities by virtue of the higher density of

population.

Transport is the cement that binds cities and their activities. Many concerns about urban

transport, including the role of the motor vehicle, are intimately associated with concerns

about the way our cities are developing. There is much that ca be done to incorporate the

costs (including transport costs) of different urban structures into prices faced by residents.

These prices need to play a greater role in planning urban transport and land use.

36 URBAN TRANSPORT

The diverse range of objectives held for Australian cities was reflected in submissions to this inquiry.

The Coalition of Urban Transport Sanity (CUTS) suggested that city life was at its most beneficial

when it involved maximisation of exchange and minimisation of travel, drawing the Commission’s

attention to a ’rich intellectual tradition of urban studies’ which:

... recognises the original purpose of cities as a place of exchange for information, friendship, material goods, culture,

knowledge, insight, skills, and emotional, psychological and spiritual support, and seeks to place these values at the

centre of urban planning and design. The submissions based on this premise include those which called for urban

villages which integrate living, shopping, recreation, social interaction, work and cultural activities into a compact

location. The approach seeks to put new life into local neighbourhood centres as a place of community interaction.

This requires transport forms which facilitate this exchange, not just movement. (Sub. 250, p. 2)

Like CUTS, many participants emphasised the role of transport in achieving these objectives. The

Coalition of Transport Action Groups argued that ’the search for a solution to the recognised problems

of urban transport should be approached from a vision of a better functioning, more pleasant, healthier

city and the means to achieve that goal’. The WA Government considered that:

A lack of suitable transport can prevent reasonable access to the majority of opportunities available for education,

employment, health care, adequate housing, recreation, shopping and social contact (Sub. 170, p. 49).

The Commonwealth Department of Human Services and Health emphasised that transport’s role was to

serve the city, while Dr Kenworthy described how he saw different transport modes creating better,

more livable, diverse and convenient cities. The Victorian Government argued that its recent reform is:

providing an opportunity for transport to play an affordable but central role in creating a revitalised, livable,

sustainable and economically competitive city... (Sub. 319, p. 10).

At the same time, city living brings costs such as loss of privacy, congestion of roads and public

facilities, and noise and air pollution. Controlling such impacts is a major concern of urban policy.

Many of these effects are intimately related to the provision of transport. For example, the amount and

mix of transport affects pollution, congestion and social interaction. More broadly, the availability and

price of transport affect the size and density of cities that can be supported. This is one reason why

policy towards urban transport is seen as a potential means for creating cities that better suit residents.

THE CITY AND

TRANSPORT

37

A1.3 How are cities shaped?

To what extent do urban form and transport systems, as they currently exist, reflect community

preferences and allow the achievement of people’s goals at least social and economic cost? Have past

and present institutional structures permitted changes in transport and urban form that reflect

alterations in cost structures and preferences? Or have we become bogged down in too rigid a system

that will be slow to take on new and innovative ideas or respond to changing needs?

Urban form has affected transport...

Transport is only one of many influences on the way cities develop. Others include the preferences of

inhabitants, their incomes, the structure of production, land use planning and regulation, and

geography.

In Australia, comparatively high incomes combined with an abundance of land have played a key role

in the development of cities. The Australian dream of owning a relatively dispersed, free-standing

house with a garden, when associated with different phases in transport technology, also encouraged

relatively low density patterns of urban development. Geographic constraints such as rivers, harbours,

mountains and soil have also affected the nature of development in different ways in each Australian

city. Land use zoning, building and land title regulations have encouraged and facilitated low density

development, sometimes without adequate consideration of the cost of service provision, such as public

transport, to these developments.

Social changes have also influenced the shape of our cities. As Messrs Gargett and Hutchinson noted:

The two most dynamic trends that have affected the form of our cities since the middle 1940s have been the increasing

demand for housing (due to population growth) and reduction in the density of residential development (due to a trend

to smaller families). During this period our urban areas have largely grown out from and beyond the transport

infrastructure (fixed rail systems) which shaped them up to the 40s. This infilling and fringe growth has been made

possible by the increasing availability of private cars as a preferred alternative to public transport ... To date., the

response to the increasing demand for travel has been to build more transport infrastructure. (Sub. 56, P. 1)

The nature of economic activity in cities can also have a major impact on urban form and on the use of

transport. Australian cities show trends towards decentralisation of production and employment that

tend to favour the non-fixed track modes of freight and personal transport.

38 URBAN TRANSPORT

The Metropolitan Transport Trust of Tasmania said:

Our changing work patterns demonstrate that the geographic location of employment may be increasingly flexible.

The shift in employment from primary and secondary industries (particularly manufacturing) to tertiary industries

(including information, technology and service) necessitated a greater focus by governments on desired forms of

urban transport. (Sub. 148, pp. 23-24)

Other participants commented on the changes in communications technology since the 1960s which

have facilitated the ’suburbanisation’ of industrial and commercial activities and a trend towards

multi-centred, dispersed cities. The CSIRO Division of Building, Construction and Engineering

observed the impact this new technology is having on transport patterns:

The increasing integration of telecommunications and computing and their interactions with production, service

activities and transport, are changing land-use patterns and the resulting transport task ... Many of these activities are

choosing suburban locations as a result of increased freedom of location enabled by information and communications

technologies. Jobs are following people into the suburbs and because of the benign nature of many of these activities

they can locate close to, and in some cases within, residential areas. This is changing substantially urban transport

patterns, particularly commuting, shopping and freight movements. Cities are changing from essentially single-centred

to increasingly multi-centred. Transport patterns are changing accordingly, with multiple centres and multi-directional

flows. (Sub. 43, Appendix 1, P. 1)

The growth in suburban employment can be partly attributed to the growth in, the service sector.

Currently 77 per cent of the workforce is employed in the service sector, compared with 16 per cent in

the manufacturing sector and seven per cent in the primary sector (see figure AI. 1).

Figure A1.1: Employment by sector

Source: ABS Catalogue 6201.0.

The continuing growth of the services sector -- the associated decentralisation of travel times and

patterns -- and technological and social changes will continue to impact on urban travel. Without

corrective action these trends seem likely to accentuate the dominance of the motor vehicle in moving

people and goods around our cities.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

% of employed

persons

primary manufacturing services

1966

1991

THE CITY AND

TRANSPORT

39

The relative size and density of a city’s population also affects its transport needs. Typically, the greater

a city’s population density, the more it is suited to mass transit. However, increased populations also

usually lead to more congestion. It is not surprising that Sydney, the most populous Australian city

with the greatest congestion problems, has the highest percentage of public transport use.

Finally, government taxation and financial policy towards the provision of urban infrastructure is often

thought to be an important influence. This question was the subject of the Commission’s report on

Taxation and Financial Policy Impacts on Urban Settlement (IC 1993).

... and transport has affected urban form

At the same time, methods of transport have had a major impact on the way cities have developed. The

availability of relatively cheap land on urban fringes, combined with technological advances in

transportation, has enabled cities to become both more populous and extensive. As different methods

of freight and personal transport have developed, cities have altered their forms: mass transit producing

corridor or linear development, the motor vehicle facilitating settlement between corridors. Box ALI

illustrates the historical relationship between transport systems, land use and urban form in Melbourne.

The Western Australian Government described the role of transport as ’critical ... in the achievement of

desirable forms of urban development’. It noted that:

... construction of roads and improvements to the public transport system alter accessibility within the region and,

therefore, have a substantial influence on the location and rate of major new development (Sub. 170, p. 22).

The impact of developments in transport has not been uniform, however. Cities reflect the history of

their transport systems. More recently settled North American cities, for example, have been able to

take greater advantage of developments such as the motor vehicle. Older European cities with

settlement patterns based on different methods of transport, can change only slowly because of the long

life and high value of many of their buildings and urban structures. As the Commonwealth Department

of Human Services and Health noted:

... the city forms we have now have been significantly influenced by the transport and land-use decisions of previous

generations. Similarly, today’s decisions will shape future transport and land use patterns. (Sub. 321, p. 8)

40 URBAN TRANSPORT

Box A1.1 The evolution of transport and urban settlement in Melbourne

In 1835 the Port Phillip District of New South Wales was established on the northern bank of the Yarra

River, 2km from the river mouth at Port Phillip Bay. Early residential development was consolidated in

the inner east and south due to poor water facilities and unsuitable physical conditions in the west and

north. During this period, walking was the main method of transportation which constrained the spread

of residential development away from employment areas, although horses and bullock drawn carriages

were in use.

Manufacturing was initially, located in the western suburbs, influenced by the availability ,of cheap

land and its positioning between the city and the booming goldfields and pasture lands of the west.

Road development in this area was slower than in the eastern districts. Better climatic and physical

conditions attracted small scale farming to the east and a well developed grid-like road network

developed around the farm perimeters.

Melbourne’s first railway line between the docks at what is now Port Melbourne and Flinders Street

was opened in 18545. Over the next decade several other rail lines were established to the west, south

west, east and south east. The railways encouraged development up to 30 kilometres from the city

centre, but remained unaffordable for much of the population. Residential development continued to

focus on the physically superior east and south. According to Beed (1981), service provision to this

area was also cheaper, acting as an incentive to residential development. Poorer access to urban

facilities and physical conditions dampened demand for residential development in the west and north.

A horse omnibus service commenced in 1869, initially between the city and Firtzory to the north, and

subsequently further into northern and southern suburbs. These services were gradually replaced with

cable tram services from 1885. Over the next 5 years, cable lines were extended to many of the suburbs

immediately surrounding the city. The trams were comparatively quick and cheap, enabling many

workers to move away from the city centre. It encouraged development of areas located between rail

routes. Commercial development reflected the linear nature of the tram routes, typified today by

Sydney Road, Chapel Street and Toorak Road.

The rail network, combined with Melbourne’s topography, directed urban expansion from the 1930s in

corridors, particularly in the east and south. From 1967 Government urban planning policies sought to

reinforce these patterns, advocating growth ‘primarily along the along the general axes of principal rail

and road routes.’

Increasing car ownership in the post was period facilitated urban consolidation, initiated by the tram, to

continue, opening up development in the outer suburbs, away from the public transport routes. New

subdivisions filled in the areas between the radial rail lines, and lower density housing patterns

emerged. The advent of motor vehicles also increase the flexibility of urban freight movements,

enabling factories and warehouses to move away from wharves and rail sidings to cheaper industrial

sites on the city fringes. Examples include Clayton in the south-east and Broadmeadows in the northwest.

Source: Beed 1981

THE CITY AND

TRANSPORT

41

Partly because Australian cities were still developing when use of the motor vehicle became

widespread, Australian cities are much more like newer North American cities than those in Europe or

Asia (see table AI. 1). In terms of urban form, both United States and Australian cities have relatively

low population and employment densities. Older Asian and European cities have higher densities. In

terms of transport usage, cars are used less and public transport more in Australian cities, relative to

United States cities. When compared with European cities, Australians use the car more than twice as

often, and public transport nearly one half as much.

Table A1.1 Summary of transport and land use in 32 cities, 1980

United States Australian European Asian

Cities cities cities cities

Car use (’000) 12.6 10.7 5.6 1.8

(passenger kms/ capita)

Public transport use (’000) 0.5 0.8 1.8 3.1

(passenger kms/ capita

Public transport 4.4 7.2 24.8 64.1

(% of total travel)

Walking/ cycling 5.3 5.4 21.3 25.1

(% of total journey to work)

Urban density (persons/ ha)

Population 14 13 54 160

Jobs 7 5 31 71

Source: Newman and Kenworthy 1992, p. 11

What are the implications for Australian cities?

In light of these influences it is hardly surprising that Australian cities show a relatively high degree of

dispersion and car orientation. As the WA Government noted, ’no one expects that cities such as Perth

will, in the foreseeable future, become European-style public transport cities’ (Sub. 170, p. vi). Indeed

the Australian style of development is entirely consistent with a Picture of cities developed in

conditions of relative affluence with abundant cheap land and at a time of rapid technological advance

favouring car use.

Australian cities still exhibit a large variety of urban forms and structures, including their transportation

systems. This diversity reflects the variety of historical, topographical, cultural, economic and other

influences which pertain to each of the cities. They have developed differently in the past, and will

continue to develop differently into the future.

42 URBAN TRANSPORT

This shows a flexibility to respond to changes in economic and social conditions and changes in

technology. It illustrates the interdependence that Mr Cotgrove emphasised:

Urban growth has always depended on transportation technology. Transportation allows the specialisation of function

necessary to achieve economies of scale, which in turn leads to a spatial pattern of segregated, specialised,

interdependent land units. The demand for economic efficiency stimulates the need for improved transport systems,

while the development of transportation facilitates the opportunities for economies of scale. (Sub 160, pp. 1-2)

Although they can be altered, the complex determinants of current transport and land use patterns are

not readily overturned. As the Chartered Institute of Transport in Australia observed:

Once travel patterns have been established by the prevailing land use policies, infrastructure and generally poor level

of public transport service provision, it is difficult or impossible to change them without changing their determinants

... the impacts of and inter-relationships between changing economic structures, technology and the nature of work are

elemental to urban structure and consequent structure and pattern of urban transport demand and vice versa. (Sub.

106, pp. 5, 10)

A1.4 Concerns with current urban forms

A number of participants criticised the degree to which urban forms are based on motor vehicle travel.

It is often argued that car domination has reduced the amenity of cities, particularly by isolating those

with limited or no car access. For example, some new home owners are forced to locate on the

relatively poorly serviced fringe, and have limited choice between poor public transport and multiple

car ownership with its inherent high costs. Associated with this loss of access are concerns about

pollution, the greenhouse problem, oil vulnerability, and other adverse environmental impacts that are

associated with motor vehicle usage. According to the Integrated Transport Strategy for Greater

Sydney:

The ability to establish and operate viable mass passenger transport systems has been compromised by the low density

of development, and the high level of employment dispersal. On a metropolitan basis, this has added air quality

problems to other concerns about the capacity of the environment to cope. At the local level, high volumes of vehicle

movement are reducing urban amenity. (NSW Government 1993b, p. 2)

A study of urban fringe families, conducted by the Australian Institute for Family Studies (AIFS)

(1993), addressed some of the issues associated with urban sprawl and arrived at mixed conclusions.

The study found that the majority of residents in Berwick, on the south-eastern fringe of Melbourne,

were not forced to locate on the urban fringe for reasons of affordability:

THE CITY AND

TRANSPORT

43

It must be recognised that the option of the detached house with its own backyard still has its place and that the

residents of Berwick eminently prefer to live in Berwick than in the inner city (AIFS 1993, p. 457).

At the same time, the study confirmed the view that public transport services on the fringe are

generally poor or non-existent. The majority of the driving age population was car dependent, with 98

per cent of households surveyed having at least one car. Journey to work times for the few people using

public transport were nearly twice as long as for car drivers:

The small number of families without a car or individuals who could not drive were at a substantial disadvantage.

Outside peak periods, public transport provision is poor or non-existent and it is inadequate for the lateral (rather than

radial) journeys that people make. Transport was a major problem for young people not old enough to drive, not only

because of lack of provision of public transport but also because of safety problems on public transport. (ALFS 1993,

p. 459)

The study concluded that, in many cases, the choice to live on the urban fringe involved a trade-off

between higher travel costs and fewer services on the one hand, and newer and larger housing in a

desirable environment on the other.

Closer settlement

Closer settlement involves a change in living and activity patterns which can reduce the need for travel

and reliance on the motor vehicle.

Many participants argued that city life could be improved if higher densities of settlement could be

achieved in all or part of the city. One approach involves. the development of ’urban villages’. Dr

Kenworthy described the strategy:

A promising option to bring back diversity and choice into our cities would appear to be the development of urban

villages based around existing and future heavy and light rail lines. Urban villages would see a concentrated mixture

of housing, shops, work places, community facilities and open spaces mixed together to create a high quality private

and public environment. In these more intensely self-sufficient environments, walking and cycling would be viable for

many trips and fast, efficient rail transit and buses would be an option for longer radial and cross-city trips between

centres, because the public transport system would have the strong nodes and generally higher density residential

environments it needs to provide competitive levels of service. (Sub. 77, p. A-6-23)

The Town and Country Planning Association explained:

The central strategy in the so-called urban village is to maximise mobility by placing a maximum number of

destination (that is, outside the home) activities within close reach of the home (by walk, cycle, short car or transit

ride) in a cluster relationship, and placing those land use activities having a regional travel catchment in these clusters.

These clusters, which are really urban centres in a multi-centred city ... are strongly connected by rapid transit and

road. (Sub. 283, p. 1)

44 URBAN TRANSPORT

Alderman Masterman (of Leichliardt Council), an advocate of such a development strategy, saw the

inner-west Sydney suburbs of Balmain, Leichchardt and Rozelle developing into a series of urban

villages. He suggested that:

a policy where each municipal area would achieve one job for each person in the workforce within each municipal

area. ... if you didn’t take on that job opportunity that was within your suburb, that would be filled by someone coming

in from outside ... traffic automatically becomes two-way and instead of having this very coarse radial development of

cities, you would have a tapestry which is like a fine weave. (Initial hearing transcript, p. 743)

However, while some sections of the population seek higher density living, others can find it

unattractive. Troy (1992) has argued that prescriptions for urban villages are based on a ’highly

romantic’ view of life. He said:

Contrasts are drawn between elegant city development and ugly suburbia. Romantic pictures of cafe society are

painted which are inconsistent with how people actually live anywhere ... The romantic imagery of the ’urban village’

is built on a tragic - even deliberate -misinterpretation of village life. The appeal is to a middle class or gentrified form

of rural village which is not based on reality. (Troy 1992, p. 10)

There is of course a continuum of possible urban forms. A central issue is where Australian cities

should be along this continuum. The ACTU and Public Transport Unions reflected a common

sentiment when they said that they were:

... proposing a much greater emphasis on providing higher density residential living opportunities in the future than

there has been in the past, to cater for the substantial and growing section of the population who are likely to find such

arrangements more attractive and viable than detached housing on suburban blocks (Sub. 27 1, p. 7).

Meeting preferences for city living

Some participants interpreted the Commission’s draft report as arguing against the concept of higher

density living and in favour of dispersed urban form. The Commonwealth Department of Human

Services and Health (Sub, 294, p, 1) suggested that the Commission had identified ’a low density form

as given’ and Dr Kenworthy said:

... the essential message that you’re conveying in your report is that the notion of urban restructuring away from

typical suburban sprawl towards more compact forms of development, especially urban villages linked to public

transport, is unachievable, if not undesirable (DR transcript, p. 138).

THE CITY AND

TRANSPORT

45

The Commission does not seek to prescribe (or proscribe) any particular urban form for Australian

cities. Rather, the key issue is how to determine what density best suits the wishes of residents, given

that people have a wide variety of preferences for urban living. There is a need to balance the

disposition of some for the urban village atmosphere and minimal travel against the desires of others,

who are prepared to accept longer journeys, for open space.

As the Royal Australian Planning Institute stressed, all our cities are different and consequently there is

no single, optimal urban structure, each city being required to develop ’home-grown solutions’:

... it should be recognised ... that solutions suitable to one city structure are likely to differ markedly from solutions for

another city. What may be more efficient in a strongly monocentric city, such as Sydney, may be less so in a strongly

multicentred city such as Canberra. (Sub. 230, p. 1)

Several participants cited Toronto as a model of a successful urban system. This particularly relates to

its achievements in terms of urban transportation and urban form. However, the durability of existing

urban and transportation structures together with the inherent differences between all cities, constrain

the extent to which the Toronto-style lessons are applicable to Australian cities.’ The Toronto

experience and the transferability of its lessons are examined in box AI. 2 and appendix G.

In attempting to determine how closely cities should be settled, there are some very difficult choices to

be made about how closely settlement patterns are regulated. Some participants stressed the costs that

arise when individual preferences are given free rein. Unconstrained choice may, in some

circumstances, compromise collective preferences about the urban environment (in the broadest sense)

such as those for clean air and attractive neighbourhoods. Put simply, choices that give individual

pleasure may give collective offence. The Commonwealth Department of Human Services and Health,

in response to the draft report, said:

It is optimism in the extreme to assume that a complex structure such as a city will somehow achieve optimality and

the social, economic and environmental objectives of governments through the sum of individual preferences in

response to pricing of transport and other infrastructure which reflects full costs (Sub. 321, p. 9).

46 URBAN TRANSPORT

Box A1.2: The Toronto experience

A number of commentators pointed to Toronto as a model for integration between transport and land use.

Following the construction boom of the 1950s and 1960s in metropolitan Toronto, substantial investment

in the rapid transit and the major roads network was complemented with private sector development of

high density commercial and residential areas around subway stations. Planning strategies since the early

1980s have attempted to reinforce the interdependence between transport and land use. Dr Kenworthy

commented:

... Toronto has succeeded in increasing public transport’s share of the urban transport task and in

reducing car dependence in recent decades. Crucial to these achievements have been land use policies

which have brought significant residential development to its central area, have successfully

established transit-oriented urban centres involving mixed residential and commercial development,

and have increased overall urban densities. (Sub. 77, p. A-6-73)

Recent changes in the pattern of urban growth have begun to undermine this success. More than three

quarters of population growth in the last 10 years has occurred in the regions surrounding metropolitan

Toronto. The suburbanisation of industry and business and trends towards detached, single family

housing has encouraged low density settlement in these areas. Mr McManus noted:

While older areas of Toronto reflect the integration of transport and land use planning, the recent

expansion of outer Metro and the Greater Toronto Area has been based on the automobile. ’Vienna

surrounded by Phoenix’ is how a visiting Toronto, planner recently described the urban growth of

Toronto. (Sub. 11, Attachment 2, p. 10)

The outer regions are characterised by high levels of car use. While around 25 per cent of trips in

metropolitan Toronto are made on public transport, in the surrounding regions, public transit use is only

in the range of 7 to 11 per cent (Greater Toronto Coordinating "Committee 1992, p. 38). The Toronto

Commissioner of Roads and Traffic stated:

The driving population of Toronto is drawn from a vast and growing hinterland. Public transit is no

longer a one hundred percent solution - as it was conceived of in the seventies for moving people in

and out of downtown. To move everybody we’d need ten times the number of subway lines we have

now - and that would break us. (Sub. 11, Attachment 2, p. 10)

The picture which emerges is that Toronto, like all other cities, has its strengths and weaknesses. In terms

of urban system the linkage of transport and.’ land use is particularly evident in metropolitan Toronto.

However, to a large degree, the surrounding ,regions face the same challenges and costs as many other

cities.

The bottom line for Australian cities?

It’s better to start from first principles and consider local conditions rather than simply following the herd.

(Juri Pill, General Manager, Administration and Planning, Toronto Transit Commission, 1992)

THE CITY AND

TRANSPORT

47

At the same time, if choices and individual preferences are inappropriately restricted, another set of

costs can arise. Indeed it is now being widely recognised that restrictions on location choices may well

have frustrated some latent demand for more innovative settlement patterns. The Town and Country

Planning Association said that:

It is often the UBRs [Uniform Building Regulations] developed in the 1950s which constrain the provision of suitable

residential subdivision and building forms, and practically force residential development to the fringes, rather than

permit a large proportion of it to occur by in-fill and reconstruction in established suburbs (Sub. 283, p. 3).

The Victorian Government has recently focussed on removing unnecessary impediments to planning

and redevelopment projects:

Striving for these [urban development] goals requires the provision of clear direction and purpose, but has nothing to

do with imposition of solutions by government on the urban community. Indeed the Victorian Government is

streamlining the planning system to greatly simplify planning schemes, reduce the number of zones and related

provisions, and remove unnecessary controls on desirable and straightforward projects. (Sub.319,p. 11)

The Commission endorses moves towards reducing unnecessary and outdated land use

regulation.

A1.5 Choices and decisions

When residents of cities make decisions about location, it is usually within a framework that has been

set by previous planning decisions about how urban land may be used. In particular:

• the 'development front' for the city has been channelled by zoning and other land use restrictions

with a view to preventing excessive demands on (economic and social) infrastructure;

• the type of development in particular areas has been prescribed with a view to preventing

conflicting land uses on adjacent properties, and limiting side effects (for example, encroachment

on borders and blocking of natural light) arising from unsympathetic construction; and

• transport links have been established.

Within that framework, individuals make their own decisions about location, exercising their

preferences about dwelling types and travel patterns, and responding to the price of land, construction,

local amenity, transport costs and a host of similar considerations.

48 URBAN TRANSPORT

The planning framework

Planning is, and will remain, an indispensable aspect of urban development.

Planning is needed to ensure that land uses are compatible. The community has legitimate concerns

about the ability of an unfettered market in urban land to deal adequately with incompatible land uses,

environmental effects, and coordinated development.

However, zoning and other restrictions may have detrimental impacts on other activities, such as the

provision of transport services. Land use planning should allow population density to vary so that the

potential for transport to generate patronage can be realised. This is increasingly being recognised, as

the Commonwealth Department of Human Services and Health noted:

... many of the initiatives of Commonwealth Government and of state governments in this area are designed to relax a

lot of that regulation to in fact open up choice to allow, for example, medium density housing in places where

previously that hasn’t been allowed, to encourage or allow mixed uses in areas where previously regulation has

separated uses out (DR transcript, p. 253).

Similarly, unnecessary restrictions on subdivision design which create difficulties for buses, garbage

trucks, fire engines, freight and other vehicles should be avoided. On the other hand, subdivisions

should not be planned only with transport in mind. Sometimes potential residents who expect to rely on

car travel, for example, might prefer a street design that deters public transport. Provided developers

are able to factor in the extent of demand among potential purchasers for this design over one which

encourages public transport to residents, the potential for inefficient provision of transport is avoided.

It is important to ensure that the costs of a particular settlement pattern are sheeted home to the

residents who choose to live there.

The need for transport planning arises in a number of ways. In the first place transport providers are

obliged to assess the need for investments and make complex decisions about the type and magnitude

of investment. Requirements for planning of this type affect roads authorities and public transport

providers alike.

More than this, however, as chapter A7 shows, major transport. investment decisions are sometimes

made in situations in which it is not possible to pass the costs of transport provision on to those who

ultimately benefit.

For example the costs of major investments in rail lines are difficult to recover from those living in the

railway’s catchment area, either in fares or in levies. Some investments in major roads are also not

recovered. When costs cannot be passed on, the price system is more restricted in its capability to

perform its allocative role and developers will not receive the appropriate signals about the costs of

developing in particular areas at particular densities.

THE CITY AND

TRANSPORT

49

In those cases other infrastructure authorities and developers need to be informed about which areas the

transport authorities see as both potentially beneficial or potentially too costly to service. Otherwise,

costs of major transport links may not be taken into account in development plans and inefficient

settlement take place. For that reason some initial signalling of such potentially viable areas through an

urban planning process will be necessary. According to the Integrated Transport Strategy for Greater

Sydney:

For too long planners have failed to integrate transport considerations into urban development and there has been a

lack of foresight in transport infrastructure and service planning. There is recognition in all sectors of government and

in business and general communities that the transport modes need to be planned and operated in a more

comprehensive and coherent manner and that transport needs to be an integral part of land use and economic planning,

rather than an afterthought. In the absence of the integration, transport investment and service development will be ad

hoc and fragmented and the efficiency benefits reaped from recent reforms will not be optimised. (NSW Government

1993b, p. 2)

Planning has limitations

Mr Cotgrove argued that planning responses were unlikely to turn back long term social developments

which impact on urban form:

Whilst a socially optimum level of public transport provision is essential to cater for the travel needs of those without

access to personal transport ... and as an alternative backup system for those who do, and whilst planning strategies

that promote urban consolidation by enabling people to live at higher densities of their own choosing are to be

encouraged, it is a gross mistake to believe that the poly-centred, low density, arealand time-spreading patterns of our

motor-age cities can be reversed by the public transport-led policies advocated by the anti-car lobby.

On the contrary, there is every evidence to suggest that these deconcentrating trends will continue well into the future

as car ownership continues and as society moves into the post-industrial era. (Sub 160, p. 6)

When economic incentives favour a particular development structure, planning may have limited

effectiveness in changing the direction of that structure. Some recent experiences with attempts at

creating greater degrees of self-contained development in Australian cities are discussed in box A1.3.

Others have highlighted strengths and weaknesses in the use of public transport provision to achieve

alterations in urban form (see box A1.4).

50 URBAN TRANSPORT

Better prices mean better decisions

The more that prices of urban infrastructure reflect costs of provision, the more that planning by both

individuals and transport and planning authorities can be improved. According to the Department of

Human Services and Health:

... individuals must have a say in the planning of their cities and must to the extent possible, be able to express these

preferences through the prices they face for goods and services - the costs of which should incorporate all external

costs. This full accounting for external costs is essential if individual decision making is to reflect overall community

outcomes. (Sub. 321, p. 9)

It is clear, however, that current prices for transport of all forms are in many cases far removed from

those required to match costs of travel. For example:

• motor vehicle drivers do not meet the costs of congestion;

Box A1.3: Planning for self-sufficiency

The New South Wales Bus and Coach Association (Sub. 97) described the history of a planned

development in Campbelltown, Sydney. Designed to be an urban centre in the 1970s, sufficient industries

were attracted to locate in the Campbelltown area to satisfy requirements for predicted residential

employment needs. A light rail corridor was provided in the town plan. The designated route duplicated the

existing rail line, but did not feed into it. This was consistent with the idea of predominantly intra-town,

rather than inter-town, travel.

In practice, a predominantly white collar population located in Campbelltown and commuted to the CBI)

for work purposes, while the industry workers commuted from the inner suburbs (where the industries had

previously been sited) to Campbenlltown. The planned light rail corridor proved unnecessary and a bus

connection to the suburban rail station was required which is hindered by congested streets not designed for

such a structure (Sub. 97, p. 23).

The concept of self-containment also underpinned the planning of Canberra’s regional centres, according to

the ACT Government (Sub. 167). These dispersed towns were designed to provide work, education,

recreation and shopping facilities for the surrounding district of around 100 000 to 120 000 residents. The

aim of this policy was to offer an attractive lifestyle, and economic savings in terms of travelling time,

congestion, parking and pollution.

Over time, however, there has been a significant decline in the degree of self containment, particularly in

the Belconnen and, Woden districts.’ A number of explanations have been offered including growth of

employment in the city. the location of educational ’ and child-care facilities, a relatively high likelihood of

job changes or, employer relocation, and the high incidence of two income families, with likelihood that at

least one worker will be employed in another district.

THE CITY AND

TRANSPORT

51

• users of public transport often do not meet even the operating costs of providing their travel; and

• environmental costs are met only imperfectly through design rules restricting emissions.

Thus, in many cases, price signals are being distorted, which hinders planning because the costs and

benefits associated with particular options are confused. Better pricing means better planning.

Without efficient prices to guide them, planners can, at times, end up with the wrong goals. For

example, there is an understandable temptation to attempt to reduce costs without regard to the value of

the outcomes to the residents of the city. The Australian Road Research Board pointed to:

... the single centred, high density city that would arise from the single objective of maximising public transport

effectiveness and efficiency. Such gains in public transport use are likely to be at the cost of greater trip lengths and

lower overall transport efficiency. Furthermore, from social, trade, manufacturing, building, individual satisfaction

and perhaps health and other points of view, such an arrangement may be far from optimal, and the net result may be

society’s loss. Similar suboptimal outcomes may follow from proposals, which some witnesses will probably present

to the Commission, for urban structures and controls which strictly minimise the amount of total travel. (Sub. 126, pp.

1-2)

Box A1.4: Transport infrastructure and urban development

Th use of rail (especially light rail – see chapter B2) has been a key feature of proposals to improve cities

through achieving consolidation and reducing urban sprawl. Professor Hensher (1993) attributes this to

the ‘perceived permanency’ of rail. That is, developers will be more attracted to areas serviced by a fixed

track transit that to areas serviced by more flexible modes like buses, which are perceived as less

permanent, and therefore as more of a risk.

According to Cervero and Landis (1993), studies of the joint development impacts of several recent rail

systems have generally concluded that urban rail transit investments will generate significant land-use

impacts if:

• a region’s economy is growing; and

• there are complementary development programs in place, such as zoning policies, which support

lighter densities or more intensive land uses.

They also found that rail is not the only mode capable of inducing land use changes.

Cervero argued, however, that their findings were influenced by the fact that existing pricing structures

fail to account for the full social cost of private motor vehicle usage. He concluded that transit

investment would be likely to have a greater impact on land use and development than freeways in the

presence of accurate pricing structures.

52 URBAN TRANSPORT

More than that, however, when appropriate price signals are absent. a much greater burden is thrown

on planners to allocate resources. The ACT Government explained, for example, that one factor

influencing its policy on consolidation was the savings that could be made in the public transport

deficit if new development were channelled into inner areas rather than the fringe. Without questioning

the policy of consolidation itself, it is clear that if fares at least matched operating costs, much of the

responsibility for making such location decisions could be left to potential residents themselves. It is

they who would pay the fares, and they who would make the choices about whether those costs made

location worthwhile.

The achievement of desirable outcomes in urban transport will depend on much more than cost

minimisation. It requires also that full attention be paid to what people want from transport and what

they are prepared to pay for. It is this balancing of demand and costs of provision that suggests the

need to find market-based solutions wherever possible. While the need for planning is likely to remain

in major metropolitan areas, it can be facilitated by better pricing of transport.

A1.6 Concluding remarks

Successful solutions to the problems of achieving the most desirable pattern of city living require

the provision of a framework within which individuals can, as much as possible, make personal

decisions about their preferred urban environment.

To this end, the costs of location which vary across different areas need to be identified and

charged accordingly to residents in those areas. This applies to the provision of transport as

much as to other infrastructure, with charges reflecting as far as possible all the costs associated

with particular locations, including third-party costs such as pollution and congestion.

Planning by individuals and urban and transport authorities is an integral aspect of urban

development. It can be made more effective if there is an efficient pricing structure in place and

unnecessary and outdated regulation of land use is removed.

In this way individuals can make choices about locations which incorporate the costs of their use of

resources and any costs imposed on others. The location pattern which emerges then relies less on

overall judgements about, for example, the appropriate density of development, but rather a conscious

comparison by individuals of the benefits of different locations to them with their costs to society. And,

importantly, different parts of the city can serve people with different preferences while still reflecting

the collective preferences of the community.

THE CITY AND

TRANSPORT

53

The South Australian Government summarised the order of priorities well when it said:

Solutions cannot be imposed on society, at least in an area ... where impacts will be felt so widely. Policies for urban

transport will need to emphasise flexibility and to conscript market mechanisms wherever possible to enable

conscious decisions to be made about housing and transport with the full knowledge of the costs, benefits and

implications. (Sub. 144, p. 9)

URBAN TRANSPORT

PATTERNS

55

A2 URBAN TRANSPORT PATTERNS

A2.1 Why do we travel?

As the Western Australian Government put it, ’we travel to get somewhere, or we seek travel by others

to bring goods and services to us’ (Sub. 170, p. 9). Dr Moriarty described the demand for transport as a

derived demand:

travellers are assumed to endure the outlays of time and money involved only in order to enjoy access to activities

outside the home such as work or shopping (Sub. 57, p. 2).

People travel around cities for a multitude of reasons. Data from Brisbane show clearly what is known

for the rest of Australia: that journeys to work do not represent the greatest proportion of travel. It may

surprise those caught daily in traffic jams and crowded public transport systems, but journeys from

home to work represent only between 15 to 20 per cent of all trips. Trips from home to shops account

for a further 20 per cent of all trips and from home for education, recreation and other purposes for

another 15 per cent. All these shares have been declining over the last decade (see figure A2. 1).

Making up the difference are journeys that do not commence at home, which have increased by 50 per

cent since 1976, accounting now for 30 per cent of all trips. This is explained by:

• a long-term increase in the proportion of women in the workforce, resulting in multi-purpose trips

for activities such as childcare and shopping;

• a greater emphasis placed on leisure;

Private cars dominate urban travel in Australia, accounting for nearly 90 per cent of all trips.

Conventional public transport has a large role to play in Australian cities, although this has

been declining. Public transport is especially important for journeys to and from work and

school. Among the factors causing travellers to become less reliant on public transport are the

increasing comfort and convenience associated with the motor vehicle, and trends such as the

expanding service sector, technological advances and more dispersed employment patterns.

Bicycles are becoming a more viable transport option.

56 URBAN TRANSPORT

• the changing nature of the economy: the increasing role of the service sector (resulting in a shift

away from a conglomeration of activities in the central city and the associated decentralisation of

work locations); and

• improvements in telecommunications, such as the advent of the facsimile machine.

Figure A2.1: Reason for travel in Brisbane, 1976 and 1986

Source: SEPTS1991

The Transport Research Centre (TRC) found in 1992 that journeys from home to work in Melbourne

represented only 14 per cent of all trips. A large number of journeys were undertaken in association

with the travel of others, either to drop someone off, pick up another person or accompany someone

else (see table A2. 1).

Table A2.1: Proportion of all travel by trip purpose, Melbourne 1992

Trip Purpose or Activity Weekday trips Weekend trips All trips

(% of all trips)

Work at workplace 18 6 14

Other work 2 0 1

Education 13 0 10

Shop 17 27 20

Drop off 1 pick up or accompany 24 20 23

someone

Social / recreational 19 45 26

Personal business 6 2 6

Total 100 100 100

Source: TRC 1992

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Work shopping education recreation other nonhomebased

Percentage of trips

1976

1986

Home-based trips

URBAN TRANSPORT

PATTERNS

57

A2.2 Where do we travel?

As cities have grown, employment has to some extent followed residential location and there has been

less dependence on radial commuting patterns to the central city. Dr Kenworthy identified suburban

employment growth as ‘the biggest trend at present’ and noted that ‘most of it is dispersing rather than

going into identifiable sub-centres’ (Sub 77, p. A-6-4).

As a result, car-based travel has been increasingly favoured over public transport. As Dr Brotchie

noted:

The dispersed nature of origins and destinations ruled against the use of public transport for most people but suited

private transport (Sub. 43, Appendix 1, p.1).

The extent of dispersion is now quite marked. Using 1986 ABS Census data Dr Brotchie determined

that in relation to journeys to work in Melbourne:

• only 34 per cent of all people travelled to the central city for work and 34 per cent of these people

used public transport; and

• the remaining 66 per cent of all workers travelled to sub-central locations with less than 6 per cent

using public transport.

However, this information is based solely on journeys to work which, as noted earlier, only represent

about a quarter of all trips. If could be expected that the remaining journeys would be even more

dispersed. For example most shopping trips would be to regional centres or the ‘shop down the road’,

not to the central city.

This is not to say that radial traffic flows (for example, trips to the central city) are unimportant (see

figure A2.2). Professor Ogden noted the efficiency with which radial travel is served by public

transport:

... the central city with its attendant radial public transport continues to exist, and to this extent the future of that of the

public transport system is assured. It is dominated by peak period work travel, although much student travel and

tourist travel (probably mostly off-peak) rely on these services also. It is important to acknowledge that public

transport serves this radial market very well indeed. In Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane especially, it is a high

capacity service, capable of moving large numbers of people quickly, safely and (mostly) reliably. Moreover, public

transport dominates the central city commuter market, at least in Sydney and Melbourne, with over half of central city

work trips carried on public modes. This is a very high market share on world standards for a low density urban area.

(Sub. 35, p. 3)

And as the Public Transport Users Association (PTUA) pointed out, radial routes are also used for

non-central city travel:

... long distance travel in Melbourne is dominated by journeys to the central city (radial trips in the classical sense),

and long trips to intermediate centres along radial corridors (the expression ’quasi-radial’ has been used to describe

them) (Sub. 96, p. 1).

58 URBAN TRANSPORT

Figure A2.2: Journeys to work in Melbourne, 1985

Source: ABS 1985

Even so, the principal conclusion must be that the share of radial work-oriented public transport in the

total transport task is now relatively small. Professor Ogden’s calculations showed that in Melbourne:

... in round figures, work trips are about 30 per cent of all trips, the central city has about 12 per cent of the region’s

jobs, and public transport has about half the market for central city work trips. Multiplying these together, we can see

that this part of public transport is established to cater for about 2 per cent of daily trips in Melbourne!

URBAN TRANSPORT

PATTERNS

59

The much larger market - what we might call suburban travel - has a much lower market share for public transport. In

Melbourne for example, public transport carries only about 11 per cent of non-central work trips. (Sub. 35, p. 3)

A2.3 How do we travel?

The extent to which different modes of passenger transport are used varies from city to city. but is

dominated throughout by the private motor vehicle. On average nearly three-quarters of all trips are

made by car. In capital cities, this ranges from 74 per cent of all trips in Perth to 64 per cent of all trips

in Sydney (See figure A22.4). Car drivers make the majority of all these trips. Box A2.1 describes the

urban transport networks in Australian cities.

Walking is the second most common way of travelling. On average 16 per cent of all trips are on foot.

Sydney residents are more likely to walk to their destination (20 per cent of all trips) and people from

Perth are least likely to travel by foot (11 per cent of all trips).

Public transport is more widely used in our larger (and more congested) cities but still constitutes, on

average, less than 10 per cent of all journeys. This ranges from 13 per cent in Sydney to only seven per

cent in Adelaide and Perth.

Public transport is somewhat more important for the journey to work, at 13 per cent of journeys (see

figure A2.3), although even here nearly 70 per cent of people choose to travel to work by car.

Figure A2.3: Getting to work - the car or public transport

Source: ABS 1993b

Percentage of workers

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Sydney Melbourne Brisbane Perth Adelaide Hobart

Public

transport

Car

60 URBAN TRANSPORT

Figure A2.4: Travel patterns by modal share,

URBAN TRANSPORT

PATTERNS

61

Box A2.1: A snapshot of urban transport in Australia

Australia’s cities vary in their structure and transport needs. A common feature is the dominance of the

private motor vehicle in catering for transport needs and the involvement of governments in all aspects of

transport operations (roads and public transport).

Sydney is Australia’s largest city. The Sydney area extends to Penrith and Campbelltown in the West,

with Newcastle and Wollongong fast becoming part of Sydney with rapid rail and road links. Road

transport, and in particular private car travel, is the dominant form of transport in all these areas.

However public transport use in Sydney is the highest in Australia, nearly double the average, and 80 per

cent of workers use public transport to travel to the central city.

Melbourne, Australia’s second largest city, has extensive road, rail, tram and public and private bus

networks. Although public transport usage is declining, 50 per cent of all i, travellers to the central city

still use public transport.

Brisbane is the centre of one of the fastest growing regions in Australia, with the Sunshine and Gold

Coasts to the north and south, and the regional centres of Ipswich, Toowoomba and Logan City.

Although Brisbane is served by an extensive public sport system (rail and bus), other areas in south-east

Queensland are not.

Adelaide has road, rail and bus networks and one tram route. Public transport extends to the outskirts of

the city. One factor that affects Adelaide’s public transport network is the proportion of aged people that

live in the region.

Perth is served by road, rail and bus networks. The most recent feature of this network is the Northern

rail link, the most modern rail system in Australia. However car travel continues to dominate Perth’s

transport.

Hobart is ’a city heavily reliant on the private motor car for transport. Metro buses and us services

provide the bulk of public transport. Taxis supplement this and there or ferry service between Hobart ...

and Bellerive ...’ (City of Hobart, Sub. 168, p.1).

Canberra has an extensive road network and all public transport is on ACTION bus services.

Darwin is a city spread over a large area with a high degree of car ownership. The stem was designed for

cars and there is little or no congestion. Public Provided by Darwin Bus Services

Other regional centres around Australia are geared to private transport, experiencing little of the

congestion faced in larger cities, with private bus operators providing public transport.

62 URBAN TRANSPORT

Aggregate figures do, however, conceal the importance of public transport for some types of journeys.

For example, 52 per cent of commuter trips to Melbourne’s central area are by public transport and 80

per cent of workers in Sydney’s central city use public transport to get to work (Victorian Ministry of

Transport 1991).

The mix between public and private transport also varies according to the origin and destination of the

traveller. Car-based travel is more important to hose living at the fringe. For the journey to work,

reliance on motor vehicles varies from 40 to 50 per cent in inner areas in Sydney and Melbourne to 70

to 80 per cent at the fringe (see figure A2.5).

Figure A2.: Housing location and the journey to work, 1991

Source: NHS 1992a

The bicycle is also becoming a more viable transport option. The Bicycle Federation of Australia state:

Bicycle transport is a significant urban transport mode with a modal split close to that of public transport. … About

7% of all Australian vehicle trips in capital cities, regional centres and country towns are taken by bicycle. (Sub. 306,

p.1).

There are a number of factors affecting the long-term tendency for the increased use of motor vehicles.

These include its convenience, the comparative costs of alternative modes of transport and the

changing nature of the Australian economy.

The cost of travel

Expenditure on transport is a major component of household budgets. As Austroads reported:

% of w orkers travelling by car

0

20

40

60

80

100

Core / inner Middle Outer Fringe

Zone

Sydney Melbourne

% of w orke rs trave lling by public transpor t

0

20

40

60

80

100

Core / inner Middle Outer Fringe

Zone

Sydney Melbourne

URBAN TRANSPORT

PATTERNS

63

Transport is one of the largest items of household expenditure (16.0%). This level of expenditure is much

the same as housing (15.9%) and a little less than food (18.3%), or household equipment and operation

(18.4%). (Austroads, 1993, p.8)

Over the last ten years the cost of operating a private vehicle has increased by about 110 per cent. over

the same period public transport fares have increased by about 160 per cent (see figure A2.6). this has

further added to the attractiveness of private vehicle use.

Figure A2.6: The cost of urban travel

Source: BTCE 1993

A2.4 Patterns of road use in cities

The motor vehicle is the dominant form of transport in urban areas. It is used, on average, for over

ninety per cent of journeys, including almost all urban freight movements.

Urban roads help fulfil a variety of needs. These include commuting, business and commercial

activities, emergency services, recreation and, importantly, the movement of freight. They provide

access to a wide variety of vehicles including cars, motorcycles, various types of trucks, buses, light

commercial vehicles, and bicycles. The road reservation also provides crossings and footpaths for

pedestrians and bicycles. As the NSW Roads and Traffic Authority pointed out:

The road network is not itself a mode of transport but provides a system for a whole set of travel modes (Sub. 179, p.

14).

Passenger motor vehicles are by far the greatest users of roads (around 80 per cent of vehicle

kilometres travelled in urban areas), with light commercial vehicles the next most important users (13

per cent), and trucks (five per cent) and buses and motorcycles (around one per cent each) making up

the remainder (see table A2.2).

64 URBAN TRANSPORT

Table A2.2: Estimated urban road travel, 1991

Vehicle type NSW Vic Qld SA WA Tas NT ACT Aust

(million vehicle kms)

Cars 25 276 22 451 13 476 6 846 8 230 1 901 416 1 981 80 578

(31%) (28%) (17%) (8%) (10%) (2%) (1%) (2%)

Motor 238 190 267 85 122 21 14 31 969

cycles (25%) (20%) (28%) (9%) (13%) (2%) (1%) (3%)

Light 3 308 3 658 2 908 812 1 259 405 165 329 12 845

Commercial (26%) (29%) (23%) (6%) (10%) (3%) (1%) (3%)

Vehicles

1 584 1 338 1 016 343 424 185 29 70 4 989

Trucks (32%) (27%) (20%) (7%) (9%) (4%) (1%) (1%)

Buses 208 176 163 55 89 27 7 40 764

(27%) (23%) (21%) (7%) (12%) (4%) (1 %) (5%)

Total 30 615 27 814 17 830 8 141 1 0125 2 539 632 2 452 100 148

(31%) (28%) (18%) (8%) (10%) (3%) (1%) (2%)

Source: ABS 1991b

Transport of freight in urban areas requires large resource inputs. The NSW RTA estimated that:

... approximately $40-45 billion per annum of Sydney’s economy is in industries primarily dependent on goods

movements. This represents approximately one-eighth of Australia’s GDP.

If the logistical aspects of non-service related urban industries represents 10% of industry’s total costs, then the value

of Sydney’s road freight task is approximately $44.5 billion per annum. (Sub. 179, p. 13)

It has been calculated that urban freight expenditure comprises approximately five per cent of GDP

(Ogden 1992, p. 20). Moreover, as Professor Ogden said:

.. about half of urban transport costs are associated with the movement of goods, not people. This means that the

provision of an efficient and reliable urban freight system is important to the economic development and growth of

urban areas. (Sub. 35, part 2, pp. 1-2)

Indeed, the importance of freight is increasing (see figure A2.7). Industry restructuring is generating

smaller. inventories and the increased use of trucks as mobile warehouses serving a wider number of

niche markets. These ’just-in organisational practices can only be effective if plants or retailers can rely

time c on quick delivery of goods. The NSW RTA stated that:

URBAN TRANSPORT

PATTERNS

65

This requires more frequent and reliable freight deliveries, often of smaller consignment size and specialist quality.

These are the strengths of road freight and will mean increased demand for road freight movements per tonne of

freight. (Sub. 179, p. 14)

Figure A2.7: Urban road freight task, 1971 to 1991

Source: Cosgrove and Gargett 1992

Such trends place a strong emphasis on the need for road space to be used efficiently. Congestion can

impose very large costs for freight movements (see chapter A9).

Travel in cars and buses remains a key component of road use. Although most car travel does not get

measured in GDP, it absorbs substantial time and material inputs.

Passenger journeys vary in their importance, as does the extent to which people can alter their mode of

transport and their time of travel. In 1991, 23 per cent of all passenger vehicle travel was business

related, 25 per cent was for journeys to and from work (primarily at peak times) and 51 per cent was

for private use (ABS 1991b).

A2.5 Trends over time in travel

Urban travel has almost doubled in the period 1971-1991 (see figure A2.8). This increase can be

attributed almost entirely to an increase in car-based transport since, over the same period, the amount

of travel by public transport has remained virtually constant, and public transport’s share of total

Journeys fell from around 13 per cent in 1971 to about eight per cent in 1991.

66 URBAN TRANSPORT

Figure A2.8: Urban travel patterns, 1971-1991

a Data excludes walking

b Road-based transport includes car travel, motorcycles, buses and non-business use of light commercial vehicles and trucks.

Source: Cosgrove and Gargett 1992

The trend towards the private motor vehicle is reflected in car ownership. During the period 1961 to

1988 the number of motor vehicles in Australia increased by over 150 per cent (see figure A2.9). Based

on trends in South Australia, the growth in car numbers has been faster than the increase in population

(see figure A22. 10).

URBAN TRANSPORT

PATTERNS

67

Figure A2.9: Trends in motor vehicle ownership, 1961-1988

Source: ABS 1993b

Figure A2.10: Car ownership in South Australia, 1911 –1991

Source: Hutchinson and Gargett (Sub. 56).

Car occupancy rates for all trips are falling and are now approaching one person per vehicle: while the

number of vehicles on the road is increasing, the number of people in each vehicle is falling. The

Western Australian Government said that between 1976 and 1986 car occupancy declined in Perth:

• overall from 1.38 people per car to 1.25;

• in the peak hour from 1.20 people per car to 1. 11; and

• for the Perth central area from 1.35 people per car to 1. 19 (Sub. 170, p. 5).

Motor vehicles per ’000 persons

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

NEW Vic Qld SA WA Tas NT ACT Aust

1961 1971 1988

Motor vehicles per ’000 persons

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

NEW Vic Qld SA WA Tas NT ACT Aust

1961 1971 1988

’000s of people and m otor vehicles

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1911 1921 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1991

Population

Registered vehicles

68 URBAN TRANSPORT

A2.6 Conclusion

Car travel dominates travel throughout Australia. The increasing number of multipurpose trips and

changing nature of the economy are just two of the factors which are leading to more dispersed travel

patterns throughout our cities. Even so public transport is still very important, especially when it comes

to radial trips, which still represent a large proportion of all travel in our larger cities.

While some trends in the patterns of travel are evident nation-wide, considerable differences between

cities remain. This suggests the need for flexibility to enable the transport system to develop in each

city. The mix of public and private transport is likely to vary depending on the history, geography,

demography, existing infrastructure and various travel patterns within each city.

69

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

None of the participants in this inquiry considered that Australia’s urban

transport systems are performing well.

Public transport systems in Australian cities have been characterised for

too long by poor service, inefficiency, and inappropriate fare structures.

Inefficient management and work practices are partly to blame. One

consequence is large financial deficits. In recent years, many governments

have moved to tackle these problems. There has been some improvement

in measured indicators of efficiency and service quality for some

authorities.

The performance of road agencies, previously the subject of little

examination in Australia, is increasingly coming under scrutiny. Recent

studies have raised questions about the way road funds are allocated, and

the way in which road construction and maintenance are managed.

There are serious gaps in the data required for assessing the performance

of urban transport systems in Australia, particularly in the area of road

transport. Governments need to ensure the availability of adequate and

reliable data.

A3.1 Introduction

Evaluating the performance of our urban transport systems needs to be placed in

the context of the diverse range of objectives held for Australian cities (see

chapter A1). An assessment of urban transport systems according to their ability

to meet broad community objectives such as those relating to urban form, equity

and the environment is discussed in chapters A1, A8 and A10 respectively.

This chapter focuses on economic performance. Measures which are commonly

used to assess the operational performance of public transport include financial,

efficiency, and service quality indicators. The provision of roads can also be

assessed according to such variables, but the measures used are usually different

from those used for public transport. As a starting point, the views of various

URBAN TRANSPORT

70

participants, including both users and non-users, provide a useful indication of

how urban transport systems are performing generally.

A3.2 Participants’ views

The views of inquiry participants about the performance of urban transport

varied considerably, reflecting their different interests and vantage points. It is

striking, however, that none of the about 340 submissions suggested that our

urban transport systems are working well. Common criticisms included:

the high cost to taxpayers of service subsidies and infrastructure;

inefficient methods of service delivery;

poor quality of services (infrequent, slow, inconvenient, unreliable,

unsafe);

congested roads; and

a failure to coordinate transport and urban planning.

During the inquiry, many participants criticised the quality of urban public

transport services.

The Public Transport Users Association (Sub. 96, attachment 1, p. 19) said that

in Melbourne, service frequencies are usually unattractive, especially outside

peak hours, and are becoming steadily worse. It described bus services in

Melbourne as ‘of an almost unimaginably poor standard’ (Sub. 96, p. 4). As

well, it quoted the Melbourne Metropolitan Planning Scheme Survey which

stated that Melbourne’s buses:

... in most cases act as feeders to rail and tram ... on account of infrequent service and

poor co-ordination the saving in walking time by use of a feeder bus is largely offset by

waiting time ... there are relatively few who can save much time by using them.

(Sub. 96, p. 4)

Messrs Burrt, Hill and Walford (Sub. 98, p. 5) indicated some reasons why

public transport services are unattractive: poor access, infrequent services,

unreliability, lack of safety, discomfort, and inconvenience.

Several participants expressed concern at the risk to personal safety on trains.

For example, the Western Australian Municipal Association said that:

People in Western Australia are reluctant to use the much improved electric train

service, because of perceptions about safety. This results from adverse publicity over

the years to hooliganism and vandalism on trains, especially at night. (Sub. 73, p. 3)

Participants also stressed the need for better integration of different modes of

public transport. For example, the NSW Combined Pensioners and

Superannuants complained about the poor coordination of train, bus and ferry

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

71

services in Sydney (Initial hearing transcript, p. 884). The Shire of Pakenham

bemoaned the poor provision of bus feeder services to join the rail network

(Sub. 25, p. 6).

Several user groups called for better information on public transport services.

For example, Rail 2000 said:

The communication and information issue is a very real issue about our public transport

system ... and it certainly is the case in other states (Initial hearing transcript, p. 90).

The Blue Mountains Commuter and Transport Users Association (Sub. 16, p. 1)

suggested that information on all services should be coordinated and be

available at central locations, such as the central railway station and general post

office.

Public transport operators as represented by the Australian City Transit

Association generally expressed the view that the quality of the road system

is good (Sub. 174, p. 4). Other road users, and road builders such as the

Australian Road Federation, were also generally positive about the performance

of road systems in Australia. In a 1993 survey conducted by the Australian

Automobile Association (AAA), motorists ranked congestion number 10 in

importance out of 11 issues, whereas road safety was considered to be the most

important issue (Sub. 140, p. 10). Congestion was considered to be a problem

only in the larger cities of Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane, and then only at

particular times and locations. Importantly, in terms of the economic gains to be

made from reducing congestion, around 70 per cent of the costs of congestion

are borne by the business sector (see chapter A9).

A3.3 Inadequate data

A major obstacle to the Commission assessing the performance of Australia’s

urban transport systems is a serious gap in information on the performance of

those responsible for building and maintaining roads (state and local

government agencies). The emphasis towards public transport in this chapter is

partly a reflection of the better availability of data on public transport operators

compared with the roads sector.

In recent years, transport agencies especially those involved in operating

public transport services have provided an increasing amount of financial and

operating statistics on their operations. An example is the report of the Steering

Committee on National Performance Monitoring of Government Trading

Enterprises (1993), which includes performance indicators for government

public transport authorities. Nonetheless, information on performance is still

URBAN TRANSPORT

72

poor in many areas, notably in the area of service quality, and the costs of

providing individual services.

The Steering Committee had great difficulty gaining statistics on services delays

and cancellations figures for three out of seven authorities were reported, and

only Transperth reported separate figures for both modes from 1987 (Steering

Committee on National Performance Monitoring of Government Trading

Enterprises 1993).

The Commission recommends that public transport agencies collect data to

enhance compilation of the performance indicators published by the

Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of GTEs,

especially those measuring the quality of service provided. To encourage

yardstick competition and enable comparisons of performance, private

sector operators that are franchised to provide urban transport services

should also be required to compile and furnish equivalent data to State and

Territory Governments.

Due to the differences in accounting practice between public transport

operators, certain financial indicators may not be comparable. Measures of

efficiency which compare physical quantities of outputs and inputs are often

more reliable than financial indicators.

A3.4 The performance of urban public transport

Financial performance

The extent that operating costs are recovered from the farebox is a commonly

quoted measure of financial performance for operators of public transport

services.

This measure is affected by how revenues and operating costs are defined. For

instance, many public transport providers include government subsidies for

concessional fares as revenue. In other cases (for example, CityRail and the

State Transit Authority of NSW) such payments are included in the total figure

for community service obligations (CSOs). Capital expenditures (for example,

replacement of rolling stock, upgrading tracks, stations, bus-stops, and so on),

which are funded by government grants or loans, are excluded since they often

vary significantly from year to year. Government payments make up the

difference between commercial revenues and operating costs.

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

73

Recovery of operating costs

Figure A3.1 shows the percentage of operating costs of government public

transport authorities. Since operating costs are based on data reported by the

authorities, there may be inconsistent treatment of expenditures such as debt

interest, superannuation, and depreciation, and as such figure A3.1 should be

regarded as representing broad trends in the data. Government public transport

operators currently cover less than half of their operating costs from fares. If

non-fare commercial revenues (for example, from advertising, charter services,

and hire of facilities) are included, cost recovery is not increased appreciably.

Figure A3.1: Farebox recovery of operating costs, government

public transport authorities

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

Syd Melb Brisb Adel Perth Canb Hobart Darwin

1986-87 (b)

1989-90 (c)

1992-93

%

a Government payments to operators for concessional fares have been excluded from revenues in calculating

cost recovery. Figures exclude capital expenditures and, due to different accounting treatment, could also

understate interest, depreciation and superannuation in some cases. The columns for 1986-87 are based on

Commonwealth Grants Commission data. The columns for other years are based on data compiled by the

Australian City Transit Association (ACTA).

b Data not available for Canberra, Hobart, and Darwin.

c Data not available for Melbourne.

Source: Calculations derived from preliminary data provided by ACTA

Starrs 1994, p. 29

Authorities differ considerably in the extent to which fares cover costs, varying

in 1992-93 from a high of 45 per cent in Sydney to a low of 16 per cent in Perth.

Figure A3.1 also shows that:

there was a marked improvement in cost recovery from fares in Sydney

from 39 per cent in 1986-87 to 45 per cent in 1992-93. The improvement

reflects higher cost recovery for both trains and buses;

cost recovery increased for Darwin and Brisbane between 1989-90 and

1992-93, but fell for Canberra, Perth and Hobart;

URBAN TRANSPORT

74

in Adelaide, cost recovery increased slightly; and

financial performance declined considerably in Melbourne between 1986-

87 and 1992-93.

Cost recovery for Australia’s government urban public transport operators is

below that of some overseas cities. For example, cost recovery in 1991 was 55

per cent in Munich, 48 per cent in Washington DC, and in 1992 it was 60 per

cent in Zurich and 66 per cent in Toronto (see appendix G). This compares with

cost recovery in the range 17 to 44 per cent for Australian cities in 1991-92 (not

shown in Figure A3.1).

Care needs to be exercised in making inter-city comparisons, however, since

revenues and expenditures may be defined differently, the modal composition of

public transport may be very different, and in some cases the costs of operation

may be affected by geographic and other factors.

Urban public transport deficits

Deficit figures as they are conventionally calculated can understate the total

costs to taxpayers of operating public transport. Apart from the problem of

concessional fares, reported expenditures often exclude or understate certain

items of expenditure such as interest, superannuation and depreciation.

The Commonwealth Grants Commission (CGC) has estimated the operating

deficits of state and territory governments in urban public transport, excluding

CSO payments for concessional fares from revenues, and including interest

(whether paid by the authority or by state and territory treasuries), payroll tax,

superannuation, and government subsidies to private bus operators in

expenditures. Depreciation is not included in the CGC figures.

The CGC’s deficit figures are shown in table A3.1. The CGC’s preliminary data

indicate that the combined operating deficits of all state and territory

governments on urban public transport amounted to $2.8 billion in 1992-93.

The CGC estimates that government subsidies to private operators of urban bus

services amounted to around $200 million in 1990-91 (including $95 million in

each of NSW and Victoria, and $3 million in the Northern Territory). Some

local governments (for example, in Brisbane, Rockhampton, and some smaller

cities in South Australia) also subsidise public transport, but these are excluded

from the CGC’s estimates.

The Commission estimates that if depreciation and local government subsidies

are added to the CGC figures, the total deficit in Australia in 1991-92 would be

in the order of $3 billion (before taking into account a rate of return on assets).

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

75

Estimates on a comparable basis cannot yet be made for 1992-93 due to gaps in

the available data.

Table A3.1: Urban public transport deficitsa

Year NSW VIC QLD WA SA TAS NT ACT Total

($ million)

1987-88 769 616 150 103 124 13 8 34 1817

1989-90 930 773 163 106 138 14 8 42 2174

1991-92 1128 923 228b 132 146 18 10 49 2634

1992-93 1133 1094 223 159 147 18 12 48 2834

(% change)

87-88 to 92-93 +47% +78% +48% +54% +19% +38% +43% +40% +56%

a Includes populations of 50 000 or more. Deficits include estimated debt charges (including on transferred

debt), pay-roll taxation, superannuation, but exclude depreciation, local government subsidies for urban

public transport, and government payments to operators of community transport. Units expressed in current

prices

b Inclusion of Brisbane City Council’s subsidy to Brisbane Transport (estimated as one-half of the operating

deficit) would increase the 1991-92 figure to around $250 million.

Sources: Preliminary data supplied by the Commonwealth Grants Commission

Brisbane Transport (Sub. 99, p. 4)

Another way of looking at the sums involved in urban public transport is to

consider the amount which each household contributes, or each passenger

benefits from, on average.

Based on the CGC’s deficit figures, in 1991-92, the urban public transport

deficit averaged across all households was highest in Victoria (over $600 per

household), NSW and the ACT (both over $500 per household) — see table

A3.2.

Table A3.2: Average urban public transport deficits per householda

NSW VIC QLD WA SA TAS NT ACT Total

($)

1988-89 470 490 160 190 260 90 200 500 370

1991-92 580 640 210b 240 290 120 180 540 450

(% change)

88-89 to 91-92 +23% +31% +31% +26% +12% +33% -10% +8% +22%

a See footnote ‘a’ to table 3.1 for coverage of deficit figures.

b Inclusion of Brisbane City Council’s subsidy to Brisbane Transport (estimated as one-half of the operating

deficit) would increase this figure to around $240.

Sources: CGC 1993, p. 87, 90

ABS 1993 d

ABS 1989

Brisbane Transport (Sub. 99, p. 4)

URBAN TRANSPORT

76

Some participants looked at the total funding of urban public transport,

including both operating and capital costs. For example:

Mr Hughes cited a deficit per household of $750 for Canberra, including

capital costs (Sub. 189, p. 1);

Messrs Hutchinson and Gargett estimated that the average public transport

deficit per metropolitan household in Adelaide would be around $600 if

capital costs are included (Sub. 56, p. 9).

The average urban public transport deficit per passenger (on government

operators only) in 1991-92 ranged from $1690 in Victoria to a low of $830 in

Tasmania — see table A3.3.

Table A3.3: Average urban public transport deficits per passengera

NSW VIC QLD WA SA TAS NT ACT Total

($)

1991-92 1130b 1690 1190 1060 1010 830 1280 980 1360

a Includes populations of 50 000 or more. Services include government operated services only. Deficits

include estimated debt charges (including on transferred debt), pay-roll taxation, superannuation, but

exclude depreciation, local government subsidies for urban public transport, and government payments to

operators of community transport. Government subsidies for services provided by private operators are also

excluded, since data is unavailable for the number of passenger boardings on private buses. All values are

expressed in current dollars.

b The deficit per passenger is obtained by multiplying the average deficit per passenger boarding, by the

average number of boardings per passenger per year (assumed to be 500).

Sources: CGC 1993, p. 90

Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of GTEs 1993

Commission estimates

Productive efficiency

One measure of efficiency in public transport is the amount of inputs required to

produce a given quantity of outputs.

Partial productivity measures involve calculating a ratio of an individual output

measure to an individual input measure. The conclusions which may be drawn

from such indicators are usually highly sensitive to the measure used.

Passenger boardings per employee for government operated urban public

transport in Australian cities is shown in figure A3.2 (passenger kilometres is a

better measure of output, but complete data are not available). Passenger

boardings per employee in Sydney (for rail, bus and ferry) increased by 35 per

cent from 1987-88 to 1992-93, mainly reflecting a significant reduction in

employee numbers. In Melbourne, they fell between 1987-88 and 1989-90, but

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

77

increased by 31 per cent between 1989-90 and 1992-93. In the other capital

cities shown in figure A3.2, the measure either showed little overall change or

increased slightly between 1987-88 and 1992-93.

Figure A3.2: Passenger boardings per employee (’000s),

government urban public transport authorities

Year ended June

’000s

15

20

25

30

35

88 89 90 91 92 93

Syd (train,bus,ferry)

Melb (train, tram, bus)

Bris (train,bus,ferry)

Adel (train,tram,bus)

Perth (train,bus, ferry)

Canb (bus)

H’bart (bus)

Sources: Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of GTEs 1993

ACT Department of Urban Services 1992, p. 19

Other data provided by public transport authorities

Total factor productivity compares an index of aggregate output with an index

of aggregate inputs, and provides a more complete picture of productivity trends

than partial measures.

As part of this inquiry, the Commission conducted a study of total factor

productivity for Transperth (rail, bus, and ferry), the State Transport Authority

of South Australia (rail, bus and tram), and the Public Transport Corporation of

Victoria (rail, bus and tram). Appendix D contains a detailed analysis of the

results. The State Rail Authority of NSW and Queensland Rail were approached

by the Commission, but were unable to provide appropriate data for the study in

the time available.

The main conclusions from the study are that:

Overall productivity increased for the SA State Transport Authority

between 1986-87 and 1992-93 (passenger kilometres as the output

measure results in a larger increase than seat kilometres). A fall in the

productivity of its urban rail operations was offset by passengers switching

from trains into buses;

URBAN TRANSPORT

78

Between 1986-87 and 1992-93, there was a decline in the overall

productivity of Transperth (the extent of the decline is larger when

passenger-kilometres is the output measure). While the supply of services

has increased, inputs have increased at an even faster rate. There was a

significant shift in emphasis from buses toward rail during the period.

There was a moderate increase in productivity of the PTC between

1990-91 and 1992-93; and

Of the three authorities included in the study, Transperth is the most

technically efficient in providing services. However, its services are not as

well patronised as those of the SA State Transport Authority. The PTC

generally is less technically efficient in supplying services than the other

two organisations, although it has better overall utilisation of services,

possibly due to the relatively larger population base serviced by the PTC.

Also, as part of this inquiry, Hensher and Daniels conducted a study of public

and private bus operators in Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane (Hensher and

Daniels 1993). The study was based on 1991-92 data. The executive summary

of the study is at appendix E. The study found that:

private bus operators generally have higher productivity than public

operators within the same city by a margin of 30 to 45 per cent when the

output measure is vehicle kilometres; and

private bus operators could provide equivalent services to those currently

provided by public operators at a much lower cost.

In addition, as part of this inquiry, Travers Morgan conducted a study of private

and government bus operators in Australia, New Zealand and the United

Kingdom (Travers Morgan 1993a). An executive summary of the study is at

appendix F. The Travers Morgan study supported Hensher and Daniels’ finding

that private operators generally have a lower average cost of operation than

government operators in the same city. It also found little difference between

the productivity of the most efficient private operator in each of the three

countries studied.

A benchmarking study prepared by Travers Morgan for ACTION found that its

1991-92 unit costs were significantly higher than the other Australian public

operators and private operators included in the study (Travers Morgan 1993b).

In its work for the Commission’s 1991 Report on Rail Transport, Travers

Morgan found that the costs of urban passenger rail systems in Australia were

on average 36 per cent higher than international best practice, with a differential

in costs observable across most areas of urban rail operations (IC 1991c). Since

that study, a number of rail authorities have reduced their costs, notably

CityRail.

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

79

The State Transit Authority of NSW has been compared with a group of fifteen

operators of public bus services including six Australian and nine

international bus operators, both public and private (NSW STA 1993). On most

measures, productivity for the STA is lower than the average of the group.

The Commission acknowledges that it is often difficult to make useful

international comparisons, due to the different definitions of inputs and outputs

which are adopted, and differences in the public transport systems in each city.

However, it is noteworthy that for many of the measures for which data are

available, overseas operators often perform better than their counterparts in

Australia (see appendix G). For example, most Australian government-owned

public transport operators are able to carry about 20 000-23 000 passengers per

employee, with the State Transit Authority of NSW carrying around 30 000

passengers per employee in Sydney. This compares with 48 000 passengers per

employee for the Washington Transit Authority, 60 000 for BC Transit in

Vancouver, 91 000 for the Singapore metro, 111 000 for VBZ in Zurich and

138 000 for Trans-Island Bus Services in Singapore.

Management and work practices

Poor productivity can arise either from using too many people and/or too much

capital to produce a given level of service or from producing the wrong

services. Both types of inefficiencies are evident in urban public transport

operations in Australia.

Management practices

Inefficient management practices and excessive corporate overheads can lower

productivity.

At the initial hearings in Canberra, Mr Hughes stated that ‘ACTION does have

a superstructure of administration that is really unnecessary in many ways’

(Initial hearing transcript, p. 1224).

Hornibrook Transit Management criticised Brisbane Transport’s new depot,

saying:

... instead of building a $20,000,000 monstrosity out at the Mount Gravatt area you

build about half a dozen $2,000,000 depots around the outskirts of the city so we save

all this cost of time and mileage running vehicles (Initial hearing transcript, pp. 331-2).

The Victorian Government criticised the Public Transport Corporation’s

management of Melbourne’s bus services, saying:

Smaller buses, operated on more flexible routeings, may offer improved frequency and

longer hours of service. However, with less than a handful of exceptions, bus planning

URBAN TRANSPORT

80

in Melbourne has been limited to routes which can be served by large standard buses.

(Sub. 186, p. 26)

The NSW Bus and Coach Association claimed that:

... 77% of the excess costs incurred by the public-sector bus industry, compared to the

private sector bus industry, is nothing to do with the workplace. It is to do with poor

investment decisions, poor planning decisions and very high overheads. (Sub. 97, p. 28)

Further evidence on management inefficiency was provided during the draft

report hearing. For example, the Queensland branch of the Public Transport

Union (PTU) considered a negative aspect of regionalisation of the bus industry

in Brisbane to be the increase in overhead costs as a result of new positions for

regional directors and directors’ secretaries and assistants (DR transcript,

p. 438). Mr Seboa, president of the bus division of the PTU in Perth (and a bus

driver), noted the large increase in overhead costs associated with an increase in

administrative staff and office space, in contrast to an unchanged number of bus

drivers (DR transcript, p. 190).

Awards and work practices

The way that labour is used is one of the major sources of productivity

differences between modes and between private and public operators.

Employee awards within urban transport vary quite markedly. Workers in public

transport come under various awards. These awards specify minimum base rates

of pay and conditions only. Over-award payments and conditions may result in

differences between the public and private sectors even if coverage is under the

same awards. Conditions of employment generally are more generous in the

public than the private sector.

For example, the Australian City Transit Association reported that:

...on base award rates alone the STA (SA) operators are paid 25% more per week than

their private sector counterparts under the TWU [Transport Workers Union] award.

There are also significant differences in hours of duty, overtime and penalty payments,

annual leave and sign on/off allowances. The differences result in STA operators being

paid, on average, one third more than operators employed in the private sector.

(Sub. 174, p. 8)

This is often a result of weak competitive pressures and lack of financial

scrutiny. For example, Brisbane Transport said that:

... part of the Brisbane City Council is identifiable as ‘public’ service and as a result,

many employee benefits and other resources engaged in the delivery of bus services are

at costs higher than those which would apply to private sector operators. On the

surface, Brisbane Transport carries higher costs in the areas of superannuation, long

service leave entitlements, sick leave accrual and termination entitlements.

Furthermore, there are significant costs and constraints in shedding excess staff, in

contrast to the private sector. (Sub. 173, p. 35)

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

81

The awards under which public bus drivers are employed, compared with

private bus drivers, are generally less flexible and result in less productive

working time per shift. Mr Gable (Bus and Coach Association of Queensland)

believed work conditions are the major difference between the public and

private bus operators in Queensland. At the initial hearings, he said:

I think [the difference is] working hours probably. We find that the council is operating

under a 38-hour week, whereas the private sector operates under a 40-hour week for

starters. There are no rostered days off, there are no 10-minute breaks every few hours,

there are no huge workshops and depots with very expensive staff amenities. Basically

we employ people to do a job, and at the end of the time when they have completed that

job, they go home, and they come back again to do the job the next day. (Initial hearing

transcript, p. 316)

At the initial hearing, the State Transport Authority of South Australia said that

it was carrying approximately 330 people as redeployees out of a workforce of

about 3 000, due to public sector employment policies (Initial hearing transcript,

p. 17). The Metropolitan Transport Trust, Tasmania (Sub. 148) believed that

current public sector awards and superannuation entitlements introduce an

estimated ten per cent penalty on basic input costs. Additionally, TWU drivers

in the private sector are more flexible in their work arrangements washing

buses, refuelling, small tool work for minor maintenance, spot cleaning buses

and facilities.

One manifestation of the lack of competitive pressure on government-owned

agencies is the number of work practices which lead to productive

inefficiencies. As examples, the Australian City Transit Association listed the

following:

maintenance staff rostered for two nights overtime and paid at time and one half

plus a meal allowance whether the overtime is required or not;

the use of unrealistic running and boarding times;

payment of minimum hours to some operators during school holiday periods in

order to maintain their income at the same level as during school terms;

limits on the number of hours that can be operated per week and on the number of

kilometres driven;

operating staff being required to return to a particular location for crib [meal]

breaks;

the application of restrictive conditions on the employment of spare operators;

payment of minimum hours on call-in regardless of hours of work required;

restrictions on developing a multi skilled workforce; [and]

specialised classifications refusing to work outside their classification. (Sub. 174,

p. 9)

The Commission received a range of evidence on less efficient workplace

practices in public transport operations compared to their private or international

counterparts. Several sources have pointed to the policy requiring bus drivers to

URBAN TRANSPORT

82

return to the depot for meal breaks in Melbourne, Perth and Brisbane. The

Victorian Minister for Public Transport recently drew attention to this:

Every PTC bus driver is obviously entitled to a meal break. But where, in the park? No.

On the bus? No. Each driver must return to base not, though, on a scheduled bus

service. The driver is in fact entitled to, and does, take an empty bus back to base a

door to door meal service. (Victorian Department of Transport 1993a)

Mr Seboa (of the PTU) noted that in Perth, train drivers are paid on a perkilometre

basis up to a maximum of 250 kilometres per day, or a maximum of

four hours, whichever comes earlier, often resulting in the drivers being

underutilised for the remainder of the day (DR transcript, p. 199).

Multi-skilling, by both management and operations staff, generally appears to

be a prominent feature of private operators. However, it is much less common in

public bus operations. Mr Crawford of the Mount Barker Passenger Service

stated at the initial Adelaide hearings:

... our three mechanics drive buses in the morning and in the evening for the short

school runs... So we don’t have to employ additional drivers for that purpose. The

manager of the business, who’s a director also ... he does some driving; he drives

services on a Saturday because we’re up for double time or time and a half, whatever.

So he does those on a cross-country service to save money. (Initial hearing transcript, p.

144)

Some work practices are restrictive compared with government-owned

operators in other countries. For example, the Victorian Government reported

that:

... the rostering limitation for electric train drivers, introduced after opening of the

Underground Loop, ... limits to four the number of times per shift that a Melbourne

train driver can be asked to drive his train from the tunnel into daylight. On London

Underground’s Circle line, drivers come from the tunnel into daylight up to 56 times

per shift without adverse effects, and without requiring additional payment. (Sub. 186,

p. 20)

The Commission appreciates that some public transport operators have taken

measures to address inefficient management and work practices. For example,

Melbourne’s trams are being reduced from two- to one- person operation and

the Victorian Government plans to negotiate to reduce split-shift restrictions on

Melbourne’s rail operations which makes ‘labour use less flexible and hence

more costly’ (Sub. 186, p. 21). The Victorian Government commented:

This component of the gap between costs and revenues is the present price Victoria

pays for inefficiencies injected by past industrial pressures and inadequate management

methods (Sub. 186, p. 21).

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

83

Quality of urban public transport services

User surveys

Opinion surveys of public transport users provide insights into the quality of

public transport services.

A 1991 survey by the Australian Bureau of Statistics conducted as part of the

National Housing Strategy found that the proportion of households with

children under 15 years who expressed difficulties in using public transport. The

proportion was 11 per cent in Sydney, 13 per cent in Melbourne, seven per cent

in Adelaide, and three per cent in Canberra (ABS 1991a).

A survey commissioned by the Australian Automobile Association (AAA) in

February 1993 indicated that 60 per cent of the motorists did not use public

transport because they regarded it as being too inconvenient (Sub. 140, p. 7).

Punctuality of service

A measure which is often used to gauge punctuality is the percentage of services

which arrive within three (or five) minutes of schedule (on-time running).

Recorded on-time running data for three of the urban rail authorities are shown

in figure A3.3. It should be noted that there is some scepticism about the

validity of the data. For example, the figures relate only to services which are

actually run, and do not take into account those which are cancelled.

On the basis of the reported data, on-time running for CityRail improved

considerably between 1988-89 and 1992-93. There has also been an

improvement in Perth since 1989-90. On-time running for Melbourne’s trains

deteriorated between 1987-88 and 1989-90 but improved again in the period to

1991-92. In Brisbane, on-time running for trains was low in 1991-92, at 84 per

cent (not shown in figure A3.3).

The Victorian Government noted in its submission that the percentage of train

services in Melbourne arriving within three minutes of schedule in the fourweek

period to 12 December 1992 was 75 per cent for the morning peak, and 69

per cent for the evening peak (Sub. 186, p. 24).

Japan Railways East, British Rail’s Network South East, urban rail operations in

Paris, and three operators in the United States have on-time running indicators

(within five minutes of schedule) in a range of 88 to 97 per cent (CityRail 1993,

p. 12). In Zurich, 97 per cent of public transport services arrive within three

minutes of schedule. Based on these results, there is substantial scope for trains

in Australian cities to be more punctual.

URBAN TRANSPORT

84

Figure A3.3: On time running for urban rail

% of Services Arriving Within % of Services Arriving Within

Three Minutes of Schedule Five Minutes of Schedule

Year to June

80

85

90

95

100

88 89 90 91 92 93

Syd

(Cityrail)

Perth

%

Year to June

80

85

90

95

100

88 89 90 91 92 93

Melbourne

%

Sources: Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of GTEs 1993

Rail authority annual reports

The available data for on-time running of buses (available for only two

authorities) suggest that adherence to timetables is better for buses than for

urban rail. For example, around 99 per cent of government provided route bus

services in Perth and Canberra are reported to arrive within three minutes of

schedule. Apart from the direct impact of late running by trains, buses and

trams, the quality of service is worsened by secondary effects such as bunching

of vehicles, over-crowding, and congestion at stops and terminals.

Frequency of service

The frequency of services is an important factor in determining the

attractiveness of public transport. Frequency of scheduled services is higher for

the peak than off-peak, and higher for bus and tram/light rail than for urban rail

services. Based on the published timetables, over the last ten years or so, there

has been little change in the frequency of urban rail services during peak times

and the interpeak periods. However, frequency of rail services has declined

during evenings and on weekends. The frequency of bus services has declined

in the morning peak, off-peak, and for evenings and weekends in most cities:

Sydney is an exception.

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

85

Travel time

Travel time is an important influence on public transport demand, and on the

way travel is split between different modes. However, travel time reflects

factors which are beyond the control of the operator of transport services, such

as the patterns of employment and residence, and geography.

A survey of empirical evidence suggests that generally a 10 per cent reduction

in travelling time, with no other changes, would lead to an increase in patronage

of around three to five per cent (see appendix B).

Studies conducted for the National Housing Strategy (see NHS 1992a) indicate

that the majority using public transport in Sydney and Melbourne can arrive at

their destinations within 45 minutes. Average travel times to work tend to be

lower in Melbourne than in Sydney. Those living closest to city centres have

shorter travel times than those in outer suburbs.

Surveys by the Australian Bureau of Statistics indicate that average travel times

to work have remained broadly unchanged over time (see table A3.4). In

Melbourne and Adelaide, average travel times to work by public transport

decreased during the 1980s.

Table A3.4: Median travel time to work, 1971 and 1991

Mode of transport Sydney Melbourne Adelaide Canberra

(minutes)

1971

All modes 30 24 21 na

1991

Public transport - male 40 35 35 30

- female 40 30 30 30

All modes - male 30 25 20 17

- female 20 20 15 15

na not available

Sources: Based on data in ABS 1974, 1984, 1991a, 1991b

Other aspects of service quality

In their responses to the draft report, many participants noted that there are

factors other than punctuality, frequency and travel time which are important to

users of public transport. For example, the Queensland Government (Sub. 327,

p. 3) noted that comfort, safety and convenience to origin and destination are

also important factors. The Commission agrees. However, it is difficult to

obtain indicators of these variables which can be used to compare different

operators.

URBAN TRANSPORT

86

A3.5 The performance of urban roads

The performance of urban roads can be viewed from a number of perspectives.

In this report, the focus is mainly on how well the current urban road network

meets government objectives for urban transport, and on whether the method for

providing urban roads is efficient.

Urban road expenditure

The costs associated with road-based travel include the costs of building and

maintaining roads, as well as the costs associated with accidents, congestion and

environmental impact.

The Commission estimates that expenditure on urban roads in Australia was

approximately $2.2 billion in 1991-92 (see table A3.5). This represented around

40 per cent of total road expenditure in Australia in that year. It is estimated that

around $1.2 billion of the expenditures was on construction, and around $1.0

billion on maintenance. Table A3.5 also shows that construction expenditure on

urban roads declined in real terms between 1986-87 and 1991-92.

The figures do not include the costs of collecting certain government levies on

motorists, and policing the roads. Interest, and superannuation for employees of

road authorities and departments could also be excluded or underestimated for

some road authorities.

State and Territory Government road expenditures are funded by both

Commonwealth, State and Territory Governments, and local government

expenditures are funded by all three levels of government.

Table A3.5: Urban road expenditure

1986-87a 1990-91b 1991-92b 1991-92b

($ billion) ($ billion,

current prices)

($ billion,

current prices)

($ billion,

1986-87 prices)c

Urban road

expenditure

1.8 2.1 2.2 1.7

(of which)

- construction 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.9

- maintenance 0.6 0.9 1.0 0.8

a BTCE estimate.

b Commission estimates, based on preliminary data provided by the BTCE and NRTC.

c Based on the BTCE’s road cost deflator.

Sources: BTCE 1989

BTCE 1993

Commission estimates

Unpublished data provided by the NRTC and BTCE

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

87

Government levies on motorists

Government levies on those who use roads include fuel excise (levied by the

Commonwealth Government), fuel franchise fees, registration and licence fees,

and stamp duty on transfer of vehicle ownership (the last four being levied by

State and Territory Governments). Vehicle owners also pay sales tax and import

duty on new or imported vehicles. These are levied by governments to raise

revenue, and in some cases to directly fund expenditures on roads.

Published information on the amounts of government taxes and charges on

motorists do not distinguish between urban and non-urban travel. Accordingly,

the component which relates to urban travel has to be estimated at

$6.2 billion in 1991-92 (see table A3.6).

Table A3.6: Selected government levies on motorists, allocated to

urban travel

1990-91 1991-92

($ billion)

Selected revenues apportioned to

travel on urban roadsa 6.0 6.2

(of which)

- registration/licence fees 1.1 1.2

- levies on use of petrolb 3.6 3.9

- levies on use of dieselb 0.7 0.7

- tolls (Qld and NSW only) 0.1 0.1

- stamp duty on transfer of

vehicle ownership 0.5 0.4

a For fuel levies, the urban travel component is estimated by applying actual rates of fuel levy to fuel

consumption by particular vehicle classes in urban areas. Registration, licence fees, and stamp duty on

transfer of vehicle ownership are apportioned to urban travel according to the urban share of total vehiclekilometres

in each State and Territory.

b Commonwealth fuel excise collections relating to on-road use, and State fuel franchise fees.

Sources: BTCE 1993

Data provided by the NRTC

Commission estimates

During the inquiry, some participants drew a link between road user costs and

revenue collected from road users, and also proposed alternative methods of

estimating costs and revenues (see chapter A7).

Efficiency in providing urban roads

The efficiency in providing urban roads has two main dimensions:

whether road funding produces the roads of highest value to society; and

URBAN TRANSPORT

88

whether the roads that are provided could be built at a lower cost to

society.

Inefficiency in the allocation of road funds could be reduced if there were

pricing mechanisms to guide the process (see chapter A7). The payments which

road users currently make to government are in the form of taxation rather than

payments based on the cost of actual road use.

Inefficiency can result from:

road users not bearing the full costs of congestion (discussed in chapter

A9);

road users not bearing the full economic costs they create, including

pollution and accidents (discussed in chapter A10); and

road users not contributing to the costs of pavement wear. The heavy

vehicle charging regime determined by the National Road Transport

Commission (NRTC) is aimed partly at addressing this issue.

Poorly maintained roads increase vehicle operating costs this is particularly

important for freight transport. Inappropriate investment in road infrastructure

may lead to roads being built where they are not really needed and roads not

being built where they are needed. Chapter A7 discusses the problems

associated with appraisal of road investments.

A number of recent studies have focused attention on the performance of the

road sector. These studies mostly examine the efficiency with which road

authorities construct and maintain the roads which governments decide to build

(often known as technical efficiency), rather than whether the amount and types

of roads which are constructed are really the most desirable from the

community’s point of view (allocative efficiency).

A study by Kneebone (1993) for the Business Council of Australia concluded

that, for rural highways and main roads, the costs associated with road

construction and maintenance for Australia’s state road authorities compare

favourably with international practice. However, the Kneebone study was

unable to draw any conclusions in relation to the urban road network due to the

paucity of data. Also, there was insufficient information to assess the

performance of local governments, which are responsible for a large proportion

of urban roads.

In December 1993, the House of Representatives Standing Committee on

Transport, Communications and Infrastructure (the Morris Committee) tabled in

the Federal Parliament the report of its Inquiry into the Efficiency of Road

Construction and Maintenance, titled Driving the Road Dollar Further. The

Committee said that:

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

89

The lack of hard evidence hindered the Committee’s investigations. The Committee

was supplied with mountains of information, but much of it was too general or could

not be substantiated. (House of Representatives Standing Committee on Transport,

Communications and Infrastructure 1993a, p. 2)

Nevertheless, it was highly critical of the lack of performance appraisal in the

road transport sector:

Never has so much money been spent by so many people over so many years, with so

little information collected, and analyses prepared, on how well the money has been

used (House of Representatives Standing Committee on Transport, Communications

and Infrastructure 1993a, p. 3).

During the present inquiry, several participants also pointed to the lack of

attention given to appraising the performance of road authorities. For example,

the Coalition for Urban Transport Sanity said in its initial submission that:

... virtually no attention has been given to business enterprise reform within the

agencies responsible for regulating, constructing and in some cases, operating the road

system. While Sydney’s State Rail Authority is expected to operate on an efficient

commercial basis, with assessment of improvements in key operational indicators being

measured against international standards, no similar performance criteria are applied to

the Roads and Traffic Authority. (CUTS, Sub. 20, p. 5)

In its submission on the draft report, the Coalition for Urban Transport Sanity

further commented that:

It is our judgement that waste and inappropriate investment is more rampant in these

agencies than GTEs (Sub. 250, p. 9).

In general, the performance criteria applied to public transport agencies have yet

to be applied to road authorities. The Australian Road Federation described the

present situation:

Under current arrangements the annual works programs developed by the road

authorities are designed to spend whatever amounts of money are made available by the

various governments for road works. Certainly, the governments concerned receive

advice on the amounts which the relevant road authority considers should be provided

for roads but this advice is oriented towards achieving a desired level of activity for

those engaged in providing roads rather than towards providing an effective road

system. It certainly falls far short of the advice required at board level to make

responsible investment decisions. (Sub. 248, p. 1)

A study prepared by the Allen Consulting Group (1993) for the Australian

Automobile Association, which examined the contribution to economic growth

of investments in land transport infrastructure, also said that public information

about road investment decisions is limited.

There are indications that the present allocation of road funding may be

inappropriate. For example, the study by the Allen Consulting Group found that

URBAN TRANSPORT

90

there is relative under-investment in major urban roads vis-a-vis local and rural

roads and:

... the historical pattern of investment has led to relative over-investment in local and

rural roads and under-investment in major urban roads. An economically optimal

pattern of investment should result in returns from investment in each category of road

being similar. Instead the results show higher returns from investment in urban roads

than from investment in local and rural roads. (Allen Consulting Group 1993, pp. ii-iii).

The study concluded that:

There is little basis for believing that the present level and pattern of funding of road

infrastructure is economically optimal (Allen Consulting Group 1993, p. ix).

A study by the Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics for the

period to 1987-88 also concluded that there was under-provision of urban roads

relative to rural roads (BTCE 1988, p. 32).

The National Road Transport Commission (NRTC) has recently begun work on

measuring and reporting on the performance of road authorities. This

responsibility follows from the NRTC Act 1991, which instructs the Commission

in part to:

... assist in developing indicators for assessing the performance of the road system, the

efficiency and effectiveness of road authorities (including the Commonwealth and

those of local government) in managing that system, collate the information collected

by those authorities, and publish comparative assessments of the performance, of those

road authorities and of their road systems (Clause 17 (2) (b) of the Light Vehicles

Agreement (Schedule 2 to the NRTC Act).

Austroads, which is an association of the road authorities, is undertaking an

integrated set of projects on performance measurement (Sub. 255). These

include projects to develop performance measures of effectiveness and

efficiency, and to clarify the roles and objectives of the road system.

There is an urgent need for accurate and regularly updated standardised

statistics and performance indicators for the road industry in Australia,

and across all levels of government. The Commission recommends that the

NRTC develop and report appropriate measures of performance of road

authorities, on the basis of data to be provided by them.

Management and work practices

Based on mainly anecdotal evidence, the Morris Committee identified several

areas where improved practices would result in savings. For example, the NSW

Roads and Traffic Authority suggested that the implementation of maintenance

management systems could save up to $50 million per year, and Vicroads stated

that administrative cost savings of up to 50 per cent are available if local

councils shared resources ( House of Representatives Standing Committee on

A3 INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE

91

Transport, Communications and Infrastructure 1993a, p. 1-2). The Committee

suggested that existing inefficiencies in road construction and maintenance

across all levels of government lead to $1 billion of road works not able to be

undertaken each year (although the basis for this estimate is not reported).

The Morris Committee concluded that the major factors which contribute to

inefficiency of the road authorities included the stop-go nature of road funding,

the poor planning and coordination of road programs, the inadequate utilisation

of expensive road plant, and the smallness of road projects. While some of these

factors are beyond the direct control of the road authorities themselves, others

have to do with the inefficient way their activities are managed and organised.

The Roads Corporation of Victoria (Vicroads) has identified a number of

inefficient work practices in its road maintenance activities, including:

lack of flexibility in rostered day off (RDO) arrangements. Workers may

take their RDOs when weather conditions are conducive for completion of

maintenance tasks;

limited flexibility with current standard working hours. The Corporation

wishes to undertake more maintenance during the off-peak to minimise

traffic and operational delays. Currently off-peak work attracts overtime

entitlements;

field supervisors can only perform supervisory roles which often results in

their under-utilisation; and

time lost due to maintenance patrols having to meet at depots at work start

time. Workers then travel to and from worksites during working hours and

return to the depot prior to cessation of work for the day. (Victorian

Auditor-General 1993)

A3.6 Conclusion

Based on the available information, it can be said that Australia’s governmentprovided

public transport systems compare unfavourably with international best

practice on indicators of financial performance and productivity. There are

widespread complaints from users about the quality of public transport services.

Inefficient management and work practices are widespread within government

public transport. In recent years, many public transport authorities have

undertaken steps to improve efficiency and service quality. Measured indicators

of performance for some of the authorities have shown an improvement.

Although one study suggests that, for certain road expenditures (rural highways

and main roads), the costs of construction and maintenance in Australia

compare favourably with other countries, other studies indicate that there are

URBAN TRANSPORT

92

inefficiencies within both state and local road authorities, and raise doubts about

the appropriateness of the current pattern of road expenditure.

This inquiry has highlighted the following problems with Australia’s urban

transport systems:

the cost to taxpayers of urban transport is high;

there are inefficiencies in the delivery of public transport services and

road infrastructure;

the available evidence raises questions about the allocation of road

funds and the efficiency of road construction and maintenance;

the quality of public transport is often poor, particularly in terms of

reliability and frequency. Criticisms from participants also included

unattractiveness, lack of safety, and inconvenience;

the information available to the public on the performance and

efficiency of transport and road agencies is inadequate; and

while some steps have been taken to improve management and work

practices, public transport agencies have a considerable way to go to

achieve best practice.

93

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

Government involvement in urban transport is pervasive and complex, and

encompasses all three levels of government. While there are good reasons

for the involvement, it is not efficient in its present forms. There needs to

be a clearer specification of objectives and responsibilities for government

agencies. There would be benefits in more effective local government

involvement in urban transport planning processes.

A4.1 Introduction

In examining ways in which our urban transport systems might be made to work

better, a fundamental question is the role to be played by government. Indeed,

this inquiry is concerned with the choices government can make to ensure the

system works better. What is the rationale for government involvement? Are

current arrangements well suited to achieving the objectives? Even where there

is a case for government intervention, an important issue is the type of

intervention which will secure the best outcome. What are the core functions

appropriately undertaken by government and what is better left to the private

sector? And how should the tasks be divided between different levels of

government?

A4.2 The current role of government in urban transport

Urban transport services in Australia are provided by a variety of public and

private sector interests. Current government involvement in urban transport is

pervasive and complex. While the dominant government role in public transport

is obvious, private motor vehicles too are driven on roads constructed and

maintained by government. Box A4.1 broadly categorises the ways governments

intervene in urban transport in Australia.

In some cases most of these roles are combined within the one organisation.

One question is whether this is appropriate or whether certain functions should

be carried out by separate agencies. Some functions, particularly service

provision, may be capable of being performed as many already are by the

private sector.

URBAN TRANSPORT

94

Box A4.1: The present roles of Australian governments in urban

transport

The present roles of governments in Australia can be broadly categorised as:

transport infrastructure planner: State governments coordinate investment in

urban transport infrastructure within the context of metropolitan land use plans;

service planner: typically, state and territory governments determine the type of

public transport services to be provided including their routes and frequencies;

service coordinator: State and local governments coordinate public transport

services between modes and operators, tender out some services to private

operators, and some also manage integrated ticketing schemes;

regulator: governments set the rules by which public transport operators must

play. For example, governments issue licences for the right to provide taxi and

bus services, determine maximum fares, and lay down safety regulations, such as

road rules, which must be followed;

infrastructure manager: governments play a major role in building and managing

roads, rail lines, bus stops, bike paths, and other items of urban transport

infrastructure;

public transport service provider: many urban public transport services in

Australia are directly operated by government-owned agencies;

providing access for the transport disadvantaged: public transport is often used by

governments as an arm of social policy through such instruments as fare

concessions; and

funder: governments directly fund infrastructure as well as public transport

services.

The roles of different levels of government

In each State and Territory, governments operate public transport authorities.

Urban rail systems are run by state government monopolies. In the case of

buses, a mix of public and private operators prevail, but private operators

usually operate under licences or contracts specifying routes, schedules, fares

and so on. Taxis are mainly run by private interests, but are heavily regulated by

government licensing bodies.

State governments are responsible for the construction and maintenance of state

arterial roads. These functions are performed through the various state road

agencies.

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

95

Box A4.2: State and territory governments objectives in urban

transport

There is a need for Government to intervene directly to achieve a transport structure

that meets both community expectations as well as economic efficiency ... The immediate

need is for development of government policies to urban transport which ensure that

services and infrastructure are being provided by those in the best position to provide

them ... and ... transport makes a more substantial contribution to economic growth and

the fundamental social need for reasonable levels of access with minimum impact on the

environment is met. NSW Department of Transport (Sub. 178, p. i)

...Victoria is building on the reform program through the development of a strategic

transport agenda, the key elements of which are: a continuing focus on customer

satisfaction and efficient service delivery, a national perspective which embraces a

leading role in the reform process and the reinforcement of Melbourne as a national

transport hub, and also a central role in the revitalisation of Melbourne is self-evident.

Victorian Minister for Public Transport, Mr Alan Brown MP (DR transcript, p. 800)

The role of the Queensland Department of Transport is to ensure the provision of a safe

and efficient transport system which contributes to the economic development of the

State and enhances the quality of life in Queensland Queensland Department of

Transport (Queensland Department of Transport 1992)

The primary objective for policies applying to government intervention in transport

should be the satisfaction of public demand by the provision of reliable and safe

transport services operated at efficient cost levels reflected in the prices charged ... This

primary objective assumes that the ultimate aim of policy is the well-being of the public

in general, rather than the sectional interests of certain members of it. South

Australian Government (Sub. 144, p. 18)

In a broad sense, public transport facilitates government policy on a whole range of

social objectives, including health, education, quality of environment, urban and social

form, etc. Metropolitan Transport Trust, Tasmania (Sub. 148, p. 45)

The Government believes that, to the greatest extent possible, all members of the

community must have equal access to appropriate and convenient modes of transport

within their capacity to pay. ACT Government (Sub. 167, p. ii)

State departments of transport or their equivalents generally administer overall

transport policy. Other government agencies which impinge on urban transport

include urban planning and environment. The nature, extent and effectiveness of

coordinating machinery varies.

The scope of state and territory government involvement reflects the multiplicity

of government objectives in urban transport policy see box A4.2.

URBAN TRANSPORT

96

Local governments also play a considerable role through their land use

regulations, funding of local roads, and provision of local public transport. The

Commonwealth Office of Local Government (Sub. 122) identified a number of

activities of local government:

the construction, funding, design and managements of roads;

land use planning and regulation;

providing some specialised local public transport;

shaping transport options by measures such as control of parking;

providing transport related infrastructure such as car parking areas and

bus/rail interchanges; and

interaction with other government spheres on land use and transport

planning.

Exceptions to State responsibility for urban transport occur in Brisbane,

Rockhampton and other smaller cities where the relevant City Council directly

operates or contracts out public transport services.

The role of the Commonwealth Government in urban transport is limited. As the

Department of Transport and Communications noted:

The States, Territories and local governments are responsible for the provision and

operation of urban transport infrastructure and systems. Traditionally the

Commonwealth has not sought to play a major role in this area. This reflects the

constitutional division of power, and the fact that State and Territory governments are

better placed to determine local transport operational and investment priorities. (Sub.

156, p. 4)

The Commonwealth nevertheless has an influence through funding grants to the

States and Territories allocated to particular modes and sometimes even to

specific projects. Commonwealth specific purpose programs include Building

Better Cities and Home and Community Care.

The Commonwealth also plays a major role through road funding, although its

direct responsibility is now limited to the National Highways System. Funding

for ı main roads and local roads to state and territory governments is to be

untied from 1994; such funding to local governments is already untied.

More importantly, general revenue grants from the Commonwealth are affected

by disabilities faced by the States and Territories in providing public transport,

while Commonwealth taxation policy has an impact on investments in major

transport infrastructure.

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

97

A4.3 The rationale for government involvement

The following discussion critically assesses the rationale for government

involvement in urban transport with a view to formulating some principles

which would maximise the effectiveness of government’s role.

Reasons commonly advanced for government involvement in urban transport

markets include:

the ‘public good’ or non-commercial nature of urban transport;

natural monopolies in public transport;

service coordination and system wide integrated ticketing ;

provision of information;

safety regulation;

external costs and benefits, like environmental and health effects; and

providing access to the transport disadvantaged.

Transport services as a ‘public good’

Certain transport services may not be provided sufficiently or at all by the

private sector even though they are valued by users because of inherent

difficulties in charging for or excluding those who do not pay for the service.

For example, without government funding, roads would be under-provided.

Commercial incentives to provide roads privately are compromised by the need

to allow many entry and exit points from a given route (particularly for local

roads), presenting obstacles to the efficient collection of user charges.

While some roads would still be provided on a cooperative basis (like local

roads), and high traffic, longer distance toll roads would still be profitable (as

some are now), the lack of charging mechanisms for most existing urban roads

would make them unsuitable for access pricing.

However, the distinction between a ‘public’ and a purely ‘commercial’ service

is not always clearcut. Some participants argued that public transport also

possessed the attributes of a ‘public good’. For example, the Council of

Pensioner and Retired Persons Association (SA) Inc commented:

The idea of User Pays that the system will pay for itself is absurd. Public

transport is a PUBLIC UTILITY, a PUBLIC SERVICE, the same as the Police Force or

the Fire Brigade. (Sub. 66, p. 4)

While it might be argued that public transport is not commercial in the sense of

being profitable, it differs from roads in that it is clearly possible to exclude

those unwilling to pay from using the service. One could argue, for example,

URBAN TRANSPORT

98

that public transport is similar to electricity, or the telephone service. While

these services have also traditionally been predominantly supplied by public

utilities, few would argue that they should be provided free of charge.

Natural monopolies in urban public transport

Natural monopoly is said to occur when the least-cost way of supplying the

entire market for the service is by a single firm.

The existence of a natural monopoly in certain aspects of urban public transport

is seen as necessitating a role for government to prevent the exercise of market

power and possible exploitation of the travelling public. This role usually takes

the form of direct service provision and/or regulation of fares.

The natural monopoly issue is complicated by the nature of the outputs in

transport. An important distinction is between:

intermediate outputs: ‘supply-oriented’ measures such as vehicle miles,

vehicle-hours, or seat-miles of service. These are known as intermediate

outputs because they need to be combined with user time to produce final

outputs; and

final outputs: ‘demand-oriented’ measures such as trips taken, which after

all is the ultimate purpose of urban public transport.

In the context of urban public transport the natural monopoly concept is most

often evident in rail, in particular the rail track and signalling. Potentially,

however, it may also be applicable to dedicated busways, light rail tracks and to

taxi communication networks. However, examples of natural monopolies are

becoming less evident as technology advances: for example, taxi

communication networks are being challenged by the use of mobile phones by

drivers.

Putting aside the issue of their existence in urban public transport infrastructure,

economies of scale generally speaking do not exist in terms of intermediate

outputs of urban public transport services. For example, Evans (1990) reported

that studies in the United States and elsewhere, including recent UK experience,

had found that unit costs of operating buses were not related to the size of the

operating company. That is, the operating costs were no higher if the services

were provided by several operators than by one.

However, if the costs to users are considered (that is, the demand side), some

commentators believe a natural monopoly may exist.

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

99

Service coordination and system-wide integrated ticketing

An efficiently integrated transport network benefits all users (that is, reduces

their costs) simultaneously, and a beneficiary who has not paid for the integrated

service cannot be excluded. Hence, it is argued, there is an appropriate role for

government. Aspects of public transport services which may require

coordination include deciding on how services will coordinate with other

services and with other modes of public transport, and system wide integrated

ticketing if desired.

The elements of an integrated public transport network which may reduce users’

costs are outlined in box A4.3.

User costs include not only the fare paid, but also other costs such as users’ time

spent waiting. User costs may be a high proportion of the total cost of a trip

Evans (1990) estimated 75 per cent mainly in the form of walking, waiting

and in-vehicle time.

The concept of ‘user costs’ has important implications for the natural monopoly

issue. Mohring (1972) showed that transit service is subject to strongly

increasing returns to scale when waiting time (or any other user cost) is viewed

as part of the cost function, even if there are constant returns in producing

intermediate outputs (Small 1992). Similarly, Hensher (1993) argued that:

When one broadens the definition of economies of scale and network integrity to

include the benefits to users in the form of lower user costs (ie waiting times, service

uncertainty) with increasing patronage (which is more likely with a single operator), we

see an additional benefit of a natural monopoly. Economies of scale can thus be due to

increased benefits to users as measured by reduced user cost, even if the costs to the

operator of providing the service do not fall. Given that the local bus industry is

typically one of constant returns to scale, it is the user cost-benefit which supports the

idea of a natural monopoly.

A single operator may be able to provide a better service to passengers than several

operators using the same combined resources. A ‘better service’ is one with lower

average user costs ... With a greater prospect of attracting patronage to one’s services, a

single operator can schedule more integrated and hence convenient services than the

combined schedules of more than one operator. Connections could be more convenient

as well as ticketing (although inter-operator ticketing could be envisioned, but it would

be rather messy) and information dissemination.

Hensher is arguing that natural monopoly exists in local areas, and that

duplication over given routes is inefficient. This may imply that in some small

cities, such as Toowoomba (Queensland), a natural monopoly exists over a

whole urban area.

After reviewing the experience in Great Britain (except for London), Evans

(1990) argued that the value which passengers place on convenient connections

and ticketing arrangements means that bus routes can be natural monopolies. He

URBAN TRANSPORT

100

considered that deregulated urban bus services in Great Britain lost patronage

because of scheduling inefficiency and inconvenience to passengers. Recently,

some operators have acted to provide a better service to passengers and increase

patronage and revenue, by coordinating their services.

Box A4.3: User costs and service coordination

‘User costs’ are the costs to individual users of consuming transport services, rather than

the cost to providers of supplying the service. Efficiently coordinated urban public

transport services can reduce these costs to users. Particular features of such a network

of services include:

service coordination between operators and modes: ensuring passengers arrive at

their destination with minimal inconvenience while changing modes and operators;

scheduling: if a new operator is introduced on a route the incumbent services at 30

minute intervals and organises its timetable so that a bus now arrives every 15

minutes, the scheduling efficiency remains the same. If the new operator timetables

services to arrive at the same time as the incumbent’s causing delays so that the

overall time between stops and result in a fall in scheduling efficiency, making the

user worse off;

information on timetables, routes and modal interchanges which is available and

reliable will lower user costs by reducing passenger waiting time and time spent

collecting and integrating the information; and

system wide integrated ticketing lowers user costs by increasing user convenience.

Passengers are able to purchase a ticket to take them to a destination; there is no need

to purchase new tickets for different modes and operators.

Source: Adapted from Hensher 1993

The STA (SA) believed that its public transport network in Adelaide ‘generates

significant passenger and community benefits’ (Sub. 268, p. 16). The Coalition

for Urban Transport Sanity regarded service coordination and integration as

vital:

Economic efficiency requires good integration across the whole transport network, not

unregulated competition which creams off passengers on heavily patronised routes and

leaves others unserved. A key to efficiency and service quality is an integrated ticketing

system which facilitates easy interchange between different transport modes and

operators. (Sub. 250, p. 11)

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

101

And the Bus Proprietors Association Inc (Victoria) stated that:

Because the current ticket system is multi-modal, and bus operations have traditionally

been cross-suburban and/or rail and tram feeder services, coordination of modes is vital

(Sub. 84, p. 2).

However, a formal approach to service coordination may not be required in

every urban area or over the entire area. For example, Toronto seems to get by

having these functions carried out only in part of the conurbation and some of

the UK cities do not seem to require them to be carried out at all. Further, this

role may be less important where most trips do not involve transfers. For

example, the STA (SA) estimates that only 30 per cent of trips involve transfers.

There are of course, commercial incentives for operators to provide a better,

more coordinated service by cooperating with each other. But where service

coordination and integrated ticketing is desired, the existence of a natural

monopoly in user costs means that government intervention may be needed to

ensure that urban public transport services operate effectively as integrated

networks through the features described in box A4.3.

Provision of information

The availability of comprehensive and accurate information is seen by many as

a vital part of the overall transport service. For example, the Metropolitan

Transport Trust of Tasmania observed:

It is clear that for the 80 or 90% of people in a city that do not use public transport, one

of the biggest deterrents is knowledge. When does the train or bus come? Where does if

stop? Where can I catch it?, etc. Accessibility is more a matter of education and

information dissemination than purely frequency. (Sub. 148, p. 29)

In some cases there may be insufficient commercial incentives for private

operators to provide information, particularly as it relates to the total system.

This suggests a role for government in information provision. Judging from

participants’ submissions to this inquiry, however, the quality of information

available on public transport systems in Australia is often poor. In contrast,

European systems and regional councils in New Zealand place much emphasis

on the provision of information a function often performed by a coordinating

authority (see box A4.4).

Safety regulation

Another possible ‘information failure’ relates to the issue of safety. It may be

impossible for a traveller to make an soundly based decision regarding the

safety risks of the public transport vehicle (eg. a taxi), he or she is about to

enter. That is, users would not be able to successfully calculate the benefits to

URBAN TRANSPORT

102

them of taking a particular form of urban transport against the costs. This

information problem can be compounded by lack of competition in urban

transport provision. This may call for a role for government in safety regulation.

If the community expects a particular level of safety in urban transport

operations, and it will not be supplied by the private unregulated operator,

government involvement may be justified. As the Australian Road Federation

stated:

... government involvement should be limited to those activities which cannot

reasonably be performed by private enterprise and regulation should be kept to a

minimum consistent with ensuring public safety and protection of the public interest

(Sub. 13, p. 17).

An inadequate level of safety may be provided by a free market if operators do

not incur the full costs of damage or injury to passengers and bystanders caused

by an absence of safety measures. For example, those injured incur costs which

can only be retrieved through personal insurance or common law.

Such costs may justify more stringent roadworthy testing of commercial public

transport vehicles, regular testing for drivers and operators’ licence renewals

and more comprehensive requirements before an operator can hold a licence.

These regulations are appropriate regulatory activities for governments.

A public transport operator is not the most appropriate body to enforce such

regulations. Conflicts of interest may arise when one body is responsible for

enforcing regulations affecting the revenue-earning activities of the authority

itself as well as those of other operators.

Regulation of personal safety, an increasing problem both on public transport

and in private cars, is a major task of government through the police forces and

other security agencies.

External costs and benefits

One reason for government involvement in urban transport is that many

decisions taken by individuals do not take into account broader social costs or

benefits imposed by their own actions. Dr Kenworthy argued the case for

intervention as follows:

... relates to those needs or desires of urban residents which they do not or cannot

express as consumers, eg. the desire for cleaner air, safer streets and more convivial

urban spaces ... Expressed more generally, efficient, sustainable, equitable, and livable

cities are all urban ‘goods’ which people are likely to favour but which they cannot

secure by means of individual purchases in the market just as the ‘good’ and livable

city which they add up to cannot be so purchased. Indeed, the more limited horizon in

which consumers act often compromise larger and more public goals which are widely

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

103

judged to be important but for which there is no ‘effective demand’. The combined

impact on the urban system of large scale car use, resulting from millions of ‘small’

consumers decisions in favour of convenience is a classic example. (Sub. 77, p. 140)

For example, use of urban roads generates adverse impacts in the form of

congestion, road accidents, and pollution. These costs are external to the

transport sector in the sense that they are not fully taken into account by those

imposing the costs.

Government intervention in urban transport is sometimes also seen as necessary

in securing the benefits of a city. For example, urban transport systems are seen

as providing benefits over and above the direct benefits to travellers, but also

contribute to the ‘livability’ of cities by making possible a greater degree of

social and economic interaction. This issue is discussed further in chapter A1.

The existence of these external effects is often seen as justifying government

intervention. For example, many participants in this inquiry saw subsidies to

public transport as necessary to encourage a modal shift away from cars, thus

reducing the adverse effects of private car use. As discussed in chapters A9 and

A10, however, other more direct ways of approaching environmental and

congestion issues may prove to be more effective.

Access

Governments also intervene to assist the transport disadvantaged. Some

members of the community may not be able to afford adequate access to

transport due to low incomes and/or the high cost of transport to them. The

desire to provide public transport at a particularly low cost to pensioners, the

unemployed, the old and the young has provided justification for government

being involved in urban transport operations. Almost universally, public

transport has been provided at a loss because governments have been concerned

that it be accessible to as many people as possible at a price as low as possible.

The ACTU and Public Transport Unions considered that:

A fundamental social objective is to ensure that everyone in the community,

irrespective of income and wealth, ability/disability, or other factors, has access to

convenient and affordable transport services (Sub. 271, p. 32).

A related argument is that government must ensure transport services are

provided on some uneconomic routes to ensure accessibility for more remote or

less densely populated urban areas. The ACT Government stated:

In the case of public transport, the services are often not essentially of a commercial

nature and will not be provided by the private sector unless an appropriate subsidy is

paid, eg. the provision of bus services out of peak hours and on less popular routes. It

may well be that Governments, for social justice and access and equity reasons (eg. the

belief that people without cars should have reasonable access to public transport) will

URBAN TRANSPORT

104

run services which do not fully recover costs and will use those sections of the services

which are more efficient to cross subsidise those which are less efficient. (Sub. 167,

p. 14)

The provision of subsidised transport by public operators is not the only way of

achieving social objectives. Indeed, chapter A8 suggests it is a very inefficient

way of helping those in genuine need. Other means are available: directly

funding CSOs (see chapter A5), contracting private operators to supply them,

and requiring private operators to supply a range a specific services throughout

a region.

A4.4 Choosing the appropriate role for governments

The foregoing discussion suggests that, although there are good reasons for

government involvement in urban transport, the nature and level of that

involvement is not achieving the objectives efficiently, and can even have

unintended side-effects. To a large extent, the confusion of roles stems from

vesting sometimes unclear and conflicting objectives of government policy

within the one organisation see chapter A5.

The roles undertaken by Australia’s governments were outlined in box A4.1. A

number of them are discussed in other chapters. The role of government as:

urban transport infrastructure planner is discussed in chapter A7;

urban transport infrastructure manager is considered below;

service coordinator is reviewed below;

regulator is considered in chapter A6;

infrastructure manager is also reviewed below;

service provider is considered in chapter A5;

provider of access for the transport disadvantaged is discussed in chapter

A8; and

funder is also considered in chapter A7.

Urban transport infrastructure manager

An issue which can figure prominently in defining the role of the operator and

the planner, is the management of infrastructure which is shared throughout the

industry. This includes assets such as roads, interchanges, railway track, and

railway stations.

If operators were to become more commercially oriented, it might be necessary

to relieve them of responsibility for shared (or potentially shared) infrastructure.

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

105

It would be unreasonable to expect them to meet commercial targets while

maintaining infrastructure made freely available to competing operators.

Alternatively, if charges were made for use of the infrastructure, there would be

scope to frustrate competition from other operators. In the case of bus operators

this may mean that the government will need to take responsibility for managing

interchanges and other similar resources. In the case of rail, there is the difficult

question of responsibility for the permanent way (see chapters A7, B1 and B2).

In some cases the logical implication would be the establishment of a separate

authority with responsibility for this shared infrastructure. Such a suggestion

was recently made by the Business Council of Australia’s Transport Task Force

(BCA 1993).

Service coordinator

Where service coordination is assessed to be beneficial, government may choose

to:

leave it to operators to coordinate their services voluntarily;

require the operators to coordinate their services; or

assume the coordinating role themselves.

Commercial incentives for operators to coordinate services voluntarily

Several participants shared the view of the People for Public Transport who

commented that:

... the willingness of private operators to link in with other operators (whether public or

private) is open to question. Operators may consider it in their own best interests not to

cooperate with their competitors. This is a major contradiction in the argument for the

privatisation of public transport. (Sub. 58, p. 4)

However, the Commission has found that private operators in many cases do

coordinate with others of their own volition, as their ability to attract custom is

dependent on the total transport service offered to users. For example, the

private bus operators in Toowoomba, Queensland cooperate to provide some

services across the boundaries of their service areas. Similarly, the State

Transport Authority and the taxi industry in Hallett Cove in South Australia

cooperate with a view to providing a seamless service to the user (see chapter

B4).

In the United Kingdom, whilst bus operators have periodical and multi-modal

tickets for use on their own services, most share in area-wide coordinated

ticketing schemes involving several operators and other modes. In Singapore the

co-ordination of services is facilitated by the Public Transport Council but the

URBAN TRANSPORT

106

provision of integrated ticketing has been left to the three operators to organise

on their own account.

Hornibrook Bus Services pointed to the incentives which already exist in

Australia for private companies supplying public transport services to

coordinate those services:

... if you set up a system such as, for example, that we operate with Queensland Rail,

we have the incentive to make it work because it’s a commercial situation ... I think that

if it’s structured — a proper co-ordination is structured, the incentive should be there to

the operators, I mean just on commercial grounds ... That’s the incentive. (DR

transcript, p. 404)

Even if government chooses to leave operators with the responsibility to

coordinate their services, government still has a role to play in pro-competitive

regulation to ensure that membership to operators’ cooperatives do not become

a barrier to entering the industry for some operators.

A number of participants agreed with a cooperative form of coordinating body

for Australia’s public transport networks, but some pointed to the need to

involve various levels of government in such a forum. For example, Brisbane

Transport said:

We believe a co-operative effort among local operators, together with local and state

government representation, is a more effective means of ensuring service integration

and coordination (Sub. 239, p. 13).

Compelling operators to coordinate their services

If government is concerned that operators would not coordinate their services of

their own volition, government may create a ‘compulsory cooperative’ to oblige

all operators to coordinate their services.

Government may choose to make membership to such a coordinating

‘cooperative’ a pre-requisite for a licence to operate public transport services, or

as a condition of a franchise or operating contract where applicable. However

the risk with such an approach is that the government may become too specific

in its coordination requirements for example, by demanding that bus

operators meet every train at a particular station when a taxi service may well be

more appropriate.

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

107

Box A4.4: Coordinating public transport in other countries

In most of the countries examined by the Commission (except the UK) public transport

services are coordinated and ticketing integrated. However the various governments have

undertaken these roles in quite different ways.

In Leeds, United Kingdom the government has left the operators to coordinate their

services voluntarily. Since bus deregulation, a close working arrangement between bus

operators, the Public Transport Executive (PTE) and the local councils has emerged.

After initial mistrust a spirit of cooperation has developed between the councils and the

bus companies.

A number of governments in continental Europe choose to require their operators to

coordinate public transport services. In Munich, Germany, the Münchner Verkehrs- und

Tarifverbund (MVV) coordinates public transport services and fares, including

marketing its integrated fare system, in the metropolitan region. MVV is a limited

liability company established by the two major public transport operators: Munich City

and the Deutsche Bahn. It does not operate any services.

Each shareholder holds half of the voting rights in the company and has a power of veto

over decisions of the supervisory board of the Verkehrsverbund. The board is chaired by

the Lord Mayor of Munich and its other members are appointed by the Deutsche Bahn,

the Federal Ministry of Transport, the Bavarian Ministries of Finance and of Transport,

and the regional local governments outside the City of Munich.

Similar associations exist in most of the larger German cities (for example, Frankfurt,

Hannover, Hamburg, and Munich) and in other European cities in Austria, Sweden and

Switzerland.

The Singapore Government has set up a government agency, the Public Transport

Council, to regulate public transport. The Council consists of nine government

appointees and the chief executive officers of the four major public transport operators

(two bus companies, the metro operator and the largest taxi co-operative). The Council

coordinates public transport by issuing bus service licences, approving fares and

regulating bus routes. The Council can impose whatever conditions it deems appropriate

on bus service licences, including restrictions on timetables, the number of buses used,

their carrying capacity, stopping points, etc.

The metropolitan government in Toronto, Canada has assumed the coordinating role

itself. It has set up the Toronto Transit Commission, a statutory corporation responsible

for coordinating public transport (except for railways and taxis) in the metropolitan area,

constructing and operating public transport services. The Commissioners are selected by

the metropolitan government from its elected representatives.

Appendix G contains a more detailed description of the urban transport systems in other

countries.

URBAN TRANSPORT

108

An alternative may be to require membership to an industry association as a

licence requirement, and to then contract that association to coordinate the urban

public transport network. Munich and Zurich, and Singapore to some extent,

rely upon such associations to coordinate services and integrate ticketing on

behalf of the public transport operators (both publicly and privately owned) who

are members.

This approach may have the benefit of maintaining a network-wide perspective,

but such an association would need the authority to deregister operators who fail

to coordinate services. Such authority would have to be monitored closely by

government.

A coordinating body

A third approach to coordinating services is for governments to assume the

coordinating role themselves.

It is often argued that this role precludes the introduction of new operators. This

argument seems to assume that integration and coordination are effective now,

when much of the urban public transport task is performed by public authorities.

However, the Commission heard much criticism from public transport users

throughout Australia; this was no less in cities where urban public transport was

controlled by one provider, such as (until recently) the PTC in Melbourne. The

most common complaints were about timetables being inaccurate or unavailable

and, in the case of Melbourne trams, about inefficient scheduling the very

deficiencies sole operators are said to overcome. The Commonwealth

Department of Environment, Sport and Territories made some interesting

comments:

There is poor integration between different modes of transport and how they link, both

in terms of timing, frequency and location of interchanges with a resultant failure to

provide integrated, effective useful transport networks ... Various Governments and

Transit Authorities have dictated the intermodal splits and options available for a

community and only in rare cases are these integrated to allow effective intermodal

transfers for commuters. (Sub. 163, p. 12)

And the Victorian Government observed in its initial submission that:

The performance of the PTC and its predecessors over the last ten years casts some

doubt upon the proposition that there are economies in having one organisation

providing a number of different modes ... (Sub. 186, p. 13).

Advances in ticketing technology seem to allow an integrated network

incorporating a number of operators to provide common tickets and still ensure

operators are paid the revenue they have earned. For example, the automated

ticketing system presently being introduced by the PTC will provide the detailed

trip information required on a daily basis.

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

109

Given the current environment of reform in Australia’s urban public transport

industry in particular the introduction of private operators into networks

previously dominated by government owned agencies a number of

governments are considering establishing new agencies responsible for

coordinating the network. The New South Wales Treasury noted:

Corporatising government transport authorities so they can concentrate on supplying

transport services to the market does raise the question of the need for a body to

provide for planning and coordination as well as regulation for system safety (Sub. 177,

p. 11).

Victoria and Western Australia are also moving in this direction. For example,

in Western Australia:

The Department of Transport will assume the role of transport service coordinator ... It

will be responsible for letting tenders for specific services, and ensuring that the

Government’s community service obligation is met, that fare structures are consistent

across the board and that the standard of transport service remains the same. (Media

Statement from the WA Minister for Transport on 14 September 1993)

The Public Transport Users Association pointed to experience in other countries

and stated that:

PTUA neither opposes nor uncritically supports private involvement in providing

public transport services, through ‘contracting out’, or possibly even franchising in

appropriate situations. However, overall control of fares, network structure and

timetabling, must rest with a single, public authority for each urban area. Zurich

provides an excellent example: a public authority coordinates a diverse array of State,

private and municipal operators. (Sub. 96, p. 16)

A city-wide monopoly in urban public transport operations is not needed to reap

user benefits in the form of scheduling efficiency, network integrity and

timetabling information accuracy and availability.

Government’s role in coordination

Effective coordination does not need to be undertaken by government. Different

types of coordinating bodies are to be found in other countries. While most have

been formed by, or are, public authorities, some have been formed by the

transport operators themselves (see box A4.4). In emphasising the need to

distinguish between coordination and the actual provision of services, the

Victorian Government argued that:

Provided that the most effective mode is allowed to operate each service, and provided

that the least cost supplier within that mode is chosen for the supply of service, central

coordination with multi-firm provision is the best solution (Sub. 186, p. ii).

Where government regards service coordination and integrated ticketing as

desirable, it should take steps to ensure they are carried out efficiently. But

this does not mean that government should necessarily carry out the tasks

URBAN TRANSPORT

110

itself. A cooperative of operators may be best placed to coordinate services

and integrate ticketing; membership in such a cooperative must be

available to all operators on equal terms. If such a cooperative does not

form, or is not effective, government itself should establish a coordinating

agency.

Such an agency could coordinate the services of the various operators including

integrated ticketing systems and be responsible for providing passengers with

network and timetable information, and may also be able to ensure provision of

unprofitable services where it can be shown to contribute to patronage of the

overall network.

Whatever functions government performs, they should be fulfilled as efficiently

as possible. The next chapter examines in more detail the issue of GTE reform.

A4.5 The role of different levels of government

Once the issue of what roles government should perform has been settled, there

is the question of which level of government should be responsible for what

function. This would help to determine whether the current division of urban

transport responsibilities and relationships between the three levels of

government in Australia could be improved.

All three levels of government are presently responsible for the urban transport

roles outlined in box A4.1. A number of participants considered that there is a

need to reconsider the respective roles of each level of government in urban

transport and the relationship between them. The Australian Road Federation

suggested that:

There is some evidence to suggest that both the State and Federal Governments rely on

the existing confused position to avoid their responsibilities to the detriment of all

Australians (Sub. 13, p. 19).

Overlapping responsibilities appear to be a particular problem in roads. For

example, the City of Launceston noted that while it was responsible for

management of local roads including planning, design, construction and

maintenance, State Government agencies are responsible for traffic management

so that State approval is needed for installation of specific traffic facilities such

as median islands, road humps, roundabouts, and traffic signs.

Similarly, the Commonwealth Office of Local Government observed:

Funding responsibilities for the road hierarchy are not always clear; there are some

areas of overlap and omission between the various spheres of government (Sub. 122,

p. 14).

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

111

The Office acknowledged that in recent years there has been some

rationalisation of responsibilities. Nevertheless, it said:

A system where the different spheres of government fund different types of roads,

which must be integrated to one road system, has severe implications for the planning

capacity of various bodies. What each body does has ramifications for others. A local

authority cannot successfully plan new urban development unless it is done in coordination

with the funders of the larger connecting roads (that is, State or

Commonwealth agencies) ... a clearer delineation of roles and responsibilities in this

area is urgently required. (Sub. 122, p. 15)

Some participants also cited examples in public transport where multigovernment

involvement had been inefficient.

Several State Governments claimed that some past misplaced investments

occurred because of the availability of tied Commonwealth funds. For example,

the Victorian Government suggested that funds allocated for extensions to the

tram network might have been more productively spent on rehabilitating

existing routes carrying much heavier traffic. And the Western Australian

Government stated:

With the exception of road planning, the relationship with local government is probably

the least effective area of inter- and intra- governmental relations in the transport

planning process, although, in recent times, another degree of uncertainty has been

added through the Commonwealth Government’s involvement in urban issues through

initiatives such as the Better Cities program and Ecologically Sustainable Development.

At the State level, these have been the responsibility of non-planning or transport

agencies, although the Better Cities responsibility has now been taken up by the

Department of Planning and Urban Development. (Sub. 170, p. 4)

Relationships between the government-owned urban transport agencies and

local governments have often been poor. For example, the Western Australian

Municipal Association contended that:

There needs to be greater liaison between Transperth and Local Governments in terms

of both routes and vehicles. It is not unknown for Local Governments to provide

facilities such as bus shelters and find, within a short time, route changes have been

implemented and relocation is required. (Sub. 73, p. 13)

A regional approach?

In assessing the respective roles of different levels of government in urban

transport, an important question is the extent to which existing government

jurisdictions match the transport task.

Brisbane and Rockhampton are the only cities in Australia where public

transport is operated and partly financed by a level of government responsible

URBAN TRANSPORT

112

for almost the entire metropolitan area. Even in Brisbane, however, there are

problems:

... there are significant institutional problems associated with the provision of

transportation within the region. Transport management is spread between the

Commonwealth, State and Local Governments, and private sectors, with each operating

to different budgets, policies, objectives and geographic boundaries ... Services should

be developed taking account of the travel demand of people rather than restrict services

because of traditional operating borders. (Sub. 173, p. 46)

Significantly, most of the local authorities in other countries the Commission

examined are partly or entirely responsible for meeting the operating deficits on

their public transport systems (see appendix G). Generally, local governments in

Canada, Germany, Switzerland and the United States play roles in the provision

of transport services and infrastructure far in excess of those by most Australian

local governments.

The Consumers’ Transport Council argued that many public transport systems

would be logically organised on a regional basis but that:

The fragmented nature of local government, with varying numbers of councils, within

the one urban region, operates against this. State Governments tend to be preoccupied

with the capital cities. This association would like to see consideration given to some

way of funding public transport on a regional basis. (Sub. 102, p. 4)

Such an approach would accord with that of New Zealand, United States and

Canada, where regional councils or federations of councils take primary

responsibility for the organisation of local transport. In some cases, regional

governments, although not representing the entire metropolitan region, were

able to co-operate to perform and finance these functions with minimal financial

assistance from higher levels of government. The relevant local governments

voluntarily formed a federation. (See appendix G for more details.)

A number of participants saw the benefits of local involvement as more relevant

services, a better appreciation of people’s needs, and greater accountability than

when services are provided by governments at the State or Commonwealth

level. The Western Australian Municipal Association contended that:

Improved intergovernmental relations will also be achieved through increased

regionalisation of public transport services generally ... Local area managers should be

delegated powers to make decisions to improve services at the local level, in

consultation with Local Government and other community interest groups. (Sub. 73,

p. 2)

The Commonwealth Office of Local Government saw an ‘advocacy’ role for

local government as being logical due to its responsibility for land use planning.

The Office quoted Bellarine City Council which stated:

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

113

Local Governments directly witness the local consequences of inadequate and

uncoordinated planning; in their capacity as advocates for their community they can

play a strong and powerful role in conveying to other levels of government the

problems created by inadequate consideration of social needs (Sub. 122, p. 20).

As the National Accessible Transport Committee told the Commission:

There’s certainly no point in not having local government involved because if you have

a bus route somewhere and the bus route drops a person off on an unmade footpath

without any gutter ramps, etcetera, you might as well not have a bus route there. That’s

at the lowest level of co-operation. (DR transcript, p. 425)

Concern for, and management of, the provision of community services is not

new to local government. As the Victorian Community Transport Association

pointed out, local governments are:

... a major HACC [Home And Community Care] service provider and they’re the major

provider that takes on a transport function. So between local areas the provision of

transport to HACC clients is varied greatly, depending on whether the municipality

defines it as a priority. Transport is not earmarked in the HACC budget at all so it is

down at the municipal level that those decisions get made. So some deliver very good

transport services and some don’t. (DR transcript, p. 957)

Local government is well placed to assist with many of the government roles

listed in box A4.1. For example, they could be involved, at least in the planning

stages, in urban infrastructure planning and management, in service

coordination and planning as well as ensuring the transport disadvantaged

(particularly their constituents) have access to urban transport.

The fragmented nature of local government

As mentioned above, Australia’s system of local government is very

fragmented.

Regional networks cannot sensibly be planned by such a system of local

government, particularly those networks with a large infrastructure component

such as urban rail or guided busways. Also, integrated ticketing and timetabling

may need to be organised on an area-wide basis.

The former Melbourne City Council argued against a direct Council role in

running the public transport system or in maintaining the infrastructure because

it would ‘only add to the existing problems of fragmentation in the transport

system’ (Sub. 182, p. vi). Commenting on the draft report findings, CityRail

stated:

... we would just observe that in a metropolitan situation such as Sydney which,

including Newcastle and Wollongong would have something like 50 or more LGAs

[Local Government Areas], that the very nature of urban rail and the fact that it takes

people between areas means that it would be very difficult, we believe, to plan it from a

URBAN TRANSPORT

114

local government perspective. We do see it as a regional if not a state matter. (DR

transcript, p. 554)

The Hobart City Council, too, observed that parochialism and small-mindedness

sometimes stood in the way of desirable transport improvements (for example,

building a cycleway on a disused section of a railway reservation) and argued

that this ‘city is too small to create a huge planning organisation but it is big

enough to need one organisation to oversee transport planning’ (Sub. 168, p. 4).

And the Bus Proprietors’ Association (Vic) had similar views:

Local Government, in its present form is not the best planning medium. It is currently

fragmented to a degree which would produce even more difficulty than presently exists

with service co-ordination. While a regional system of planning may be acceptable in

some areas it is difficult to draw the boundaries in such a way that will not require

some sort of co-ordinating body to oversee the planning function. (Sub. 270, p. 3)

What role for local government?

Despite the fragmentation and competing interests of local government, there is

some evidence of moves towards a regional approach towards urban transport.

For example, Queensland’s Regional Planning Advisory Group recommended

the establishment of a Regional Transport Authority to ‘manage, plan and

administer (or where appropriate to have operated on its behalf) all public

transport modes within the region based on the overall regional transport

strategy’ (Sub. 173, p. 50). In New South Wales, an Integrated Transport

Strategy for Greater Sydney has been developed ‘to overcome past obstacles to

integration and to arrive at more efficient patterns of settlement supported by a

balanced and viable transport system’ (New South Wales Government 1993b).

As alluded to above, other countries have formed federations of councils to

cover the appropriate region. The Greater Vancouver Regional District (GVRD)

provides an instructive example. The GVRD is a voluntary federation of 18

municipalities, including the City of Vancouver, which undertakes a range of

functions including public transport. Public transport in the Vancouver

metropolitan region is coordinated by a regional transit commission which

decides fares, service levels and the taxes to meet their share of the costs

involved. Locally elected representatives from the municipalities in each region

sit on the commissions.

In the draft report , the Commission stated that ‘urban transport systems are best

planned at the lowest practicable level of government, preferably by local

government’. The ACTU and the Public Transport Unions emphasised the

difference between involving local governments more in the planning stage for

major changes in urban transport, and actually making them responsible for

funding and running public transport.

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

115

The Commission acknowledges this point and concludes that urban

transport systems are best planned at the lowest practicable level of

government. It would be impractical to make local government, as it is

presently constituted particularly in the larger cities, responsible for

planning entire urban transport networks. Nevertheless, local government

does have an important role to play in land use, transport infrastructure

and service planning.

Funding by local government

A number of councils expressed concern that withdrawal of State government

services would leave local government to fill the gap without being provided

with the resources necessary to undertake this function or, as the Local

Government Association of South Australia put it, as ‘provider of last resort’

(Sub. 131, p. 7).

The Commission believes that local government is best placed to contribute to

the efficient incorporation of urban transport services into their local area

through the management and maintenance of bus stops and railway stations and

their accesses, and the advocacy of extensions to services required by their

constituents. However, such extensions of service, if above the minimum

service levels required of commercial operators, ought to be considered a

community service obligation by the commercial public transport provider and

accordingly funded by the local government beneficiary.

Whatever the urban transport responsibilities of local government, they

will have little effect without adequate funding. The Commission

appreciates that this point impinges on the financial responsibilities of the

three levels of government in Australia, a matter which goes beyond urban

transport. Yet it needs to be resolved if urban transport is to be delivered

more efficiently in our cities.

Fiscal equalisation

The New South Wales Treasury argued that funds for urban transport

investments have been allocated inefficiently because of problems arising from

the process of fiscal equalisation. It claimed that:

The method of Commonwealth revenue allocation to transport projects has a bias

towards capital investment in rural roadworks with little allocation to urban public

transport projects, but this is just a reflection of the greater problems of vertical fiscal

imbalance and the system of horizontal fiscal equalisation (Sub. 177, p. 13).

URBAN TRANSPORT

116

The States and Territories are subject to the Commonwealth Grants Commission

(CGC) fiscal equalisation process. The principle of fiscal equalisation is that

each state and territory should be given the capacity to provide the same

standard of public services as the others, if it makes the same effort to raise

revenues from its own sources and conducts its affairs with an average level of

operating efficiency.

Both urban transit and roads maintenance are included in these assessments.

An important issue is whether urban transport should in fact be considered as a

public service. The ACTU and the Public Transport Unions:

... support a strong continuing role for the Commonwealth Government in relation to

the development of urban public transport. ... In particular we hold that it is essential

for the Commonwealth to continue to provide capital funds for urban public transport

upgrading projects, through a successor to the Urban Public Transport program. ... We

contend that the urban transit category should stay part of the Commonwealth Grants

Commission process. (Sub. 271, p. 38)

However, many States are undertaking reforms which entail public transport

authorities adopting a more commercial approach. The South Australian

Government’s view is that all business undertakings should be excluded for

Commonwealth Grants Commission assessments (Sub. 224). The Office of

Transport Policy and Planning of South Australia argued against continuing to

assess States’ disabilities for grant allocation:

... as State Governments increasingly set commercial targets for metropolitan public

transport and the distinction between private and public provision becomes more

blurred ... the relevance of applying fiscal equalisation procedures which in some

way could counterbalance the financial impact of these changes should be seriously

questioned. (Sub. 224, p. 14)

The CGC 1993 review of general revenue grants relativities included a review

of the urban transit category. While acknowledging the trend towards

corporatisation and commercialisation, the CGC argued that urban transport

would continue to be funded by government in light of environmental, equity,

and other considerations, and was unlikely ever to be self-financing, and hence

should remain subject to its deliberations. In response to the Commission’s draft

report, the Commonwealth Grants Commission stated that:

... in the Report on Issues in Fiscal Equalisation (1990), the CGC has noted that, mainly

because of perceived public benefits form urban transit services (including relief from

traffic congestion and pollution), all State transport authorities incur net losses on their

operations. Moreover the losses are affected by such factors as urban density, age/sex

composition, input costs etc which differ unavoidably from State to State. It has

therefore concluded that Urban Transit should be included in the assessments and

differential disabilities assessed. (Sub. 203, p. 1)

A4 THE ROLE OF GOVERNMENT

117

The CGC did, however, indicate in its 1993 review an intention to assess the

urban transit category by its factor assessment method. This was seen as

avoiding potential inefficiencies arising from the previous modified per capita

difference which could result in states and territories influencing their share of

grants funds through their own policies. The CGC assessed disabilities relative

to the size of the relevant population, urban density, travel by secondary school

children, travel by welfare beneficiaries on concessional terms, input costs,

interest rates, vandalism and security. This essentially meant the larger states

were assessed as bearing a higher cost in providing urban transport services.

These assessments have a substantial impact on state grants. For example,

Victoria and New South Wales each receive over $100 million more in funding

as a result of transport assessments, while Queensland receives about $130

million less.

The Industry Commission has not attempted in this inquiry to undertake a

detailed assessment of the merits of these disability factors. It is concerned,

however, about the potential arbitrariness of the process and, more importantly,

about the incentives to which it might give rise in terms of improving the

efficiency of urban transport provision. But the Industry Commission notes that

the Commonwealth Grants Commission takes care to ensure:

... that the CGC’s methods do not affect the incentives of States to improve the

efficiency of their urban transit services; this is why we [the CGC] apply the factor

assessment method and adopt factor measures which are policy-neutral and allow the

states to retain the full benefits of any efficiency improvements ... (Sub. 203, p. 1).

The Industry Commission considers that the question of continuing to

include the urban transit category in the Commonwealth Grants

Commission processes is complex and warrants further consideration as to

both principle and method, particularly in the light of increasing

commercialisation of Australia’s urban transport agencies. However, the

Commission accepts that such an assessment would need to take place in the

context of a broader review of CGC processes.

URBAN TRANSPORT

118

119

A5 REFORMING GOVERNMENT TRANSPORT

AGENCIES

Government agencies provide most urban transport infrastructure and

most public transport services in Australia. But the institutional

framework in which they operate is flawed. Their objectives are often

unclear, political intervention blurs their performance, lines of

responsibility and accountability are confused, and management is

constrained in making key operational decisions. The efficiency of

transport agencies would be enhanced if, as far as possible consistent with

their functions, they were exposed to the same incentives, rules and

regulations as private enterprise.

A5.1 Introduction

Most urban transport infrastructure and most public transport services in

Australia are provided by state, territory, and local governments. It is critical

that they do so efficiently. This chapter is about improving the performance of

government transport agencies, focussing on the relationship between them and

their owner governments. Fundamental changes to the regulatory and

competitive environment in which these agencies operate are considered in the

following chapter.

A5.2 Current institutional arrangements

The agencies which provide urban transport infrastructure and public transport

services operate under varying arrangements. A consistent feature is the strong

control governments exert on their operations. This control affects their fares

and charges, services and how they are provided, investments, funding and

employment practices see table A5.1.

The organisational form of agencies providing public transport services varies

from statutory corporation to department of state. Their responsibilities

currently range from providing bus or rail services only, to providing public

transport services with up to three modes, coordinating service across the

system and regulating private operators.

URBAN TRANSPORT

120

Table A5.1: Institutional arrangements applying to urban public transport GTEs

State Transit

Authority (NSW)

State Rail Authority

(NSW)

Public Transport

Corporation (Vic)

Queensland Rail Brisbane Transport

(Qld)

Metropolitan

Transport Trust (WA)

Corporate

structure

Statutory Authority CityRail is a division of

the State Rail Authority

(a Statutory Authority)

Corporation Statutory Authority

(moving towards

corporatisation in July

1995)

Department of the

Brisbane City

Council

Statutory Authority

Executive

structure

Board. Members

appointed by

government

Board. Members

appointed by

government

Board. Members

appointed by

government

Board. Members

appointed by

government

General Manager of

Transport reports to

the City Council

Board. Members

appointed by

government

Funding of

CSOs

Operating deficit.

Some CSO funding

by State

Government

Operating deficit.

Some CSO funding by

State Government

Operating deficit Operating deficit Subsidy payments

by Brisbane City

Council and State

Government

Operating deficit.

Some social welfare

payments by State

Government

Fare setting Recommendation

by STA, review by

NSW Pricing

Tribunal and

determination by

State Government

Recommendation by

SRA, review by NSW

Pricing Tribunal and

determination by State

Government

Recommendation

by PTC and

determination by

State Government

Recommendation by

Queensland Rail and

determination by

State Government

Recommendation by

Brisbane Transport

and the Brisbane

City Council, with

determination by

State Government

Recommendation by

the MTT and

determination by

State Government

Investment

approval

threshold

$1 million $1 million Varies with project $500 000 Varies with project $150 000

A5 REFORMING GOVERNMENT TRANSPORT AGENCIES

121

Table A5.1 cont/d:

State Transport Authority

(SA)

Metropolitan Transport Trust

(Tas)

ACT Internal Omnibus

Network (ACTION)

Darwin Bus Service (NT)

Corporate structure Statutory Authority Statutory Authority Division of Department of

Urban Services

Division of Department of

Transport and Works

Executive structure Board. Members appointed

by government

Board. Members appointed

by government

Chief executive responsible

to Secretary of Department

Operations manager

responsible to Secretary of

Department

Funding of CSOs Operating deficit. Some CSO

funding by State Government

Operating deficit Operating deficit Operating deficit

Fare setting STA recommendation and

determination by State

Government

MTT recommendation and

determination by State

Government

ACT Government NT Government

Investment approval

threshold

$500 000 Varies with project Varies with project $250 000

Sources: Submissions, annual reports and correspondence

URBAN TRANSPORT

122

These agencies are government trading enterprises (GTEs) because they

substantially cover their costs and are only partially funded by government.1

Governments also play a major role in the provision and maintenance of urban

roads. The principal organisations responsible for building and maintaining

urban roads are the state and territory road agencies and local governments (see

box A5.1). These bodies either undertake these functions themselves, or oversee

the private contractors who do.

Box A5.1: State and Territory Government agencies responsible

for urban roads

New South Wales Roads and Traffic Authority

Victoria Roads Corporation of Victoria

Queensland Department of Transport

South Australia Department of Road Transport

Western Australia Department of Main Roads

Tasmania Department of Roads and Transport

Australian Capital Territory Department of Urban Services

Northern Territory Department of Transport and Works

Throughout Australia Local governments

The state and territory road agencies are not GTEs because they receive virtually

no income from their services. They are funded by Commonwealth, State and

Local Governments. The Australian Road Federation describes their role thus:

... a public road authority decides what is to be done, has plans and specifications

prepared and arranges for the work to proceed. The private sector may be involved in

the design as a consultant and in the site work as a contractor or subcontractor. The

appropriate mix of public and private sector participation depends upon circumstances,

the aim being to make use to the extent practicable of the best aspects of each sector.

(Sub. 13, p. 44)

It has become clear in this inquiry that there is scope to improve the

performance of state road agencies (see chapter A3). Several participants

pointed out that reform in road agencies is lagging behind public transport

GTEs.

1 Government trading enterprises include publicly owned or controlled enterprises which are

mainly engaged in the production of goods and services for sale in the market with the

intention of substantially covering their costs, whether they be incorporated under

company or other special statutes or unincorporated units. The source of this definition is

ABS 1990b.

A5 REFORMING GOVERNMENT TRANSPORT AGENCIES

123

A5.3 The shortcomings of present institutional arrangements

Whatever the functions of a government transport agency, the institutional

framework in which it is placed and the requirements imposed on it by

government can influence whether it can and does operate efficiently.

Information available to this inquiry highlights several shortcomings in the

present institutional arrangements.

First, the objectives given to agencies by government have often been unclear or

so broad as to defy precise definition or measurement. In the words of the New

South Wales Department of Transport:

The efficiency of transport services has, over the years, been affected by the fact that

the authorities were unclear as to whether they should be performing a commercial

transport task or providing various social and other concessions (Sub. 178, p. 19).

The Tasmanian Department of Roads and Transport (1992) has a mission

statement which requires it to: ‘encourage and conduct a safe, reliable and

efficient road and transport system for the benefit of the Tasmanian community

... to promote the concepts of social justice in transport’.

Second, intervention in day-to-day decision making has been common, blurring

performance measurement and accountability. The Australian Tramways and

Motor Omnibus Employees’ Association (Brisbane Branch) claimed:

Public transport is funded both directly by the user and by the government. Over the

years public funding of transport has been done for political as well as social reasons.

(Sub. 32, p. 3)

In addition, a former Chief Executive of the Victorian PTC has said:

I don’t take great pride in the unions running a book on how quickly they can overturn a

management decision by going through the front, back, or side door of government

(Starrs 1994 forthcoming).

Third, the lines of responsibility and accountability have often been confused.

The Victorian Commission of Audit commented in respect of the PTC:

Accountability for results has always rested ultimately with the Minister. Policy

affecting service levels, line extensions or closures, freight rates and passenger fares

has always required approval at that level. The policies adopted have often gone against

commercial principles, although the Transport Act provides that the PTC may have

specific formal instructions from the Minister printed in the Government Gazette. This

is rarely done. (Victorian Commission of Audit 1993, p. 139)

URBAN TRANSPORT

124

Box A5.2: Institutional changes in Australia’s urban public

transport GTEs to date

New South Wales: Under the Transport Administration Act 1988 and the Passenger

Transport Act 1990, public and private transport operators in NSW are treated as equal

commercial bodies in contract tenders. The STA has recently been divided into business

units along geographic lines. CityRail has divided its operations into three broad regions

with line managers for specific sections.

Victoria: The Transport (Amendment) Act 1992 and public corporations legislation has

been passed. Corporatisation of the Public Transport Corporation (PTC) is proceeding,

including establishment of an accountable board to run the PTC along commercial lines

‘to separate regulatory and operational functions and to give the service delivery

organisations a clear and more commercial charter’ (Sub. 319, p. 1).

Queensland: Queensland Rail (including Citytrain) is to be corporatised by June 1995

under the Government Owned Enterprises Act 1993. Queensland Rail has been

reorganised ‘with major core businesses allowing clear lines of responsibility and

accountability’ (Sub. 327, p. 6). Brisbane Transport has no plans to corporatise its

activities: it contends that efficiency can be maintained through ‘competitive tendering,

setting of minimum service standards, consistent subsidy structures, CSO determination

on a service-by-service basis, and setting of performance standards to be met or

exceeded’ (Sub. 239, p. 15).

Western Australia: The Western Australian Government has announced plans to

corporatise Metropolitan Transport Trust (Perth) over three years and open it

progressively to competition from private and public operators of buses, trains and

ferries.

South Australia: The South Australian Government has introduced a Passenger

Transport Bill which provides for the creation of a new Passenger Transport Board

responsible for contracting, licensing and promoting passenger transport services; and

abolition of the STA Board. The STA would become a publicly owned agency (Transit

Adelaide) responsible for delivering services through negotiated and tendered contracts

with the new Board.

Tasmania: The Tasmanian Metropolitan Transport Trust (Metro) is a trading enterprise

and operates under the State Authorities Financial Management Act 1990. The

Tasmanian Government is in the process of corporatising ‘Metro’.

Australian Capital Territory: ACTION’s full operating costs have been identified and

separated from other government programs. However, the ACT Government ‘does not

believe that corporatisation of ACTION is the most appropriate model’ to achieve

‘maximum accountability and efficiency of service provision’ (Sub. 228, p. 9).

Sources: Various submissions and annual reports.

A5 REFORMING GOVERNMENT TRANSPORT AGENCIES

125

Experiences like this are not confined to Victoria. The Metropolitan Transport

Trust of Tasmania stated that:

Until recent years, most publicly owned transport systems made inappropriate

investment decisions due to the imposition by government of inflexible and politically

driven policies (Sub. 148, p. 35).

Fourth, management of transport agencies is constrained in making operational

decisions. Examples are the control by government of fares (both their structure

and levels), services provided (routes, frequencies and vehicle standards),

investment and employment decisions.

A5.4 Improving the institutional arrangements:

corporatisation

The shortcomings outlined above are widely acknowledged across Australia and

a majority of the States have recently initiated corrective action by beginning

the process of corporatising their urban transport GTEs (see box A5.2).

The Commission considers that the efficiency of these urban transport

GTEs would be enhanced if, as far as possible consistent with their

functions, they were exposed to the same incentives, rules and regulations

as private enterprise. This can be achieved through the process of

corporatisation a process involving a number of steps that can be

conveniently grouped under three headings:

giving the agency clear commercial objectives;

making it accountable to the parliament for its performance; and

allowing it autonomy in the conduct of its day-to-day operations.

While elements of the corporatisation approach should also apply to the road

agencies, the absence of direct road pricing (at least in the short to medium

term) limits the degree to which commercial objectives can be pursued.

There is scope, however, to improve the way road agencies work internally by

forming semi-autonomous units, evaluating managers on performance and, if

appropriate, using rewards to encourage improvements. Road agencies should

allocate all maintenance and road building works through a competitive

tendering process. In this respect, the ACT Government already contracts out all

new construction and approximately 70 per cent of ACT road maintenance to

the private sector. And the Commission is encouraged by the Victorian

Government’s recent moves to restructure the Victorian Roads Corporation:

... to provide a greater focus on its core businesses road system management, traffic

and road use management, road safety, and registration and licensing. Services will be

URBAN TRANSPORT

126

delivered on a more competitive basis through the regional network, with an increased

emphasis on contracting out including the progressive outsourcing of road maintenance.

Input services such as road and traffic design, information technology, etc. are in the

process of being either outsourced where this is shown to be efficient, or provided

internally on a commercial basis. (Sub. 319, p. 9)

Clear commercial objectives

For an urban transport agency to perform effectively as a GTE, it needs to be

given objectives by government which are clear and capable of practical

implementation. If objectives conflict, GTE management will need to assess

which objectives to pursue with higher priority than others; and managers could

implement policies which contradict their owner-government’s wishes.

Governments and their GTEs need a mutual understanding of the objectives to

be pursued. This can be achieved through the corporate planning process (see

below).

It is essential to separate quite clearly a GTE’s commercial objectives – the

efficient performance of the commercial transport task – from any social

objectives which the government may wish to pursue. As the NSW Treasury

said:

Some barriers to improved economic efficiency come about because governments in the

past have required the transport authorities to pursue a range of social policy objectives

which were essentially of a non-commercial nature. Community service obligations ...

impose substantial costs and to address this problem it is necessary to separate the

commercial and non-commercial activities of transport authorities. (Sub. 177, p. 9)

Community service obligations

All state and territory governments require their urban transport agencies to

satisfy various community service obligations (CSOs) – see chapter A8. The

management of CSOs is therefore crucial if they are to be delivered effectively

and at least cost to the community. The Australian City Transit Association

commented that:

Identification and costing of Community Service Obligations (CSOs) loom as an

essential component of any funding scenario which seeks to place transit agencies on a

commercial footing. In Australia, for example, it is not uncommon for operators to

carry two thirds of total patronage as concession holders and for extensive networks of

poorly patronised off peak services to be maintained in the general community interest.

It should be emphasised that public sector transit agencies are generally required to

undertake a significant range of CSO activities and this in turn impacts on relative cost

comparisons with the private sector. (Sub. 174, p. 7)

The Commission considers that the social objectives behind individual CSOs

should be clearly identified and their cost measured. These are not simple

A5 REFORMING GOVERNMENT TRANSPORT AGENCIES

127

matters, but they are starting to be addressed by governments across the

country.2 It should be remembered that the measurement of CSOs requires no

more economic and financial management information than that required for

performance monitoring and good GTE management practices.

Governments also need to consider whether their CSOs are soundly based. As

discussed in chapter A8, there are indications that many of them are missing the

mark and not assisting the transport disadvantaged as well as intended. A

judgement should be made on a case-by-case basis as to whether the benefits of

the social objective pursued exceed the economic costs. Direct government

funding of CSOs provides an appropriate discipline on governments for this to

be done.

Board members

Part and parcel of giving a GTE clear commercial objectives is, of course, the

appointment of board members solely on the basis of their experience,

knowledge and skills relevant to those objectives. This does not rule out people

from transport user or union backgrounds being appointed to the board – but

they would be there because of their skills and expertise, rather than to represent

particular interest groups.

The situation in Western Australia, for example, is unfortunate in this respect.

While the Metropolitan (Perth) Passenger Transport Trust Act requires the

Minister to be satisfied that board members have wide experience and capacity

in transport, industrial, commercial or financial matters, it specifically requires

the appointment of one person nominated by the Trade and Labour Council of

Western Australia and one person who is a user. The ACTU and Public

Transport Unions argued that such a requirement is ‘crucial’, given that ‘board

members are nevertheless appointed in an individual capacity and subject to the

usual confidentiality requirements’ (Sub. 271, p. 40).

Separating out regulatory functions

A further issue is the desirability of separating the regulatory task from the

commercial functions of a GTE. That does not mean the government cannot be

involved in both. But conflicts of interest may arise, or appear to arise, if the

2 The Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of Government Trading

Enterprises has commissioned a paper on some definitional, costing and funding issues

associated with CSOs and is expected to be released in 1994. The paper is intended to

encourage a more consistent approach to the treatment of CSOs by governments. The

NSW Treasury has prepared a policy paper entitled ‘A CSO Policy for NSW GTEs’. The

Commission has addressed the CSO issue in a number of recent inquiries into the activities

of GTEs, for example, in its Report on Mail, Courier and Parcel Services (IC 1992)

URBAN TRANSPORT

128

same agency is responsible for setting standards or policing safety and

environmental matters for activities it engages in. For example, safety and

service standards regulation might not be pursued solely in accord with their

objectives, if their interpretation could increase a GTE’s revenue.

To avoid such conflict, or the suspicion of conflict, to increase transparency and

accountability, and to enhance the efficient delivery of both functions, the

Commission considers that regulatory activity should be separated from the

provision of services.

This is recognised in NSW, for example, whose Department of Transport

reported that under the Transport Administration Act 1988:

Regulatory functions, such as safety regulation, have been transferred to the

Department of Transport to ensure that a regulatory role does not conflict with a

commercial role (Sub. 178, p. 2).

For similar reasons the task of ensuring that public transport services are

coordinated, as well as the franchising and contracting out functions, should be

the responsibility of a separate agency from the service provider. The Victorian

Government commented on problems it has witnessed when one organisation is

responsible for both:

The PTC’s role in Melbourne is to organise scheduled public transport, and to manage

the rail, tram and bus operations which it owns. This can create conflicts of interest. At

one time, the Metropolitan Transit Authority was both deciding the conditions under

which private bus contractors should operate, and buying their businesses. At the same

time, its own comparable bus operations were less efficient than the contract

operations, and the purchased bus lines were made less efficient in the Met’s hands by

the substitution of its own lesser standards of efficiency. ... The problem with one

organisation which is both operator of some modes and manager of subsidies for others,

as has been seen in Melbourne in the recent past, is the temptation to protect the owned

and operated modes (trains, trams, buses) from the competition of more efficient

contractors. (Sub. 186, pp. 13, 14)

The Bus Proprietors’ Association (Vic) welcomed the separation of these

functions:

The separation of regulation and service delivery is a key concept and it is pleasing to

see the Commission’s strong recommendation for such action. Without separation of

these powers it is extremely difficult to achieve objective planning of the overall

transport system without compromising co-ordination of modes or best utilisation of

infrastructure and assets. (Sub. 270, p. 1)

Accountability

If a GTE is to be accountable to the parliament through the relevant minister(s),

as it should be, its owner government needs to take certain steps to make this

A5 REFORMING GOVERNMENT TRANSPORT AGENCIES

129

possible. The accountability requirements may be set down in legislation, with

the main mechanism being the annual report and associated financial

statements. The GTE should be subject to external audit.

A corporate plan needs to be prepared regularly by the board and approved by

the relevant Minister(s). The annual report provides a vehicle for the GTE to

report the strategies and policies it is pursuing in fulfilling the requirements of

the corporate plan. It should also cover certain financial matters, including an

assessment of the GTE’s performance relative to the financial targets contained

in the corporate plan, and the cost of fulfilling its community service

obligations.

The overall performance of GTEs is not reflected in a share price, so other

methods must be used. For example, average target rates of return on assets or

equity are standard private sector

measures of performance, and are

increasingly used in the public

sector. They are appropriate for

GTEs such as public transport

agencies.

Some data are already collected, for

example, by the Australian City

Transit Association to allow its

members to derive a comprehensive

and comparative set of statistics and

performance indicators.

The Steering Committee on National

Performance Monitoring of

Government Trading Enterprises has

also begun to collect data for a

consistent set of performance

indicators — (see box A5.3). A

number of participants criticised the

performance indicators shown in the

draft report for the lack of measures

showing quality of service from a

user’s perspective. Brisbane

Transport noted:

A very narrow selection of performance indicators for public transport authorities is

outlined in Box A5.3. Under non-financial indicators, surely service quality assessment

(customer expectation and satisfaction ratings) ranks of high importance. (Sub. 239,

p. 16)

Box A5.3: Examples of

performance

indicators for public

transport authorities

Financial indicators

return on assets

return on equity

operating cost per vehicle kilometre

operating cost per boarding

cost recovery

average fare per boarding

expenditure per boarding

revenue per employee

Non-financial indicators

boardings per kilometre operated

service delays

service cancellations

kilometres per vehicle

employees per vehicle

* These and other indicators are being used by

the Steering Committee on National

Performance Monitoring of GTEs

URBAN TRANSPORT

130

The Steering Committee is working to improve the reporting of service quality

indicators. Likewise, Austroads is formulating a group of projects on

performance measurement which aim to provide consistent performance

indicators for road authorities (see chapter A3).

Autonomy in day-to-day operations

The Commission considers that, once clear commercial objectives have been

given to a GTE and accountability arrangements have been well established,

efficiency is enhanced if Government and ministerial oversight is removed as

far as possible from the day-to-day operations of the GTE. This supports a

statutory corporation, separate from the departmental structure of government.

Local, State and Territory Governments should remain at arm’s length from the

day-to-day activities of their agencies so that the performance of the board and

management can be clearly assessed. As owners, governments could still set

limits to investment and the range of activities undertaken. But if governments

want to issue directions on the conduct of an agency’s day-to-day operations,

they should be in writing and tabled in parliament. A board should not be

required or expected to seek ad hoc ministerial approval for individual activities

within its prescribed responsibilities, but ought to produce regular operating and

corporate plans; and get government approval of the latter.

Brisbane Transport saw this requirement as limiting the ability of its

government-owner to influence the level of service provided to ratepayers:

There are some hidden advantages or even overt advantages in having local government

politicians have a hands-on approach to performing the service, to establishing a level

of service that’s appropriate for the community. That is not an opportunity if you

corporatise. (DR transcript, p. 379)

A corporatised public transport GTE can still be instructed to extend particular

services by government. However, such instructions should be made formally

and publicly.

Day-to-day operating autonomy means an agency having the freedom, for

example, to contract out activities where it finds that cost-effective. In a similar

vein, autonomy in day-to-day operations should mean the GTE having the

freedom to determine the terms and conditions of employment, not being

subject to constraints of government employment policies and practices (see

chapter A3).

Taxes, charges and business regulation

At the same time, urban transport GTEs should not be advantaged compared

with private enterprise merely because they are government-owned. This has

A5 REFORMING GOVERNMENT TRANSPORT AGENCIES

131

implications in particular for taxation, borrowings and competition. They should

be liable for the full range of Commonwealth, State and Local government taxes

and charges, or required to make an equivalent contribution to State and

Territory revenues. These taxes and charges (or their equivalents) need to be

paid to ensure the efficient allocation of resources, including capital, among the

various activities in which they can be used, be those activities in the public or

the private sector.

Likewise, urban transport GTEs should be made subject to the Trade Practices

Act and no longer be excluded from the coverage of the Prices Surveillance Act.

The Commission supports the approach taken in the recent (Hilmer) Report on

National Competition Policy (Independent Committee of Inquiry 1993) which

allows for the operation of state-specific regulators, such as the NSW Pricing

Tribunal, within a national framework.

A5.5 Conclusion and recommendations

The Commission concludes that the efficiency of urban transport agencies

throughout Australia would be enhanced if, as far as possible consistent with

their functions, they were exposed to the same incentives, rules and regulations

as private enterprise. This means placing them in a ‘corporate’ environment.

The Commission therefore recommends that the following initiatives be

implemented for all urban transport GTEs without delay:

they be constituted as statutory corporations, which are separate from

the departmental structure of government;

regulatory functions be removed from their responsibility;

board members be appointed on the basis of individual experience,

knowledge and skill, and not as representatives of interest groups;

boards be accountable to the parliament through the relevant

minister(s);

all directions issued by government be in writing, and tabled in the

parliament;

boards prepare corporate plans for approval by the relevant

minister(s). Each corporate plan should contain appropriate financial

and non-financial targets, including target rates of return on assets;

governments clearly specify and make public the community service

obligations they expect the enterprises to satisfy. Their costs should be

funded by direct budgetary payment;

URBAN TRANSPORT

132

they be liable for all taxes and government charges (or their

equivalents);

they be made subject to the Trade Practices Act and no longer be

excluded from the coverage of the Prices Surveillance Act; and

they be free to determine their terms and conditions of employment,

not subject to the constraints of government employment policies and

practices.

The Commission appreciates that several State Governments have already

started the process of corporatising their urban transport GTEs (see box A5.2).

That is welcome. Other governments, State, Territory and (where applicable)

Local, should commence the process immediately. The matter becomes all the

more urgent when considered in the context of the more competitive

environment for urban transport which is proposed in the next chapter.

The Commission acknowledges that in the absence of direct road pricing, road

agencies will not be appropriate candidates for corporatisation. However, as

noted earlier in this chapter, there is scope to organise them more efficiently.

133

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

There are good reasons for some regulation of urban transport,

particularly to ensure public safety. However, regulatory approaches

which restrict competition entail high costs. More competition is needed in

urban transport, to bring better services at lower cost, while still meeting

safety and social objectives and ensuring coordinated services. The best

approach to increased competition will vary between modes and cities.

Some of the reforms recommended in this chapter are already being

implemented in some states and territories, but others lag behind. The

longer it takes to introduce reforms, the more consumers will wait to reap

the potential benefits.

A6.1 Introduction

This chapter examines whether changes to the relationship between government,

operators, and users might lead to more efficient urban transport systems,

delivering better services to users at lower cost while still enabling broader

government objectives (such as equity) to be met. As the South Australian

Government stated:

The key institutional issues in urban transport surround the structure of the relationship

between Governments, the private sector and users. No aspect of urban transport exists

in a completely free market: taxis are regulated; buses are subsidised; roads are

provided ‘free’ by taxpayers. Clearly, government regulation of private services and

government provision of services are the two major areas of intervention. It is also clear

that economic principles are not consistently applied to these interventions: the costs of

regulation are rarely recognised in decision-making; publicly provided services are in

many cases not provided efficiently, and subsidies are not transparent. (Sub. 144, p. 16)

While administrative reform of government transport authorities (discussed in

the previous chapter) will secure large gains, it will still leave in place the host

of regulations which prevent competition from making urban transport systems

as efficient as they could and should be. Key questions are whether we need

more fundamental changes to promote efficiency through competition, and how

they might be implemented.

URBAN TRANSPORT

134

A6.2 The role of regulation

Regulation of urban public transport in Australia particularly economic

regulation or the restriction of new suppliers into particular markets has a

long history.

Urban passenger rail services in Australia are provided exclusively by

government organisations, in most cases (Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane) by

a division of the statutory authority responsible for freight and country

passenger services. Adelaide’s urban rail services are part of an integrated

metropolitan transport authority, and Perth is a contractual arrangement between

Transperth and Westrail. All urban railways are subject to government direction

and control (details of the regulatory environment for urban rail are at chapter

B1).

Where buses services are not operated directly by government, they are

provided by private operators licensed by, or under contract to, government (see

chapter B3). These arrangements confer virtually exclusive operating rights to a

private operator on a route or within a geographical area. In all cases

government controls the fares charged, routes operated and frequency of

service.

Taxis were originally regulated by local governments, partly to control street

and kerbside activity by taxis, particularly in city centres. In some regional

cities, councils are still the licensing body. In all capital cities, taxis are

controlled by State bodies regulating entry, fares, vehicle standards, operating

practices (for example, restrictions on touting) and sometimes even vehicle

colour (see chapter B4).

There is a role for government to modify market outcomes which are seen as

unsatisfactory; regulation is but one means of achieving such modification.

Concerns may relate to issues such as abuse of market power, public safety, or

environmental effects, and the achievement of social objectives (see chapter

A4).

A6.3 The effects of regulation

Regulation in its broadest sense includes economic regulation (restrictions on

entry into an industry), but also encompasses restrictions on competition

resulting from direct government provision, particularly when provision of

subsidies effectively nullifies the potential for alternative suppliers to compete,

even where there are no legislative barriers to entry.

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

135

It is important to recognise that regulation can impose costs which adversely

affect consumers, taxpayers, and suppliers (see box A6.1). In particular,

regulations which have the effect, intended or otherwise, of restricting

competition, may give rise to inefficiencies in urban transport services. The

focus of this chapter is whether there are better ways of meeting the objectives

which regulation seeks to achieve.

Box A6.1: The impact of economic regulation

the restriction of taxi licences costs consumers about $300 million a year. This

equates to about $2 a ride on average (see chapter B4);

a person wishing to start a taxi business on the Gold Coast must first spend

$320 000 to buy a taxi licence (see chapter B4);

changes to bus services in regional centres are not approved locally, as decisions

are made in the capital cities (see chapter B3);

private bus operators in Victoria effectively make more money, the fewer

passengers they carry (see chapter B3);

a community bus service in Pakenham, Victoria is forced to advertise

surreptitiously, even though there is no bus service in the area (see chapter B5);

operators have little or no control over fares, investment decisions, frequencies,

destinations and times of services as governments either directly make decisions

or regulate these aspects of operation (see chapter B1); and

buses are required to act as feeders to train services and are prevented from

competing on the same route.

Inefficiencies and higher fares

Regulation can restrict the development of transport services which are

responsive to market demands by protecting existing operators and their

services from competition. The inability of alternative suppliers to enter the

market provides an environment in which inefficiencies in management and

work practices can flourish (see chapter A3), and which restricts innovation.

Inevitably, regulation of entry leads to higher operating costs which have to be

passed on to consumers in higher fares or to taxpayers.

One effect of government regulation of the taxi industry, for example, is the

high values attaching to taxi licences because of the restrictions on taxi

numbers, about $2.5 billion in 1993. While the sale of taxi plates represents a

source of easy revenue for State and Territory Governments, it inevitably results

URBAN TRANSPORT

136

in higher prices to consumers. The general impacts of taxi regulation were

described by the ACT Government as follows:

While regulations currently in place provide the existing taxi industry with a guaranteed

market, the restrictions on entry also have the effect of pushing up the value of taxi

licences. These values will reflect the guaranteed returns expected from operating

within a protected market and may work to the detriment of consumers as the high cost

of obtaining licences will inevitably be passed on. Furthermore, the restrictions on entry

to the industry protect existing operators from competitive conditions which might

otherwise further reduce costs. More open entry arrangements may also enhance the

flexibility of the service. (Sub. 167, pp. 32-33)

Cross-subsidies

Regulation may result in some users being charged higher prices to pay for the

provision of services to others. For example, if an exclusive franchise is granted

to an operator subject to providing certain unprofitable services without subsidy,

the inevitable result is over-charging on the commercial routes. Such overcharging

discourages worthwhile travel which would otherwise be undertaken.

Regulation may also have questionable equity effects: why should people pay

for subsidised services for others simply because they travel in the same

geographic area? Such social policy goals are arguably more appropriately

funded out of general taxation.

Impact on innovation

A number of participants considered that existing regulation was hindering the

development of transport services which met changing travel demands. The

Victorian Bus Proprietors Association argued that:

... there should be regulation of public transport, but limited to those areas of public

safety, public interest and consumer protection which are considered necessary ... The

current control imposed on the bus industry in Victoria is considered to be excessive,

particularly in contracted route service operations. While the regulation is reasonably

appropriate, contractual controls have destroyed the industry’s ability to innovate and

operate as efficiently and effectively as a truly private enterprise system. (Sub. 84, p. 4)

Mr Cotgrove added:

Across the spectrum of society, the old rigid, regulated, conformist, centralised

structures of the industrial age are giving way to new flexible, deregulated, pluralistic,

decentralised structures of an emerging post-industrial era ... The necessary journeys of

the past, to work, to shop, to school and to conduct personal business, are being

superseded by an increasing array of discretionary journeys characteristic of postindustrial

lifestyles. Journeys to entertainment, recreation, and leisure are becoming

more important relative to journeys to work, shop, and school. As a result, the

centralised, operator-controlled, fixed-route, fixed-time inflexible systems of the

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

137

industrial-age public transport era are becoming less able to cope with the dynamic,

flexible, and discretionary travel demands of post-industrial society. (Sub. 160, p. 7)

Similarly, Mr Glazebrook claimed that too much regulation and the provision of

guaranteed subsidies had limited the industry’s imagination and capacity to

invest in new technology:

To all intents and purposes, trains and buses are much the same as they were three

decades ago, with little or no increase in speed, and only some improvement in

reliability and comfort. More importantly, there has been almost no attempt to

understand the potential market (as opposed to surveying existing passengers), little or

no strategic marketing, very few genuinely new products or services developed, and

extremely slow adoption of new technology, particularly in the information area. This

can be seen from a comparison with other industry sectors such as Freight Transport,

the Banks, the Airlines, the Travel Industry, the Hospitality Industry and even the Post

Office. (Sub. 146, pp. 8-9)

In its initial submission to this inquiry, the Western Australian Government

acknowledged that government regulation of buses restricted innovation, such

as the use of minibuses and the growth of community transport services.

Restrictions on consumer choice

At present, there are restrictions on the extent to which different modes of urban

transport are allowed to compete with each other. For example, buses are often

required to act as feeders to trains and are prevented from competing on the

same route. The choice of mode is often dictated not by what people want or

need, but by what regulation allows. Where a single public transport authority

controls all modes, there is a tendency to limit the extent to which different

modes compete.

One outcome of this regulation is the assignment of a particular task to a more

costly mode of transport. Appendix D suggests there is not an optimal division

of the urban transport task between different modes in either Adelaide or Perth

(see box A6.2). Unit operating costs per passenger journey are typically much

higher for heavy rail than either trams or buses. For example, according to the

Steering Committee on GTE Monitoring, in Melbourne in 1991-92, expenditure

per passenger boarding for rail was $3.41, compared with $1.94 for trams, and

$2.76 for buses. In Adelaide, corresponding figures were $7.42, $3.47 and $2.38

respectively.

These comparisons need to be qualified by the fact that average journey length

is typically much longer for rail than for other modes, and Melbourne buses are

not allowed to compete with trams on the more highly patronised inner-city

routes. In addition, the figures do not incorporate estimates of any external costs

(for example, pollution), although they do put at least an implicit value on them.

For example, the Victorian Government noted that, after subtracting the cost of

URBAN TRANSPORT

138

unnecessary conductors, operating Melbourne’s present tram service costs

approximately $45 million more a year than if buses were used. It commented

that taxpayers pay heavily for its residents’ preference for tram travel and the

apparent environmental advantages of trams.

Box A6.2: Costs of service rail and buses

Appendix D finds that in Adelaide, Melbourne and Perth buses have lower costs of service per passenger-kilometre and seat-kilometre than rail, trams or ferries. It also concludes that in these cities:

    the average real cost of service per passenger-kilometre for buses is more than two-fifths lower than for rail;

    the average cost per seat kilometre for rail services is double what it is for buses;

    the difference in the cost of service is partly due to the fact that buses use less capital, and require less expenditure on maintenance;

    trains do not have load factors which are sufficiently higher than buses to compensate for their higher capital requirements; and

    a higher level of service and higher costs do not necessarily imply that rail is inefficient relative to buses. It may be that rail offers passengers a superior service in terms of travel time, convenience and comfort, for which passengers are willing to pay.

Regulation may have the effect of restricting the travel options available to

potential travellers by preventing relevant services being offered. This may

impact particularly harshly on those with limited transport options (see chapter

A9). The Community Transport Organisation (CTO), for example, said of the

NSW Passenger Transport Act:

While the legislation makes it plain that operators under commercial contracts have

exclusive rights only to regular route public passenger services the Department of

Transport has made it clear to the CTO that they consider that exclusivity to cover all

public passenger services. The CTO feel that this interpretation is a major backward

step as it will serve only to discourage or prevent the development and establishment of

new innovative services by operators other than the contract holders. We are of the

strong belief that there are many more benefits to be had by deregulating the public

transport industry than are to be gained by the establishment of private monopolies, a

major consequence of ... the Passenger Transport Act. (Sub. 28, p. 12)

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

139

A6.4 The scope for competition

Largely in recognition of the failure of existing policy measures to deliver

efficient, cost-effective, and integrated urban transport systems, there has been

an increasing willingness in Australia and in other countries (see appendix G) to

examine other possible ways of organising transport services.

The issue is not about ownership, whether it is public or private. It is about the

level of competition and accountability within the system.

The question is therefore whether changes to existing regulatory arrangements

governing urban transport in Australia can achieve community objectives in a

more cost-effective way than they do now.

The general trend is towards reducing regulatory barriers. A number of states

are now bringing in new players. This has been evident in recent initiatives in

Victoria, Western Australia and South Australia to tender out bus and other transport services.

Competition and the private car

Focussing too much on promoting competition between the various modes of

public transport overlooks a more fundamental issue in urban transport:

competition between the car and public transport.

The ACTU and Public Transport Unions thought that introducing more

competition into the public transport sector would exacerbate the switch from

public transport to private cars.

Our serious worry is, however, that, if the Commission’s approach of free-for-all

competition in and privatisation of urban public transport services were adopted, ... a

mode shift in the exact reverse direction would take place from public transport to

car as has already been the case following bus deregulation in the UK and New

Zealand. (Sub. 271, p. 20)

The Commission observes that, if travellers on all modes were made to pay the

full cost of their travel (including third party costs such as pollution and

congestion discussed in detail in chapters A9 and A10), users would be able

make their own, better-informed choices.

The Queensland Government commented on the draft report:

While [it] recognises that the primary competition to public transport is not other public

transport providers but private motor vehicles, this is not adequately addressed in the

recommendations. The competitive discipline should be focused on increasing overall

market share, not on competition between bus, rail and taxi operators. (Sub 327, p. 3)

URBAN TRANSPORT

140

Public transport needs to compete more effectively with the private car. It is

preferable for this to be achieved by improving the quality of service and

reducing costs than to subsidise public transport or penalise car use. As noted in

chapter A2, public transport faces a significant challenge in matching the

attributes of private vehicle travel (for example, its mobility, comfort and

flexibility). The Victorian Government argued that:

... every mode is in competition with others and with alternatives to making the trips at

all ... Unless public transport is subjected to vigorous internal competition, it will fail

adequately to compete with its alternatives: private cars and trip-substitutes. (Sub. 186, p. 34)

The need to compete more effectively with the car strengthens rather than

detracts from the case for competition within modes.

Competition in public transport

Many participants agreed that there is a need for an approach to provision of

public transport which is more responsive to the needs of consumers. For

example, the Monash Transport Group said:

It is our contention that the most important reform in urban public transport is

institutional. It is vital that a greater degree of market power is transferred to users and

potential users, so that they can purchase the services they need and are prepared to pay

for, rather than have no choice but to use (or ignore) the services which a bureaucracy

chooses to provide for them. In our view, this implies a market oriented enterprise,

either through privatisation or corporatisation. (Sub. 35, p. 4)

Different modes of transport are not perfect substitutes for one another.

Nevertheless, intermodal competition places significant pressure on each mode

to provide an efficient service to consumers. This is particularly important for

modes such as rail, where the scope for competition within the mode may be limited.

Some modes may require time to become competitive. In particular, it is often

argued that institutional reforms (for example, equal treatment of rail and road

infrastructure) must be effected before rail can be expected to compete with

other modes. In New Zealand, for example, buses were not permitted to

compete directly with rail or trolley buses, ostensibly on environmental grounds.

Until full competition is achieved, any preference given to particular modes

should be explicit in policy. For example, if it is decided to run a late night train

service even where a bus service would be cheaper, the differential should be

recorded as a community service obligation (CSO).

Even when regulatory barriers between modes are dismantled, it is important to

guard against de-facto protection of particular modes. For example, tenders for

services should not be specified in such a way as to exclude particular modes.

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

141

The taxi industry in New Zealand complained that it was excluded from bidding

for bus routes because tenders required particular vehicle seating capacities.

There are a number of ways competition can be injected into the delivery of

urban transport, including open access, competitive franchising, creating smaller

units in government authorities, and contracting out non-core activities.

In its purest form, open access relies on market forces to determine the

provision of transport services. In practice, government involvement is generally

seen as necessary, at a minimum, to ensure safety and protection from abuse of

market power in industries which are seen to have monopolistic tendencies. For

these reasons, there have been limits to the deregulation of urban transport in

the United Kingdom and New Zealand.

Franchising involves periodic competition (through competitive tenders) for the

exclusive right to provide services in a particular area for a defined period,

rather than ongoing competition in the market. This approach is generally seen

as most applicable where an industry is perceived as not naturally contestable or

where there are concerns that open access would lead to instability. The success

of this approach is likely to depend largely on how the contracts are specified

(particularly the length of tenure) and whether the process of allocation is fully competitive.

In many cities, government public transport authorities dominate the provision

of urban transport services. Because of the lack of private competitors, splitting

up these authorities into smaller units may be an effective and speedy way of

generating competition. Such a division could be both between modes (for

example, separate bus from rail) and within modes (for example, separate bus

operations based on depots).

Another way of introducing some competitive pressures is to contract out

functions such as cleaning, maintenance, information technology, and other

input services. Several public transport and road authorities in Australia are

contracting out such non-core activities.

A range of factors will affect which of these options is appropriate in particular

circumstances. The approaches are not necessarily mutually exclusive, and what

is most applicable is likely to vary among modes and cities. For example,

different characteristics of buses compared to rail or taxis suggest tailored

approaches. Similarly, what is appropriate for Sydney may differ from what is

appropriate for Hobart. Selection of the appropriate approach requires careful

thought.

In choosing between these broad approaches, a key consideration is whether

there are elements of natural monopoly present (see chapter A4). When natural

monopoly does exist, there will generally be a need for pro-competitive

URBAN TRANSPORT

142

regulation. For example, where competing operators share infrastructure, there

will be a need for government to ensure that the terms and conditions of access

to the infrastructure is not discriminatory between different operators. The 1993

(Hilmer) Report on National Competition Policy recommended some principles

on this question and proposed how they may be implemented (see chapter B1).

In response to the draft report, the ACT Government felt the Commission’s

focus was too narrow:

It is also clear that the pressure of competition is a strong discipline for cost reduction

and encouragement of innovation for both public and private sectors. The Government

has a clear objective to provide an economic environment which is conducive to

competition and to the success and growth of the private sector. The Government notes,

however, that while annexures to the draft report example efficient public sector

providers, the report itself assumes that privatisation is the only answer. (Sub. 228, p. 1)

However, the Commission is not proposing privatisation. Concerns about

ownership are not the focus of this report. The Commission is proposing

constructive competition.

Where a high value is placed on market stability, options which give

government a greater degree of control (for example, franchising) may be

preferred. But the overriding concern must be which approach, or combination

of approaches, to competition is likely to bring about the greatest benefits in

terms of better services at lowest cost to the community. All this underlines the

need for a case-by-case and city-by-city assessment.

The overseas experience

In many industrialised countries the main competition in urban transport is

between public transport and the private car. As the car has increased in

popularity and use, declining ridership and increasing costs of public transport

have caused governments to seek changes to improve its attractiveness and

reduce subsidies. In many cases this has involved introducing more competition

into the system.

Many participants cited the United Kingdom and New Zealand moves towards

increasing competition in urban transport markets by substantially reducing the

economic regulation of them. In the UK, economic regulation of urban bus

routes was virtually eliminated by permitting open entry in towns and cities

outside London (following the experience gained in the long-distance bus

market), and by gradually franchising routes and areas in London. Increasing

competition for bus services was accompanied by parallel changes including

less regulation of taxis, privatisation, and reform of the labour market. In New

Zealand competition was increased in the taxi industry by relaxation of entry

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

143

provisions , and in urban buses through competitive tendering. In both the UK

and New Zealand, urban transport reform was part of a broad national program

of micro-economic reform.

Participants’ views on the UK and New Zealand experience varied widely,

ranging from disastrous to significantly beneficial. The Commission held

discussions with those directly involved (see appendix G), and commissioned a

consultancy to evaluate bus reform in them (see appendix F).

After changes to regulations governing the bus industry in the United Kingdom

and New Zealand both countries benefited from:

greater levels of cost recovery;

lower levels of bus operating costs, ranging from savings of 20 per cent in

London, to 30 per cent in New Zealand and 40 per cent in other areas in

the United Kingdom;

improvements in labour productivity, due mainly to public operators

adopting practices similar to those employed by their private counterparts;

declining levels of government subsidy needed to operate bus services. For

example subsidies in New Zealand fell from between 10 and 50 per cent,

and in the United Kingdom subsidies fell by 15 to 35 per cent;

greater innovation, for example the introduction of mini-buses in both

countries and the operation of route services in medium-sized towns in

New Zealand by taxi companies; and

a reduction of up to 70 per cent in operational and planning costs

(Sub. 97).

Whilst deregulation and privatisation in the UK were initially opposed by many

in the bus industry and local government, those organisations which accepted,

accommodated and planned for the new regime demonstrated that both cost and

service benefits could be achieved.

Following the relaxation of entry into the taxi industry in New Zealand in 1989,

most taxi organisations have either maintained their fares or decreased them.

After accounting for inflation, real charges in New Zealand have fallen

significantly. (Although prices have fallen in the majority of cities in New

Zealand, smaller rural areas have faced fare increases by up to thirty per cent.)

In New Zealand, since changing the regulations which govern the taxi market,

there has been a thirty per cent increase in the number of operating

organisations. The number of taxi licences has increased by twelve per cent.

Varying quality of services is provided at different fares to cater to different market segments.

URBAN TRANSPORT

144

Reforms in urban transport in the United States, Canada, Germany, Switzerland,

Sweden and other countries were also investigated by the Commission.

Together they demonstrate substantial gains can be made, particularly from

changed work practices and from improvements in productivity in public bus

operators.

In Sweden, competitive tendering of the bus service in Göteborg has resulted in

cost savings of around five to 15 per cent.

Introducing or increasing competition has caused some problems in other

countries, and Australia can learn from their experience. Patronage fell in some

cases due to loss of coordinated services, fare increases and the recession; the

average age of operating buses has increased and investment in new

conventional buses has declined; and congestion has occurred at some locations,

such as taxis at airports, and buses in city centre streets.

The general conclusion from experience with urban transport reform in

other countries is that promoting competition brings clear benefits but also

some costs, particularly associated with open access. This underlines the

need to manage the process and to consider carefully and precisely how

competition is introduced.

A6.5 Concerns about competition

Seeking to introduce more competition does not mean concentrating solely on

economic efficiency and cost minimisation. Consideration must be given to the

coordination of services and the meeting of social objectives. Many participants

raised concerns about the impact of increased competition on service standards,

social objectives, safety, and coordination.

‘Wasteful’ or ‘destructive’ competition

The most efficient mode of transport for a given task depends on the nature of

that task. The NSW Treasury argued that ‘the provision of urban public

transport services has to be viewed in terms of a hierarchy of service types and

mode types’ (Sub. 177, p. 9). In general, higher capacity modes such as urban

rail are most effective at moving large numbers of people over a few fixed

routes at set times, such as with work trips to the central city. Trams are better

suited to short, medium to high density routes with high service frequency.

These fixed track modes are less suited to servicing the needs of passengers

whose travel patterns are more dispersed. Alternative modes are more readily

adapted to accommodate irregular travel patterns.

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

145

Route bus services are constrained only by the provision of suitable roads. They

collect and deliver people closer to their origins and destinations. Midi- and

mini-buses trade off carrying capacity for even greater flexibility and access.

Demand for non-fixed route services has led to the evolution of community

transport to serve those unable to use conventional transport.

Taxis can provide even greater flexibility than fixed route services. This makes

them well-suited to catering for irregular cross-city trips and door-to-door

journeys. The taxi may be more economical to run in off-peak periods,

characterised by low passenger patronage, relative to larger vehicles such as

buses and trams.

Private motor vehicles including cars, motorcycles, trucks, and light commercial

vehicles offer another set of transport options. As discussed in chapter A2, the

flexibility and convenience of private transport modes is often seen as

conferring a large advantage over public transport modes.

Non-motorised modes of transport cycling and walking provide other

options particularly suited to shorter trips.

The competitiveness of different modes also varies according to city layout.

Passenger rail services tend to be more viable economically the higher the

density of population. Public transport (particularly fixed track modes) becomes

more competitive with private transport if roads are congested.

The fact that different modes have different strengths and weaknesses has led to

the view that duplicating public transport on given routes is wasteful. Vuchic

refers to the ‘family of modes’ and contends:

... all major transit modes have optimal domains of application; ‘adjacent’ modes

overlap their domains to some extent..... but modes as remote from each other as taxi

and (urban bus routes).... should never be competitive, but complementary. For

example, there is no way in which it can be more efficient and economical to transport

40 persons from point A to point B at one time in 20 taxis than in one bus, or 750

people in 15 buses than in one train, unless the lower-capacity mode is operated by

underpaid drivers, has low comfort and safety standards, and is indirectly subsidised,

while the higher-capacity mode is excessively luxurious, inefficiently operated, and

driven by overpaid drivers. (Vuchic 1981)

URBAN TRANSPORT

146

If particular modes are inherently suited to particular tasks, regulations

prohibiting competition should be superfluous. The potential for competition

from other modes provides a check (particularly in cases where modes are close

substitutes) on the inefficiency and goldplating to which Vuchic refers. At the

same time, preventing alternative modes from competing can be costly in terms

of productive efficiency and innovation. The Victorian Government argued that

the most important principle is to avoid giving any mode a presumptive role:

... just because it has serviced a route in the past, or just because it is owned by

government or is organised by a particular union. Failure to observe these ‘principles’

in the recent past has meant that expensive train and tram services have been operated

to carry ‘bus-loads’ of passengers, and PTC-staffed bus services have been used despite

the availability of much more economical private bus alternatives. (Sub. 186, p. 13)

In the Commission’s view, it makes little or no sense to take too rigid an

approach to the assignment of transport needs. Decisions to reserve markets to

particular modes may not correspond with what people want. Artificial

regulatory barriers may also clash with technological advances. The ACT

Government also noted that:

A number of issues have been raised with the Government over such regulation

including the inflexibility of existing systems and the inability of private bus companies

to compete on some of ACTION’s routes ...

Proposals have been put to the Government to enable the private urban transport

industry to operate in a more flexible regulatory environment, and respond to specific

market needs. For example, provision for temporary and part-time taxis and hire cars

would allow the full-time fleets to be augmented during peak hours, weekends etc,

serve particular market niches such as wedding cars. (Sub. 167, p. 33)

Responding to this, Aerial Taxi Cabs referred to its proposal to contract less

profitable ACTION bus routes in non-peak times which it claimed would ‘result

in a net saving to ACTION and an increase in service to the public, has laid

dormant with Government’ and noted that the ACT Government’s dismissal of

contracting proposals alluded to ‘industrial implications’ (Sub. 191, p. 5). The

matter now appears to have been resolved (see chapter B4). But the experience

illustrates the difficulties in overcoming regulatory structures which tend to

suppress new ideas and ways of doing things.

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

147

Achieving social objectives

A major concern often expressed about creating a more competitive

environment for urban transport markets is that it will compromise the

achievement of certain social objectives. Particular issues raised are the

provision of uneconomic but socially desirable services (for example, evening

and weekend services). Typical of the concerns raised was the comment by

Brisbane Transport:

Customer confidence in the urban transport system is paramount. This may suffer in a

totally de-regulated environment which the Commission is proposing. Border-line

Community Service Obligations (eg. late night, weekend services) are the first services

to fall by the way-side in an open access environment, due to the pressure to squeeze

profits out of the system. Thus service quality deteriorates, and fares increase in an

attempt to recover from falling patronage. (Sub. 239, p. 17)

The New South Wales Department of Community Services stated:

The encouragement of effective and fair competition to enhance the quality and

appropriateness of goods and services for all consumers is essential. However, there are

circumstances and industries where competition will not deliver efficiency or conflicts

with other social objectives ... It is essential, therefore, that competition policy does not

confuse means with ends: access, equity, improved quality and choice of services must

remain the target outcomes. Clearly in most instances competition is the most efficient

means to delivering these ends; nonetheless social objectives should not be

compromised in the process. (Sub. 316, p. 2)

As discussed in more detail in chapter A8, the explicit identification and

funding of community service obligations is one way in which social objectives

and the benefits of competition can be achieved simultaneously. Indeed, the

NSW Department of Transport observed that one implication of the introduction

of explicit community service obligation contracts for non-commercial transport

services is that ‘progressively it will be possible to have more community

services supplied by organisations other than government authorities’ (Sub. 178,

p. 22). It added:

This is a characteristic of CSO contracts which is not often recognised. It is not simply

a process which compensates government authorities for specified requirements. It is a

process which can put government requirements out to competitive bidding and so

remove the age old monopoly that government authorities have on government

business. (Sub. 178, p. 22)

In New Zealand and the United Kingdom, the provision of off-peak, low

volume bus routes that are considered socially desirable is achieved by means of

direct subsidies rather than regulation. At the same time, competition is

permitted on routes which are commercially viable.

One of the less visible beneficiaries of the Commission’s recommendations will

be community transport. Typically, community transport services are run by

URBAN TRANSPORT

148

voluntary organisations providing services to elderly, people with disabilities,

and other groups with limited transport options. The analysis in chapter B5

suggests that community transport has the potential to play a much larger role in

the transport task, were it not impeded by inflexible regulatory and funding

arrangements. Community transport is demand-responsive, flexible and often

better suited to specialised transport needs.

Ensuring public safety and service quality

Another frequently raised concern about allowing competition is that it may

result in falling quality of service, even to the extent of endangering public

safety. It is therefore essential to differentiate between safety and economic regulation.

The Commission stresses that safety regulation should remain intact and in

some cases be strengthened. For example, in the taxi industry the Commission is

recommending that ‘fit and proper’ person requirements be maintained and all

drivers be required to undertake English and local area knowledge tests.

Restricting the number of taxi licences does nothing to guarantee adequate

safety standards.

Economic regulation includes restricting the number of operators, and granting

exclusive franchises and monopoly rights.

Introducing competition to previously protected transport providers is likely to

stimulate general improvements, not falls, in service quality. More freedom is

also likely to result in a wider range of differentiated services on offer to

consumers. For example, one result of taxi deregulation in New Zealand has

been a move away from a uniform level of service at a uniform price to a greater

variety of price/service combinations. Nevertheless, where the community

considers it desirable to ensure a certain level of service, that can be done

without necessarily having to restrict entry to an industry.

Introducing competition is fundamentally about giving users a better

service. It will also minimise costs, to the benefit of travellers and taxpayers generally.

Coordination of services

Some participants expressed concern that competition would lead to a poorly

integrated service. Dr Knight commented:

While there are benefits to be derived from specialisation and competition, integration

is also necessary. A fragmented transport bureaucracy/administration is very likely to

work at cross-purposes. Indeed, that is a criticism already made of the current

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

149

administrative system. The model suggested by the Commission is not likely to improve

things in this regard. (Sub. 211, p. 1)

The Public Transport Users Association believed there is room for competition,

provided a single body coordinated services:

The PTUA neither opposes nor uncritically supports private involvement in providing

public transport services, through ‘contracting out’, or possibly even franchising in

appropriate situations. However, overall control of fares, network structure and

timetabling, must rest with a single, public authority for each urban area. Zurich

provides an excellent example: a public authority coordinates a diverse array of State,

private and municipal operators. (Sub. 96, p. 65)

The Victorian Government has introduced competition through tendering of bus

and selected (country) train services, and separated infrastructure management

from service delivery. As part of public transport reform in Western Australia

the Department of Transport has the role of service coordinator and ‘champion’

of public transport. In South Australia, a Board will be established to handle

contracting (by competitive tender or negotiation), licensing and the promotion

of passenger transport services.

As noted in appendix G, the experience of the cities examined does not suggest

that the functions of coordinating public transport services within a metropolitan

region and providing integrated ticketing for those services can only be

performed successfully within the public sector.

Experience in other countries also shows that there are many approaches to

coordinating services between public and private operators (see appendix G).

For example Munich, Zurich and Singapore all rely to some extent on a

voluntary association of the multiple public transport operators to undertake

coordination and integration functions on behalf of the group. Toronto seems to

get by having these functions carried out in only part of the conurbation and

some of the UK cities do not seem to require them to be carried out at all.

Competition between modes does not have to involve sacrificing

coordination between services. The approach to coordination outlined in

chapter A4 allows for multi-operator provision of public transport.

A6.6 Competition in Australian public transport

At present competition within modes is quite heavily constrained. The following

discussion examines possible ways of introducing competition into urban rail,

bus, and taxi services. A fuller treatment of the sometimes difficult issues

associated with individual modes is at Part B.

URBAN TRANSPORT

150

Rail

The introduction of competition into urban rail is complicated by the issue of

natural monopoly, which is usually considered to characterise rail infrastructure.

However, the evidence for natural monopoly in other aspects of the railway

industry, for example, operating trains, administration and maintenance, is less

clear. Structural reform of urban rail needs to be tailored to retain the benefits of

vertical integration in those areas where there is natural monopoly, while at the

same time providing scope for increased competition in other areas.

Options for structural reform of urban rail include:

1. Separation of urban passenger services from other rail traffic

There would be benefits in a clearer separation of different types of rail traffic

into autonomous business units, as it would improve accountability, and

encourage increased efficiency by providing a sharper business focus for each

of these activities. However, for these benefits to be realised there must be an

actual (rather than just a nominal) separation of units; in particular, separate

financial accounts should be provided for each unit.

2. Separation of urban passenger operations into geographically-based units

Possible reasons for creating geographically-based units include providing a

stronger local customer focus, and facilitating the introduction of new operators

or owners who might find it more attractive to deal with smaller, locally-based

operations. Such an arrangement might also make it easier for local

governments to participate in the funding and operation of local rail services.

3. Separation of services from infrastructure

Under this option, operating services would be separated from controlling and

maintaining the infrastructure. This would make the cost of operating

infrastructure much clearer, including the cost of running trains on congested

lines, and hence give the infrastructure provider a more commercial focus. It

would also increase the pressures on rail authorities to maximise returns on

existing infrastructure, and create the institutional framework for possible

introduction of new operators. This may involve creating either commercially

autonomous business units to be responsible for each function, or two separate

GTEs, one for infrastructure and the other for providing services. Where there

are separate business units, there must be an actual (rather than just a nominal)

separation of units, with separate financial accounts.

4. Franchising rail services

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

151

This approach allows new operators to provide rail services, and to pay an

appropriate fee for the use of government-owned infrastructure. Possible ways

of introducing new operators of urban passenger rail services include:

franchises for the whole network;

franchises for part of the network; and

open access to some lines.

New entrants may also wish to operate some aspects of the infrastructure, for

example stations, or lease some lines where the new operator is the sole user of

that section of track. Open access is more complicated to administer than

franchising, and would only be appropriate where there is sufficient traffic to

support more than one operator on the same line.

The four options above are not mutually exclusive. For example, franchising the

supply of passenger services (option 4) can take place with or without firstly

creating separate GTEs for infrastructure and services (option 3).

Assessing the options

The five rail authorities which currently operate urban rail services in Australia

vary considerably in terms of size, market share, level of cost recovery and

method of organisation. This, together with the range of responses on the

options for reform which the Commission proposed in the draft report indicates

that it would be inappropriate to apply the same approach to structural

reform in all cases.

In Adelaide and Perth the relevant authority provides urban services only,

whereas in Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane the relevant authority provides

both urban and non-urban services. Similarly, differences in the size and

structure of each city may also make a single approach inappropriate. The best

approach to structural reform will depend on the costs and benefits of pursuing

particular options, and the interest of potential new operators.

In their responses to the draft report, State Governments agreed with the

Commission’s proposal to create autonomous business units for different types

of rail traffic. Some authorities have already taken this step. There was a variety

of responses to the proposal to create an autonomous business unit responsible

for infrastructure. Of the five urban rail authorities, only the PTC (Victoria) has

established a separate business unit for infrastructure.

CityRail (NSW) currently has plans to divide its network into geographicallybased

business units. The Victorian Government considers that more research is

needed on the appropriateness of this option for Melbourne, while Queensland

does not consider it to be appropriate for Brisbane.

URBAN TRANSPORT

152

There was a range of views on the appropriateness of creating a separate

infrastructure body, with several participants highlighting the practical

difficulties of doing so.

Private operators in Australia currently provide passenger rail services only in

country areas. This is partly related to the greater separability of individual rail

lines in non-urban areas compared with those in urban areas. It would seem

appropriate for State Governments to consider the extension of private rail

operations in outer areas, such as lines that link neighbouring regional centres

with cities such as Melbourne and Sydney. The Western Australian Government

has said that rail services in Perth could be provided by either Westrail or

private operators under contract to the Department of Transport, but has yet to

introduce any new operators.

The Commission recommends that the current moves to corporatise

government rail authorities be continued and extended. As a minimum, rail

infrastructure and different types of rail traffic should be operated by

commercially autonomous business units. Where appropriate, existing

urban rail networks should be divided into geographically-based business units.

Looking ahead, State Governments should be open to other options for

reforming urban rail in ways that promote greater efficiency, including the

creation of a separate infrastructure authority, and the franchising of rail

services. Seeking expressions of interest from potential operators could be a

way of generating information about the benefits and costs of pursuing

these options.

Further analysis of issues associated with urban rail is at chapter B1.

Buses

The Commission has developed three options for introducing competition into

the supply of bus services in Australia. The first provides for open access with

minimum guaranteed service levels. The second and third both provide for

exclusive franchises awarded through competitive tender. The second specifies

a (minimum) level of service and operators bid on the basis of subsidy, while

the third specifies the subsidy and operators bid on level of service.

The Commission also examined the option of open access without minimum

service levels. Such an option cannot ensure that social objectives could be met efficiently.

1. Open access with minimum guaranteed service

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

153

Under this option any competent operator is permitted to operate on any route at

any fare, at any time, but is required to give adequate notice of intention to

operate commercial services. State or local governments could choose to

provide subsidies through competitive tenders for additional (community) services.

2. Exclusive franchise for a minimum subsidy with a given minimum level of service

Under a second option the government allocates by periodic competitive tender

an exclusive licence to operate an area for a given time. The tender is allocated

to the operator which bids the lowest subsidy (or the highest price) for a

guaranteed minimum level of service.

3. Exclusive franchise for a maximum level of service for given subsidy

The third option is a variation on the second. Under this option the tender is

allocated to the operator which bids the maximum level of service for the

subsidy offered by government. However, under both options 2 and 3 franchises

must be awarded through a genuinely competitive tender to reap all the gains possible.

Assessing the options

Open access involves a bus market with no restrictions on the provision of bus

services by any potential operator, except for those relating to safety. This

creates an environment in which the threat of competition is continuous.

Open access allows suppliers to design, organise and provide services at fares in

line with market preferences. It has the potential to achieve the lowest input

costs and encourages services to be differentiated by both quality and price in

response to passenger demand.

Under the second and third options, the government allocates, by periodic

competitive tender, an exclusive franchise to operate an area for a given time.

Essentially this involves periodic competition for the market, rather than in the

market. The benefits of these options are maximised only if the franchises are

subject to regular public tenders.

Initially, this requires that each city be divided progressively into a series of

service areas (in those cities almost entirely serviced by public operators, this

could be along the lines of the established depots) which are then franchised out.

URBAN TRANSPORT

154

The Commission’s preferred approach

In the Commission’s view, the most pressing priority is to introduce competition

for the markets in bus services. However, there are benefits in a phased

approach to reform, having due regard to the urgency for early action.

Accordingly the Commission recommends that State and Territory

Governments (continue to) introduce progressively a system of exclusive

franchises to operate bus services in urban areas.

Introducing competition in bus markets should be accompanied by

complementary changes to the way public operators are organised and run (see

chapter A5). The removal of regulatory functions and the administration of

franchising of bus services to other agencies of government is particularly

important.

Franchises should initially be awarded for up to seven years. Experience with

franchised markets should encourage the emergence of new entrants and

provide them with an opportunity to establish themselves in bus service

markets. This experience would be enhanced were the States and Territories to

conduct a series of demonstration projects where open access were allowed in

specific urban areas.

Depending on the experience, consideration could then be given to the

introduction of open access to all bus services by any operator.

The Commission is conscious of the need to take into account the particular

situations of individual cities and States and Territories in applying its

recommended reform package for urban buses.

Further analysis of issues associated with urban bus services is in chapter B3.

Taxis

In the case of taxis, the difficult issues in promoting competition involve not the

model itself but how to get there. Many taxi owners have purchased licences

directly from State and Territory Governments. In some cases, taxi licences

represent a significant part of people’s life savings such as those who have

invested severance payments. Many people believe that the direct and indirect

role of government in supporting high taxi licence values places a moral and/or

legal obligation to compensate them in the event that entry restrictions are

relaxed. Clearly, major equity issues arise.

Against this, delaying indefinitely will also delay the benefits for users.

In light of its analysis and the reaction to its draft report proposals, the

Commission favours a program of reform which will enable the taxi industry to

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

155

expand and diversify while retaining all aspects of public safety regulation. It

presents four options.

1. Periodic sale of licences

This option is intended to achieve open entry over a number of years and the

lower prices to taxi users that would follow. The government sells new licences

by public tender every twelve months. The sale program is announced in advance.

The option has two variations. The first involves new licences being released

each year with the proceeds to be distributed in equal shares to existing licence

holders. This financial compensation would be in addition to the non-financial

compensation inherent in any phasing out of the restrictions on entry. The

second variation involves releasing fewer new licences each year, but no

financial compensation.

Under the first variation, each year on 1 December (for example) a number of

new licences are sold by public tender equivalent to 10 to 15 per cent of the

licences on issue on 15 November that year. The proceeds of each tender (net of

its administrative costs) are distributed in equal shares to all licence holders (as

at 15 November) within two weeks. The program continues for a number of

years until no bids are received; from that time the government issues any new

licences on demand, at no more than their administrative cost.

Under the second variation, each year on 1 December (for example) a number of

new licences are sold by public tender equivalent to 5 per cent of the licences on

issue on 15 November that year. The proceeds of each tender are retained by the

government, not distributed to existing licence holders. The program continues

for a number of years until no bids are received; from that time the government

issues any new licences on demand, at no more than their administrative cost.

The Commission also recommends that, under this option, taxi fares be

deregulated immediately. However, to protect taxi users, licence holders should

be required to notify maximum fares (and any changes to them) to the

government and to post these fares both inside and outside their vehicles.

Customers could then choose which taxi to take, rather than be expected to take

the first on the rank, as happens now.

2. Separate the taxi rank and phone booking segments of the market

Another option would be to divide the taxi industry into two parts: taxis

standing at ranks and hailed in the street, and taxis booked by phone.

This option could be implemented by allowing open entry into the hire car

industry and relaxing the conditions under which hire cars operate, so as to blur

the distinction between hire cars and taxis booked by phone. Hire cars would

URBAN TRANSPORT

156

still not be allowed to ply for hire in the street nor stand on taxi ranks. But they

could establish radio networks and develop new fare packages.

If this option were adopted by State and Territory Governments, they could

follow the South Australian Government’s policy of issuing new hire car

licences for $50 on demand.

3. Tie taxi licence numbers to performance requirements

A further option comes from Queensland, where a new scheme is being

introduced by the Government. Taxi organisations will have to meet certain

performance standards under service contracts within defined areas. The

performance standards may specify the types of service to be provided,

minimum levels of customer service, service reliability and safety levels of

accessibility for people with disabilities.

A taxi organisation is required to provide twenty-four hour service and is not

allowed to refuse entry to taxis wishing to join it provided the newcomer is

willing to pay a reasonable commercial fee.

If the performance standards are not met, the Director-General of Transport may

issue additional taxi licences ‘so that the standards are achieved’ (Queensland

Department of Transport 1994b).

It remains to be seen how the scheme works out in practice. However, setting

taxi licence numbers to performance-based measures (such as response time

that is, the time taken for a taxi to arrive when called by phone) is bound to be

arbitrary. It is difficult to determine the optimal level of performance and

administration of the scheme could prove costly.

4. Cap the present value of taxi licences

This option attempts to minimise the loss in licence values which would be

suffered by current licence holders under option 1, while allowing at least some

more competition within the taxi industry. New taxi licences would be available

on demand from the government at the present market price. This would put a

cap on the present value of licences, which would fall in real terms over time.

Capping would put a stop to speculative investment in taxi licences, but would

do almost nothing to achieve the open entry to the industry and lower prices to

taxi users which the Commission seeks.

The Commission’s preferred approach

Option 1 was proposed in the draft report but has since been amended. (The

other three options were not presented in the draft report). It was heavily

criticised by the taxi industry, and not well received by State and Territory

A6 REGULATION AND COMPETITION

157

Governments (except the Northern Territory Government). But it was strongly

supported by the transport disadvantaged.

The amendment to option 1 lies in the speed at which new licences would be

issued if financial compensation were paid to existing licence holders. The

Commission is now proposing a rate of increase of 10 to 15 per cent each year,

rather than 15 per cent. The precise rate of release needs to be determined by

governments but should be fast enough to allow the taxi industry to expand

and diversify, and to bring the consequent benefits to the community as soon as

possible.

The Commission strongly prefers option 1 and recommends its adoption by

all State and Territory Governments. It would bring the greatest possible

benefits to taxi users and result in the most efficient structure for the taxi

industry. Coupled with the reforms suggested elsewhere in this report, it would

allow the taxi to play a much greater role in transporting the Australian public,

including in community transport and off-peak public transport.

But if State and Territory Governments are unwilling to adopt option 1 at

this time, the Commission recommends they consider the reform proposals

outlined in options 2, 3 and 4. Option 3 (the Queensland Government

approach) has the potential to provide better taxi services to the community,

while option 2 is similar to the South Australian Government’s policy of

allowing open entry into the hire car industry. Option 4 would put an end to the

wasteful upward spiral of taxi licence values, but do little else to achieve a

better deal for the community, particularly those on lower incomes and people

with disabilities.

Irrespective of the options adopted, the Commission considers that taxi

boards and advisory committees should be structured to give users a

substantial say in their operation. This will require representatives from a

broad cross-section of the community, including people with disabilities.

A6.7 Conclusion

The Commission favours the provision of transport services being made as contestable as possible both within and between modes. Regulatory and subsidy arrangements should ensure that every operator, both public and private, is subject to competition or the threat of competition. Opening up urban transport to new players is essential to greater efficiency and innovation.

Introducing competition into public transport needs to be carefully conceived and implemented. Governments can retain control over matters such as social objectives, coordination, promotion, and safety. Rather than a ‘free-for-all’, the Commission sees advantages in commencing with a structured approach which marries the advantages of coordination and integration with the benefits of competition.

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

Revenues collected from urban road users and fares for urban public

transport bear little or no relation to the economic costs of transport services.

Road users are currently not charged directly for their use of roads. Road

user payments should reflect, as far as possible, the costs associated with

travel by particular vehicles at specific locations and times of travel,

including the cost of road provision and maintenance, and congestion,

pollution and accidents.

Public transport fares should reflect different costs associated with

individual journeys, including the higher costs of providing services at

peak times, and of longer distance journeys. Any fare increases should be

accompanied, if not preceded, by improvements in service quality, and

should be phased in over several years.

There is evidence of some poor investments in urban transport

infrastructure in Australia. Investment processes need to be improved, by

developing and consistently applying better appraisal methods,

considering a full range of relevant options, and making the results public.

Cost-benefit analysis should take into account the environmental impact of

various transport options. Governments need to explore further the

methods for beneficiary financing of urban transport facilities.

A7.1 The role of urban transport pricing

The need for efficient pricing

The important aspect of an efficient pricing system is to ensure that decisions

about when, where and how to travel are linked to the prices paid.

Efficient prices ensure that existing transport facilities (such as roads, rail

tracks, and so on) are used by those who are prepared to pay the full economic

cost of their use, including the effects on third parties and the environment.

URBAN TRANSPORT

160

They also provide reliable signals of when changes in the provision of facilities

or services are justified whether new investment, decommissioning capacity,

or changing services.

CityRail observed:

If different modes of transport were correctly priced, the right market signals would be

conveyed to users thus eliminating distortions and blending the correct mix of modes

(Sub. 46, p. 8).

Individual users who do not face the full economic costs of their travel will tend

to over-use transport services and infrastructure. This can lead to an expansion

of transport facilities which is not justified in economic terms. For example, if

motorists are not paying the full costs associated with their use of the roads,

including negative effects such as congestion, pollution and accidents, excessive

road travel would result. On the other hand, some travellers who face charges

that are too high, will not travel at all, even though the economic costs may be

less than the benefit they would have derived from their trips.

To properly reflect costs, prices need to be differentiated to make allowance for:

the time of travel (peak, daytime, evenings and weekends);

the distance travelled;

the incremental costs associated with the supply of services for additional

travellers; and

third party costs (see chapters A9 and A10).

Practical issues

Reasons why prices are not set equal to marginal cost in practice include:

other objectives of government policy (for example, taxation and social

policies);

poor management information systems which are unable to distinguish the

costs of individual services (for example, of different modes, different

routes, along the length of a route, and services provided at different times

of day);

the costs of implementing a system in which prices fully reflect the costs

of individual services may be too high; and

practical difficulties in allocating fixed costs.

Also, there may be situations where there are system-wide advantages from

departing from a direct relationship between prices and the costs associated with

individual services. For example, multimodal ticketing systems for urban public

transport (such as those in Melbourne, Adelaide and Perth) may help to generate

patronage.

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

161

In the case of public transport, there are also practical limits to the extent that

fares can be differentiated, related to common sense considerations of technical

feasibility and ease of comprehension by customers. The Western Australian

Government observed:

While it is important for the fare structure to be more closely related to costs, it should

not become so complicated as to confuse both current and potential users. Further

developments in ticketing technology could eventually close the gap between ideal

fares and a user-friendly system. In the meantime the fare structure must be based on a

compromise between these two factors. (Sub. 170, p. 45)

Improvements in technology can help alleviate some of these difficulties. For

example:

electronic road pricing enables cost-effective collection of fees from

motorists, differentiated according to location and time of travel;

electronic ‘smart cards’ have the potential for the benefits of multi-ride

tickets to be combined with differential prices for individual modes and

operators of both public and private transport services;

automatic fare collection systems can generate useful information about

the pattern of travel of public transport users (and also reduce fare

evasion);

computer-based accounting systems facilitate the task of compiling and

reporting disaggregated cost data; and

improvements in cost allocation techniques lead to a more effective

treatment of fixed and variable costs.

A7.2 Urban road pricing

Federal, State and Territory Governments presently levy a range of taxes on

road users, including fuel excise, fuel franchise fees, registration, licence fees,

and stamp duty on transfer of motor vehicle ownership. Some local

governments also charge fees for access to local roads for certain heavy

vehicles. Costs of road construction are recovered in part through charges on

developers of subdivisions, or requirements for them to provide roads associated

with their developments.

The National Road Transport Commission (NRTC) is responsible for

developing and monitoring a scheme for registration charges for heavy vehicles,

that relate the level of the vehicle charge to the estimated pavement wear costs

of each vehicle class.

Tolls are collected on some major arterial roads in Sydney and Brisbane (see

chapter A9).

URBAN TRANSPORT

162

As discussed above, efficient pricing of roads requires that each road user be

charged in accordance with the cost imposed at the time and place of use

(including pavement wear, and third party costs such as congestion, pollution

and accidents). However, most levies on road users are determined according to

government fiscal demands, rather than as a means of allocating road space. As

such they are not a price for the use of roads. Although some levies are

hypothecated to road use, the supply of aggregate road space, and the specific

localities where roads are built, bear little or no relation to the levies imposed on

road users. Research into road user costs deserves higher priority than

currently accorded to it.

There have been only limited attempts to make road users pay directly for the

costs to third parties, in terms of congestion, pollution or accidents (see chapters

A9 and A10). This is related to both the difficulty of implementing direct

charging for road use, and the poor information that is available about road user

costs.

The urban road users’ balance sheet

In the absence of detailed information about the cost of individual journeys, a

commonly used method for assessing whether road users are meeting their

economic costs is to compare aggregate revenues and costs. However, it is not

possible to infer from such an analysis whether marginal costs are being met by

individual road users. Even if urban motorists as a whole were found to meet

economic costs, there may still be some who do not, such as those who travel on

highly congested roads.

During the inquiry, road users and road industry organisations such as the

Australian Road Federation commented that road users collectively are

contributing much more to governments than the amounts spent on roads. For

example, in 1991-92 total taxation (other than import duties and sales tax) plus

tolls collected from all road users amounted to $9.2 billion, compared with

around $6 billion spent on roads in that year. However, this does not take into

account social costs such as pollution, congestion and accidents.

For urban road users, the starting point is to compare revenues with the financial

costs associated with road provision (see tables A3.5 and A3.6 in chapter A3).

However, the analysis is complicated by inadequate data and disagreement on

some methodological issues. On the revenue side, questions include:

which items of taxation should be considered as road user revenues;

whether the full amount or only a portion of total revenues should be

included in the analysis; and

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

163

how to allocate total revenues between urban and rural motorists. For

example, Dr Quiggin (Sub. 213, p. 2) suggested that registration and

licence fees should be allocated to urban motorists according to the

expenditure spent on urban roads, rather than according to the amount of

vehicle kilometres in urban areas (as in table A3.6).

On the cost side, important issues include:

what is the true cost of providing roads? The estimates of road expenditure

in table A3.5 represent the annual amounts spent on road, including on

construction, which is more in the nature of an investment. Also, there is

no provision for a rate of return on capital;

as discussed in chapters A9 and A10, there are difficulties in measuring

the cost of congestion, pollution and accidents for urban road users; and

should congestion be included at all, since at least part of the effects of

congestion are internalised in the decisions of road users on when and

where to travel?

During the inquiry, there was a range of views on whether urban road users as a

whole are meeting economic costs (see box A7.1). While aggregate measures of

revenues and costs for urban motorists provide useful information, further work

is needed to establish the costs associated with individual journeys.

Pricing of individual journeys

In moving toward a more efficient pricing system, it is necessary to consider

some practical issues. These include technical aspects (such as the availability

of detailed information on individual road user costs and travel patterns, and the

available technology see chapter A9), the implications for government

finances and the management of the road system, and the need for political and

community acceptance of any proposed changes.

The work on vehicle charges currently being done by the NRTC is aimed at

improving the information about the pavement wear attributed to different types

of heavy vehicles. It would be useful if this work could be extended to include

other vehicle types. It is generally thought that most trips by passenger motor

vehicles contribute little to the wear and tear on roads, which is attributed

mainly to heavy vehicles.

URBAN TRANSPORT

164

Box A7.1: Is there a road user deficit?

Based on the estimates of urban road expenditure, revenue allocated to urban motorists,

and congestion, accident and pollution costs in the draft report, several participants

concluded that urban road users are not paying their way when account is taken of all

economic costs. Some referred to this as the road users’ deficit:

the ACTU/Public Transport Unions (Sub. 271, p. 24) estimated a road user deficit

of $4.4 billion in 1990-91;

the Coalition for Urban Transport Sanity (Sub. 250, p. 6) estimated a deficit of

$10 billion in 1990-91; and

Dr Quiggin (Sub. 213) estimated total costs for urban road users of around $10.7

billion, compared with estimated revenues of $4.9 billion.

In contrast, the Australian Automobile Association (Sub. 279) estimated economic costs

of urban road use (at $5.6 billion) to be less than the revenues attributed to urban

motorists ($6.4 billion).

The main reasons for the differing conclusions are the unreliability of much of the data

used (especially the estimates of third party effects, as discussed in chapters A9 and

A10), and the different methodologies in the various studies. For example, CUTS

included 50 per cent of the public transport deficit in road user costs, and included only a

portion of total revenues. The other studies included either the full amount or only a

portion of total revenues. Dr Quiggin calculated an annual capital cost for urban roads,

while the other comparisons included total amounts spent on urban roads. The

ACTU/Public Transport Unions extrapolated the estimate of congestion costs for Sydney

and Melbourne to derive an Australia-wide estimate, CUTS used the estimate for Sydney

and Melbourne only, while the AAA (using a different methodology altogether) came up

with a much lower estimate of congestion for four of the capital cities.

Other available information also presents a conflicting picture. For example, the NSW

Department of Transport noted that road users (both urban and non-urban) may not be

covering all the costs they impose:

On the basis of the principle that roads should recover their full economic costs,

including a return on capital invested and externalities, there is evidence to

suggest that road users are not fully paying the costs they impose. (Sub. 178,

p. 16)

The ACT Government (Sub. 228, p. 3) also considered that road users as a whole are not

paying the full economic cost. However, a 1985 South Australian study (based on data

for 1982-83) indicated that total road user payments exceeded the cost of providing roads

as well as environmental costs (see Travers Morgan 1985).

Some participants, including the Commonwealth Department of Human Services and

Health (Sub. 321, p. 15), considered that the opportunity cost of land provided for

transport routes should also be included in the assessment of urban transport costs.

Since a large part of the cost of providing roads is fixed in the short term,

uncongested roads can often accommodate additional users at minimal

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

165

additional cost. Failure to recover the aggregate cost of road building from road

users directly may not therefore, in itself, be a sign of inefficient charging for

road use. At the same time, unless road-building costs are recovered in some

way from those who benefit, inefficiencies in provision can arise such as too

many roads being built or roads built in the wrong places. Requirements on

developers of urban areas to pay for roads provides one answer to this problem

(as discussed later in this chapter). Over time, it would be preferable for

recovery of road infrastructure costs to follow similar rules to those for fixed

track infrastructure (discussed below).

Individual trips vary in their contribution to pollution and congestion. Charges

which effectively ration road space or reduce pollution to acceptable levels, will

not necessarily raise revenue equivalent to the total costs imposed (see chapters

A9 and A10).

Some participants, including the Australian Road Federation, were strongly of

the view that amounts collected from road users should all be spent on roads.

Levies on road users are collected mainly with a view to raising taxation

revenue. They bear no relation to the amounts spent on roads, which are

determined annually in accordance with government fiscal priorities. Since they

are taxation, road users do not have a choice about paying the levies, but rather

can only decide whether or not to purchase a vehicle, or whether or not to travel

in that vehicle. In this situation, there are doubts as to whether further

hypothecation would increase efficiency in allocating road funds. Also, changes

in either the way payments are collected from road users, or in the level of

particular levies, will have an impact on the finances of Federal and State

Governments.

In this inquiry, the Commission has not looked in detail at all of these issues. It

has sought a solution which allows a move towards more efficient road pricing,

taking into account the need to charge for individual trips according to time and

location, and the distances travelled (see chapter A9 for a discussion of

congestion pricing), while also considering the feasibility of introducing the

changes.

A7.3 Urban public transport pricing

Table A7.1 shows the current structure of public transport fares in Australian

capital cities. In Melbourne, Adelaide and Perth the fare system is based on a

multimodal ticket which allows for unlimited travel within a given period. In the

other capital cities, fares are charged on an individual trip basis and, where there

is more than one mode of public transport, vary according to mode. Fares

increase with distance travelled, but the rate of increase is usually less than

URBAN TRANSPORT

166

proportional to distance. Discounts are also common for periodical and multitrip

tickets, which compounds the differentials.

Under current arrangements, State and Territory Governments set public

transport fares (see chapter A4). For a variety of reasons (including political),

governments have restrained the level of urban public transport fares, often to a

rate of increase below that of the consumer price index (CPI), and imposed fare

structures that bear little or no relation to cost.

In its initial submission, the Western Australian Government (Sub. 170, p. 44)

noted that past government decisions had led to a situation where Transperth’s

fares do not bear any relationship to either demand or cost, and that directives

from previous State Govenments had resulted in fares lagging behind the rate of

inflation. At the draft report hearing, Transperth said that the existing fare

increments in Perth are too flat in relation to distances travelled (DR transcript,

p. 86). In July 1993, the WA Government announced an average increase of 12

per cent in Perth’s public transport fares, exceeding the inflation rate (Sub. 320,

attachment A).

The Victorian Government (Sub. 186, p. 29) said that the Public Transport

Corporation has been required by successive governments to allow its fare

increases to fall far behind inflation.

Cityrail’s 1993 submission to the NSW Government Pricing Tribunal described

the pricing of the existing TravelPass tickets, which provides intermodal travel

in the Sydney and Newcastle metropolitan areas, as not reflecting costs.

Journeys on TravelPasses are highly cross subsidised by passengers who

purchase rail-only or bus-only tickets (CityRail 1993, p. 29).

Although part of the problem is related to poor management information

systems that do not provide disaggregated cost information, there is a more

fundamental issue of excessive government interference in pricing decisions and

in the operation of urban transport facilities generally.

Figure A7.1 shows that increases in public transport fares in several Australian

cities lagged behind the CPI between 1987-88 and 1990-91, although more

recent fare increases have tended to result in a catch-up to the CPI. Brisbane,

Adelaide and Perth stand out as having a slower rate of fare increases than the

other cities. Low fares, along with high costs and poor service quality, lead to

low cost recovery.

167

Table A7.1: Public transport fare structures in Australian cities

City Are intermodal Are tickets on a per trip Does ticket price increase Do standard fares vary

tickets available? basis or time period basis? with distance travelled? with time of travel?

Sydney Limited; a range of tickets Single trip Yes. 8 to 10 fare intervals for rail, To some extent

(government eg. bus-only, rail-only and 5 intervals for buses, different

operators) multimodal fares for ferry routes

Sydney No Single trip Yes; more graduated scale To some extent

(private buses) than for government buses

Melbourne Yes Unlimited travel for two- Yes. 3 zones To some extent

(government and (rail, bus, tram) hour period; single trip

private operators) ticket for CBD

Brisbane Limited Single trip Yes. 35 fare intervals for Yes

(government rail, 4 intervals for buses, different

operators) fares for ferry routes

Adelaide Yes Unlimited travel for two- Yes. 2 zones Yes

(rail, bus, tram) hour period; single trip

tickets for short trips

Perth Yes Unlimited travel for Yes. 8 zones No

(rail, bus, ferry) two-hour period

Hobart No Single trip Yes. 5 zones No

Darwin Not applicable Single trip Yes. 4 zones No

Canberra Not applicable Single trip Flat fare per boarding No

Source: Public transport authorities

URBAN TRANSPORT

168

In its 1991 Report on Rail Transport, the Commission noted that Australian rail

fares are low in comparison with similar urban rail journeys in London, New

York, Chicago and Paris (IC 1991c, Vol. I, p. 204). At the initial hearing,

CityRail said that Sydney’s rail fares are only one-third of those in New York

and one-fifth of London’s for similar journeys (Initial hearing transcript,

p. 591).

Figure A7.1: Real fare index

80

85

90

95

100

105

110

115

120

1987-88 1988-89 1989-90 1990-91 1991-92

Sydney (train,bus,ferry)

Melbourne (train, tram,

bus)

Brisbane (train,bus,ferry)

Adelaide (train,tram,bus)

Perth (train,bus, ferry)

Hobart (bus)

1987-88 = 100

Source: Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of GTEs 1993.

a For Sydney and Brisbane, fare indexes for train, bus and ferry services were weighted by the number of

passenger boardings.

Urban public transport deficits

In order for there to be equivalent treatment of different modes, environmental

and social costs as well as the financial costs associated with use of each mode

need to be considered. In the earlier discussion of urban road users, part of the

revenues and costs relate to buses that provide scheduled route services. Mr

Hughes (Sub. 300, p. 6) noted that buses may also be associated with high

economic costs, since they produce emissions and, like other heavy vehicles,

may cause significant pavement wear. Other forms of public transport, such as

urban rail, may produce noise pollution and be associated with greenhouse gas

emissions. These factors should be taken into account when comparing road

users’ deficits with those for public transport.

As discussed in chapter A3, urban public transport operations in Australia have

relatively low cost recovery and incur large financial deficits. One factor which

contributes to large financial deficits on urban public transport is fare structures

which do not properly reflect costs (see below).

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

169

Recovering the costs of infrastructure

An important issue is how to recover the fixed costs associated with provision

of track for urban rail, trams and light rail and whether these form a component

of the deficit which should be recovered in fares. For an operator of services

that make use of fixed tracks, use of the infrastructure is a component of overall

operating costs. The method for determining this ‘access fee’ will depend on a

number of factors, including:

which costs associated with infrastructure provision are invariant to the

number of operators, and which costs are variable;

whether there is one or more than one operator (this affects the costs of

coordination and scheduling, and the sharing of costs amongst different

operators);

how the network is divided among operators (this relates to the

complexity, and hence the cost, of coordination and scheduling); and

whether access is by way of exclusive franchise over given sections of

track, or by open access. Determination of the access fee under open

access would be more complex than under exclusive franchise, since

different operators would need to have access to the same section of track

at different times.

The bulk of the costs of operating rail infrastructure are largely fixed in the

short run. There may, however, be some costs (for example, additional

administration costs associated with infrastructure provision, maintenance of

individual sections of track) that can be allocated to each additional operator

that enters the network. Which costs are fixed, and which can be allocated to

individual operators is not readily resolved, but will depend on the

characteristics of each system.

The key in determining the access fee is that no operator is deterred who is

prepared to pay the additional costs associated with entry to the system. The

access fee should also not discriminate between operators.

In certain situations, governments may elect to have access fees set at levels that

do not fully cover the costs of infrastructure provision. For example, in the

initial stages of rail reform it may be desirable, for the sake of encouraging

competition in the provision of services, to initially charge only the variable

costs, and only part or none of the fixed costs (as in the United Kingdom).

Governments may wish to maintain particular parts of the rail network for

equity or environmental reasons; in this case, the shortfall between access fees

and the cost of infrastructure needs to be defined clearly in a CSO contract with

the infrastructure GTE.

URBAN TRANSPORT

170

The Commission recommends that, in setting access fees for use of

infrastructure, all the incremental costs of infrastructure provision which

are associated with an individual user be charged to that user, and that

users make some contribution towards the remaining costs of

infrastructure. The contribution to the remaining costs should be

negotiated between the infrastructure provider and the user, subject to fair

access principles (see chapter B1).

Pricing of individual journeys

Pricing for time of travel

Most travel on urban public transport occurs during peak times, as these are the

times most people journey to and from work or school. If prices are too low in

the peak, travel during peak times is not discouraged, leading to pressures to

over-invest in infrastructure (such as roads, and rail tracks, buses, and stations)

in order to meet these demands. If prices are too high in the off-peak, journeys

will be discouraged that are comparatively inexpensive to provide.

In the case of most public transport, particularly urban rail or tram/light rail,

there is a significant proportion of total costs which are incurred in discrete

amounts (referred to as fixed costs), and which are difficult to allocate to each

additional unit of service capacity. Most organisations attribute the major part of

fixed costs to peak period travellers, since the overall size of the network and

fleet is determined by the need to service peak period demand.

Based on the cost allocation methods currently in use, the marginal operating

costs of peak period services are typically significantly higher than for off-peak

services. Table A7.2 shows the marginal operating costs of peak and off-peak

public transport services in the Brisbane area.

A similar trend for CityRail’s services is indicated by information contained in

its 1993 submission to the NSW Government Pricing Tribunal (CityRail 1993),

and for rail and bus services operated by the State Transport Authority of South

Australia. Estimates quoted in Starrs (1994 forthcoming) show a similar trend

for rail and bus services in Perth.

Despite this, there is currently only a limited differential between peak and offpeak

public transport fares in Australian cities, with differentiated peak/off peak

fare systems widely available only in Adelaide and Brisbane (see table A7.1).

Combined with the higher marginal cost of operating peak services, this results

in cost recovery for off-peak services being higher than for peak period services.

For example, in the case of a four kilometre journey on CityRail’s network, offpeak

cost recovery is nearly 200 per cent, compared with overall cost recovery

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

171

of 85 per cent (CityRail 1993, pp. 21-22). The State Transport Authority of

South Australia’s Routes and Services Information System (ROSIS) data

indicates that for most public transport services in Adelaide, off-peak cost

recovery is higher than for the peak. For example, reported cost recovery for rail

operations in Adelaide is 17 per cent in the interpeak period, compared with 14

per cent for the peak.

Table A7.2: Marginal operating costs for peak and off-peak

services

Mode Peak Off-Peak

(1991-92 $)

CityTrain - rail 40.00 6.00

Brisbane City Council

- line-haul bus 3.75 1.60

Brisbane City Council

- feeder bus 4.50 1.90

Brisbane Bus Lines

- feeder bus 2.70 1.60

Source: Travers Morgan 1991

The NSW Treasury (Sub. 177, p. 5) also noted that most peak period travellers

in Sydney pay substantially lower fares than the average fare because they use

discounted multi-ride tickets.

Distance-based fares

Ticket prices usually increase with the distance travelled, but not proportionally

(see table A7.1). As a result, cost recovery falls with the distance travelled. For

example, CityRail estimates that cost recovery for a four kilometre journey (for

example, Sydney’s central station to King’s Cross) is 85 per cent, and this figure

falls to 44 per cent for a 56 km journey (for example, central station to

Campbelltown) (CityRail 1993, p. 21). The State Transport Authority (SA)’s

ROSIS data also suggests that cost recovery for rail services in Adelaide falls

with distance travelled. Fares which do not reflect the costs of travelling

additional distances can distort location patterns within the city, by for example,

providing a relatively greater subsidy to those living further out from the city.

URBAN TRANSPORT

172

Conclusion

While acknowledging the need for both efficient pricing and administrative

simplicity, and taking into account the broader impact of fare structures on

travel patterns, the Commission recommends that fares be restructured so

that they more closely reflect the cost of providing services. In particular:

there should be a greater differential between peak and off-peak

fares; and

fares should increase with distance travelled in such a way as to

reflect the incremental costs associated with additional distance.

It is important that fare restructuring be undertaken as part of an overall

reform package (see below).

One implication of fare restructuring is that the costs of providing individual

services would be better reflected in fares. The differentials between fares for

peak and off-peak travel would widen. This would mean that most fare

increases would be focused on the peak, while off-peak fares remain unchanged

or are possibly reduced. Given the lower sensitivity of peak demand to fare

changes, the potential adverse effects on patronage would be more muted than

an increase in fares that is applied generally to all times of travel.

Most public transport authorities, in their response to the draft report, supported

a restructuring of fares to more closely reflect resource costs. Indeed, some of

them have recently taken steps in this direction. For example, the Victorian

Government introduced a new public transport fare structure in Melbourne in

January 1994 which raised fares on longer distance trips within the metropolitan

region, whilst holding constant some fares for shorter distance trips. The ACT

Government said that it intends to bring about a new fare structure for ACTION

whereby fares vary more with distance than currently (DR transcript, p. 240).

To some extent, these improvements in pricing structure will follow structural

reform that produces more competition between and within modes for segments

of the market (see chapter A6). Such pricing reforms as these, however, can

precede the full implementation of fundamental reforms.

Several participants expressed their concern at the possible equity implications

of fare restructuring. For example, the NSW Combined Commuter

Organisations Forum (Sub. 253) considered that an increase in longer distance

fares would lead to an increase in travel costs for those living on the urban

fringe, many of whom they considered to be the less well-off members of the

community. Similar concerns were voiced by the ACTU/Public Transport

Unions:

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

173

It must be realised that a probable consequence of the Commission’s recommendations

would be at least a doubling of peak rail fares for longer distance commuting, including

from those areas on the fringes of our major cities which contain a substantial portion

of lower-medium and lower income households (Sub. 271, p. 32).

As discussed in chapter A8, in practice, people living at the fringe tend to place

greater reliance on car travel than inner-city residents, and the distribution of

less well-off families tends to be spread uniformly through Australian cities and

not concentrated geographically. Also, most travel during peak times is

undertaken by the better off members of the community. Governments should

target payments directly to the less well-off members of the community who are

adversely affected by fare restructuring, rather than maintain inefficient fare

structures.

A7.4 The impact of transport price changes

In an ideal situation, reforms aimed at making the prices of different urban

transport modes bear a closer relationship to economic costs could be

undertaken concurrently. The Department of Human Services and Health

considered that:

... moving to pricing reform in the public sector ahead of road pricing is inappropriate

and will significantly distort efficiency and urban outcomes. If cost recovery is to [be]

implemented for urban public transport the sector’s advantages and competitive

position can only be capitalised upon by a simultaneous set of reforms with respect to

private motor vehicle use. Simply because the reforms are easier to achieve in one

sector than another is not adequate grounds for the introduction of significant

distortions into the relative pricing of the two sectors. (Sub. 321, p. 37)

Similarly, the ACT Government commented:

To increase bus fares without introducing road user charging and/or massive increases

in parking charges would be economically inefficient and inequitable (Sub. 228, p. 10).

While it is undesirable to introduce changes in pricing mechanisms that lead to

an undue imbalance in the treatment of different modes, it is also necessary to

ensure that this concern not be used as a reason for not pursuing any reforms at

all.

Price changes and travel behaviour

An increase in public transport fares, without offsetting measures, would lead to

a fall in patronage. A survey of the empirical evidence (see appendix B)

indicates that in most cases, the short-run effect of a 10 per cent increase in

fares on its own would be around a three per cent reduction in patronage.

Longer run effects are usually in the order of two to three times larger than

URBAN TRANSPORT

174

short-run effects. Peak period travel is relatively less responsive to fare changes

than off-peak travel.

There are indications that public transport users react more to changes in service

quality than to fare changes. The empirical evidence indicates that users of

public transport are more responsive to length of travel time than to fares (see

appendix B). A 1992 survey by the PTC found that fares ranked behind

punctuality, cleanliness, security and staff on stations as the issues of most

concern to train users (Sub. 186, p. 11). A 1993 survey by the Australian

Automobile Association found that the main reasons why people did not use

public transport were that it was unavailable, inconvenient and too slow (Sub.

140, p. 7).

Many people favour keeping fares on public transport low in order to entice

people away from road use to reduce congestion, environmental impacts and

accidents. For example, the Western Australian Government argued:

A full cost recovery policy for urban public transport would result in high fares relative

to the cost of private motoring. This will cause a significant increase in car usage with

consequent higher social and environmental costs and lead to distortions in investment

decisions and in resource allocation. (Sub. 170, pp. 33-34)

An important issue is how much travel by private car is discouraged as a result

of subsidies to public transport. Empirical studies suggest that quite significant

subsidies to public transport would be needed in order to induce a major

reduction in car travel. For example, based on the findings in table B.5 of

appendix B, a decrease in rail fares of ten per cent would reduce car travel by

only about one per cent. Other studies indicate that a decrease in bus fares of ten

per cent would reduce car travel by less than one per cent. In most Australian

cities, buses are the dominant form of public transport. For cities in which a

greater proportion of trips were made by public transport, the reduction in car

travel (in percentage terms) could be greater.

In commenting on the draft report, the ACTU/Public Transport Unions (Sub.

271, p. 29) considered that shifts of this magnitude, while not appearing to be

large in percentage terms, would imply quite a significant change in patronage

for public transport.

Nonetheless, a subsidy of sufficient size to induce a worthwhile reduction in car

travel would have the effect of encouraging subsidised travel by those who

would not have travelled at all, or would have otherwise travelled by a less

subsidised mode. For example, if a reduction in rail fares of ten per cent were

not accompanied by offsetting changes in bus fares, it is estimated that bus

travel would decline by around one per cent. There are also indirect costs

associated with raising the revenue to fund the subsidies. As discussed in

chapter A9, charging road users directly for the costs of congestion is a more

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

175

effective means of limiting road use during peak times than providing subsidies

to public transport.

Also, there could well be some public transport services which should not be

provided at all (for example, services to very low density suburbs where most

travel is to and from dispersed locations). One of the positive effects of pricing

systems that better reflect costs is that those who provide urban transport

services will have a better idea of which modes best serve the needs of

particular areas.

Fare restructuring is part of a reform package

The current levels of farebox cost recovery of Australia’s public transport

systems are relatively low, at 16 to 45 per cent (see chapter A3). If no other

measures are taken, quite significant fare increases would be required for some

systems in order to achieve full recovery of operating costs. For example,

CityRail said it would need to increase fares to more than twice the current level

in order to cover the costs of operation and infrastructure rehabilitation (Initial

hearing transcript, p. 591), and the State Transport Authority of South Australia

said that fares would need to be increased four-fold in order to cover the

economic costs of providing its services (Initial hearing transcript, p. 40).

The extent to which fares would need to be increased as part of the reform

process depends on the efforts made to:

reduce costs;

improve the quality of services;

reduce highly uneconomic services;

introduce fare structures that better reflect the costs of providing individual

services; and

address the issue of concessional fares, which currently impact adversely

on cost recovery (see chapter A8).

It will also depend on the level of payments for community service obligations

that are made by the government to the operator.

Priority should be given to restructuring fares so that they more closely

reflect the costs of providing individual services, to improving service

quality, and to reducing costs. Initiatives in these areas should be phased in

over several years. Any fare increases should be accompanied, if not

preceded, by improvements in service quality.

URBAN TRANSPORT

176

The introduction of congestion pricing, as discussed in chapter A9, would

help to offset any adverse effects of fare restructuring on public transport

patronage.

This approach will assist the introduction of fare increases, which will not be

easy to implement, due to both institutional and social factors. As noted by the

Victorian Government:

The PTC’s problem now is that although many full fare passengers might have been

prepared to pay much higher fares if they had been increased progressively with wage

increases, the shock of large increases required to restore fares to cost-covering levels

would divert significant traffic (Sub. 186, p. 30).

In their responses to the draft report, many participants stressed the need for fare

restructuring to be accompanied by service quality improvements. The City of

Melbourne (Sub. 259, p. 3) considered that there had actually been a decline in

service quality in Melbourne which, along with fare increases and no

demonstrated improvement in efficiency, had served to discourage travel on

public transport.

As part of this inquiry, the Commission simulated the effects of (separately) a

shift to distance-based public transport fares, and a parking surcharge of $2 a

day in central Melbourne, using the MULTI model (see appendix C). The

simulations indicate that transport changes have important effects on

employment and residential patterns. For example, introducing a fare structure

that varies more closely with distance would tend to result in a shift of the

population towards the city centre, but new employment would tend to be

created further away from the city. Reforms to urban transport pricing need to

take into account these wider economic effects.

A7.5 Current arrangements for urban transport investment

Urban roads

Each level of government plays a role in deciding on investment in urban roads

(see chapter A4). The bulk of urban arterial roads are financed by state and

territory governments. Investment is undertaken by state and territory road

authorities in accordance with plans approved by government. The

Commonwealth Government provides Specific Purpose Payments to State and

Territory Governments to build national highways and certain arterial roads

considered to be of national significance.

Local roads are the responsibility of local government. Increasingly, property

developers are being required to bear all the upfront costs of roadworks in their

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

177

developments (IC 1993, p. 179). Councils receive some grants from the

Commonwealth which are ostensibly for roads, although since 1991-92 these

funds have been untied. State governments also provide grants for local road

expenditures, often for roadworks which are associated with the operation of the

arterial road system.

Several participants pointed out that facilities for bicycles are frequently

neglected in appraising road projects see chapter B6.

There are some examples of urban toll roads financed and built by the private

sector, under build-own-operate-transfer arrangements. These include the M4

and M5 Motorways and the Harbour Tunnel in Sydney, and the Gateway Bridge

in Brisbane. Private sector involvement is being sought for the Western Ring

Road in Melbourne.

Urban public transport

Urban public transport investments include rail tracks, stations, bus depots,

signalling equipment, rolling stock, and other assets which require large capital

outlays.

In all states and territories, investment proposals by government transport

authorities need government approval (see table A5.1 in chapter A5). Limits to

the discretion of authorities are as low as $150 000 for Transperth and rarely

reach $1 million.

Often, the expenditure forms part of the capital works budget process. If

approval is given, authorities are then given access to the necessary funds

borrowed by state or territory governments. Repayment responsibilities are often

assumed by state treasuries either at the time of borrowing or later (for example,

the NSW Treasury took over the debts of the State Rail Authority of NSW).

Local governments also finance bus interchanges and bus stops, often in

association with funding from other levels of government. In the case of the

Melbourne city underground rail loop, project costs have been partly funded by

the Victorian Government and a levy by the City Council.

While most urban public transport investments in Australia are funded by state

and territory governments, the Commonwealth Government also provides some

funding through programs such as the Urban Public Transport program (until it

ended in 1992-93) and the Building Better Cities program.

Tenders have been called for the construction and operation of a light rail line to

Ultimo-Pyrmont in Sydney’s inner west. Expressions of interest have also been

URBAN TRANSPORT

178

called for the provision of transport services to Sydney’s northern beaches, and

a tram line for the central business district of Hobart.

The Public Transport Corporation and private sector firms jointly developed the

Box Hill Central bus-rail interchange and shopping centre development in

Melbourne. Private sector involvement has been sought for some railway

stations in Melbourne.

Private operators of bus services make their own decisions on equipment and

infrastructure purchases.

A7.6 Problems with the current approach to investment

There is no point making an investment in urban transport which does not result

in a net benefit to the community, or which results in less net benefits than some

alternative investment. Where there are benefits and costs associated with an

investment proposal that affect the community generally, governments usually

have the final say, although there may be special committees established to

examine the pros and cons of a project. Within this framework, it is necessary to

ensure that the processes followed in reaching decisions about urban transport

investment lead to desirable outcomes.

Critical questions are:

does the proposed investment actually help to address a specific transport

problem, improve the level of service generally, or respond to particular

needs?

is it the best option, that is, the one with the highest net social benefit?

(judgments will need to be made where tradeoffs are involved).

are the advantages and disadvantages of various modes of transport fully

taken into account?

can the community afford the proposed facilities?

During the inquiry, the Commission received a range of views from participants

on the processes for deciding on urban transport investments in Australia. Many

participants highlighted problems with the current approach to urban transport

investments, including the methods used for investment analysis, failure to take

a longer term view into account, and political interference. Doubts were also

raised about the economic justification of some projects.

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

179

Investment decision-making

Roads

Road investments are rarely subject to a full cost-benefit analysis. Most state

and territory governments have a set of project evaluation guidelines. However,

it is not clear how effective project evaluation is in practice, nor to what extent

such evaluations influence investment decisions. It is also unclear the extent to

which ex-post evaluations are done.

The Roads and Traffic Authority of NSW said that:

The current approach is that road programs should provide a benefit to the community

of at least twice their cost (except for community service obligations) and all projects

within a program should provide a value of at least their cost (Sub. 179, p. 6).

Evaluation of road projects needs to take into account indirect effects, such as

changes in travel behaviour. For example, survey evidence suggest that some

people take advantage of any initial reduction in congestion to reschedule their

trips closer to the peak (see appendix B), thus reducing the initial impact of road

investments on lessening congestion.

There are indications that the present allocation of road funding may be

inappropriate. For example, a study by Allen Consulting Group prepared for the

Australian Automobile Association found that there is relative under-investment

in major urban roads vis-a-vis local and rural roads:

... the historical pattern of investment has led to relative over-investment in local and

rural roads and under-investment in major urban roads. An economically optimal

pattern of investment should result in returns from investment in each category of road

being similar. Instead the results show higher returns from investment in urban roads

than from investment in local and rural roads. (Allen Consulting Group 1993, pp. ii-iii)

The study concluded that:

There is liitle basis for believing that the present level and pattern of funding of road

infrastructure is economically optimal (Allen Consulting Group 1993, p. ix).

Similarly, a 1988 study by the Bureau of Transport and Communications

Economics said that:

Many Australian roads, usually for quite complex reasons, are provided with a vast

degree of over-provision of capacity. On many other roads, particularly in city areas,

there is a good degree of under-provision of capacity. (BTCE 1988, p. 32)

In the past, growing congestion has led to the widening of roads and the

construction of new freeways and other road facilities. Most recently, there has

been a renewed call for expanded road investment, particularly in urban areas.

For example, the Allen Consulting study argued that there are significant gains

to be made from greater investments in urban arterial roads. In contrast, many

URBAN TRANSPORT

180

participants argued that roads had been overprovided. In the Commission’s view

these questions cannot be settled without rigorous application of cost-benefit

analysis, and release of these studies for public consultation.

Allen Consulting also questioned many aspects of the processes for appraising

road investments:

The manner in which decisions about infrastructure investment take place can also be

criticised. The allocation of funding between States and between regions has often been

influenced by political factors. Engineering standards rather than economic analysis

may influence the level of investment. Public information about investment decisions is

limited. Traditional road investment measures of return, such as user time saving or

accident reductions, are not linked to broader economic outcomes. (Allen Consulting

Group 1993, p. ix)

The House of Representatives Standing Committee on Transport,

Communications and Infrastructure (the Morris Committee) found that little

attention has been given to the efficiency with which road funds are spent. It

said that there is:

... growing realisation of the futility of past political debates that centred on the level of

road funding rather than on how well road funds are spent (House of Representatives

Standing Committee on Transport, Communications and Infrastructure 1993b, p. 4).

The Coalition for Urban Transport Sanity (Sub. 250, p. 12) cited Sydney’s Gore

Hill Freeway extension, the Harbour Tunnel, and the proposed M2 Motorway as

examples of road investment decisions which have not been subjected to

effective project evaluation.

During the inquiry, a number of participants questioned the process of decisionmaking

on the proposed M2 Motorway in Sydney. (Box A7.2 provides a brief

description of the project.)

Several participants also suggested that on-road and off-road facilities for

cyclists were frequently ignored in transport planning decisions (see chapter

B6).

Public transport

Most major public transport investment proposals undergo some form of

appraisal, often in the form of a formal cost-benefit analysis. CityRail said:

A cost-benefit analysis is carried out on all enhancements identifying all costs and

benefits associated with the project. The cost of a project can include social,

environmental, as well as installation and capital costs; and benefits can include

improvements in reliability, safety and frequency as well as enhanced patronage.

(Sub. 46, p. 5)

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

181

Box A7.2: How investment decisions are made: Sydney’s M2

Motorwaya

In 1989, the Roads and Traffic Authority (RTA) of NSW proposed the construction of an

11.5 kilometre expressway (then known as the F2), to run between Carlingford and

North Ryde, in Sydney’s northern suburbs. In view of the public criticism of the project,

the then NSW Government formed a Commission of Inquiry (the Woodward

Commission) to examine the merits of the project, under the guidelines set out in the

NSW Environmental Planning and Assessment Act.

The Woodward Commission recommended against the construction of the F2, as it

considered that the proposed road would not solve traffic congestion problems and

would have a significant adverse environmental impact. The Commission considered the

upgrading of existing roads, together with improvements in public transport, to be a

more effective solution to peak period congestion. It also recommended that a detailed

public transport study of the region be undertaken.

Subsequently, the RTA put forward a revised proposal. Known as the North West

Transport Link, it encompassed the original plan (F2 East), plus an extension (F2 West)

linking Carlingford and Baulkham Hills. In 1992, separate environmental impact

statements were released for the two parts of the project, and the public was given an

opportunity to comment. In all, over 14 000 representations were received. After

considering these views, in May 1993 the Roads and Traffic Authority issued an

Environmental Impact Assessment Report which supported the construction of the entire

project.

The NSW Government has approved construction of the $500 million privately funded

M2 Tollway, and has selected a private consortium (The Hills Motorway Ltd) to submit

a final offer to build and operate it.

During the inquiry several groups, including the Coalition of Transport Action Groups

(Sub. 36) and the North Ryde Residents Group (Sub. 136), were extremely critical of the

NSW Government’s handling of the M2 project. These groups claimed that road projects

frequently fail to include an assessment of the full environmental impact. Major

questions have also been raised about the economic viability of the M2 in an article by

Goldberg (1993).

The RTA (Sub. 336) noted that several local community groups, as well as the local

councils of Hornsby, Parramatta and Baulkham Hills, strongly support the construction

of the M2.

a M2 and F2 refer to the same project.

The extent to which the results of cost-benefit analysis actually guide decisions

is open to question. According to the State Transport Authority of South

Australia, economic evaluation rarely results in a net positive value of

quantifiable amounts (Initial hearing transcript, pp. 10-11). CityRail indicated

URBAN TRANSPORT

182

that there is no set hurdle rate of return on rail investments that is applied (Initial

hearing transcript, p. 605).

During the inquiry, several participants cited examples of poor investments in

public transport. For example, the Public Transport Users Association said that

the problem in Melbourne is that investments in public transport were

misdirected, not that funds were insufficient (Sub. 96, ‘Financial Crisis’, p. 8). It

considered that the funds spent on replacing Melbourne’s suburban railway

stations would have been better spent on modernising signalling facilities.

Messrs Burtt, Hill and Walford cited several examples of poor rolling stock in

Melbourne’s rail system, where prototypes were not subjected to proper testing

prior to acquisition (Sub. 98, p. 11).

Criticism of investment decision making has also been levied at the purchase of

130 new light rail vehicles in 1986 which were designed to replace ageing

W-class trams and to operate on converted light rail routes in Melbourne.

According to the Victorian Auditor-General:

Since 1990, the [Public Transport] Corporation has held increasing numbers of light

rail vehicles in excess of its immediate service needs. At 31 March 1993, it held 63

surplus vehicles. After taking into account interest or opportunity costs on funds ...

audit estimates that around $126 million has been prematurely outlaid by the State since

1990 to acquire these vehicles. (Victorian Auditor-General 1993, p. 256)

The Independent Commission to Review Public Sector Finances (1993, p. 156)

noted that the Perth Busport cost ten times in excess of the commercial cost of

constructing the required facility, and added significantly to operating costs, but

with no positive effect on patronage.

The Western Australian Government commented in its initial submission that

well accepted techniques such as cost-benefit analysis are inadequate for

evaluating the appropriateness of investment decisions:

The present decision-making frameworks are not adequate for assessing whether

decisions are ‘appropriate’ or ‘inappropriate’, except within narrowly defined

boundaries which do not reflect the complex realities of the modern world. Whilst there

are examples of ‘inappropriate’ decisions within the conventional transport planning

paradigm, such decisions cannot necessarily be so-labelled in the context of the long

term interests of the community. (Sub. 170, p. 39)

It also said that it does not evaluate the appropriateness of past projects:

It is difficult to determine whether any investment decisions made in the past were

inappropriate as no post-implementation audits have been carried out. Transperth

intends to carry out such audits in respect of recent large investments (Sub. 170, p. 39).

There was a range of views from inquiry participants on the northern rail line in

Perth (see Box A7.3). Associate Professor Newman (Sub. 243) strongly

supported the project, while the City of Fremantle (Initial hearing transcript,

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

183

p. 228) and Professor Neutze (DR transcript, pp. 284-85) questioned whether

the construction of the line was justified.

There are several urban rail projects being funded under the Building Better

Cities program. The Department of Transport and Communications said that the

extent of cost-benefit analysis for these projects varied from state to state (Initial

hearing transcript, p. 1233).

Emphasis is placed on minimising up-front costs

Another common problem of urban transport investments is that the pressure of

minimising budget costs in a particular year can mean that too much attention is

given to upfront costs and not enough to subsequent maintenance and

replacement costs. Inappropriate expansions in capacity often result in ongoing

costs which do not generate adequate benefits.

For example, the Australian Local Government Association (Sub. 215, p. 5) said

that many investment decisions in the past were made without an appreciation

of the requirement for on-going funding for maintenance and replacement of

public assets.

An evaluation of investment options needs to consider the benefit-cost tradeoffs

associated with investing in new capacity as against spending funds on

upgrading the existing facilities, as well as demand management options.

Political influences

Proposals may also be approved simply because they appear to be electorally

attractive in the short term. The NSW Treasury noted that:

The Booz Allen Hamilton review of State Rail indicated that investments in the past

were directed to high profile areas and away from the low profile sectors such as track

renewal, signalling and station improvements (Sub. 177, p. 8).

Similarly, in the case of roads, the Allen Consulting Group (1993, p. ix) found

that decisions about the level and pattern of road investment are heavily

influenced by political factors and institutional structures rather than market

forces. It said that:

The allocation of funding between States and between regions has often been

influenced by political factors (Allen Consulting 1993, p. ix).

The Australian Road Federation noted that many road projects are designed to

suit the availability of funds, rather than funds being allocated in response to

needs for improved accessibility (Sub. 13, p. 1).

URBAN TRANSPORT

184

Box A7.3: How investment decisions are made: Perth’s

northern suburbs transport corridor

Perth’s Northern Suburbs Transit System (NSTS) consists of a new passenger rail line

and a number of cross-suburban bus services which also provide feeder services to the

rail line. The first stage of the NSTS, connecting central Perth with Joondalup, opened in

March 1993. The NSTS was constructed following an appraisal of the transport needs of

Perth’s northern suburbs transport corridor — a rapidly expanding area.

In April 1988, a study by Travers Morgan recommended a busway, mainly on the

grounds of lower cost and greater flexibility, after examining a number of options for the

northern corridor. (Up to that time, the northern suburbs had been served by direct bus

services to Perth’s city centre.) In October 1988, a review panel recommended a rail-andbus

system instead (estimated cost $151 million in 1989 prices), based on the view that

this option has a higher quality of service, a strong impact on land use, the ability to link

with bus feeder services, and projected savings in operational costs in the long term

compared with a bus-only option.

In December 1988, an in-principle decision was announced to proceed with the rail-andbus

system, and a Master Plan was asked to be drawn up. In November 1989, the then

WA Government approved funding of the project, based on the Master Plan, which

included significant changes to the scale of the project to that considered in the earlier

reports, including an extension to the length of the rail line and an upgrading of stations.

Final capital costs of the entire project, excluding the effects of freeway works and

savings in the bus fleet, are expected to total $263 million ($235 million in 1989 prices).

This compares with the Master Plan estimate of $223 million. The project has been

financed entirely from WA Government funds.

The northern rail line is estimated by Transperth to be recovering 13 per cent of costs

(including interest and depreciation); this figure increases to 49 per cent if interest and

depreciation are excluded. Associate Professor Newman (Sub. 331) noted that, if fare

concessions were included in revenues, and a lower bound estimate of costs were

adopted, cost recovery for the northern line could be as high as 74 per cent.

A survey conducted for Transperth has found that about 25 per cent of the peak-time

passengers on the northern suburbs line are people who previously travelled by car

(Westrail, DR transcript, pp. 41-42). A factor which has made it more difficult for the

line to attract new passengers was the widening of the Mitchell Freeway by the

Department of Main Roads at the same time the line was being constructed in the

median.

Many participants considered that current processes favour roads. For example,

the Coalition for Urban Transport Sanity felt that there has been a bias toward

road-based transport:

As the Australian political environment has traditionally favoured automotive and road

construction interests, improvements in transport pricing will need to overcome this

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

185

bias ... The attention given to improving the efficiency of public sector agencies tends

to be biased toward the providers of transport services rather than the agencies

responsible for road infrastructure and regulation. (Sub. 20, pp. 4-5)

A7.7 Reform of investment processes

The reforms recommended elsewhere in this report will improve the

environment for investment. For example:

the injection of competition in the provision of transport services, and the

greater commercial focus that will result from corporatisation, will

increase the pressure for investments to be geared towards the needs of

users;

congestion pricing for peak-period use of urban roads, and greater

differential between peak and off-peak fares for public transport, will

encourage more people to rearrange their travel so as to make use of

facilities during off-peak times wherever possible. This will reduce the

pressure to increase capacity to cater for peak period demands; and

a clearer definition of CSOs for environmental, equity, or other reasons

will increase the pressure to justify urban transport investments in terms of

net social benefits.

Increasing reliance on formal cost-benefit analysis and appreciation of its role is

necessary to improve investment decisions. Investment appraisal should

consider a broad range of solutions to the urban transport task. Public sector

transport agencies are making progress in the use of such techniques.

The Commission recommends that for major transport infrastructure

investments, cost-benefit analysis should be undertaken and made public.

This would facilitate community debate about the relative merits of

different investment options. Investment analysis should include all feasible

options and the effects on third parties.

A7.8 Alternative arrangements for financing investment

Apart from the users of urban transport facilities, other members of the

community also benefit. For example, property developers and owners, as well

as local retailers and employers benefit from the presence of transport links.

More efficient investment decisions might be expected if these people made a

contribution to the cost of providing the facility in line with the benefit they

received. This might involve, for example, levies on property owners, or

developer charges. These payments are usually known as ‘value capture’. Since

URBAN TRANSPORT

186

the benefit is received not from using the facility, but by people accessing

services via the transport facility, the contribution could either be made before a

facility is built, or in the form of revenue raised after the event to help meet

ongoing costs.

During the inquiry, many participants supported the financing of transport

investments from levies on non-users who benefit from the facilities. For

example, the Coalition for Urban Transport Sanity said:

Transport pricing also needs to incorporate the collection of contributions from nonuser

beneficiaries for public transport ... The use of levies on landowners and

employers for public transport is a strong trend in European countries (eg. France,

Germany, Switzerland). Federal road funds and developer contributions can and should

be used by local government for public transport. (Sub. 20, p. 4)

Similarly, Messrs Hutchinson and Gargett argued that:

As the benefits of publicly funded services and infrastructure accrue to property owners

and businesses (as well as customers of these services) there is a case for capturing the

increase in property values as a way of funding new infrastructure, and possibly also

services (Sub. 56, p. 18).

CityRail considered:

Rail does not capture the very large positive effects it has on surrounding land uses.

The introduction of rail can often ensure a doubling in development density and the

introduction of various commercial uses. (Sub. 46, p. 7)

Developer contributions to infrastructure provision

Although many local roads and some bus facilities (such as bus shelters and

interchanges) are financed partly by developer contributions, few governments

in Australia have sought developer contributions to the cost of providing rail

infrastructure. This may be related to the difficulty of coordinating decisionmaking

across the various local governments over whose jurisdictions a rail line

passes.

In principle, there is no reason why rail services as well as roads could not be

charged for when supplied to new developments, provided developers could

choose to either accept or reject the rail line. Joint development of rail stations

or bus interchanges can result in positive economic benefits for the local

community, as well as help to encourage patronage on public transport services.

Most on-site roads are now provided at developers’ expense (IC 1993). In

addition developers are often required to pay for some of the links to the larger

road network. However, as the Commission suggested in its 1993 Report on

Taxation and Financial Policy Impacts on Urban Settlement, there is some

scope to recover costs of collector or arterial roads from developer charges.

A7 PRICING AND INVESTMENT

187

This approach was supported by the RTA of NSW:

Current legislation in NSW does not lead to a full apportionment of costs of

infrastructure provision because cost recovery from developers or other beneficiaries,

particularly in the roads area, is insufficient and is not applied in a consistent manner

(Sub. 179, p. 3).

If road authorities are to recover the cost of providing roads through developer

charges it is important that the charges have a clear nexus with the cost of

investment and that developers are free not to proceed with development if they

choose not to pay them. If developers choose to pay them, there is some

confidence that they can recover the cost from purchasers of developed blocks

who implicitly must benefit to the extent of the charge.

The Commission recommends that governments examine the possibilities of

local developer contributions for new transport facilities, including roads

as well as other infrastructure used by public transport.

Other forms of value capture

Value capture can also take the form of a tax on the increased property value

associated with the introduction or upgrading of a transport facility. Property

values are influenced by factors other than transport infrastructure (such as

general market conditions, provision of other infrastructure, and growth of the

city) and as a result, cause and effect may be difficult to disentangle. From the

perspective of improving investment decisions, the key requirement for value

capture mechanisms is that the value created by the investment truly exists. For

if the levy simply becomes a tax, unrelated to value changes, the incentives for

efficient infrastructure provision are not created.

It is critical that the implementation of measures for value capture be undertaken

well in advance of the decision to construct the infrastructure, since the interest

of property developers in contributing to the cost of the infrastructure will

diminish as property prices increase. The Perth northern rail line was financed

entirely from State Government funds, though the review panel had identified

the potential for developer contributions to defray capital costs. Part of the

problem was that property values had already begun to rise in areas surrounding

the rail line by the time serious consideration was given to eliciting developer

contributions.

A variant of the property levy involves the infrastructure provider negotiating

with local government for contributions to new investment. For example, the

rail authority may negotiate with a series of local authorities along a rail route

for contributions to the infrastructure being considered. Eventually, this may

result in a levy being put in place by the local government(s) involved.

However, because the infrastructure provider must obtain initial agreement from

URBAN TRANSPORT

188

the local government, there is some protection built into the process that ensures

that the eventual levies are not completely out of line with the value to the local

community.

Sweezie (1989) outlined a number of alternative value capture techniques for

recouping some of the enhanced value of the adjacent, or nearby, property

attributable to rapid transit developments. These include joint development, sale

and leasing of land owned by the public transport authority, and sharing revenue

from property taxes raised by local governments.

In some countries, employers and retailers have been asked to contribute to the

cost of public transport facilities. In Paris, a tax on employers is used to finance

the cost of public transport, and in California local sales taxes are used.

State and local governments should explore further the ways in which nonusers

of transport services that receive a benefit can contribute to the costs

of providing and maintaining the facilities.

Private sector funding and provision of infrastructure

The willingness of the private sector to fund and provide infrastructure can in

some circumstances be an indication that benefits to users and other

beneficiaries exceed costs.

Private sector involvement in infrastructure projects may allow certain

worthwhile projects to proceed which are unable to be completely funded by

governments. However, arrangements for private sector involvement should

ensure that there is appropriate sharing of risk, and that there are actual cost

savings for the community from such involvement.

There are a number of means for the private sector to be involved in the

provision of transport infrastructure; some of these may include operating and

owning the facility for a set period of time (see chapter B2 for further details of

recent light rail proposals in Sydney).

Private sector participation in the provision of infrastructure is the subject

of a future Commission inquiry.

189

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

Current policies aimed at fulfilling social objectives in transport have not

been effective in meeting the needs of many in the community. The most

disadvantaged often receive relatively little assistance, and subsidies often

leak to those who are relatively well-off. Untargeted subsidisation of

conventional public transport is not an efficient way of helping those in

need. Assistance to the transport disadvantaged needs to be carefully

specified and expenditure explicitly directed to meet objectives. Reforms

recommended elsewhere in this report, which will result in a wider role for

taxis at lower fares and encourage participation in the operation of

community transport, will do much to ease the difficulties faced by the

transport disadvantaged, particularly people with disabilities.

A8.1 Introduction

Access to transport by all members of society is often identified as a prime goal

of social policy. Transport is necessary for many basic aspects of everyday

living such as shopping, working and obtaining medical treatment, as well as

broadening participation in community activities. In the words of the

Benevolent Society of NSW:

Transport is a crucial factor in enabling social interaction and access to services for all

people in the community and hence maintaining their quality of life ... Lack of access

limits not only an individual’s personal development but also their contribution to the

community. (Sub. 38, p. 6)

The achievement of acceptable standards of access to transport by all groups in

society may require financial support for those who would otherwise be

disadvantaged. Such assistance is currently delivered through the subsidisation

of public transport, transport concessions (including those relating to private

motor vehicle use), and general income assistance through welfare payments.

This chapter examines current ways of achieving social policy objectives in

transport and evaluates other approaches.

URBAN TRANSPORT

190

A8.2 Assistance to the transport disadvantaged

Who are the transport disadvantaged?

A general definition of transport disadvantaged is ‘those people who have

mobility and access problems most of the time’. Two broad groups are often

singled out:

those who cannot use conventional public transport regardless of its

provision and efficiency; and

those who can potentially use conventional transport but are living in areas

where no service exists (Morris 1981).

Many different individuals fall into these groups and the source of their

disadvantages differ (see table A8.1). The needs of the transport disadvantaged

are as diverse as the composition of people within this category.

Not all transport disadvantaged people are poor, which complicates questions of

government assistance. For example, many would question the provision of

assistance for some well-off members of society, if the source of their

disadvantage is simply that transport options are limited to more expensive

alternatives such as taxis.

Transport disadvantage can considerably aggravate problems for those who are

already less well-off for other reasons. For example, those actively seeking work

can face considerable difficulty if they are required to seek employment in

locations which have poor access. The Community Transport Organisation

noted that:

The unemployed discover that a high proportion of jobs are now based away from

public transport and many employers insist on car ownership as a prerequisite for

employment (Sub. 28, p. 3).

What assistance is available?

There is a range of government measures aimed at helping the transport

disadvantaged, including:

operating subsidies to public transport intended to fulfil government

(usually State Government) social objectives;

concessions on public transport fares for specific groups of beneficiaries;

operation of non-commercial public transport services (for example, low

patronage/weekend/late night services);

services to new areas;

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

191

government requirements to make public transport accessible to all in the

community (for example, modifications to allow access by wheelchairs);

provision of assistance for community transport services;

taxi subsidy schemes for those with disabilities; and

Commonwealth subsidies for those with disabilities.

Table A8.1: Transport disadvantaged groups

Transport disadvantaged group Nature of disadvantage

Young

Very young children Unable to travel alone

School age children Dependent on parents, older friends or public

transport for motorised mobility

Working or unemployed youths without a car

(working or living in outer suburbs)

Difficulty of reaching employment (actual or

potential) via public transport, especially in outer

areas

Elderly

Aged / frail Cannot or do not drive. Failing physical faculties

reduce ability to drive, and/or use other means of

transport (including walking)

Poor

Asset / income-poor Lack of money to own and run a car and/or to

afford cost of public transport

Information-poor (for example, migrants and new

residents)

Lack of knowledge of available services due to

language difficulties and/or lack of familiarity

with new area

Home Workers

Homemakers Household car may not be available during the

day. May be unable to drive (unlicensed). Tied to

children (time constraints, prams, etc)

People with disabilities

General disabilities Difficulty in driving and/or using conventional

forms of public transport

Physically ill Availability of parking spaces and public

transport stops close to destination is critical

Source: Based on Morris 1981

Operating subsidies

Urban public transport has traditionally attracted large operating subsidies for

purposes which include assistance to the transport disadvantaged. The

objectives of this form of assistance are often specified in very general ways

URBAN TRANSPORT

192

which make it unclear precisely who the beneficiaries are intended to be (see

chapter A5).

Concessions

The most visible way in which governments intervene in transport in pursuit of

social goals is directing public transport authorities to provide concessional

travel to certain categories of people:

all states and territories provide concessions to school-children, tertiary

students and young children;

all states and territories except the Northern Territory provide concessions

for senior citizens; and

those on low incomes or in receipt of social welfare payments also receive

concessions, often by providing evidence of a Commonwealth Health

Benefits card or a TC1 (Commonwealth Transport Concession) card.

Concession card holders make up a large part of public transport travel. In

Tasmania, approximately 71 per cent of all trips on the Metropolitan Transport

Trust (Metro) are undertaken by concessional travellers. Similarly, in South

Australia, State Transport Authority (STA) patronage is overwhelmingly

concession-oriented with around 65 per cent of passengers being either school

students, tertiary students or concession holders. The Northern Territory

Government estimates that around 66 per cent of bus passengers in Darwin ride

at concession fares; corresponding figures are 57 per cent for Melbourne and 45

per cent for Brisbane (CGC 1993).

Operation of non-commercial services

Transport agencies have also been required to provide routes and timetable

frequency into areas where cost recovery is particularly low. In part, the aim is

to provide access to transport for members of the community who, for whatever

reason, are unable to use private transport in areas and times where it would be

unprofitable for operators to provide it.

Public transport accessibility

All Australian capital cities have some requirements for transport agencies to

take into account the needs of people with disabilities. These requirements

include such items as the provision of special ramps for wheelchairs and lowfloor

buses to assist the elderly.

The new Commonwealth Disability Discrimination Act 1992 has the potential to

require transport agencies to provide a more comprehensive service for people

with disabilities. This is discussed later in this chapter.

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

193

Provision of community transport

Community transport comprises a range of specialised transport providers that

play a valuable role in providing services of a localised and/or specialised

nature. Analysis in chapter B5 suggests that community transport has the

potential to play a much larger role in the transport task, but is currently

impeded by inflexible regulations and funding arrangements.

Taxi subsidy schemes

States and territories provide concessions on taxi travel to people with severe

disabilities. Typically this involves subsidisation of half the fare with an upper

limit on the number of trips each year. There are also supplier subsidy schemes

to allow operators to provide suitably modified vehicles to carry people with

severe disabilities.

Other subsidies

The Commonwealth Government offers a number of other schemes (for

example, the Commonwealth Mobility Allowance) which provide assistance in

making trips for specified purposes by disadvantaged people, such as those with

severe disabilities.

The scale of transport ‘welfare’ subsidies

While the need to help the disadvantaged is offered as one reason for

subsidising public transport, data on the extent and incidence of these subsidies

are relatively sparse. In general, it is not known where these subsidies ultimately

have an impact and to what extent objectives are being met.

As public transport agencies around Australia do not accurately cost their

community service obligations (see chapter A5), there is no way of knowing the

true cost of meeting social objectives. Further, there are no accurate measures of

the subsidy split between social objectives and expenditures directed at other

objectives, such as improving the environment, although some state agencies

provide tentative estimates.

The Commission has compiled some estimates which together give an

indication of the magnitude of funding involved (see box A8.1). It must be

stressed that this information is not comparable across the states and territories,

since the reliability of the data varies markedly.

The lack of reliable data is, in part, a reflection of the lack of management

information systems (or the means to set one up, such as electronic ticketing)

and the lack of transparent cost accounting (see chapter A5). Without good

URBAN TRANSPORT

194

information systems it is difficult to decide where money could be best allocated

to meet government social objectives in transport.

Box A8.1: The costs of meeting social objectives

NSW spent $650m of its transport budget on social objectives in 1991-92. Social

expenditures within the State Transit Authority consisted of: subsidies to pensioners and

others on privately operated buses and ferries ($18m); conveyance of school children

($217m); community service payments ($12m); reduced fares and increased services

($227m). The State Rail Authority’s social expenditures are not broken down, but

totalled $176m for CityRail.

The Report of the Victorian Commission of Audit (1993, vol. 2, p. 146) estimates

expenditure on social obligations at $118m in 1991-92. However, this figure includes

non-urban transport and does not give a breakdown by service (for example, freight).

Brisbane Transport (Sub. 173, pp. 34 - 37) estimates the total cost of its social objectives

at approximately $30m. This consists of concessions ($10m); free travel ($1m); Sunday

services ($2m); Saturday services after 12 pm ($3m); Monday to Thursday evening

services ($5m); Friday evening services ($1m); and input and pricing disabilities ($8-

$9m).

The Western Australian Government (Sub. 170, p. 50) defines social services as services

provided on week nights, weekends and public holidays. They cover 25 percent of bus

operating costs and 40 per cent of the suburban rail operating costs. Based on the above

notional distributions, the Transperth Annual Report 1992, indicated that $28m and

$31m were spent on rail and buses respectively to meet these obligations.

In its 1992 Annual Report, the State Transport Authority of South Australia defines and

costs its social objectives for that year as: students ($19m); pensioners and seniors

($9m); unemployed persons and dependent spouses ($2.2m); and blind persons and

incapacitated ex-servicemen ($1m). This gives an approximate total of $31m.

The Tasmanian Metropolitan Transport Trust (Sub. 148, pp. 4, 22) defines its social

obligations as concession travel (and some full fare services which do not cover cost),

unprofitable services such as those on Saturdays and Sundays, and provision of services

for those in the community who do not have access to private or any other transport (that

is the transport disadvantaged). The cost of these services is estimated at $8m a year.

The ACT Department of Urban Services (Sub. 167, p. iv) indicates that expenditures on

social objectives were approximately $9m in 1992. These are split into fare concessions

($2m) and school bus services ($7m).

The Commission recommends that the cost of meeting various social

objectives be made explicit by identifying the costs of providing concessions

to particular groups and the incremental costs of providing noncommercial

services.

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

195

In response to the draft report, many States indicated that they are making

progress in the area of implementing a transparent community service

obligations methodology. These issues are taken up in the context of

corporatisation in chapter A5.

A8.3 The effectiveness of subsidies

Subsidies for particular groups in society achieve the largest effect at least cost

if they are accessible to as many people as possible in the target group, and spill

over to as few as possible outside the group.

On the whole, transport subsidies do not appear to meet this criterion. There is

evidence that not all beneficiaries of subsidies are disadvantaged people, and

that not all disadvantaged people are beneficiaries of subsidies.

Existing subsidies are spread among all income groups

In examining who benefits from public transport subsidies, it is important to

bear in mind the distinction between specific concessions and general operating

subsidies. Benefits from the general operating subsidy usually accrue to all users

of the system, since even full fares often incorporate a subsidy (see chapter A7).

This has implications for the question of the distribution among income groups

of transport subsidies to rail (see figures A8.1). It suggests that general

subsidies, if they are spread equally across all journeys, are close to being

distributionally neutral: they boost the incomes of the more affluent by virtually

the same proportion as those who are less well off.

Figure A8.1a:

Weekly expenditure on rail fares

Figure A8.1b:

Percentage of weekly income

spent on rail fares

Quintile 1 Quintile 2 Quintile 3 Quintile 4 Quintile 5

Average weekly household income

0

1

2

3

($)

Quintile 1 Quintile 2 Quintile 3 Quintile 4 Quintile 5

Average weekly household income

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

(%)

URBAN TRANSPORT

196

Figure A8.2a:

Weekly expenditure on bus and

tram fares

Figure A8.2b:

Percentage of weekly income

spent on bus and tram fares

Quintile 1 Quintile 2 Quintile 3 Quintile 4 Quintile 5

Average weekly household income

0

1

2

3

($)

Quintile 1 Quintile 2 Quintile 3 Quintile 4 Quintile 5

Average weekly household income

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

(%)

Figures represent average weekly expenditure by capital city households. Quintiles represent household income

distribution within five groups, where quintile 1 represents the lowest average weekly household income and

quintile 5 the highest.

Source: ABS 1990a.

The expenditure pattern is somewhat different for bus and tram travellers. These

modes appear to be used more by people on lower incomes. From figures A8.2

it can be seen that transport expenditure as a proportion of income is quite high

for those in the lowest quintile. Furthermore, unlike expenditure on rail travel,

this proportion falls away quite noticeably with rising incomes.

Even for bus travel, however, subsidisation appears to be a blunt tool to help the

poorer sections of the community, as large portions of this subsidy will accrue

to those who have the ability to pay.

Table A8.2: Commuters in five income groups travelling to

Melbourne’s central zone by various transport modesa

Train Tram/Ferry Car as driver Car as passenger

(%)

Less than $12 000 6.6 10.5 5.7 10.0

$12 001-$25 000 38.5 45.3 33.1 45.5

$25 001-$40 000 39.0 33.0 37.2 33.5

$40 001-$70 001 14.3 9.9 19.5 9.4

More than $70 000 1.5 1.3 6.6 1.6

a Zone numbers designate the nine zones used the Horridge model in Appendix C. All figures are for travel into

zone 1 which constitutes the CBD and some fringe suburbs. As the data includes fringe suburbs, it includes

circumferential travel not within the CBD. This has the effect of underestimating the amount of people on

higher incomes using public transport.

Source: ABS 1991b and unpublished statistics

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

197

The Household Expenditure Survey data is further supported by ABS Journey to

Work census data (ABS 1991b) for the city of Melbourne. The census figures in

table A8.2 show that the majority of train users travelling to work in the city and

its fringes belong to higher income groups.

Subsidies for peak travel mainly benefit higher income groups

The extent of subsidisation depends not only on expenditure on fares, but also

on the degree to which journeys taken by people in particular income groups are

subsidised. For example, people on higher incomes generally use public

transport for the journey to and from work. This occurs during the peak at which

time services are much more costly to provide and attract greater subsidies than

travel at other times (see chapter A7). This worsens the inequity of subsidies

shown in figures A8.1 and A8.2.

Mr Cotgrove commented:

The major beneficiaries of urban public transport services are the employees of the

authorities who run them and the professional, white collar, central city workers who

use the services for journeys to and from work. As such, the massive and growing level

of public transport subsidies, far from providing transport services to needy welfare

groups, represents an iniquitous transfer of funds from poorer tax payers to more

affluent workers. The costs of public transport are incurred primarily to provide

capacity for the highly time- and space- concentrated nature of journey-to-work flows

to the central business district. These peak period costs, representing infrastructure

costs, vehicle fleet costs, maintenance costs, and administrative overhead costs, should

properly be borne by those who incur them, namely the central peak-period commuters.

(Sub. 160, p. 11)

In similar terms the South Australian Government stated:

South Australia has undertaken considerable research in this area and has a substantial

amount of data. In essence, South Australian research confirms overseas research that

white collar workers travelling on rail to the CBD in the peak are prime beneficiaries of

public transport subsidies should such a level of assistance be provided to this

group? (Sub. 144, p. 12)

The ACTU/Public Transport Unions agreed that the peak subsidy benefits

higher income groups but added that they also benefit many on average and

lower incomes:

It is essential to remember that the largest percentage of city workers are in the clerical,

secretarial and shop assistant areas, and not high income earners (Sub. 271, p. 33).

While this may be so, it is also true that most of these people are in paid

employment. It is reasonable to question the need to subsidise the work travel

costs of this group of people simply because they ride trains or buses.

URBAN TRANSPORT

198

Mr Hughes claimed that figures on ACTION buses suggest that the chief groups

to benefit from subsidies are employed commuters and school children,

accounting for a 36 and 29 per cent share respectively of total bus travel

(Sub. 34, p. 73). As noted by the ACT Government in its submission to the

Commonwealth Grants Commission (1993), 86 per cent of

pensioner/unemployed journeys are in the off-peak period when the cost of

providing an additional trip is low.

Subsidies to commuters are further compounded by the arrangements that apply

to periodical tickets (for example, weekly, monthly, multi-ride and annual

tickets) which are often sold at substantial discounts. Typically, these tickets are

aimed at regular commuters. In its submission to the NSW Government’s

Pricing tribunal, CityRail stated that discounts can be up to 65 per cent

(depending on distance).

Peak hour concessions

Concessions provided to target groups often involve access to cheaper fares at

the same level regardless of the time of day of travel. The lack of a distinction

between peak and off-peak fares for concession holders effectively blocks the

signal to users that travel during peak periods imposes a much greater cost than

travel during off-peak times. While most travellers during peak periods are

commuters, the number of concession holders travelling during this time may

nevertheless be significant enough to necessitate investment in additional

capacity. Were concession holders to be made aware of the costs of their travel

(through differentiated fares), many of them may be able to shift their travel.

There is a strong case on economic grounds for charging higher fares for peak

than off-peak travel (see chapter A7).

Other concession travellers, however, may have little choice but to travel during

peak periods for some trips (for example, doctors appointments). Elimination of

concession fares altogether during peak periods may impact severely on such

people by effectively restricting the hours of the day for them to get around.

A reasonable balance between these economic efficiency and equity

considerations would be to set fares so that concession holders receive a

discount on full fares at all times, but pay more for travelling during peak

periods than for off-peak periods (for example, as applies in Adelaide). The

Commission recommends that concession fares be set in a way which gives

the same proportional reduction in fares, of say 50 per cent, for both peak

and off-peak concession travel. This approach is both administratively simple,

and maintains the differences between full fares and concession fares and

between peak and off-peak travel.

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

199

Other groups may also benefit from subsidies

Some participants also saw some of the subsidy being appropriated by groups

other than travellers. The NSW Bus and Coach Association observed that:

There is enough evidence to demonstrate that subsidies are hijacked prior to them being

able to deliver the social objectives, namely:

(a) They are hijacked by employees and management to improve the working

conditions and to increase the staff numbers per unit of output;

(b) They are hijacked by manufacturers to ensure that the capital cost of the rolling

stock can be maximised;

(c) They are hijacked by special-interest groups to satisfy narrow interests. (Sub. 97,

p. 32)

The potential for subsidies to be misdirected in this way is greatly increased

when the purposes for which payments are made are not explicitly identified.

With accurate costing of and accounting for CSO payments, such subsidies have

to be fully acknowledged or eliminated.

Many concessions are not well targeted

User concessions, as opposed to supplier subsidies, have the potential to target

assistance to those in need. However, many concessions are not means-tested.

As a result, those who enjoy subsidised travel may not be those who are in most

need.

The elderly

In most states and territories, concessional travel is provided to all those over 60

years of age regardless of income, by means of a seniors card. (In some cities

this only applies to persons not in paid employment.) Because such schemes are

not means-tested, they benefit people who may be quite affluent. The situation

can arise where a relatively high income superannuant rides at a concessional

fare, whereas a low income full time employee continues to pay full fare.

Some states target concessions to the elderly better than others. In Queensland,

for example, concessions for people between 60 and 69 years of age are

restricted to those receiving a pension. This helps to reduce leakage

substantially (Queensland Government, Sub. 327, p. 16).

The Commission considers that transport concessions for the elderly should

be targeted at those in need and not provided universally.

In submissions on the draft report some participants expressed reservations

about this recommendation, arguing that concession travel for the elderly should

be provided universally (for example, Ettinger House Inc, Fairfield Family

Resource Centre, Sub. 216, p. 4).

URBAN TRANSPORT

200

The National Accessible Transport Commitee argued that universal concessions

to the elderly address other issues such as:

externalities including the benefits of keeping more people out of private cars to

minimise pollution, congestion and the costs of accidents;

evaluations of transport concessions for Seniors’ card holders shows that they

have a significant role in increasing community participation by seniors who are

more likely to get out and about if transport concessions are available. (Sub. 231,

p. 10)

However, as analysed in chapters A9 and A10, subsidising users of public

transport is not an effective means of addressing congestion, pollution and the

costs of accidents. Further, targeting assistance to the elderly who are in

financial need may enable greater resources to assist the disadvantaged

members of this group.

School children

In all major Australian cities some form of child concession is available for

travel on public transport. In some states and territories, there are additional

services and additional concessional fares for children travelling to and from

school.

The provision of transport for school children is a large expenditure item for

State and Territory governments. In metropolitan New South Wales alone, over

$300 million was spent by the State Government in 1991-92 on the conveyance

of school children. The Victorian Government said in its submission (Sub. 186,

p. 37) that students travelling in the morning peak alone impose an additional

burden of $80 million a year. The ACT Government noted that some school

services run by ACTION recover less than 10 per cent of costs (meaning a

subsidy of more than $12 million a year), and that almost two-thirds of the loss

on school services is attributable to non-government schools (Sub. 167, p. 20).

Of all the cities which offer school travel concessions, Hobart alone has a means

test for the recipients: the Blue Pass allows free travel to children of low income

families. Sydney bus and rail travel is free to students who reside more than 1.5

kilometres from school, while students travelling on both Brisbane and Darwin

buses are given concessions which are greater than those for children in general.

The rationale underlying these concessions is unclear. There can be little doubt,

for instance, that concessions for children travelling to school and the subsidies

implicit in the provision of dedicated school services accrue in some measure to

children whose families are not disadvantaged.

In many states and territories, subsidies of this type are not considered to be a

welfare payment; rather, they are part of a broader policy of subsidised access to

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

201

education for all school-aged children. To that extent, the cost of travel is

associated with the provision of education.

The Public Accounts Committee of the Parliament of New South Wales (1993)

clearly saw school transport as an instrument of education policy and an

instrument, moreover, that was changing rapidly in response to changing

educational goals:

The history of the [NSW] scheme indicates it has developed in such a way that it no

longer reflects its original intention, which was to provide access to education for

children living in areas where there were insufficient numbers to justify the

establishment of a school ... it has expanded to provide transport for a large proportion

(64 per cent) of the school population. Moreover it has become a vehicle for supporting

certain changes in education policy, which involve students travelling longer distances

then they did before. These changes include dezoning and the establishment of selective

and specialised high schools. (1993, pp. 8-9)

This view of school travel has some implications for funding, which were

brought out by the Victorian Commission of Audit. It stated that:

If the Government is to continue to provide this [free bus travel to school] CSO then it

should be shown as a cost against the Education portfolio and not Transport since it is

in Education that the policy for free student travel is determined (Victorian

Commission of Audit 1993, Vol. 2, p. 164).

It is not within the scope of this inquiry to review the degree to which funds

should be allocated to education. However, to improve accountability and

ensure that appropriate allocations are made among expenditure items

within the education budget, the Commission recommends that subsidies

for the travel of school children should be funded explicitly from the

education budget.

Concessions are restricted to patrons of particular services

Some types of concession for pensioners are only available for use on

government-provided public transport. This has the effect of curtailing the

concession where a significant proportion of a city’s public transport system is

provided by private concerns. The New South Wales Bus and Coach

Association pointed out that:

In NSW at the moment, $1.00 excursion tickets for pensioners are only available on the

public-sector transport network, not the private-sector buses. In other words, the

Government will only re-imburse the public-sector operators for such concession fares.

No such re-imbursements are available to the private sector. (Sub. 97, p. 35)

It is not equitable for certain classes of transport users deemed deserving of

assistance in one area to be denied assistance in another, simply because they

are serviced by a provider other than a public agency.

URBAN TRANSPORT

202

The Commission recommends that transport concessions should be

available throughout the city to people who satisfy eligibility criteria, and

not restricted to those who have access to particular public transport

providers.

In response to this recommendation in the draft report, the New South Wales

Treasury said it supported it in principle but was concerned with the practical

difficulties. In the context of pensioner concessions, the New South Wales

Treasury suggested there would need to be a review of present concession

arrangements and to establish workable administrative arrangements for

handling private operator concession claims (Sub. 311, p. 6).

Problems with administrative arrangements can be overcome. For example, the

Queensland Government noted:

Many of the Commission’s recommendations regarding the targeting of concessions are

currently in place in Queensland. For example, concession fares are set as a fixed

proportion of the standard fare and concessions are available on both privately provided

and publicly provided bus services. (Sub. 327, pp. 15-16)

A more fundamental obstacle to extending concessions is the financial

implications. Indeed, the New South Wales Treasury stated that there is concern

about the cost of widening the concession scheme to include privately operated

buses (Sub. 311, p. 6).

Nevertheless, the present inequities of only allowing concessions to users in

areas where there are only publicly provided operators means that the objective

of assisting the transport disadvantaged is only partially being met. It would

seem appropriate for the NSW Government to consider the issue of widening

concessions to private bus operators as part of its current review of community

service obligations.

Some disadvantaged people rely on car travel

In part, subsidisation of urban public transport is based on the premise that the

more disadvantaged members of the community are reliant on public transport

for their mobility needs. In general, this is not the case. As figure A8.3 shows,

the poorer sections of the community spend a substantial amount of money on

private transport.

This is particularly evident when we compare the absolute dollar expenditure

with other transport modes (see figures A8.1a, A8.2a, A8.3a). At approximately

$1.00 to $1.50 per week, average weekly expenditure on buses is also quite low

in absolute terms for the lowest two income quintiles. This can be contrasted

with the $26.00 to $48.00 average weekly expenditure (see figure A8.3a) on

private motor vehicles (excluding depreciation). The low weekly expenditure

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

203

figures for public transport in the expenditure survey is a reflection of the fact

that many people do not use public transport. The high weekly expenditure on

private motor vehicles highlights not only the user cost of this form of travel but

also the extent to which it is used.

Figure A8.3a:

Weekly expenditure on private

motor cars

Figure A8.3b:

Percentage of weekly income

spent on private motor cars

Quintile 1 Quintile 2 Quintile 3 Quintile 4 Quintile 5

Average weekly household income

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

($)

Quintile 1 Quintile 2 Quintile 3 Quintile 4 Quintile 5

Average weekly household income

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

(%)

Figures represent average weekly expenditure by capital city households. Expenditure excludes depreciation.

Quintiles represent household income distribution within five groups, where quintile 1 represents the lowest

average weekly household income and quintile 5 the highest.

Source: ABS 1990a

It follows that within income groups subsidies for public transport, even where

they are targeted, are likely to have very uneven effects, benefiting some with

low incomes (because they use public transport) but not others in a similar

financial position.

Some disadvantaged people do not use public transport

Subsidies for transport are often thought to benefit those in outer suburbs

because they tend to travel more than those in inner suburbs. They are often

thought to be the more disadvantaged of city residents.

In practice, however, people living at the fringe tend to place greater reliance on

car travel than inner-city residents and so obtain less benefit from subsidies to

public transport. Even more significantly, the distribution of less well-off

families tends to be spread uniformly through Australian cities and not

concentrated geographically (IC 1993).

Data from the STA (South Australia) (Sub. 65) appear to suggest that poorer

people are under-represented in profiles of public transport use during the

URBAN TRANSPORT

204

peaks. The benefits of subsidies accrue to higher income residents in almost all

suburbs, because of the importance of public transport in commuting.

This is particularly marked in the case of rail. For example, the Outer-Harbour

rail line services relatively low income suburbs. Sixty per cent of passengers on

this line during the peak have an income of more than $20 000 a year (all

figures in 1988 dollars). This proportion is high in relation to the Adelaide

population as a whole: 33 percent earned more than $20 000 a year. Moreover,

it is greatly disproportionate to the income profile along that transport corridor

where only 23 percent earned more than $20 000 a year.

In general, subsidies for transport also fail to help those less well-off people

who travel little or who walk. Mr Hughes observed in relation to Canberra:

... ACTION is really a very clumsy means of redistributing income to the needy and a

very clumsy and inequitable way of dealing with the different needs of the needy.

Subsidising the use of buses only benefits those who use buses. Those pensioners or

unemployed who drive a car or walk or ride a bike or who are bedridden get nothing

from the system. It is proper to ask why the ACT Government believes that pensioners

who travel by bus to the pictures are more deserving of assistance than pensioners who

walk to the newsagent for a newspaper. There are other identifiable groups, such as

those in wheelchairs, for which ACTION is irrelevant. And in all of this, welfare

assistance is going to many people who do not need it. Well-paid commuters are an

obvious example, but the point also applies to many retirees and students. (Sub. 34,

p. 74)

Some disadvantaged people are unable to use public transport

The ABS Handicapped Persons Australia survey (1981) showed that some 78

per cent of handicapped persons did not use public transport. The ACT

Government noted in its submission to the Commonwealth Grants Commission

(1993) that social security beneficiaries generated fewer boardings per capita

than for the population as a whole. Furthermore, ACROD stated that:

Many severely disabled people are still dependent on specialised transport provided by

service organisations. These users do not consider buses and trains an option even

with wheelchair lifts, the time taken and the difficulties of getting to and from bus stops

or stations close off public transport as a real option. (Sub. 52, p. 10)

Furthermore, subsidising public transport does not help many of the transport

disadvantaged. They do not or cannot use it. This suggests that an examination

of other possible means of achieving social goals is warranted. The NSW

Community Transport Organisation observed:

In the context of the equity debate it is worth noting that of the $825 million spent

during 1990/91 on public transport subsidies ... $489 million was spent on general

subsidies to pensioners and on Community Service Obligations, $324 million for the

transport of school children and a bare $12 million targeted towards those who are in

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

205

most need of specialised or modified services. We would suggest that there appears to

be no focused approach to the distribution of transport subsidies as those who need the

subsidies most appear to only receive the benefit of less than 1.5% of the monies

available. Unfortunately many people who are dependent on specialised transport

services are among the least powerful in our community and the least likely to make a

fuss about lack of services. (Sub. 28, pp. 9-10)

Impact of subsidies: summing up

The evidence presented above suggests that much of the existing subsidy to

public transport does not accrue to those in the community who might be

regarded as in need of assistance, that is, the transport disadvantaged. Nontarget

groups also benefit from these subsidies even when they have the ability

to pay. The Public Transport Users Association stated:

Currently, public transport in Melbourne contributes little to providing mobility for the

transport-disadvantaged, despite the sizeable public subsidy (Sub. 96, p. 4).

A8.4 Transport for people with disabilities

People with disabilities are not a homogenous group with like needs. The (WA)

Authority for the Intellectually Handicapped and Bureau of Disability Services

stated that:

The barriers which prevent these people from accessing suitable transport are varied,

some are more difficult than others to address. Some people would benefit from

modifications to existing fixed route transport systems which would improve access to

services. A percentage of people with disabilities will require door to door transport

services. (Sub. 209, p. 1)

And the National Accessible Transport Committee commented:

People with mobility difficulties have a wide range of needs, just as people in the

community generally have different needs of the transport system and different

capabilities to use the system (Sub . 231, p. 2).

In 1993, it was estimated that over three million people, or about 18 per cent of

the Australian population, had a disability. Most of them experience difficulties

in mobility (ABS, 1993e).

Only a small proportion of those with disabilities use public transport. The

majority either use taxis, private transport or no transport at all. Furthermore, the

data suggest that taxi use increases with the degree of disability indicating the

importance of flexible, demand-responsive transport for those with severe

disabilities.

URBAN TRANSPORT

206

There are a number of factors, including increasing community awareness of the

needs of people with disabilities, which will increase the importance of

transport for people with disabilities. Demographic trends resulting in the

ageing of the population, and improvements in health care, will see an increased

amount of people with disabilities.

These trends are recognised by Governments at all levels. The Federal

Government established the National Accessible Transport Committee (NATC)

in 1992 to examine ways of improving accessibility to, and availability of,

transport for people with disabilities, including less mobile older people.

Discrimination Acts

Increasingly, transport operators are being called upon to modify traditional

public transport to enable it to be used by people with disabilities. The

(Commonwealth) Disability Discrimination Act 1992 makes it unlawful to

discriminate against a person on the grounds of disability in the provision of

goods, services, or facilities, including transport.

This Act also provides for complaints of discriminatory treatment to be heard by

the Human Rights and Equal Opportunity Commission, and for service

providers to be declared to be acting illegally if people with disabilities are

denied access. The Act applies to all service providers: Commonwealth, State

and private.

In its assessment, the NATC considers that the Act provides for service

providers to draw up action plans, which are not obligatory, but can be used as

mitigation in case of a complaint being laid against them. Further, the NATC

believes that the Act allows the Attorney-General to introduce mandatory access

standards in the future, but suggests this would only be done after lengthy

consultation with government, industry and consumers (NATC, Sub. 231, p. 3).

Modifying public transport systems

There has been an increasing trend to modify public transport infrastructure to

make it more user friendly to those with disabilities. As well as modification,

transport agencies are increasingly requiring that easy-access principles be

incorporated into the designs of new purchases. However, as ACROD noted,

this may take some time:

The argument on a rights basis states that all forms of transport should immediately be

made fully accessible for people with disabilities, and that a radical, comprehensive

reform of the public transport system is needed. Those who argue from a more

pragmatic and economic basis accept that incremental improvements come over many

years, and accept that it may not be possible to create a fully accessible system and that

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

207

some alternative system must be provided at a cost to individuals comparable with

public transport. (Sub. 52, p. 6)

There are some modifications which are relatively inexpensive, simple to

implement and benefit the wider community as well as those with disabilities.

ACROD observed:

Modifications such as ramps and lifts rather than steps in stations, low steps and grabrails

in buses, level entry into trains and buses, clear signs and directions, make for

speed and ease of boarding, and safety, for everyone, especially those who find oldfashioned

trains and buses difficult the frail aged and people with ambulatory

disabilities as well as small children and people with strollers and luggage. Thus in the

long term such modifications would be cost effective and beneficial to all. (Sub. 52,

p. 7)

Existing buses can be modified, at a cost, to take into account difficulties of

entry and exit by disadvantaged groups such as the elderly and those with

disabilities. South Australia and Tasmania are introducing low-floor buses

which should help. South Australia is also introducing ‘kneeling’ buses to make

the initial step into buses easier for the elderly and people with disabilities.

The ACT Transport Action Group gave examples of how to improve access to

public transport:

improvements in signs at bus interchanges and railway stations - for example,

timetables at eye level;

hearing induction loops in ticket and enquiry offices at major interchanges and

railway stations;

better public relations to improve consultation with consumers;

improved training to enable operating staff to deal more effectively with passengers

who have special needs and to overcome prejudice;

training for certain groups of potential users in accessing the system and

overcoming fear of being taken to wrong destinations and becoming lost;

buses stopping on request between official stops, to allow elderly or disabled

passengers to alight near homes or shops; [and]

utilisation of special purpose buses, when they are not in use, to supplement regular

bus routes. (Sub. 145, p. 3)

Similarly, the Travellers Aid Support Centre suggested that all new public

transport vehicles should be accessible to people with disabilities, as should

ticketing outlets, stops and stations, and convenience areas; and transport staff

and private operators should be provided with ongoing disability awareness

training (Sub. 277, p. 3).

URBAN TRANSPORT

208

In recognition of the difficulties people with disabilities face in accessing

transport, many transport agencies have introduced initiatives to make their

services more user friendly. For example, an ‘Easy Access Programme’ is being

implemented in New South Wales which, according to CityRail:

...aims to improve the links between transport infrastructure and the community by

reducing the barriers which inhibit usage of the State Rail system. Key Stations on the

CityRail network will be fully “Easy Access” stations with lifts, handrails, ramps etc.

whilst all present and future upgrading of CityRail stations will incorporate basic Easy

Access features such as ramps. (Sub. 256, p. 3)

Other participants pointed to the potentially high costs associated with

modifying conventional vehicles. For example, the NSW Bus and Coach

Association argued against a policy of requiring all route bus operations to be

accessible to people in wheelchairs:

Who will take over the financial responsibility for operating the private bus system,

since overseas evidence suggests that between $100 million and $200 million per

annum will be required in NSW alone to operate the private bus system under such a

scheme. This is due to the increased capital cost and consequent depreciation and

finance charges, the increased time cost per journey undertaken (with the consequent

increase in the number of vehicles and drivers required), and the substantial decrease in

patronage and revenue resulting from the increased journey times and the lack of

reliability of buses fitted with wheelchair lifts. (Sub. 97, p. 18)

The Association also cited United States experience to dispute the claim that

modifications to public transport benefited the wider community:

By modifying buses to meet wheelchair accessibility, the journey time in US cities

slowed considerably. In addition reliability was adversely affected, due to cases being

reported of 33% of the bus fleet being out of action owing to wheelchair lifts being

damaged. This resulted in able-bodied passengers deserting US urban bus transit for the

automobile, leaving mainstream bus transit as the preserve of the disabled and of

welfare recipients. Consequently, the patronage and revenue base became so low that

US urban bus transit has become amongst the most heavily-funded in the world, with

federal funding, state funding and local city funding all being supplied. (Sub. 97, p. 17)

The question of providing accessible transport clearly involves some difficult

trade-offs. For example, the ACT Government noted that ACTION has

undertaken a number of steps in recent years to improve accessibility for people

with disabilities (for example, specially designated seating and trialing of

special services) but had decided not to provide wheelchair access:

... at a cost of $50 000 per bus, the total capital cost of re-equipping the ACTION fleet

would be around $22 million, with an additional recurrent cost of $0.5 million per

annum for maintenance costs (Sub. 167, p. 28).

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

209

In recognition of the trade-offs involved between providing a universally

accessible transport service and cost, ACROD proposed the ‘equal opportunity’

principle:

In any locality, people with disabilities should have access to at least one form of

transport, at a comparable cost and convenience to the transport used by the general

population ... For some people with disabilities, better access to private vehicles may be

the solution. For others, only the public system can provide for their transport needs.

(Sub. 52, p. 9)

Existing modes of public transport can be modified to be more user-friendly for

people with disabilities. However, in many cases, these traditional systems of

public transport are unsuitable for people with disabilities. One solution lies

outside the conventional public transport system in demand-responsive modes

such as community transport and taxis.

Taxi subsidy schemes and multi-purpose taxis

The Australian taxi industry is involved in providing transport to people with

disabilities. The industry claims that (at least in New South Wales) most people

with severe disabilities are completely dependent on taxi services (Sub. 94, p.

10).

These taxi services include supplying and adapting vehicles to carry wheelchairs

and specialised services to meet the demands of school children who suffer

various disabilities. The various state and territory governments provide

differing degrees of subsidies to both people with disabilities and the taxi

industry for these services.

The taxi industry considers its services to be more economical and effective

than Commonwealth-funded alternatives such as bus services funded under

Home and Community Care (HACC). This view is shared by the NSW Bus and

Coach Association which argues that transport for those with serious disabilities

is better achieved through the taxi system rather than bus or route modification.

The Association cites United States experience where such modifications have

had profound effects on general patronage and hence the revenue base with the

long-run effect of extensive subsidies being required from governments.

The Commission is making a number of recommendations with the objectives

of lowering the price and increasing the availability of taxi transport (see

chapter B4). These changes should be of benefit to people with disabilities.

Industry subsidies to ensure an adequate supply of suitably modified cabs (for

example, the M50) would continue as present.

URBAN TRANSPORT

210

The Council on the Ageing endorsed the Commission’s approach in the draft

report, stating:

COTA supports more competition in the taxi industry ... In particular, COTA sees more

competition in the industry will lead to greater price competition (leading to lower

prices), market segmentation, innovation and higher standards of cleanliness and

punctuality. Other advantages hopefully would include more consumer information and

more choice. (Sub. 301, p. 1)

A number of participants expressed concern at the lack of reciprocity in taxi

subsidy schemes between most states and territories which effectively denies

people with severe disabilities access to this scheme when travelling interstate.

The Commission recommends that this issue be addressed by the Disability

Taskforce. Reciprocity could be achieved by mutual agreement between the

States and Territories as has already occurred between Victoria and South

Australia.

Policies towards private vehicles

The motorised vehicle most widely used by the transport disadvantaged is the

private motor car. This is due to a variety of factors including flexibility and

convenience. Government policies towards private vehicles are likely to have a

greater immediate impact on the transport disadvantaged than those directed

towards public transport.

Motor vehicle affordability has a great impact on those on low incomes. Policy

measures such as tariffs on new and used cars which increase the purchase price

or running costs of private vehicles are regressive in their impact.

Import duties and regulations at present make it very difficult and costly for

people with disabilities to import specially modified vehicles that are not made

in Australia (see box A8.2).

Some participants such as Mr and Mrs O’Brien (Sub. 195) expressed the

concern that, whilst people with disabilities may receive exemptions, their

immediate families and carers may not. This may create hardship for families

and carers and ultimately those with severe disabilities.

The Commission understands that the Disability Taskforce is examining

these issues. The Commission recommends that every effort be made to

eliminate quickly all unnecessary restrictions and regulations on importing

modified vehicles into Australia.

In addition, there are a number of relatively inexpensive policy options which

could be directed to those in private cars who have disabilities. These include

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

211

audible signals at traffic lights, the provision and policing of parking spaces for

those with disabilities and registration fee concessions.

Box A8.2: What price mobility?

At the initial public hearings, Mr Byrne described the process in attempting to import a

specially modified vehicle from the United States as:

Quite a minefield. I started the process about 5½ years ago and I have only just

last Thursday taken delivery of my vehicle. My first obstacle was the Road and

Traffic Authority in New South Wales. They wouldn’t allow someone to stay in a

wheelchair and drive for a start. They saw it unsafe even though it was happening

in America for quite a number of years.

So I presented them with evidence and battled and squirmed ... and it took me

about 6 months to get through to them. Then the import duties on the vehicle

they were going to charge me 42 per cent ... and I saw that as being unfair because

there was no vehicle here in Australia like it ...

Eventually it was classified under the Florence Agreement ... as an appliance or

an aid for someone with a disability rather than a motor vehicle ... which saved

me about $25,000.

... I started to proceed to purchase the vehicle and the Federal Office of Road

Safety said that I couldn’t have the vehicle unless I went and lived in America for

3 months owned and operated the vehicle and then brought it in as a

personal import. I said to do that I would have to lose my job and they said,

“Sorry, that’s the regulation”.

Now, it was about that point that I blew my stack and went to the press and an

article appeared in the Sunday paper and 2 o’clock on the Monday the minister

changed his mind and allowed me to have the vehicle-waived the 3 months’

provision, and then it took another 15 months to get it out of America.

... I got it in eventually import duty free, sales tax free and so on, and through the

RTA, but every one of those authorities has given one-off approval not for

general use, if you like.

I see that as something that needs to be broken down. If there is nothing here in

Australia, certainly the benefits this vehicle has offered me in being able to be

spontaneous about the come and go get out of the van, have a break when I’m

travelling or just move around recreationally just huge ... To deny people that

just for the mere sake of a regulation is nonsense. (Initial hearing transcript,

pp. 1141-1142)

After the hearing, the Commissioners were pleased to have the opportunity to inspect the

vehicle.

URBAN TRANSPORT

212

A8.5 Longer-term reform

A further step which the Commission considers should be examined by

governments is to redirect subsidies currently paid to transport providers into the

hands of beneficiaries themselves through direct cash payments or vouchers.

The advantages of user-based subsidies include:

recipients would be able to spend the payments on methods of travel and

times of travel of their own choosing, for example, bus fares or motor

vehicle registration expenses;

target groups receiving cash payments from the government could choose

to apply the subsidy to interaction in ways that did not involve their own

physical transport (for example, through use of the telephone); and

the choices of recipients themselves would provide signals to providers

about which services to provide.

Before such policies could be introduced, however, a number of obstacles

would have to addressed, including:

the costs of administration of payments to individuals would likely be

more expensive than current arrangements for subsidies to providers. If

transfers are to be restricted to those in genuine need, however, it may be

possible to develop cooperative arrangements between Commonwealth,

State and Territory Governments to integrate any arrangements with the

social welfare system;

it would be essential to ensure that the assistance reached the intended

beneficiaries (for example, children going to school) and was not used for

other purposes; and

a shift in the form of subsidy to an individual basis rather than per trip, as

at present, may reduce the benefit received by some people who are

currently able to make intensive use of the concession.

The Commission received varied responses to the above ideas presented in the

draft report. For example, CityRail concurred that user subsidies, as opposed to

provider subsidies, would be more efficient in meeting equity objectives:

Measures to target disadvantaged groups are better directed to them as individuals than

to the areas where they are thought to live (Sub. 256, p. 3).

Others saw problems with this approach, particularly in its implementation. For

example, the Office of Transport Policy and Planning (SA) commented that,

while it has had success in the operation of vouchers for Access Cabs in the

Adelaide area, providing transport for those with physical disabilities, there

would be administrative difficulties in extending this to the entire STA network:

A8 SOCIAL ISSUES

213

To date, direct cash payments have not been favoured due to the difficulty of ensuring

that intended beneficiaries receive the assistance, a factor also recognised by the

Commission in its Draft Report (Sub. 224, p. 13).

Other participants saw other reasons for not extending subsidies to other modes.

The ACTU/Public Transport Unions stated that:

We are not in favour of any move that would allow transport concessions to be used on

modes other than mass transit ... Such a move would take away the add-on social and

environmental benefits from avoided costs of road use that stem from concessions

granted primarily on equity grounds. (Sub. 271, p. 35)

The problem with that approach is that users are limited to mass transit, rather

being allowed to choose the mode(s) which best suits their transport needs. In

addition, other objectives such as achieving better environmental outcomes are

better targeted directly (see chapter A10). Restricting transport concessions to

bus or rail is both an inefficient and inequitable way of addressing the problem.

Some participants also pointed out the unintended side effects of user-side

subsidies, for example, Professor Neutze observed:

Greater targeting of assistance towards the cost of using public transport (and perhaps

road and registration fees), along with income tested assistance of other kinds can

easily result in marginal effective rates of income tax that are higher than those on high

incomes and great enough to be a severe disincentive to increased earnings (Sub. 200,

p. 3).

A8.6 Conclusion

Untargeted subsidisation of traditional public transport is not an efficient way of

helping all those in need. Despite large public transport deficits, many in the

community remain transport disadvantaged. Too often the focus is on helping

people through the traditional public transport system rather than implementing

innovative transport solutions. And too often transport subsidies work to the

advantage of those in the community who are comparatively affluent.

The first steps towards improving assistance to the disadvantaged are closely

associated with corporatisation (see chapter A5). Target groups should be

identified and explicit subsidies for their travel ‘purchased’ by the government

through CSO payments. Similarly, non-commercial routes which the

government wishes to provide should be explicitly funded.

There is scope to introduce some competition into the supply of subsidised

services. For example, contracts could be let to supply after-hour services,

or services to particular locations which would be open to public buses,

private buses, taxis and rail services. This process would replace many

mode-specific CSO payments. For example, taxis, which will be especially

URBAN TRANSPORT

214

competitive after the price-reducing measures recommended in chapter B4, may

win contracts for after-hour services which have low patronage.

A switch to user-based subsidies involves some complex considerations. In

view of the priority for more immediate reform, the Commission has not

undertaken a full evaluation of its potential. However, the Commission

considers that the use of vouchers and direct payments to individuals deserve

further consideration, once existing methods of subsidy have been reformed in

the ways recommended earlier in this chapter.

215

A9 THE USE OF ROADS

Most of Australia’s road transport, essential for the economic functioning

of the nation as well as for social interaction and personal mobility, takes

place in urban areas. Given its prominent role in the movement of both

goods and people, it is important that road transport be operated

efficiently so as to maximise the welfare of the community.

As congestion increases, so do costs, particularly as traffic delays slow

down the movement of freight and commercial traffic. Congestion in

Australian cities is amenable to road pricing solutions, using the most

recent advances in electronic tolling technology.

A9.1 Introduction

Road-based transport accounts for virtually all passenger travel, freight

movements and business and commercial travel in urban areas (see chapter A2).

Urban roads carry a variety of vehicles including cars, trucks, buses,

motorcycles and bicycles, and are linked with a network of crossings and

footpaths for pedestrians. Road transport makes a valuable contribution to the

economy and more generally to the welfare of the community. It also has some

adverse impacts (see chapter A10).

While discussion often focuses on whether there is enough or too much money

being spent on roads, and whether we need more or fewer roads, this chapter

concentrates on how we can make the best use of the urban roads we currently

have. Supply-side issues relating to investment policies are addressed in chapter

A7. As pointed out by Austroads:

Providing more or better roads is not enough. It is the way in which roads are used for

the movement of freight and people that gives them value. This serves the economic

and social needs of the community. (Austroads 1993, p. 5)

Efficient road use is important for all classes of users — car drivers and their

passengers, motor cycles, buses, commercial traffic and those travelling on

business. It is particularly significant where time savings are most valuable, for

example, for urban freight, commercial and business traffic. These users are

also of major and growing importance, both in terms of traffic volume and

economic significance (see chapter A2).

URBAN TRANSPORT

216

As commented in a recent Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics

(BTCE) publication:

Making the most economical use of available road capacity requires that road users are

confronted with the social costs of using the road network. In the short run this means

that charges for each vehicle type should reflect related road damage costs, and during

peak demand periods the costs of traffic congestion. (Docwra, 1993, p. 9)

Presently, motorists are charged vehicle registration fees and fuel taxes. Hence,

motorists are charged for the right to use a vehicle (an access charge to the road

system as a whole), and for the consumption of fuel, but, with the exception of a

few tollways, not for the use of particular roads. The absence of such a charging

system which is facility or area specific, and which varies with the time of day,

is seen as one reason for the growth of traffic congestion in Australia’s major

cities.

A9.2 Congestion

Nature of the problem

Congestion of roads occurs when there is an impediment to the flow of traffic,

at a given time and location, when the use of the roads by some motorists

impedes the progress of others. Congestion is an external cost of road use

because it is imposed by road users on other road users, but its consequences are

not fully reflected in the decisions of those who cause it. Congestion costs,

however, are internalised amongst road users in aggregate. Therefore, costs of

congestion should be distinguished from other external costs associated with the

use of the road, such as road wear, pollution, some accidents, particularly to

pedestrians, and the cost of policing traffic. While congestion may add to some

of these costs, the main components of congestion costs are the loss of time and

the increase in vehicle operating costs caused by additional traffic.

Traffic congestion is a serious problem in many large cities such as Tokyo,

London, New York and Los Angeles. However, congestion is not perceived as a

significant problem in most Australian cities. A recent Australian Automobile

Association survey (Sub. 140) showed that congestion was ranked number ten

out of eleven problems perceived with motoring. In the same vein, the

Metropolitan Transport Trust referred to Tasmania’s ‘relatively low traffic

congestion’ (Sub. 148, p.18).

There is little doubt, however, that at certain times in some Australian cities

considerable delays occur that impose costs on road users. The New South

A9 THE USE OF ROADS

217

Wales Department of Transport reported that ‘the total cost of congestion in

Sydney has been estimated to be at least $2 billion’ (Sub. 178, p.16).

The City of Melbourne said:

Traffic congestion in Melbourne remains a serious problem within the inner area where

the provision of more road space, with the exception of some bypass links, is not a

viable option (Sub. 4, p. 6).

Similarly, the Brisbane City Council commented:

Congestion occurs throughout Brisbane but within Brisbane City it is more pronounced

around the CBD ... Demand typically exceeds the road system’s capacity in peak

periods. In the morning the demand is inbound so the queues are on the suburban side

of the ring of maximum load points. In the afternoon the demand is outbound so the

queues are from the CBD. (Sub. 173, pp. 57-58)

And the NRMA described the situation in Sydney:

In many areas of Sydney, the peak period congestion extends over several hours

...[and]... contrary to popular perception, traffic congestion occurs across wide areas of

Sydney, and not just on those routes approaching the CBD and/or parallel to public

transport (Sub. 246, p. 4).

The extent of congestion problems in Australian cities varies widely. Even in

cities which are relatively uncongested now, there is some concern about how

increasing car travel is to be accommodated without significant congestion in

the future. The Western Australian Government stated that ‘congestion is not a

serious problem for Perth now, but is increasing and will be so by 2021’

(Sub. 170, p. 58).

Costs of congestion

Since congestion involves impediments to the flow of traffic and therefore

increased travel times, the costs of congestion which, in aggregate, have been

estimated at around $4 billion a year in Sydney and Melbourne will depend

on the value of the losses in time and operating costs that are caused by the

delays.

Whether a trip is undertaken for business or personal reasons, most people wish

to minimise the amount of time spent making it. A proxy for the value of time

can be broadly derived from a person’s wage rate, since the wage rate represents

the opportunity cost of spending time travelling rather than working. Estimates

of travel time values vary fairly consistently between trip purposes. They appear

to be higher for business travel (travel as part of work) than for commuter

travel, and higher for commuter travel than for non-work related travel (see

appendix B).

URBAN TRANSPORT

218

Business travellers and those moving freight are likely to value time lost at an

amount very close to the wage rate since that is the amount paid to their drivers

for the time in question. Freight forwarders in particular find congestion

expensive because a certain amount of freight is necessarily moved in the peak

(see table A9.1).

Table A9.1: Commercial vehicles on Sydney’s main roadsa

7-9 am 9am-3pm 3-6pm

(proportion of total volume of traffic, %)

All comercial vehiclesb 19 27 16

Heavy vehicles alone 6 8 6

a Average from ten sites surveyed in November 1990

b Taxis, light and heavy commercial vehicles

Source: New South Wales RTA 1991, p. 63

The most recent estimate of the costs of congestion in Melbourne has been

carried out by the Roads Corporation of Victoria (Vicroads) in conjunction with

the Victorian Office of the Environment. This report defined congestion as:

The difference in resource costs between the road network operating under current

traffic conditions, and the road network operating under ideal conditions where delays

have been eliminated and traffic is able to proceed at the maximum safe speed.

(Vicroads 1992, p.7)

The resource costs comprise vehicle operating costs and, more importantly,

travel time costs, which vary substantially according to the purpose of the trip

(see Australian Road Research Board (ARRB) 1992). For the purposes of the

Vicroads study, based on the ARRB’s valuation of travel time, business

travellers engaged in business (as opposed to those commuting) have a travel

time value six times higher than private travellers.

These different values of time are important considerations for possible changes

to the way in which road space is allocated, particularly during peak travel

times.

Vicroads estimates that the aggregate travel time costs of congestion in

Melbourne’s CBD are approximately $740 000 a day. Operating costs are

approximately $110 000 a day. Together these costs in the CBD represent 22 per

cent of the total daily metropolitan congestion costs.

For Melbourne as a whole (including its surrounding suburbs), total congestion

costs as measured using 1991 data are estimated to be around $7 million a

day or around $2 billion a year. This suggests there are large economic gains

to be made from reducing congestion. Around 70 per cent of this cost is

borne by the business sector (see table A9.2).

A9 THE USE OF ROADS

219

Table A9.2: Melbourne’s daily congestion costs

Cost Item Market Congestion Cost

($ million) (%)

Vehicle Operating Costs Private 0.3 5

Business 0.2 3

Sub-total 0.5 7

Travel Times Private 1.6 24

Business 4.6 69

Sub-total 6.3 93

Total Private 1.9 29

Business 4.8 71

Total 6.8 100

Source: Vicroads 1992

In a similar study, the NSW Roads and Traffic Authority (RTA) estimates the

annual costs of congestion in Sydney at $2 billion (Commeignes 1992).

Alternatively, by updating a previous study by Dodgson (1986), which estimated

marginal costs of congestion per vehicle kilometre for Melbourne, Sydney,

Brisbane and Adelaide, the Australian Automobile Association (AAA) has

calculated a significantly lower measure of congestion costs.

If these figures [Dodgson’s] are grossed up by multiplying them by the estimated urban

travel figures in the corresponding four cities, we estimate that marginal congestion

costs are around $500 million for these four cities (Sub. 279, p. 4).

While further work is required to better estimate the costs of congestion, what is

clear is that congestion costs are significantı and are increasing.

A9.3 Better use of roads

As road users do not take the costs they impose on others fully into account,

roads are used by many people who are prepared to suffer traffic jams because

they have more time to spare and are inconvenienced the least by it (that is, they

place a relatively low value on the use of the road).

Because these costs are not related to their time on the roads, road use will be

rationed by queuing only those who are prepared to wait will be able to use

the road. This system favours users whose time is not so valuable; those who are

inconvenienced the least by traffic congestion. For instance, those with time on

their hands are more likely to tolerate traffic jams than those whose income and

livelihood depend on the efficient use of their time. In many cases the costs of

deferral or rescheduling of trips by those actually on the roads may be low,

URBAN TRANSPORT

220

while those for whom delays are very costly may be forced to more expensive

alternatives, such as relocation of residential or business premises.

Policy measures to reduce congestion aim to ration road space more efficiently.

Those who consequently cannot use the road at the time of greatest demand are

obliged to reschedule their journeys to less congested times, use less congested

routes, use alternative modes of transport or use non-transport methods of

communication.

It is important that the people who change their behaviour in this way are those

who can do so at least cost. Pricing the road space is an efficient method of

achieving that result: those prepared to pay the charge will be those who most

value the road space.

It will, however, rarely be desirable to eliminate congestion altogether. Indeed

on roads that are currently congested, the very high toll required to create a

completely free flow of traffic would almost certainly eliminate some users who

would value use of the road highly and who could be accommodated with only

minor inconvenience to those already using the road.

This means that aggregate measures of the cost of congestion need to be

interpreted carefully. Often they are based as in the Vicroads study referred

to above on the difference between current time delays and no time delays at

all. The benefits from introducing optimal management of congestion will be

somewhat less than this because they will not completely eliminate congestion.

The need for measures to deal with congestion has been well recognised in

several forums, including the final report by the Ecologically Sustainable

Development (ESD) Transport Working Group (1991b) which recommended

that ‘the application of road pricing mechanisms be evaluated by Governments

as an alternative to the provision of additional road facilities serving business

districts and employment centres...’ (recommendation 20).

Existing policy measures

There are various measures available, some of which are currently in use, to

deal with the growing problems associated with the increasing levels of

congestion in Australia’s cities. They include demand management measures

such as traffic calming, subsidising public transport, expanding road capacity,

the use of express or high occupancy vehicle (HOV) lanes, parking restrictions,

as well as pricing measures such as parking fees, fuel taxes and the actual

pricing of roads.

A9 THE USE OF ROADS

221

Traffic management

Traffic management measures, particularly the use of speed limits, the

computerisation of traffic light cycles, the creation of right-hand turning lanes,

allowing left-hand turning vehicles to turn against red lights if the traffic is

clear, the creation of pedestrian zones, and traffic calming techniques such as

speed humps and chicanes, all have a valuable role to play in assisting better

traffic flows in urban areas.

The merits of each management tool need to be assessed at the local level, but

ideally their implementation should be the outcome of careful analysis of costs

and benefits, as well as collaboration between local government authorities.

Company provided vehicles and parking

A number of participants considered that the Commission’s draft report had

neglected the issue of company provision of vehicles and motoring related

services to employees. The ACTU/Public Transport Unions said:

... the Commission has ignored the major subsidy to car travel given by the provision of

company cars, many of which are used for commuting to work and are parked free in

costly multi-storey office car parks (Sub. 271, p. 8).

In a similar vein, Mr Waters stated that:

One of the ways in which transport users do not face the full economic costs of their

travel is in the widespread practice, in both the private and public sectors, of

constructing executive remuneration packages which effectively subsidise the use of

private cars.

In the case of the Federal Government Senior Executive Service, this goes as far as

offering effectively free use (including petrol), with no tax liability for the individual

and no alternative such as public transport fares or the salary equivalent. (Sub. 273,

p. 2)

The provision of vehicles by employers can lead observers to conclude that

employees travel and park at significantly reduced cost relative to the rest of the

community.

Such conclusions often fail to allow, however, for the impact of the Fringe

Benefits Tax (FBT) which applies to employer subsidisation of motoring costs.

Fringe Benefits Tax applies (among other things) to the provision of vehicles

and other motoring-related benefits. Since July 1993 the employer provision of

free parking for employees has also been included. The FBT applies where the

vehicle is used to commute, and the vehicle is parked for at least four hours a

day. The valuation of the parking space is based on the lowest cost, all day

commercial parking rate within one kilometre of the space provided.

URBAN TRANSPORT

222

Even after paying FBT, company provision of cars can be advantageous to

employees where the provider can obtain the vehicles at lower costs than

employees acting on their own behalf. A clear example is the remission of sales

tax available to government purchasers which the Commission would like to see

eliminated.

Virtually all employees in the private sector are given options for choosing to

include a vehicle, cash, or some combination, in their remuneration packages.

This allows them to reduce, without penalty, the extent to which payments for

personal motor vehicles form part of their remuneration, so allowing them to

choose to rely to a greater extent on public or other forms of transport. This

option should also be available to public sector employees.

Express lanes

The use of express or high occupancy vehicle (HOV) lanes as a mechanism for

encouraging increased occupancy rates of vehicles has long been a measure

used in North America. In Australia, Sydney and Melbourne have for some

years used HOV lanes (called transit lanes). Such lanes are generally open to

buses, van pools and cars with a certain number of occupants (a minimum of 2

or 3). Other cities have extensive bus-only lanes.

Sydney has seven bus lane projects, for the exclusive use of buses and taxis,

close to and within the CBD. The effectiveness of bus lanes on the harbour

crossing was spelt out in the Sydney Harbour Tunnel Traffic Impact Study

which stated:

In the two hour am peak period, 260 buses transport about 13 000 persons into the city

and about 20 000 other vehicles transport about 28 000 persons into and around the

city. Thus, on a person basis, buses can justify their own lane. (New South Wales RTA,

1989)

The usefulness or otherwise of HOV lanes is very much a matter for local

authorities in each urban area to decide. The extent to which HOV lanes

encourage higher occupancy rates (data needs to be compiled to assess the

degree to which this occurs), will be affected by the level of congestion on the

roads concerned. In some cases, the creation of HOV lanes to force traffic off

one lane and onto others may increase congestion, especially if the HOV lane is

hardly used. The success of HOV lanes will depend crucially on accurate data

before implementation and continuous monitoring of their operation.

HOV lanes would seem to be appropriate in conditions where traffic congestion

exists, the potential for ride sharing is high, public transport use is high, and

where the road space is wide enough to incorporate such lanes.

A9 THE USE OF ROADS

223

Subsidies for public transport

Some participants argued that current subsidies for public transport were

fulfilling the role that would ideally be undertaken by road pricing. CityRail

said:

State Rail is seeking greater awareness that CSOs paid to CityRail for suburban

services are not a handout but a second-best pricing solution to undercharging for

suburban roads ... If it is not feasible for Government to charge the true cost of road

usage it must continue providing a similar financial support to rail users as a second

best alternative to put them on an equal footing with road users. (Sub. 46, p. 6)

Subsidies for public transport have some impact in attracting motorists out of

their cars. But they also encourage travellers who would not otherwise have

travelled at all. And subsidies for one mode of public transport have significant

impacts in attracting passengers from other public transport modes. Where the

subsidies are at such a level that these passengers are effectively not meeting the

cost of their travel, net costs to society can eventuate. Moreover, raising the

revenue required for subsidies imposes an economic cost (net burden) over and

above the value of the revenue raised.

Some participants argued that congestion could be reduced if service quality

was improved and additional commuters attracted. Mr John Legge argued that

with a capital injection (amount unspecified) into Melbourne’s urban rail

system:

It is possible, using proven technology (which can be fitted to the present trains at a

moderate cost) to cut 33% off transit times and improve service frequencies from four

to six per hour with the same number of trains, a reduced number of employees and a

40% cut in the power bill...If these technical improvements were brought in at the same

time as road user pricing and higher peak period fares the public subsidy to the public

transport system could be significantly reduced. (Sub. 257, p. 3)

The Commission supports moves to improve public transport service levels. As

always, however, such investments should be subject to appropriate cost benefit

analysis (see chapter A7).

Levies on fuel

All petrol and diesel sold in Australia is subject to a Commonwealth excise duty

of 29.6 cents a litre. In addition, all states and territories except Queensland levy

franchise fees on petrol and diesel, as is shown in table A9.3.

In most states a single fee applies, except in New South Wales and South

Australia where rates vary within their state boundaries.

URBAN TRANSPORT

224

Table A9.3: State and Territory Government fuel franchise fees

State and

Territory

Super leaded

petrol

Regular unleaded

petrol

Automotive distillate

(cents per litre)

NSW (Sydney)a 7.0 7.0 7.1

Vic. 8.4 8.4 10.3

Qld nil nil nil

WA 5.7 5.7 7.4

SA (Adelaide)a 9.1 9.0 10.2

Tas 6.1 6.1 6.1

NT 6.0 6.0 6.0

ACT 7.0 7.0 7.1

a Variable rates.

Source: Prices Surveillance Authority

In the absence of direct road user charging through the widespread use of tolls,

the use of differential franchise fees in specific locations (that is, higher fees in

capital cities) opens up the possibility of using such fees as a second-best option

for road user charging.

The main disadvantage of such a mechanism is that it is not capable of tackling

congestion in particular parts of a city, and is not time specific. An advantage of

using levies on fuel is that no new mechanism needs to be established to collect

them and it is a good way of dealing with fuel related externalities, such as lead

emissions.

Parking taxes and controls

One option for dealing with congestion (or as a complementary instrument of

demand management) is the use of parking charges and controls.

Limitations on parking may take the form of restrictions on the number of

parking places that may be provided in a jurisdiction, restrictions on the length

of time for on-street parking, or taxes on the parking places that are provided.

As congestion has worsened in some Australian cities, quantitative restrictions

on parking have been imposed through land use controls on the amount of land

that may be used for parking and the number of spaces that may be built.

The major limitation of tackling congestion through parking policies, using

quantitative restrictions or the imposition of penalties, is that they have no effect

on through traffic, which in many areas makes a large contribution to

congestion. Through traffic is a particular problem where there are no ring roads

around cities, thus forcing traffic to travel through the centre in order to travel

from one side to the other. Parking restrictions or charges will only impact on

the traffic whose destination is the area under consideration.

A9 THE USE OF ROADS

225

Physical limits on parking spaces are also difficult to target at congestion which,

by its nature, only occurs at particular times of day. Controls on time limits for

parking are more flexible. Taxation or additional state charging measures are the

most flexible of all, since levies can be constructed in such a way that all

providers of spaces face costs which vary through the day. However, the more

rates are differentiated, the more compliance and administrative costs increase.

A simpler ad valorem tax of say, a flat 20 per cent, although not ideal, would be

the easiest and most cost efficient way of taxing parking. Alternatively, the

NSW Government has recently imposed a flat tax of $200 on each parking

space in the Sydney CBD. The parking space levy is paid by property owners,

and passed on to motorists through higher parking charges.

The need for a city-wide approach to parking restrictions and other measures

dealing with congestion was argued by the City of Melbourne:

...parking restrictions should be introduced on a city-wide basis. The City of

Melbourne’s experience has indicated that this is a major requirement for parking

controls to be effective. This is relevant to road pricing as well. (Sub. 259, p. 4)

The limitations of parking restrictions, however, were recognised by Professor

Neutze who argued that ‘Parking charges are very poor substitutes for

congestion charges’ (Sub. 200, p. 3).

Many of the above measures have been used to tackle congestion in the past.

They will continue to do so. However as congestion increases, more targetted

measures are becoming appropriate including electronic road pricing (ERP).

Road pricing

Tolls are being imposed on some new roads and other motor vehicle

infrastructure provided in urban areas. This is especially true of infrastructure

which has been built with some component of private capital. Examples include

the M4 and M5 motorways and the Harbour Tunnel in Sydney, and the Logan

Motorway and Gateway Bridge in Queensland (see table A9.4).

It should be recognised, however, that the existing tolls rarely fulfil the

requirements of congestion pricing. As the NRMA pointed out:

... the problem with most non-electronic toll facilities is that the charge is constant

regardless of actual congestion levels in the case of Sydney’s tollways road users

pay the same amount at 0800 on weekdays as 2400 on Sunday and yet the traffic levels

are very different indeed! (Sub. 246, p. 5)

In many cases the tolls have been imposed more with an eye to revenue than to

pricing the current use of the infrastructure efficiently. Indeed, it may be that

URBAN TRANSPORT

226

pricing has to some extent frustrated efficient use, with many facilities, such as

the Westgate bridge in Melbourne, uncongested in the early years of their use.

Even so, pricing of urban arterial roads is an important step towards a more

efficient use of the urban road network. As demand grows, it is inevitable that

these facilities will become congested. When this happens it is preferable that

pricing mechanisms be in place and accepted by motorists. Furthermore,

existing tolls on congested urban roads, such as the Sydney harbour crossings,

should use peak pricing.

Table A9.4: Tolls on Australian roads and bridgesa

Jurisdiction Facility Toll

New South Wales Sydney Harbour Bridge $2.00

Sydney Harbour Tunnel $2.00

M4 Motorway $1.50

M5 Motorway $2.00

F6 Freeway $0.60

Queensland Gateway Bridge $2.20

Sunshine Motorway $1.20

Logan Motorwayb $0.60

a Rates are for cars only.

b Rate applies to the first phase of the tollway only.

If tolls could be extended to existing and new arterials, it may be possible in

some cities to create a system of charging which effectively rations access to the

most congested areas. By charging for both old and new access roads, it should

be possible to achieve a more rapid flow of traffic in the city as a whole.

Such a system may achieve a pricing cordon around highly congested areas. In

Bergen, Norway, there is a ‘toll ring’ around the CBD, with tolls being charged

on all entrance roads. Although designed to raise revenue for road

improvements, its effect has been to reduce congestion (see appendix H).

The Area Licensing Scheme (ALS) in Singapore is generally considered to be

the most successful attempt at using price to ration entry to a congested city at

certain times. Drivers wishing to enter the CBD during the morning and

afternoon peak periods are required to purchase a permit, which must be

displayed on the windscreen. The result has been a large reduction in congestion

and an improvement in air quality. To overcome the inherent rigidities of the

ALS and to reduce its enforcement costs, the Singapore Government is planning

to replace the ALS with an electronic road pricing (ERP) system.

Electronic tolls can be flexibly applied (with significant time of day variations)

to all road users, including through traffic. They can also be consistently

A9 THE USE OF ROADS

227

applied, to the extent that they are confined to arterial roads coming under the

direct control of the state government. Hutchinson and Gargett said:

Charging for road use (congestion pricing) is likely to be the most effective approach to

managing levels of private vehicle use because it still allows users a choice and it can

be targeted at certain types of traffic, at specific locations and at certain times of the

day or week (Sub. 56. p. 14).

Electronic technologies for toll collection are technically feasible and are

rapidly overtaking coin-based toll booths both here and in other countries (see

table A9.5).

Table A9.5: Current and planned electronic road pricing schemes

City System Technology

Oslo (Norway) Toll ring AVIa/manual

Trondheim (Norway) Toll ring AVI/manual

Stockholm (Sweden) Electronic cordon AVI/manual

Goteborg (Sweden) Electronic cordon AVI/manual

Orange County (USA) Private toll roads AVI/manual

The Randstad (Netherlands) Comprehensive ERPb ENPc

Singapore Zonal ERP Smartcard

Hong Kong Zonal ERP Smartcard

Cambridge (UK) Congestion metering (based on

vehicle speed)

Smartcard

a Automatic Vehicle Identification

b Electronic Road Pricing

c Electronic Number Plate

An experiment in Hong Kong with electronic road pricing between 1983 and

1985 demonstrated that a system based on the time of day and location of travel

was both technically feasible and effective in reducing congestion. Compared

with other attempts at levying and collecting tolls, via toll gates, the costs of

implementation were fairly low. According to Austroads (1991), the initial cost

of the completed Hong Kong scheme would have been about $US30 million,

and the annual cost about $US6 million, with revenue estimates ranging from

$US20 million to $US70 million a year. The scheme was also technically

effective. Despite these results the scheme was abandoned when it failed to

meet community acceptance, partly due to concerns about invasion of privacy.

No longer are there technological obstacles to the use of electronic road pricing.

Although the development and use of electronic road pricing is more advanced

overseas, the first steps toward its introduction in Australia are currently being

taken on the Sydney Harbour Bridge see box A9.1.

URBAN TRANSPORT

228

Box A9.1 Electronic toll collection on Sydney Harbour Bridge

The Road Traffic Authority of New South Wales is currently in the process of testing an

electronic toll collection (ETC) system on the Sydney Harbour Bridge. The system

comprises:

remotely sensed radio frequency tags;

toll booth mounted tag readers;

a toll booth computer for local tag processing;

an associated network link; and

a violation enforcement system incorporating video digitising technology.

For the trial, three toll booths on the southern toll plaza of the Sydney Harbour Bridge

have been equipped for ETC. Only two of the booths are being used by tagged vehicles,

the third being equipped to assess the implications of cross-lane tag reading; ie. the tag in

one lane is sensed in an adjacent lane. All lanes will continue to be used by non-tagged

vehicles paying normal toll transactions.

Each toll booth is fitted with a tag detector and a booth computer with communication

links to a control computer in the toll office. The coded tags are to be attached to the

windscreens of commercial fleet vehicles and selected RTA vehicles, by removable

velcro strips allowing drivers to take the strips with them when they leave their vehicles.

As the vehicle approaches the toll booth, the tag is activated by a radio signal from the

booth antennae. In the current trial the vehicle needs to slow down approaching the

booth. However, it is expected that eventually this will not be necessary. The tag

identification is reflected by radar back to the antennae. The tag number is then passed to

the booth computer which compares it with a memory resident data base to check

whether the tag has a credit balance. If so, a booth mounted message board indicates that

the motorist can proceed through the toll gates. The toll amount is then deducted from

the vehicle’s account.

If the balance is low, the message board indicates this to the driver. If the balance has

expired, a different signal shows that the motorist must pay a cash toll. The entire

process is effectively instantaneous.

A video violation enforcement system is integral to the scheme. It records any vehicle

which drives through without paying by tag or cash.

ETC technology, though still in its early implementation phase, may offer significant

opportunities for free-flowing tolling, reduced congestion, travel time savings,

productivity improvements and efficient road pricing. If the present trial on Sydney

Harbour Bridge is successful, there is potential for this technology to be introduced not

only in Sydney, but elsewhere in Australia.

Source: Information provided by the New South Wales Roads and Traffic Authority.

Technological developments since the mid 1980s have resolved the privacy

problems with smart-cards as unidentifiable as telephone cards and

electronic toll collections are currently in operation (usually alongside a manual

A9 THE USE OF ROADS

229

or automatic cash payment option) on highways in several European countries

(such as Italy, France and Norway) and the United States. Singapore is also

planning to introduce electronic road pricing using smart-card technology. Such

technologies allow the vehicle to be debited the appropriate fee as it passes

through (or under) an electronic cordon, without its identity being able to be

ascertained. A detailed examination of the road pricing schemes currently in

operation or being planned in other countries is contained in appendix H.

Equity effects of road pricing

The introduction of road pricing, such as ERP, would have varying impacts on

different groups throughout society.

Those who will clearly benefit most from congestion pricing will be:

those who place a high value on their time (including most commercial

vehicles) who will benefit most from less congestion and higher speeds;

users and providers of high occupancy vehicle (HOV) modes, such as

buses and carpools (which could benefit further if they were made exempt

from such charges), who will benefit from an improved and quicker

service; and

businesses benefiting from more timely and certain delivery. Reductions in

lost time for business could be passed on in better services and lower

prices, which will benefit all sections of the community.

Benefits are likely to users of public transport, especially buses, as

acknowledged by the State Transport Authority, South Australia which stated:

The STA would however benefit from the implementation of such measures locally in

Adelaide, both through reduced road congestion for our on-street services and improved

patronage (Sub. 268, p. 13).

In the absence of ameliorating or compensatory measures, those likely to lose

from congestion pricing would be:

those with a low value on their time or who cannot afford the charge; and

some businesses whose customers may travel elsewhere to avoid the

charge.

Professor Neutze commented on affordability:

It should at least be mentioned that road pricing will tend to price low income road

users off congested streets because they will be unable to afford the congestion charges

(Sub. 200, p. 3).

The net effects on the overall income distribution in society are difficult to

predict precisely and will depend on the location and breadth of the scheme.

URBAN TRANSPORT

230

As congestion pricing would have most impact during peak periods, some of the

equity effects can be analysed by examining the income profiles of those

travelling to work by car in areas likely to be affected. Using 1991 census data,

table A9.6 shows the income profile of commuters travelling from various parts

(zones) of Melbourne into the central area.

Table A9.6 : Commuters driving into Melbourne’s central zone, by

zone of origin

Income groups

Zone of

origin

< $12 000 $12001-

$25000

$25001-

$40000

$40001-

$70000

$70000+

Inner West 5.4 36.3 38.9 16.5 2.9

Outer West 6.0 43.6 38.4 11.1 0.9

Inner North 6.2 38.7 37.6 14.8 2.7

Outer North 5.7 37.1 39.0 15.4 2.9

Inner East 5.4 23.9 34.7 25.1 10.8

Outer East 4.0 21.7 43.0 26.9 4.4

Inner South 6.2 25.7 34.3 21.1 12.7

Outer South 5.0 27.5 41.5 21.4 4.6

Total 5.7 31.1 37.2 19.5 6.6

a The zones of origin refer to the nine zones used in the Horridge model in appendix C. All figures are for

travel from the zone of origin into the central zone, which constitutes the CBD and some fringe suburbs.

Source: ABS 1993a

This data reveals that less than six per cent of car commuters had incomes less

than $12 000 and over 62 per cent had annual incomes of over $25 000.

It is extremely important for the eventual success of road pricing, and for

reasons of social justice, that low income earners are protected when it is

introduced. People with disabilities should also not be penalised.

Traffic diversion

The latest ERP technology could be operated at the single facility (specific road,

bridge or tunnel), over a specific area (such as a CBD) or regionwide (such as a

whole city).

In arguing for a regionwide application of ERP, the Town and Country Planning

Association stated:

...the Commission’s ERP proposal is inadequate to prevent evasion of payment by ‘ratrunning’

along side streets. The Commission is wrong in its conclusion that road

pricing is applicable only to inner urban arterial travel and central CBD ‘cordon’ entry:

Adverse road effects such as congestion are now regularly observed in middle and outer

suburban highways in Melbourne and Sydney. (Sub. 283, p. 14)

A9 THE USE OF ROADS

231

Similarly, the Municipal Association of Victoria considered:

If electronic pricing was used it would need to be on an area-wide basis to prevent an

increase in traffic using local roads to avoid the toll on the main road network. From a

traffic management perspective electronic pricing could be used to deter through traffic

from using the local network, and avoid the need for physical devices such as speed

humps and chicanes. (Sub. 266, p. 3)

The City of Melbourne supported:

... the need to include road pricing as a part of a broader demand management package.

The City of Melbourne believes that these measures need to be examined on an area or

metropolitan wide basis. One of the major traffic management problems facing local

government is the intrusion of traffic into local streets. (Sub. 259, p. 3)

The problem of spillover effects from tolling specific roads was also raised by

the ACTU/Public Transport Unions:

In Melbourne and Sydney, with tolls only on a few selected new or upgraded roads,

many motorists are likely to continue to use alternative toll-free routes, including in

some cases ‘rat running’ on residential streets (Sub. 271, p. iv).

It is not the intention of the Commission to limit consideration of ERP to the

facility or area level, but rather to encourage its introduction incrementally.

Region-wide ERP is a longer term objective, which has a better chance of

coming to fruition if road users in built-up urban areas have grown accustomed

to the use of ERP, even on a limited scale.

Undoubtedly, the tolling of specific facilities can lead to some ‘rat-running’ and

spillover effects, as some drivers seek to avoid the charges. Only experience

will enable the toll to be set at an appropriate level to reduce congestion on the

tolled facility without causing excessive spillover effects. Traffic calming

measures such as speed limits, speed humps and traffic lights could also be used

to discourage such occurrences.

A9.4 Conclusion

The experience overseas, and more recently in Australia, with a number of

variants of road pricing demonstrates that such policy options are viable and

capable of playing a useful role in rationing road use.

The latest developments in electronic technology have made road pricing

possible. The ability to price different vehicles for their use of particular roads

or sections of roads at particular times, opens up the possibility for a more

efficient allocation of road space.

URBAN TRANSPORT

232

The advantages of electronic road pricing are its low collection and enforcement

costs and the ease with which it can price by areas and by time. It can also be

used to charge motorists for the cost of pollution (see chapter A10).

The precise formula for introducing ERP will obviously vary from city to city,

depending on local conditions. Some cities may be more suited, for instance, to

the introduction of area-wide ERP rather than facility specific applications. This

point was raised by the South Australian Office of Transport Policy and

Planning, which stated:

...the Commission’s views would be welcomed on the implementation of electronic

road pricing in cities like Adelaide, which have a well defined ‘grid’ of arterial roads

and not a number of discrete freeways or motorways which lend themselves to

conversion to toll facilities...the options, in Adelaide’s case, appear to be limited to the

implementation of area pricing schemes rather than pricing the use of particular routes.

(Sub. 224, p. 4)

The Commission considers that ERP has many advantages in terms of the

efficient use of roads. In light of overseas experience, however, it favours

initially tolling selected arterial roads, with their subsequent conversion to

electronic collection once the technical standards for area-wide ERP have been

determined, preferably nationally so all systems are compatable. The greater use

of private toll roads will also extend the use of charges for congested road

space. In due course these measures should increase public acceptance of more

sophisticated approaches including area-wide schemes, such as in Singapore,

and eventually the consideration of region wide applications of ERP.

The Commission recommends an incremental approach to the introduction

of area-wide electronic road pricing. This could start in Sydney and

Melbourne with tolls (preferably electronic) on certain new or upgraded

urban arterial roads, bridges and tunnels, so as to reduce congestion.

Realistically, this should be done over time to familiarise the public with

electronic collection. In addition, wherever practicable, tolls should be

extended to existing arterial roads and differentiated by time of travel so as

to create controlled access to congested areas.

The collection of tolls for urban arterial roads would, other things being equal,

generate additional revenue for state governments from motorists. The tolls

proposed by the Commission are not, however, intended as a revenue raising

measure.

The Commission recommends that tolls and other such user charges not be

used to raise additional revenue from motorists in total, but rather to shift

the burden towards those who impose the greatest costs. A policy of

revenue neutrality should be adopted, by offsetting the costs of user

charges with equivalent reductions in either the Commonwealth fuel excise

A9 THE USE OF ROADS

233

and/or state franchise fees on fuel. The Commission therefore recommends

that any road pricing scheme that is introduced should provide concessions

to the transport disadvantaged, including people with disabilities. Such

concessions should be designed on the same principles as those for public

transport use (see chapter A8).

This would reduce the cost of motoring in some areas, where the lack of

congestion (and usually pollution) makes the incremental cost of road use in any

case very low.

In the interim, despite their limitations, parking restrictions and taxes offer

some practical solutions to congestion control. Parking restrictions, taxes

and differentiated fuel franchise fees should be part of any sensible demand

management strategy and are best implemented on a city-wide basis.

URBAN TRANSPORT

234

235

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND

ROADS

The adverse impacts of road use in the form of environmental damage and

accidents need to be tackled better. Quantification of the environmental

and safety impacts of urban transport is, however, a difficult task.

Judgements often have to be made on the basis of the best available

information, recognising the severe limitations of such data.

Ultimately, society has to weigh up the costs and benefits of applying

alternative measures to address these negative impacts of urban transport.

One approach is to use taxes and other pricing instruments to sheet home

the cost of the impacts to the individuals generating them, so as to alter

their behaviour. This has not always proved feasible and governments

have brought in regulations to enforce standards for motor vehicle

emissions as well as for safety.

A10.1 Introduction

While urban transport plays a vital role in the economic, social and private

functioning of the community, it also has some negative consequences. This

chapter is about the adverse environmental impacts resulting from the use of

motor vehicles and the costs of road accidents.

A10.2 The nature of the environmental problem

Adverse impacts on the environment and our quality of life from the provision

of transport in cities include the damage to health from atmospheric pollution,

noise pollution, the run-off from roads, the emission of greenhouse gases, visual

intrusion and ecological damage, including the loss of habitat and depletion of

natural resources. The main focus here, however is on the impact urban

transport has on local air quality.

In addition to direct impacts on the environment, there can also be upstream and

downstream effects. An example of an upstream effect is the emissions from

coal-fired power stations producing the electricity to run trains. A downstream

URBAN TRANSPORT

236

effect might be the damage to bushland and waterways from dumping old cars,

oil and tyres. In other words, some of the environmental degradation can occur

outside the urban areas where transport takes place.

Air Pollution

While the environmental effects of urban transport are varied, most community

concern centres on emissions from motor vehicles. These emissions include:

carbon monoxide;

carbon dioxide (greenhouse);

oxides of nitrogen (contributes to the formation of ozone);

hydrocarbons (contributes to the formation of ozone);

ozone (contributes to photochemical smog);

particulates; and

heavy metals (such as lead from petrol).

The implications of these emissions for the environment and human health are

the subject of debate and disagreement amongst experts. However, there is

agreement that they pose risks in sufficient concentrations and/or under certain

weather conditions.

Fossil fuel combustion, particularly by motor vehicles, has been identified as the

largest single contributor to atmospheric pollution, particularly in urban areas.

The relative contribution to atmospheric pollution in Australian cities from

various sources including motor vehicle emissions is shown in table A10.1.

Table A10.1: Relative contribution to atmospheric pollution in major

Australian cities by sourcea

Source Carbon Monoxide Hydrocarbons Oxides of Nitrogen

(%) (%) (%)

Average Range Average Range Average Range

Motor vehicles 86 82-89 45 41-50 67 54-80

Other mobile 3 2-3 2 2-3 5 4-5

Waste combustion 1 1-2 1 1-2 <1 <1

Fuel combustion 7 4-12 10 6-16 21 9-34

Petroleum/solvent <1 <1 35 30-38 4 2-5

Miscellaneous 2 <1-3 5 4-8 4 1-6

a Extrapolated from Australian Environment Council 1985. Percentages quoted are indicative only and are an

arithmetic average of the values for Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth and Adelaide. The values shown

under the heading ‘range’ are the lowest and highest percentage for each gas from the five cities.

Source: Federal Office of Road Safety 1993

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

237

These figures show that motor vehicles are the largest contributors of major

atmospheric pollutants. Any judgments about these calculations must be

tempered by the fact that motor vehicles are responsible, for most of the urban

passenger transport task and virtually all the urban freight task (see chapter A2).

For these reasons judgements about the significance of pollution from motor

cars relative to other modes are difficult to make. One useful indicator,

however, is the rate of emission per passenger kilometre of the various transport

alternatives. It appears that for some major pollutants, the rate of emission by

cars (per passenger kilometre) is relatively high (see table A10.2).

Table A10.2: Carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide emissions by

mode

Mode Carbon dioxide Carbon monoxide

(grams per passenger kilometre)

Car 210 33

Bus 120 20

Rail 150 nil

Bicycle nil nil

Sources: ABS 1992a

BTCE 1991

The importance of transport pollution must also be considered in the context of

pollution as a whole. For instance, although cars have higher rates of carbon

dioxide emissions per passenger kilometre than buses and rail, motor vehicles

contribute less than 25 per cent of total CO2 emissions, the bulk of which comes

from coal-fired power stations (the source of the motive power for nearly all

urban rail and tram services). Cycling and walking are the only non-polluting

forms of transport. Possible measures to enhance the role of cycling are

examined in chapter B6.

The rate of emission and the concentration of particular pollutants is also

affected by the speed of vehicles (cars, trucks and buses). Emissions increase

markedly when vehicles accelerate and are low when they are idling. The

impact of congestion on pollution levels is a complex question, but there is

some evidence that traffic congestion (stop/start, acceleration/deceleration of

traffic) increases local air pollution (Inter-State Commission, 1990). Singapore

has enjoyed improved air quality as a result of its measures to reduce road

congestion.

One indication of the extent of pollution problems is the degree of conformity

with accepted air quality standards. Standards are necessarily arbitrary and are

not always able to be based on rigorous comparison of costs of pollution with

costs of pollution reduction. In Australia, they are also incomplete in coverage.

URBAN TRANSPORT

238

They can, however, reflect community attitudes about desirable pollution levels

at particular times and indicate changes in pollution levels over time.

Monitoring conducted by various Environment Protection Agencies (EPAs)

suggests that there has been some improvement in air quality over the past

decade; such results are, however, very sensitive to the number and precise

location of monitoring stations. This conclusion is based on the number of days

there have been violations of air quality guidelines. (Air quality is usually

measured as the total emissions of a particular type within each one-hour or

eight-hour period in the day, as measured by testing stations at particular

locations in each city.)

The Federal Office of Road Safety (1993) reports that carbon monoxide

violations have declined substantially, with Melbourne, for example, having no

breaches of the eight hour goal since 1983, and Sydney’s breaches falling from

69 days in 1988 to 18 in 1991.

It is more difficult to infer trends in the levels of nitrogen dioxide. While the

number of breaches have been low in recent years (see figure A10.1), the

formation of nitrogen dioxide in the atmosphere (from the nitric oxide in vehicle

exhaust emissions) is strongly affected by annual weather patterns.

Ozone a secondary pollutant formed from the mixture of oxides of nitrogen

and hydrocarbons is the gas used to measure photochemical ‘smog’.

According to the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC), a

figure of 0.12 parts per million (ppm) averaged over any hour in a day is

deemed to put human health at risk by reducing lung capacity. Breaches of

ozone standards in most cities have shown steady declines or stabilised. Recent

data from Sydney (see figure A10.2), Melbourne (see figure A10.3) and

Adelaide indicate that the downward trend may not continue. Monitoring of

ozone in Perth only commenced in 1990, but in the first half of 1993 alone, the

one hour target was breached on more days than previously recorded (see figure

A10.4).

Despite the evidence of some overall improvement in air quality in recent years,

trend levels vary depending on the pollutant in question. As the New South

Wales Minister for the Environment stated:

While it is true that there have been some improvements in air quality in Australian

cities over the last decade, this is not the case for all air pollutants. For instance, in

Sydney, hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide emissions declined slightly, but oxides of

nitrogen emissions remained constant, while emissions of particulates increased.

The summits on Air Quality in 1991 and 1992 highlighted considerable public concern

about the quality of air in the Sydney basin. Specifically, there is concern that the

reduction in photochemical smog (ozone) episodes in Sydney over the last decade may

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

239

not continue in the face of increasing hydrocarbon and nitrogen oxide emissions.

(Sub. 313, p. 3)

Figure A10.1:

Breaches of nitrogen dioxide

standard in Sydney

Figure A10.2:

Breaches of ozone standard in

Sydney

Days/Year 1hr Goal Exceeded

0

2

4

6 8

10

12

14

16

18

1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992

Trend

Source: EPA New South Wales

Days/Year 1hr Goal Exceeded

0

2

4

6

8

10

1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992

Trend

Figure A10.3:

Breaches of ozone standard in

Melbourne

Figure A10.4:

Breaches of ozone standard in

Perth

Days/Year 1hr Goal Exceeded

0

10

20

30

1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992

Trend

Source: EPA Victoria

Days/Year 1hr Goal Exceeded

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

1990 1991 1992 1993

Trend

Source: EPA Western Australia (Caversham station)

The NHMRC is currently reviewing the health effects of ozone and is

considering, amongst a number of options, the adoption of the World Health

Organisation’s more stringent standard for ozone of 0.08 ppm averaged over

any hour in a day. This review process should be completed by the end of 1994.

If this target level is adopted as the standard for Australia, breaches of the one

hour goal will increase, by definition, even if there is a reduction in emissions

themselves. In international terms, a 1988 study (as reported by the Federal

Office of Road Safety, 1993) indicated that Melbourne’s smog levels were

comparable with European cities and United States cities considered to have

moderate smog problems.

URBAN TRANSPORT

240

Further information on vehicle emissions is being sought in a study being

undertaken by the Federal Office of Road Safety. The objectives of this study

are to:

assess the extent of emission control system deterioration and failure in

1986-1991 passenger cars;

assess the emission performance of 1981-1985 passenger cars with

reference to their original requirements;

estimate the exhaust emission performance of the current passenger car

fleet;

identify the likely causes of poor vehicle performance, including the

prevalence of inoperative catalytic converters; and

assess the need for inspection programs including the effectiveness and

relative cost of a range of possible tests and inspections aimed at

identifying high polluting vehicles.

The project (due to be completed by April 1995) should help to assess the

magnitude of the emission problem, and assist in developing programs for

improving the performance of those vehicles which are major contributors to air

pollution.

Motor vehicles are the largest single contributor to atmospheric pollution

in urban areas. It is clear, however, that there have been reductions in the

levels of some emissions from motor vehicles in Australia’s cities. The main

problems of local air pollution from motor vehicles are in Sydney and

Melbourne. In the absence of corrective measures, as other cities grow in

size, they also could encounter decreased air quality. Some emissions can

also create pollution problems some distance from where they were

released.

Greenhouse gases

The costs of greenhouse gas emissions are even more difficult to quantify than

other emissions, because the effects are global and may be long term. (The

Commission’s 1991 report The costs and benefits of reducing Greenhouse gas

emissions discussed this issue in more detail.)

The Commonwealth Government has adopted an interim planning target for

greenhouse gas emissions. This requires that emissions not controlled by the

Montreal protocol (on ozone depleting substances) be stabilised at 1988 levels

by 2000, and reduced by 20 per cent by 2005. The Government has resolved not

to proceed with measures which would have a net adverse effect on the

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

241

economy in the absence of similar action by major greenhouse gas producing

countries.

Noise pollution

Noise pollution is a function of increasing road use, roads design and the mix of

vehicles using the roads. Motorbikes, trucks, buses and trams tend to be noisier

than cars. While the magnitude of car travel makes it the main contributor to

noise pollution in aggregate, freight trucks and trains may create a larger

problem in particular locations.

Noise is less of a problem in newer cities which have grown up with the motor

vehicle. For instance, the Western Australian Government said that in Perth:

Most regional roads have been planned and designed with wide reservations and in

conjunction with sympathetic land uses and building design. A high proportion of

industrial and commercial land adjoins these roads, in preference to residential

development, and many are controlled access highways and any residential

development is designed to face away from them. (Sub. 170, p. 56)

A10.3 Costs of pollution

While measuring the level of emissions gives some indication of the extent of

environmental problems, development of effective policy responses in this area

requires the translation of information on emission levels into estimates of the

costs they impose on society.

Where possible, better insights into the scope of the problem are given through

assessment of the costs of different levels of pollution (and pollution reduction)

in money terms.

Such quantification is often extremely difficult. Considerable uncertainty

surrounds the scientific relationships between vehicle emissions and pollution,

and the effect of pollution in imposing costs such as those to people’s health.

The South Australian Government noted:

The evaluation of environmental costs is a complex area requiring much more research.

Scientists still appear inconclusive in predicting the ramifications of the current level of

pollution, of which transport is recognised as a key contributor. Instead of pricing for

environmental costs, targets are set for reducing known pollutants. The costs of

achieving such targets need to be determined, including the impact on efficiency of

setting arbitrary controls. (Sub. 144, p. 11)

Frequently there are large numbers of people affected who incur both direct

costs in terms of discomfort and illness and indirect costs through avoidance of

URBAN TRANSPORT

242

the problems (for example, by moving house or erecting barriers to air and noise

pollution).

The complexity of the issues involved has led to the development of a range of

methods of measuring pollution costs see box A10.1

Similar difficulties beset estimation of the costs of noise pollution. The cost of

noise pollution arises through:

... physiological and psychological effects on people. Noise tends to interfere with

sleep, concentration, ability to perform complicated tasks and is a general source of

annoyance. This is reflected in house prices with a fall of about 0.5 per cent per decibel

change in traffic noise level. An equity problem arises with nearby road residences

suffering a decline in quality of life for the benefit of the wider motoring public.

(Sub. 170, p. 56)

Box A10.1: Evaluating environmental costs and benefits

Direct costing attempts to account for the costs associated with air pollution such as the

medical expenses of those whose health is impaired by pollution and the loss of income

caused by related time off work. One difficulty with this method is that non-market items

(for example, damage to the natural environment) tend to be excluded from the

calculations leading to underestimation of pollution costs.

The ‘property value’ approach (hedonic pricing) attempts to infer values of

environmental characteristics from the attributes of traded goods. For instance, it may be

estimated that a house in a clean air environment, other things being equal, will be worth

more than the same, or similar, house in a polluted environment. The differential can be

used to estimate the value placed on clean air. A difficulty with this method is the

problem of adequately isolating characteristics.

Contingent valuation is based on surveys of people’s willingness to pay or to accept

compensation in return for improvements or damage to the environment. The problems

with this method relate mainly to getting unbiased responses.

Control costs measure the costs of pollution in terms of the costs that society has been

willing to pay to prevent it. This method assumes that the most optimal methods of

pollution control are employed and further that the community - who ultimately sanction

these methods by voting in or out governments - is aware of the true costs of all the

alternative methods.

Although levels of noise pollution are relatively easy to monitor, estimating the

external costs of noise pollution is difficult. Methods used to approximate the

external cost of noise pollution include the effects of noise on property values,

and the costs of noise-abatement measures.

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

243

Despite the difficulties involved, there have been some attempts at quantifying

the costs of pollution. One Australian study used United States estimates of

emission damage costs per gram and emission levels per kilometre, converted

them to Australian measurements and currency, and combined these estimates

with data from the ABS 1988 Survey of Motor Vehicle Use on distance

travelled and vehicle type. This study estimated aggregate air pollution costs for

Australian vehicles at over $0.75 billion using direct costs and the cost of

noise pollution at around $400 million in 1989-90 based on the effects on real

estate prices (see table A10.3).

Table A10.3: Costs of urban pollution and noise, 1989-90

Atmospheric Pollution $ million

Cars, buses and light commercial vehicles 671

Petrol engined trucks 28

Diesel engined trucks 84

Total 783

Noise Pollution

Cars, buses and light commercial vehicles 129

Medium trucks 69

Heavy trucks 192

Total 389

Source: ISC 1990, pp. 200-204

One problem with these estimates is that they are derived from the results of a

United States study of American pollution problems. While they offer an

indication of plausible orders of magnitude of the costs of motor vehicle

emissions, the absence of rigorous measuring of both local pollution levels

(including by source) and agreement on the health and environmental impacts of

these emissions in Australian cities, places some doubt on their accuracy.

Dr Kenworthy (Sub. 77) provided other estimates (table A10.4), apparently

indicating that the costs of air and noise pollution are very high for cars and

buses, but non-existent for trains. These figures were partly derived from the

ISC analysis, and other unpublished material, and suffer from many of the same

limitations as the ISC data.

The Australian Automobile Association said it considered that:

The comparisons of costs for various modes illustrated [by Kenworthy] are clearly

biased...If rail truly cost only 27 cents per passenger-km, why doesn’t rail make a

profit? Perhaps the data for rail is not as accurate as implied. (Sub. 190, p. 5-6)

URBAN TRANSPORT

244

Table A10.4: Capital, operating and external costs of transport

modes in Australian capital cities

Cost item Rail Bus Car

(cents per passenger km. $1991)

Capital and operating 27.06 21.51 26.65

Depots/Car parking na 1.09 3.42

Roads na na 8.89

Road maintenance na 0.03 0.00

Fatalities 0.12 0.03 0.35

Injuries 0.00 0.00 0.11

Property damage 0.01 0.00 0.18

Air pollution 0.00 0.25 0.43

Noise pollution 0.00 0.20 0.08

Total 27.19 23.11 40.11

na not applicable

Source: Dr Kenworthy (Sub. 77, p. 59) based on an unpublished paper by G. McGlynn and J. Andrews

Further evidence is being sought in a study of externalities in Victoria by the

BTCE and the Victorian EPA using consultants in the USA with a background

in this area. The methodology employed is primarily based on a willingness to

pay approach. The Metropolitan Air Quality Study (MAQS) currently being

undertaken by the New South Wales EPA (Sub. 313) aims at developing a

database of environmental costs and benefits.

The economic costs of pollution in Australian cities remain unclear. There

is a need for further careful assessment of the costs of pollution. Studies

such as those being undertaken by the Victorian Environmental Protection

Agency and the Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics

constitute worthwhile steps in this direction.

A10.4 Developing policy responses to pollution

Any level of pollution imposes costs on society. However, in combating

pollution, regard must be given to the costs of such measures compared with the

costs of the harmful effects they seek to reduce.

Where, as is often the case, polluters do not bear the costs of the pollution they

generate, it will generally be in society’s interests for there to be some

intervention to have those costs reduced. Australia, as a member of the OECD,

has endorsed the ‘polluter pays principle’ as a means of tackling pollution

problems.

Sometimes the need for action is fairly obvious. For example, initial reductions

in pollution may be achieved relatively cheaply with slight modifications to

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

245

engine design or fuel composition. These changes may bring large reductions in

costs.

The achievement of no pollution at all, however, may be unachievable without

imposing costs considerably beyond the expected benefits. Indeed the complete

elimination of external effects from cars, trucks, buses and trains might well

only be achieved given present technologyby the elimination of these

modes of transport in their current forms.

The South Australian Government commented:

That environmental and congestion costs are associated with travel is rarely disputed,

but little research is directed at placing reliable estimates on the value of such costs.

Unless we are reasonably confident in valuing such costs we can hardly ask users to

bear them through prices/charges. (Sub. 144, p. 11)

At some point, however, policy makers may have to respond to community

concerns, even where accurate assessments of pollution costs are unavailable.

The Western Australian Greens argued that:

The lack of data on pollution is not a good enough reason for no ameliorative action

now. What constitutes an ‘acceptable’ level of pollution is a value judgement that can

only be determined by community decision making processes. There is no ‘right’ level

of pollution. (Sub. 212, p. 16)

In similar terms, the Victorian Government argued that:

... the uncertainties do not (and should not) prevent the implementation of policies

which are assessed (using the best available information) as the most cost-effective

ways of protecting air quality consistent with social and economic goals. (Sub. 319,

p. 16)

Particularly in circumstances where estimating the costs of environmental

damage is difficult, it will always be in society’s interests to seek the most costeffective

measures of policy options available.

‘No regrets’ policies are those which produce both environmental benefits and

net economic benefits. Such policies are especially useful where the costs of

environmental effects are difficult or impossible to measure. ‘No regrets’

measures can be implemented with confidence that their implementation costs

are small relative to the costs of the environmental damage they aim to abate. As

such, they offer, partially at least, ‘win-win’ solutions.

Recognition also needs to be given to successful measures, such as Government

imposed vehicle emission standards, which have already helped to reduce

pollution from motor vehicles. The introduction of unleaded petrol has also had

a positive impact on air quality.

URBAN TRANSPORT

246

The balance between the costs of pollution from emissions and costs of

abatement can be achieved in many ways:

the taxation of emissions themselves;

standards for vehicle emissions (new and old);

fuel composition standards;

the reduction in fuel use through taxation;

the issue of tradeable pollution rights which allow fixed aggregate levels

of pollution of particular types;

road use charges;

encouragement of lower-polluting public modes of transport; and

changes to urban form to minimise car travel.

These policies differ in the accuracy with which they can be targeted at

pollution problems as well as their cost-effectiveness.

Poorly targeted measures not only penalise non-polluters as well as polluters,

they can also provide the wrong signals for technical change. For example, a

fuel reduction strategy will do nothing to reduce emission per litre of fuel

consumed.

Measures to alleviate pollution need to be carefully targeted, so as to

minimise the costs imposed on those not responsible for causing the

problem.

A10.5 Consideration of policy measures

Pricing measures

Market-based measures aim to internalise the costs of environmental damage

from transport onto the individual, such as the motorist, who causes the damage.

Unless transport users are made to face the costs of their actions, there will

inevitably be more damage to the environment than would otherwise be the

case.

The Ecologically Sustainable Development (ESD) Transport Working Group

found that:

...the major economic impediment that inhibits a move towards ecologically sustainable

transport is the fact that prices for transport services do not reflect the full

environmental costs imposed on society by those decisions ...[and concluded that]... by

ensuring that prices adequately match transport costs, a more sustainable mix and level

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

247

of transport activity can occur within existing urban structures (ESD, 1991b, pp. xxvi

and xxix).

As will be seen, however, it is not always easy, or perhaps even possible, to

internalise such costs in a well targeted manner, without unnecessarily imposing

costs on transport users whose actions may have much less impact on the

environment.

A number of participants proposed shifting the burden of taxes from fixed to

variable charges, in order to use taxation as a means of altering transport

behaviour. Mr Cotgrove argued:

Australia would be better off, economically, socially, and environmentally, if motor

vehicles were cheaper to own and buy, but dearer to operate. Cheaper cars and trucks

would increase motor vehicle ownership, benefit low income families and stimulate the

motor vehicle production and service industries. The best way to achieve this is to

reduce the high impost of vehicle sales tax and annual registration fees ...[this]... would

enable more people to afford cars, would reduce greenhouse gas emissions and air

pollution damage, and would stimulate the economy by shifting the tax burden from

final goods and services to resources. (Sub. 199, p. 2)

Similarly, the Bicycle Federation of Australia expressed the view that:

Fixed vehicle ownership charges should be reduced and then abolished before there is

any reduction in fuel excise or state franchise fees on fuel. Removal of standing

charges, including third-party insurance, and replacement with a fuel charge or similar

charge proportional to use has been recommended by a number of Federal inquiries.

(Sub. 306, p. 6)

Road pricing

In chapter A9 the Commission has recommended the use of some road pricing

measures, including tolls on certain arterial roads. Road user charges,

particularly those which are location specific, are likely to make a contribution

to reducing certain motor vehicle emissions. This has been the experience in

Singapore with its area licensing scheme. In the Netherlands, a highly developed

road pricing scheme is currently planned for, which will explicitly take into

account the costs of pollution from vehicle emissions see appendix H.

The main advantage of road pricing is that it can be directly targeted at traffic in

particular built-up urban areas where local air pollution is considered to be a

significant problem. One disadvantage is that well maintained ‘clean’ vehicles

would face the same charge as ‘dirty’ vehicles of the same type. The fact

remains, however, that short of directly taxing emissions, which is not

technically feasible at present, any charging mechanism is going to be a

somewhat blunt instrument.

The direct pricing of roads offers a useful means of tackling the problems

of local air quality. The development of electronic road pricing as a means

URBAN TRANSPORT

248

of tackling congestion (see chapter A9) can also be applied to protecting the

environment through the imposition of a surcharge in heavily polluted

areas.

Taxing emissions

The taxation of emissions allows clear messages to be given about the costs

seen to be associated with emissions. Unlike design regulations, taxes allow

vehicle owners to make their own choices between vehicle characteristics and

performance. Taxes also encourage innovation in pollution reduction, although

this is more likely to be driven by overseas developments in technology.

To some extent taxes could substitute for design regulations when taxes on

pollution emitted by new vehicles were set according to the characteristics of

particular models when new.

To be most successful, however, taxes on emissions should be levied on the

volume of pollutants from each motor vehicle. People who used vehicles with

high emission rates only infrequently would then pay less than if taxes were

levied on vehicle characteristics.

Emissions can also be measured instantaneously from analysis of exhaust gases

as the vehicle passes a monitoring point. Vehicles can then be identified and

charged or taxed according to the emission level. The technology for this has

recently been trialled in Melbourne (RACV and VACC 1992). However, it

appears that the level of the pollutant, so measured, varies significantly with

how the vehicle is being driven, and provides an unreliable indication of the

overall performance of the vehicle’s emissions. In addition, instantaneous

measures do not provide an indication of the total quantity of emissions.

With or without continuous monitoring, taxation should ideally also be highest

for cars travelling in areas in which damage is worst. This can be difficult to

implement because vehicles travel in and out of particular urban areas.

Nevertheless it could be appropriate for vehicles registered in some areas to face

higher taxes than those in others.

Fuel taxes

Taxation of fuel and road use may also be used to reduce emissions. Fuel taxes

on passenger motor vehicles predominantly take the form of the

Commonwealth’s fuel excise, state fuel franchise fees and additional state

government imposts on petrol and diesel.

The emission of some pollutants is strongly related to fuel use. There is a direct

relationship between the amount of lead in petrol and the amount of lead which

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

249

is emitted from a vehicle’s tail-pipe. In addressing this problem, taxing leaded

petrol is an appropriate measure.

More generally, fuel taxes are indirectly targeted at pollution reduction because

their relationship to most types of emissions is imprecise. Fuel taxes do not

create immediate incentives for the development of innovations to reduce

emissions per unit of fuel consumed, but they do encourage fuel economy and

reduced vehicle use. In recent decades there has been considerable success in

reducing their emission per unit of fuel consumed, and this process is expected

to continue as the nation’s fleet is replaced by newer vehicles.

Dr Knight made the point that, rather than concentrating on emissions per litre

consumed, what is more important are emissions per passenger kilometre

travelled. He argued that:

... in any case, road and fuel pricing would reduce fuel consumption and thus have

significant benefits in terms of reducing greenhouse gas emissions (Sub. 211, p. 5).

Many estimates (see appendix B) suggest that a ten per cent increase in fuel

prices would, in the longer-run, produce a decrease in petrol consumption of

about six per cent and a fall in car travel of about half that (or about three per

cent). (The difference is accounted for by a switch to more fuel efficient

vehicles.)

It is true that any reduction in fuel use, in polluted or unpolluted areas, will

reduce the amount of greenhouse gases emitted into the atmosphere. As far as

local air pollution is concerned, however, fuel taxes could impose large costs

when they spill over to affect the behaviour of motorists in areas in which

pollution levels are very low. The Northern Territory Government said:

The appropriateness of some aspects of the reform package such as increased road user

charges to overcome congestion problems in the CBD are not of immediate concern for

the urban areas of the Territory. In addition, national application of measures targeted

at reducing the cost of air pollution in major urban areas may penalise remote areas that

are not subject to similar pollution levels. (Sub. 310, p. 2)

To reduce such spillovers fuel taxes could be differentiated by area and targeted

at urban motorists. State’ fuel franchise fees, for example, can, and in some

states do, vary by location within states according to urban, outer-urban and

rural areas (see chapter A9). The Bicycle Federation of Australia stated:

This established mechanism allows for regional fuel taxes to be varied to allow for

pollution components. Urban fuel fees should be set considerably higher to cover the

negative externalities of growing and excessive car use in our cities. Funds raised from

the urban fuel taxes should be devoted to funding bicycle transport and other benign

urban transport modes. (Sub. 306, p. 8)

Fuel taxes therefore provide one method of achieving sharp reduction in vehicle

use, and so in pollution. As a short-term measure they are faster-acting than

URBAN TRANSPORT

250

many alternatives, because urban travel is directly affected through the fuel

pump. Other measures, directed at emissions themselves (such as emission

standards for vehicles) require longer lead-times to be allowed to produce

vehicle modification and technical change.

But as a long-term measure, fuel taxes also have disadvantages precisely

because they dampen travel activity without providing incentives to reduce

emissions per litre. Relative to measures targeted at emissions, they offer

reduced prospects for having both lower emissions and greater travel in the

future.

Despite these limitations, State Governments should consider differentiating

their fuel franchise fees between the major urban areas and the rest of the

state.

Emission standards

There are difficulties in taxing emissions themselves, and alternative pricing

mechanisms have weaknesses in their ability to directly target the main

polluting vehicles. For these reasons, governments throughout the world,

including Australia, have imposed regulations establishing emission standards

for motor vehicles. Among the main advantages of emission standards, are the

certainty and administrative ease in achieving desired emission levels, as

opposed to the uncertainty of using trial and error to establish the appropriate

prices in the market, to achieve the same result.

Emission standards for new vehicles are targeted fairly directly at the cause of

the problem, but are difficult to confine to those built-up urban areas where

emission reduction is a priority. Their use in other areas (for example, country

Australia) can impose considerable cost for very little gain in terms of reduced

environmental damage. One of the main costs of emission standards, apart from

higher prices for new cars, is the increased fuel consumption associated with the

use of catalytic converters.

Since 1986 the problem of emissions of lead from motor vehicles has been

addressed by the introduction of Australian Design Rule (ADR) 37/00 and

ADR41/00, requiring all new petrol engined vehicles to operate on unleaded

petrol. Diesel engined vehicles have only been subject to regulations

(ADR30/00) limiting visible smoke. The current limits on the emissions of

noxious gases (carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen) from

petrol engined vehicles (ADR37/00) is based on the US 1975 standard.

Although current Australian standards are not as stringent as United States

standards, many of the current vehicles on the Australian market meet the latest

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

251

United States standards. This is a reflection of the move internationally by

vehicle manufacturers, including those in Japan, to standardise their technology

and equipment to fit the standards required for the United States market.

The control of emissions resulting from these measures will increasingly

take effect as the old car fleet in our cities is eventually replaced by newer

vehicles. Reductions in motor vehicle tariffs should assist this process.

The process could be accelerated, however, if Australians were given access on

reasonable terms to the large quantity of low-cost second-hand vehicles which

are equipped with high standard pollution control devices.

The NRMA was cautious about this proposal:

...we have some reservations about the flow on effects to Australia’s technology

expertise from the proposal to allow free access to large numbers of low-cost secondhand

Japanese vehicles (Sub. 246, p. 7).

Notwithstanding this point, recent measures to penalise the importation of

such vehicles have reduced the potential for them to be substituted for some

of the stock of older cars in the Australian fleet which make

disproportionate contributions to pollution.

Standards for motor vehicles are applied Australia-wide. While it would clearly

be desirable for standards for cars used in polluted urban areas to be higher than

elsewhere, implementing this would seem to face insurmountable obstacles.

Currently, the responsibility for design standards as they relate to emissions (and

noise), ultimately rests with the Ministerial Council (advised by the National

Road Transport Commission). The Council, as standard procedure, takes into

account the views of the Australian and New Zealand Environment and

Conservation Council (ANZECC) before endorsing new ADRs.

Other than the requirement for vehicles to use unleaded petrol, all other

standards are based on the way in which equipment performs in reducing

emissions rather than on specifications for its technical design. This leaves

maximum scope for innovation in meeting the legitimate requirements of

society for better emission outcomes. It is important that these standards be

prescribed at the broadest level possible; that is, they should relate wherever

possible to the performance of the car, rather than to particular pieces of

equipment that comprise it.

Much of the improvement in environmental effects that was observed earlier in

this chapter has resulted from the imposition of design standards for motor

vehicles. Despite drawbacks in terms of costs imposed on vehicle users in

unpolluted areas, emission standards appear an effective practical measure to

control transport pollution.

URBAN TRANSPORT

252

Emission standards for vehicles are playing a role in ameliorating pollution

standards. They should continue to do so. Standards should continue to be

based as far as possible on performance outcomes rather than technical

design characteristics of equipment.

There are difficulties in measuring the costs of emissions, assigning those costs

to particular vehicles, and relating that information to trip lengths and locations

of travel. So there are limitations in relying on market mechanisms to address

the environmental impacts of urban transport. This means that regulations such

as emission standards may be useful measures to handle environmental

problems.

Periodic testing

Another option is for emissions to be measured periodically at registration or

randomly checked for compliance with specified standards. In this way the

current level of emissions may be monitored and taxed, or registration refused.

Such an approach would require the specification of standards for all makes and

models for cars.

Some of the greatest contributors to pollution are actually old vehicles.

Greenpeace said:

While many of the policy options involve long term change there are some short term

measures which can be introduced. In particular, these include reducing emissions from

the existing vehicle fleet. In the United States, up to 50 per cent of vehicle pollution

emissions are produced from 10 per cent of vehicles which require engine tuning or

reconditioning. A substantial reduction could be achieved through introducing

registration emission standards for vehicles 3 years or older. (Sub. 50, appendix, p.ii)

A 1992 RACV study of motor vehicle emissions concluded:

...the trial showed that 13 per cent of 22,800 vehicles surveyed contributed 50 per cent

of total carbon monoxide emissions.

Generally, it was found that carbon monoxide emissions increased with the age of

vehicles, and late model vehicles with catalytic converters are responsible for less

contribution of the carbon monoxide, on a model by model comparison. (RACV and

VACC 1992)

The environmental impact of the age of the vehicle fleet is complicated,

according to research undertaken by the Victorian EPA, which suggests that

very old vehicles, although less ‘clean’, are used much less than newer vehicles.

Consequently, it is the vehicles in the mid range age group which are likely to

be the main polluters.

Given that so much effort is made to ensure that new vehicles conform to

specific environmental standards, it is somewhat incongruous that little or no

effort is currently made to make sure that those vehicles continue to operate

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

253

‘cleanly’. Periodic or random emission testing offer useful policy options, at

relatively low cost.

The Commission recommends that a system of random emission tests, with

fines or loss of registration for ‘dirty’ vehicles, should be implemented in

Australia's larger cities, where pollution problems are most severe.

Alternatively periodic testing of vehicles, say every five years, could be

required for registration. The emission standards for such testing should be

set according to the age, type and model of vehicle.

Public transport and urban form

A number of participants proposed encouraging public transport often in

combination with changes to urban form, particularly the promotion of urban

consolidation, as a means of addressing the environmental impacts of urban

transport.

The Bicycle Institute of New South Wales considered that:

...the only failsafe way to reduce exhaust emissions is to reduce the dependence of

cities on car transport, especially for highly polluting short distance travel (Sub. 278,

p. 5).

The Greenhouse Association stated that:

We support moves towards urban consolidation and halting urban sprawl, extension

and improvement of public transport ... and removal of the hidden subsidisation of car

use (Sub. 26, p. 1).

In proposing solutions to Sydney’s pollution problems, the Friends of the Earth

(Sydney) argued that:

For transport into CBD the motor car should be strongly discouraged. Other large

centres such as Parramatta, North Sydney and Chatswood should be planned to

minimise cars. Public transport systems to these centres should be developed and

inefficient car/road developments should be curtailed ... New rail systems may be

considered to be the ultimate answer to Sydney’s transport problems. (Sub. 29, p.17)

Prior to this inquiry the ESD Transport Working Group recommended that:

... governments and public transport authorities: identify and implement measures to

encourage greater patronage of urban public transport services ... (ESD 1991b, p. 164).

Following similar logic, the Commonwealth Department of Environment,

Sports and Territories called for ‘government funding of public transport in

place of road provision’ (Sub. 163, p. 14), while Dr Kenworthy supported

wholesale changes in ‘urban systems’, involving urban planning and public

transport provision (Sub. 77, p.A-6-38).

URBAN TRANSPORT

254

The ACTU/Public Transport Unions put the case for subsidising public

transport while they believed road users were being subsidised.

...we think it unlikely that governments will decide to implement full-cost pricing for

road-users because of the strong political opposition to such a move. Hence the case

remains for a continuing government financial contribution to public transport, in part

on environmental grounds. (Sub. 271, p. 36)

The current relatively low levels of public transport use, however, suggests that

even quite large shifts to public transport are unlikely to make a large impact on

pollution problems. The former South Australian Government said of the

emission of greenhouse gases:

The Australian domestic transport sector generates an estimated 26 per cent of

Australia’s carbon dioxide emissions. Urban passenger transport is responsible for 11.6

per cent and urban freight for 3.3 per cent. Thus, in total, urban transport contribution

to carbon dioxide emissions is about 15 per cent. (Sub. 144, p. 2)

It concluded that increased use of public transport would contribute little,

because:

...it is estimated that doubling the use of public transport would at most reduce carbon

dioxide emissions by 3 per cent of the total attributed to urban passenger transport.

More fundamental solutions are called for, which somehow maintain accessibility but

significantly reduce the amount of travel. (Sub. 144, p. 4)

It needs to be recognised that trains and buses are often not dramatically more

efficient than private cars in moving people in urban areas; the reason is that

occupancy rates averaged over the whole day are quite low. Indeed it is even

possible that untargeted fostering of public transport could worsen the situation.

As the Western Australian Government pointed out, the gains from a switch to

public transport depend on achieving high loadings. If loadings are low, the use

of public transport vehicles designed for high loadings can ‘impact more on the

environment than a single car’ (Sub. 170, p. 53).

In some areas there is evidence which suggests that, in terms of energy

efficiency, bus performance, because of its low passenger loadings, is actually

worse than cars. Messrs Morison and Rotsey argued that among the reasons for

not expanding the ACTION system as the starting point for energy conservation

in Canberra that:

... most parts of the system use at least as much energy as its passengers would require

to do the same trip by car. This startling fact is another consequence of the very small

passenger loads carried on most local routes for most of the day (and even in peak

periods in some cases), so unless a lot more people can be persuaded to use buses, to

raise the average load through the whole system, there can be no energy saving. Load

increases would have to be substantial, in order to match the further gains expected in

the energy efficiency of cars, around 20 per cent over the next decade. (Sub. 22, p. 3)

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

255

As has been noted in the earlier discussion of congestion (see chapter A9),

subsidies for public transport do not have large effects in attracting motorists

out of their cars.

Because they result in a service being provided at a lower price, subsidies can

have the effect, however, of encouraging travel by those who would not

otherwise have travelled. While there is some variation in the estimates, rail and

bus travel each increase by about 3 per cent in response to a ten per cent

reduction in price (see appendix B). In the longer run the shift to public

transport is likely to be greater, particularly if the subsidies are used to improve

service levels.

Measures to encourage the use of public transport have an even more tenuous

link to a reduction in aggregate pollution. To the extent that people are

encouraged to give up car use, pollution may be reduced. But it is not clear that

those discouraged will necessarily be the people driving the longest distances in

the most polluted areas in the most polluting vehicles.

Even so, there is no doubt that there are some cities in which a greater use of

public transport, particularly at the right time of day, could help to ameliorate

urban pollution problems, both global and particularly, local. The effect would

be greater, the more that there was an increase in carrying loads for existing

public transport vehicles, rather than the provision of more buses and trains.

Recognising that a modal switch can have environmental benefits, however,

does not make it an objective to be pursued regardless of costs. For example,

severe penalties for car use may achieve a large modal shift, but this would also

impose large costs on society. As well, environmental considerations are only

one of many which society must face when making transport decisions in urban

areas. Furthermore, where more cost effective and better targeted measures are

available for reducing environmental impacts, these should be considered before

further costly subsidisation of public transport is considered.

The Commission has outlined in other chapters a range of measures to improve

public transport. To the extent they result in better, more cost-efficient services,

they should achieve higher patronage levels, with potential benefits for the

environment.

Ideally, substitution among modes will occur as part of a response to measures

aimed directly at pollution problems. That is, it would be preferable for public

transport use to increase in response to both an increase in the efficiency and

cost-effectiveness of urban public transport and measures aimed at facing car

drivers with the true costs of their travel through taxes or regulations governing

use of particular technologies. In this way travellers may choose the least cost

URBAN TRANSPORT

256

solution among many, including public transport use, travelling at different

times, or not travelling at all.

The Commission does not favour subsidisation of public transport as a

cost-effective means of reducing the environmental impacts associated with

transport. Public transport does, however, need to improve, so that its

patrons are not ‘forced’ to switch to car travel. Wherever possible,

environmental impacts should be addressed by better targeted measures.

Other measures

The New South Wales Minister for the Environment suggested that

consideration be given to the inclusion of environmental reporting requirements

for transport operators and regulators.

This would help to improve market participants’ knowledge about environmental

impacts, an essential requirement for the efficient operation of markets and

establishment of better targeted and cost effective control strategies (Sub. 313, p. 4).

Such a policy could be linked to one of the key recommendations of the ESD

Transport Working Group which proposed that:

...environmental impact assessment be applied to transport policies, programs and

projects as an essential part of transport planning and decision making and to facilitate

the application of ESD principles to transport (ESD 1991b, p. 173).

The former South Australian Government (Sub. 185, pp. 2-3) suggested a

number of additional strategies for pollution reduction.

Every car should be allowed and encouraged to utilise its passenger

carrying capacity to the fullest extent, for example, car pooling.

All companies over a specified size should be encouraged to initiate a rideshare

program.

A compulsory fuel efficiency target scheme for new motor vehicles should

be established.

Every new vehicle should bear an appropriate label giving its fuel

consumption and the fuel consumption of the best vehicle in its class.

All advertising material for motor vehicles should give details of fuel

consumption and the fuel consumption of comparable vehicles.

Sales taxes should be skewed to favour efficient vehicles.

All vehicle standing charges should be replaced by a revenue neutral levy

on fuel.

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

257

Questions about fuel efficient driving techniques should be included in the

written examination for a learner’s permit and during the practical part of

the test for a driver’s licence .

Alternatively, tradeable pollution rights have many desirable qualities but are

not a practical solution to vehicle-caused pollution because of the costs and

impracticalities associated with trading rights for all vehicles on urban roads.

Other suggestions included penalties for ownership of older cars, enforced use

of smaller cars in commercial fleets and better road management to achieve

pollution reductions from better flows of traffic.

The Commission considers that positive outcomes could be achieved using

policies which penalise emissions directly in the manner discussed in previous

sections. There is a danger that some of the policies described above would

potentially penalise the users of vehicles for limited environmental gains.

A10.6 Technological change

Most technological improvements to motor vehicles, making them more

environmentally friendly, will most likely occur as a result of developments

overseas. Recent research (Evans 1992, p. 845) suggests that it is feasible to

achieve a reduction of fuel consumption for new vehicles over the years 1989 to

2005 of 15 per cent. This could be brought about, in part, by a 10 per cent

reduction in car weight, achieved through the use of lighter materials without

reducing the size of vehicles.

These reductions will occur largely independently of developments and policies

towards pollution in Australia. Australian environmental policy should therefore

reflect Australian assessments of costs and benefits of different levels of

emissions and in that way encourage the selection of the appropriate technology.

Unless there are some revolutionary breakthroughs, such technological

advances, in the foreseeable future at least, are likely to relate to modifications

to traditional hydrocarbon fuelled vehicles. As Mr Moon of the Australian

Housing and Urban Research Institute commented:

Electric, solar and hydrogen energy can, and do, power vehicles. But the cost of these

fuels, either directly or by the required associative technology, are at this stage

economically prohibitive. (Sub. 219, p. 6)

An example of Australian ingenuity working to modify existing technology is to

be found at the University of Melbourne’s Mechanical and Manufacturing

Engineering Department, where engineers have recently devised a fuel system,

involving the injection of a small amount of hydrogen, which virtually

URBAN TRANSPORT

258

eliminates smog-causing oxides of nitrogen emissions while reducing petrol

consumption. However, one of the engineers on the project, Dr Watson,

estimates that it will take around seven years to develop the system

commercially.

Perhaps one of the most important developments in transport technology will

occur outside the transport sector as it is generally understood, as a result of new

methods of communication (see chapter A2). The Transport Group, Department

of Civil Engineering, Monash University said:

... the future will see a reduction in average work trip length, a reduction in the

peakedness of travel, an increase in the number and proportion of non-work trips, more

complex travel patterns combining several destinations and trip purposes within one

journey, and a reduced emphasis on long-distance commuting. None of these factors

augers well for traditional public transport technologies. (Sub. 35, p. 4)

Similar sentiments were expressed by Telecom:

Another way to approach transport problems is to balance supply and demand by

reducing demand on infrastructure through the reduction in the level of transportation

activities. This will also directly effect the amount of energy consumption and pollution

emission.

Telecommuting offers a demand side solution to the transportation problems by

substituting unnecessary travelling. (Sub. 125, p. 1)

In sum, there may be fewer trips, but more of them may be undertaken by car.

For all those reasons it will remain important to achieve appropriate policy

settings to manage transport-based pollution.

A10.7 Road accidents

Nature of the problem

Road accidents have costly impacts in the form of deaths, injuries and damage

to vehicles.

The ESD Transport Working Group Draft Report (1991a) reported that in an

international comparison, Australia was found to have the highest proportion of

GDP (three per cent) being absorbed by road accidents. However, despite

significant increases in population and vehicle kilometres travelled, it was

reported that:

The road safety record of Australia has shown a gradual improvement over the years

1980 to 1988, with a reduction in fatalities and injuries of nearly 20 per cent (ESD

1991a, p. 32).

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

259

On urban roads, traffic congestion, lower speed limits and a greater police

presence, all combine to reduce travel speed. This reduces the number of road

injuries and fatalities (as a proportion of accidents) compared with rural roads.

As the Australian Road Federation pointed out:

Most road accidents are a consequence of driver error. Frequently they result when

drivers travel too fast for prevailing conditions and most accidents involving death or

injury occur at high speeds. (Sub. 13, p. 7)

Estimates of death and injury occurring specifically in urban areas are not

readily available, but the Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics

(BTCE) puts deaths from motor vehicle accidents in urban areas in 1988 at over

1 400 and the number of injuries at about 65 000 (see table A10.5).

Table A10.5: Urban road accidents, 1988

Persons

Accident

class Accidents Vehicles Fatalities

Hospital

injuries

Medical

injuries Not injured

Fatal 1324 2138 1431 766 359 380

Hospital 11723 19878 na 13379 2188 8884

Medical 38600 65600 na na 49100 48000

Nil injury 351200 649000 na na na 941461

Totala 402847 736616 1431 14145 51647 985482

a Figures may not add due to rounding.

Source: BTCE 1992b

Fatality rates for public transport are significantly lower than for car travel.

Those who travel by motorbike have a fatality rate 16 times that of those who

travel by car (see table A10.6).

Table A10.6: Fatality rates for different modes of travel, Australia,

1988

Mode of transport Fatality rate

(per 100 million passenger kms)

Rail 0.2

Bus <0.1

Rigid truck 0.4

Car 0.9

Articulated truck 0.9

Bicycle 4.7

Motorcycle 14.0

Sources: Information received from FORS and ESD 1991b

URBAN TRANSPORT

260

Costs of road accidents

Measuring the economic costs of accidents is a difficult task. The two main

ways can best be described as the human capital approach and the willingnessto-

pay approach.

The human capital approach as outlined by the BTCE (1992b) attempts to

value the loss of earning or output capacity of the victim, brought about by the

accident. Central to this approach is the discounted present value of the future

output of accident victims that is lost due to their premature death or disability.

Added to this value are other costs such as vehicle damage, medical treatment

and imputed values for the loss of non-marketed output such as the services of

those involved in home and community duties, and often some allowance for

losses such as pain and suffering.

There is considerable debate as to the methodology most appropriate for

measuring the cost of accidents. Recent Australian studies by the BTCE (1992b)

and Andreassen (1993) of the Australian Road Research Board (ARRB) both

use the human capital approach which both estimate the average cost of

fatalities at around $625 000 which explicitly provide lower bound estimates.

An alternative approach is the willingness-to-pay approach, which attempts to

estimate, on the basis of survey data, the amounts that individuals would be

willing to pay, or would require in compensation, for changes in the probability

of death or injury during a forthcoming period. Using this method Dr Quiggin

(Sub. 132) has produced a much larger estimate of between $6m and $7.5m per

fatality.

A similar study by Rice, Mackenzie and Associates (1989) in the United States

found that the value of life estimated by the willingness-to-pay approach was

about US$2m compared with an average fatality cost of about US$350 000

using the human capital approach.

Road accidents were estimated by the BTCE using the human capital

approach to have cost the community $6.1 billion in 1988, of which accidents

in metropolitan areas contributed approximately $4.1 billion (see table A10.7).

The BTCE calculations were based on estimates of the number and type of road

accidents, the number of casualties, their ages, gender, and the number of

vehicles involved in the accidents.

A more recent estimate by Andreassen (1993) puts the cost of accidents reported

to the police over the period 1989-91 at more than $25 billion, including $7.6

billion in 1991 (see figure A10.5). This figure will underestimate the true cost to

the extent that unreported accidents (which are generally minor) impose

additional costs. However, Andreassen’s estimate is higher than that of the

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

261

BTCE, primarily due to his estimate of a higher number of permanent

disabilities reflected in the cost of hospital admissions.

Table A10.7: Summary of metropolitan road accident costs,

Australia, 1988

Cost category Accident class

Fatal Hospital Medical Nil injuries Total

($ million)

Lost productivity

Earnings 421 19 3 na 443

Family &

community

308 10 2 na 319

Loss to others 9 2 1 na 11

Traffic and delay 1 11 35 229 275

Accident generated

activities

Vehicle damage 12 110 362 1033 1516

Insurance admin. 3 30 99 282 414

Invest cost 4 10 19 12 45

Legal costs 1 10 33 95 139

Ambulance costs <1 2 3 na 5

Hospital costs 7 76 na na 84

Medical costs 6 44 19 na 70

Rehabilitation 1 14 na na 15

Pain and suffering 32 540 170 na 742

Total all costs 805 877 745 1650 4076

na not applicable

Source: BTCE reprinted in ESD 1991b, p. 33

Figure A10.5: Cost of road accidents reported to the police, 1991

Lost

productivity

34%

Pain and

suffering

19%

Other

7%

Vehicle repair

costs

35%

Incident costs

5%

Total $7.6 billion

Source: Andreassen 1993

URBAN TRANSPORT

262

If, as the BTCE suggests, about two-thirds of accidents occur in urban areas, the

costs in urban areas on these estimates may be as high as around $17 billion for

1989-91, including $5 billion in 1991. Supporting this estimate, Andreassen has

calculated the cost of accidents reported to or recorded by the police for each of

the capital cities, which totals around $4.4 billion (see table A10.8).

Table A10.8: Accident costs in capital cities in 1991

Capital city Accident cost

($ million)

Melbourne 1 183

Sydney 1 052

Perth 671

Adelaide 642

Brisbane 557

Canberra 189

Darwin 36

Hobart 27

Total 4 360

Source: Data provided by Mr David Andreassen (ARRB)

Achieving appropriate accident reduction

While accidents are costly to the community, reductions in their incidence,

however, have costs of their own. This must be taken into account in designing

measures to promote efficient road use. It is possible for accident reduction to

become too costly to be worthwhile, with the benefits of reduced accidents

outweighed, for example, by the expense of road modification or increased

journey time. To put it starkly: road accidents could be eliminated if road use

was abandoned in favour of other forms of transport, but society would certainly

be the worse for it.

Motorists will be encouraged to take the most appropriate measures to reduce

the risks when they face all of the costs of a possible accident for which they are

responsible. Such costs can be incorporated in insurance premiums which vary

with the risk associated with each driver. The costs of accidents include

personal injury and property damage as well as the costs to third parties.

When individuals are liable to pay all the costs, they themselves can weigh up

the benefits of more risky and less risky options (with different vehicle choice,

speeds, routes etc) against the likely benefits from reduced accident risk. Risks

of personal loss will have an impact on their behaviour.

In practice, drivers do not face all of these costs. Insurance premiums for health

costs and third party damage costs do not reflect all the likely costs and risks

associated with road use. Hospital costs are subsidised through the Medicare

A10 THE ENVIRONMENT, ACCIDENTS AND ROADS

263

insurance system, and there is doubt whether court awards for fatalities, which

are factored into third party premiums, are set at levels that fully take into

account the costs to society of death.

Dr Quiggin stressed the costs of death and injury to non-motorists, which he

argued were not factored into the behaviour of motorists because of this

undervaluation:

...all of the costs associated with the danger imposed on non-motorists represent

externalities that should be included in the marginal cost of private road use. Although

the actual number of pedestrians and cyclists killed and injured on the roads (about 600

killed and 5 000 injured) is smaller than the corresponding number of motorists (2 000

killed and around 20 000 injured), the associated externality is probably larger. The

appropriate measure of external costs involves two elements. The first is the obvious

one the cost of death and injury. This is appropriately measured on the basis of

willingness to accept. How much, ex ante, would the representative non-motorist accept

as compensation for a given increase in the risk of death or injury. The second

component is the costs borne by non-motorists in order to reduce the risk of death or

injury. Although this is difficult to measure, theoretical considerations...suggest that

this cost will be comparable in magnitude to the direct costs of death and injury.

(Sub. 132, p. 2)

Mr Hughes criticised Dr Quiggin’s approach in the following terms:

Dr Quiggin’s treatment of risk is similarly arbitrary. There is no clear reason why

motorists internalise risk while cyclists, for example, do not. The proper distinction

would seem to be between injuries to oneself (which clearly are internalised) and to

others, and then, for the latter, between ‘reasonable’ and ‘unreasonable’ injuries. We

regard a driver as responsible for hitting a pedestrian walking sensibly across a marked

crossing, but would we think the same of a driver taking reasonable care who knocks

over a cyclist who is attempting to cut across the same intersection against a ‘don’t

walk’ sign? (Sub. 300, p. 7)

The key question is whether, in the event of an accident, someone will be found

responsible and bear the costs. If this does not occur, or costs are undervalued,

accidents will be excessive and roads overused.

Furthermore, when third party premiums are not set according to the risk of

damage attributable to individual motorists, incentives among motorists will be

distorted. Higher risk individuals will not bear insurance costs that match their

higher risk, while lower risk individuals may be overcharged. These effects will

themselves create undesirable behavioural effects among motorists. Dr Quiggin

pointed out that amongst those adverse effects would be a disinclination among

low-risk users to buy cars:

The current system of third-party insurance is, in essence, an access charge to road use

(or more precisely to car ownership). The only incentive to take care is through noclaim

bonuses. As observed [in the draft report] this incentive is almost certainly

inadequate. Note that the suggestion that this distortion may lead low-risk road users to

URBAN TRANSPORT

264

take greater care is incorrect. The incentive to take care is reduced for all road users.

The effect on low-risk users is to discourage car purchase. (Sub. 213, pp. 3-4)

The New South Wales Treasury reacted favourably to the Commission’s

proposal in the draft report for a review of third party insurance arrangements:

Treasury would support in principle this recommendation. Insurance premiums for

health costs and third party damage costs currently do not reflect all the likely costs and

risks associated with road use. Hospital costs are subsidised through the Medicare

system, and the compensation for fatalities does not take account of the full costs to

society of a death. (Sub. 311, p. 5)

The Bicycle Federation of Australia also supported such a review:

The BFA fully supports a full review of third party injury insurance arrangements. Our

preferred model would be for a comprehensive no-fault road-users injury compensation

system funded by a fuel levy. The current systems entail high legal costs and have

systematic biases against cyclists who have to prove fault against motorists. The current

systems also have fixed annual charges which mean that motorists who drive small cars

calmly, slowly and infrequently have to pay the same as motorists who drive big cars

aggressively, fast and frequently. The risks of injury to third parties are proportional to

useage, speed and vehicle mass. The costs should be apportioned in the same way.

(Sub. 306, p. 8)

The Western Australian Department of Transport suggested a wider review:

The recommendation to review third party insurance could be extended to include

property damage insurance. It is claimed that unreported property damage accidents are

minor and are not a significant component of the total crash costs. To our knowledge,

this view has never been tested. (Sub. 320, p. 12)

An examination of the working of third party insurance schemes is beyond

the scope of this reference. The Commission recommends a thorough

review of third party insurance arrangements and their role in making the

full costs of accidents part of the internalised costs of road users.

A10.8 Conclusion

This chapter has shown how difficult, controversial, and sometimes impossible

it is to measure accurately the costs of some of the main adverse impacts of road

use, particularly pollution and road accidents. Because accurate information is

scarce on the costs of the problems, governments will inevitably have to apply

value judgements, to some degree at least, in responding to community concerns

about these issues. When doing so, governments should aim to implement well

targeted measures, and ones that are likely to achieve the best results for the

least costs. The Commission has made a number of suggestions in this respect

through this chapter.

265

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

Australia’s urban transport systems are falling far short of their potential

contribution to the economic and social well-being of our cities. There are

no ‘quick fixes’ available: rather a mutually-reinforcing package of

policies is needed. This chapter develops a program for reform which

attempts to balance practicalities, equity concerns, and transition costs

with the imperatives for change. While the approach entails some

potentially difficult and far-reaching changes, avoiding these decisions

will fail to secure the transport systems needed for the next century.

A11.1 The reform package

Transport is vital to making our cities work.

Many believe that the financial, economic, social, and environmental

consequences of the way we build and operate our urban transport systems

cannot be sustained.

In Australia in recent years, significant reform has occurred in other areas of

transport such as long distance road transport, and domestic and international

aviation. Urban transport lags behind, although there have been some notable

improvements in several States in recent times which the Commission finds

encouraging.

There are no easy answers to the many problems facing urban transport in

Australia today. In part, this reflects the complex interlinkages between urban

transport and the city. As a result, many of the recommendations in this report

are interdependent. The South Australian Government observed:

... urban transport issues are interrelated and therefore it is difficult to look at issues in

isolation. In practice we need a package of measures and policies which will reinforce

each other to achieve objectives ... (Sub. 144, p. 3).

Particular aspects which many saw as interrelated include:

competition between modes on an even basis;

related to this, linking public transport prices to reform of road user

charges;

linking fare increases to improvements in service quality;

URBAN TRANSPORT

266

maintaining social objectives at the same time as improving service

efficiency; and

coordination of urban development policies with urban transport.

Priorities for reform

The lack of a simple solution is reflected in the number of recommendations in

this report. Whilst these recommendations together constitute a package, some

recommendations are clearly more important than others. While many can be

implemented in isolation, to do so simultaneously will multiply the potential

benefits. However, inability to make change in one area should not delay action

in another.

Identifying the priorities is necessary if the reform agenda is to remain focussed.

Under the terms of reference for this inquiry, the Commission has been asked to

give priority to areas where greatest efficiency gains are in prospect and where

early action is practicable. A balance also has to be struck, however, between

reforms which will bring large but ephemeral gains and those which secure

more lasting benefits. For example, the Commission has placed greater

emphasis on reforming the environment in which government transport agencies

operate rather than suggesting individual technical solutions or management and

work practices which need to be addressed.

On the basis of these considerations, the Commission has identified the key

areas on which the reform effort should focus. These include:

introducing constructive competition (see chapter A6);

giving the institutions involved in urban transport well-defined objectives

(see chapters A4 and A5);

better pricing to encourage more efficient use of public transport and

urban roads (see chapters A7 and A9);

sounder investment practices (see chapter A7);

more effective targeting and delivery of social policies (see chapter A8);

and

creating a cleaner environment (see chapter A10).

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

267

A11.2 An implementation program

Why do we need phasing?

As part of this inquiry, the Commission has been asked to advise on potential

implementation strategies for introducing its recommendations.

The appropriate pace and sequencing of reforms involves many complex

considerations and difficult judgments. There is a need to recognise

practicalities which may be involved (for example, the logistics of corporatising

public agencies), and some of the reforms are, by their nature, more long-term

than others (for example, policies which involve changes to urban form).

Views on the possible or desirable pace of change differ. For example, the New

South Wales Department of Transport argued:

... a more rational consumer oriented transport system can be achieved over time.

However, given the existing distortions to the market, the very real economic costs of

reform and the extensive market failure in the transport industry, reform must be seen

as a continuing goal which can only be achieved over a reasonably long time frame.

(Sub. 178, p. i)

Unnecessary costs associated with the transition to new arrangements also need

to be minimised. Experience overseas with urban transport reform suggests that

the importance of providing a measure of stability should not be underestimated.

While there would be large benefits arising from the Commission’s reform

package, some changes will have adverse impacts on certain groups or

individuals. This raises the question of how to share any costs associated with

reform. Consideration of equity issues, particularly when individuals suffer

large losses as a result of reform, may also imply phased rather than overnight

change. For example, the Commission is recommending phased approaches to

restructuring public transport fares and to reform of the taxi industry. The ACT

Government observed:

All communities have a collective responsibility for managing the human impact of

economic and social change and governments have been given a particular

responsibility in this regard. The spreading of such costs over time and different groups

is a real consideration in economic change. (Sub. 228, p. 2)

It is important, however, that issues of transition not overshadow the

fundamental imperative of beginning the reform of Australia’s urban transport

systems. Some instability is almost inevitable if changes are to be made in

policies, regulations and operations that have been largely unchanged for almost

fifty years. The economic and social costs of current arrangements and the

extent of potential benefits from reform mean that the need to commence the

process is urgent.

URBAN TRANSPORT

268

An indicative timetable

Given the need for a phased approach, the Commission has attempted to map

out a timetable for reform. This timetable should be seen as indicative only, not

a precise or rigid blueprint.

The key action is to start the process.

The process may well change over time. The Commission is mindful of

concerns such as those expressed by the Chartered Institute of Transport which

drew attention to:

... the fluid, constantly changing, dynamic nature of urban life and the demands placed

on the urban transport system. Consequently we are concerned with the inevitable ‘snap

shot’ nature inherent in any form of inquiry. There is a danger the recommendations

made in the here and now might lock governments into strategies which might not be

applicable over time. (Sub. 106, p. 16)

In similar terms, the former South Australian Government observed:

We need to be aware of the potential for technological change to create whole new

scenarios not currently envisaged. We need to be aware that interventions on the

current system impact both on how the system operates in the short term and how it

evolves in the long term. As well as intervening in the current system to make it more

efficient, we also need to step back from it and envisage new systems unconstrained by

current technological limitations. Such a process needs to be ongoing, setting goals and

strategies which are acceptable to the community and encompass reviews which take

account of changes, including changes in community views. (Sub. 144, p. 19)

Changes in technology mentioned by participants in this inquiry ranged from the

smart cards for public transport and road pricing to telecommunications

advances to new age vehicles such as the ‘green car’ and even the ‘flying car’.

Technological developments may mean the policy issues of tomorrow are not

the same as those of today. This underlines the need for a flexible approach

which does not constrain future possibilities.

The appropriate pace of change may also vary between States and cities. While

most States and Territories have commenced reform or have announced plans to

do so, the pace of change needs to be increased.

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

269

Box A11.1: The timetable for reform

Aim Action

Begin introducing - begin to tender for bus franchises

competition: - commence sale of new taxi

licences and deregulate taxi fares

- reduce regulatory obstacles to

community transport

- require road construction and

maintenance to be put out to tender

Reform transport

authorities:

- remove regulatory functions from

urban transport GTEs

Starting the

process

- commence corporatisation of

public transport GTEs and divide

into autonomous units

- begin restructuring public transport

fares

- focus road agencies on planning

and managing the road network

- improve performance assessment,

particularly of road agencies

Introduce other reforms: - put tolls on certain new or

upgraded arterial roads, bridges

and tunnels and continue parking

and traffic management measures

- trial electronic road pricing

- better recognition of cycling

- identify and reimburse transport

concessions

- start vehicle emissions testing



Extend competition: - continue tenders and trial open

access for bus services

- continue sale of new taxi licences

and

keeping

Extend other reforms: - complete corporatisation and fare

restructuring

reform

moving

- extend tolls to control access to

congested areas

Allow full competition

within and between modes:

- remove any remaining economic

regulation

- introduce area-wide electronic road

pricing

URBAN TRANSPORT

270

Starting the process...

The initial phase of the reform program will set up the framework to enable

change to take place.

A priority is to begin introducing competition into those areas where it has to

date been largely absent. It is the spur of competition which will drive other

necessary reforms. In essence, this is no more than a continuation of the general

trend, both in Australia and overseas, to reducing regulatory barriers in urban

transport.

The Commission is not recommending a ‘free-for-all’. Rather, it sees

advantages in commencing with a structured approach which marries the

advantages of existing arrangements with the benefits of competition.

The most appropriate way of introducing competition requires a case-by-case

assessment, and is likely to vary amongst modes and cities. Experience in other

countries also suggests the need to manage the process and to consider carefully

and precisely how competition is introduced.

A number of measures to complement the introduction of competition while

achieving social and other objectives will be required. For example,

governments should, where appropriate, ensure service coordination and

integrated ticketing are in place, together with a framework for delivering

community service obligations such as transport concessions and noncommercial

services.

While the early stages of reform are unlikely to see the emergence of new urban

rail operators, a gradual approach to introducing competition in urban bus

services can be commenced immediately. Those State and Territory

Governments that have not already done so should immediately begin to

introduce progressively a system of exclusive franchises to operate bus services

in urban areas. Such franchises should be allocated by open public tender (for

periods of up to seven years). Experience in Australia and elsewhere suggests

that competitive tendering of exclusive licences can take a remarkably short

period of time to introduce.

Concurrently with introducing competition, a major focus of initial reform must

be to improve the performance of existing public authorities. The existing

government-owned public transport operators should be divided into

commercially autonomous units and corporatised as soon as possible. Functions

associated with the administration and regulation of urban transport should be

assigned to other agencies of government.

Introducing competition should not be delayed until corporatisation is

completed. Rather, gradually introducing competition over the network (for

example, by staggering the introduction of bus franchises of service areas of

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

271

government-owned operators) provides an opportunity for the authorities to

make operating efficiencies before franchises for all their service areas are put

out to tender. Allowing competition in at least part of the market maintains the

impetus to continue reform.

The absence of comprehensive direct road pricing (at least in the short to

medium term) limits the degree to which road authorities can pursue

commercial objectives. Nevertheless, there is considerable scope for improving

the performance of road provision and maintenance. One priority is to

commence formal performance assessment of road authorities. Road agencies

should allocate all maintenance and road building works through a competitive

tendering process.

Initial steps should be taken towards direct road pricing. The Commission

recommends an incremental approach, starting in Sydney and Melbourne with

tolls (preferably electronic) on certain new or upgraded urban arterial roads,

bridges and tunnels. In due course this should lead to public acceptance of more

sophisticated approaches. A carefully conceived strategy for introducing

electronic road pricing should include measures to address equity issues and the

problem of traffic diversion. Meanwhile, parking restrictions, parking taxes, and

traffic management measures should continue to form part of demand

management strategies implemented on an area-wide basis.

Public transport fares should be restructured both to create a greater differential

between peak and off-peak fares, and to increase with the distance travelled.

Any fare increases should be phased in over several years and should be

accompanied, if not preceded, by improvements in service quality.

A number of participants considered that changes to public transport fares

should not be undertaken until action was taken on road pricing. While it is

undesirable to introduce changes in pricing mechanisms that lead to an undue

imbalance in the treatment of different modes, it is also necessary to ensure that

this concern not delay reforms to fares.

The structure for reform of the taxi and hirecar industry should be set in place

early. Taxi boards and advisory committees should be restructured to give users

a substantial say in their operation. More fundamentally, each state and territory

government should announce and then commence a program of annual sales of

new taxi licences. Linked with this, fares should be deregulated immediately,

except for requirements to notify them to the regulator and to display them

inside and outside vehicles.

The Commission sees improving accessibility for the transport disadvantaged

as a priority for reform. Better targeting of assistance enables greater assistance

to be directed to those in real need for example by providing assistance to

URBAN TRANSPORT

272

those that do not or cannot use public transport. Reducing regulatory barriers to

community transport and freeing up the taxi and hirecar industry will also be of

particular benefit to the transport disadvantaged.

The needs of cyclists and pedestrians should be given higher priority in

transport planning. Speedy implementation of the national bicycle strategy

would go a long way to enhancing the role of what are, after all, the only nonpolluting

modes. There is a need to translate agreed principles into action such

as increasing the number of bicycle storage facilities at train stations.

A number of initiatives aimed specifically at addressing environmental

concerns should be commenced or continued. Emission standards for vehicles

are playing a role in ameliorating pollution and should continue to do so. The

control of emissions resulting from these measures will increasingly take effect

as the old car fleet in our cities is eventually replaced by newer vehicles. A

system of emission tests, with fines or loss of registration for ‘dirty’ vehicles,

should be introduced as a means of reducing pollution in those cities where

pollution problems are most severe. Should these measures fail to achieve

pollution standards which governments consider acceptable, further measures

such as differential fuel franchise fees and surcharges on road pricing charges in

particular areas should be considered.

... and keeping reform moving

Following the establishment of the reform framework, subsequent initiatives

should seek to build on it.

After the initial introduction of electronic road pricing mechanisms, there

should be an extension of tolling to more roads and cities.

Public transport authorities should be subject to increasing competition in a

staged fashion.

Looking ahead, State Governments should be open to options for reforming

urban rail in ways that promote greater efficiency, including the creation of

separate infrastructure authorities and the franchising of rail services.

In the case of buses, the progressive allocation of bus service areas by

competitive franchise should continue. In addition, there could be value in

conducting demonstration projects allowing open access in particular areas.

Depending on the experience, a case-by-case consideration could then be given

to introducing open access (supplemented by minimum guaranteed services) to

bus services in a city.

Reform of the taxi industry should progress steadily with continued sales of new

licences.

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

273

The full benefits from reform require the elements of the process to be carried

through to their conclusions, thus preparing Australia’s urban transport systems

for the 21st century. The future will have competition between modes, and

electronic road pricing would be commonplace.

Competition among all modes would encourage the most efficient mix of

transport services to develop in response to changing travel demands.

Importantly, a competitive market would create opportunities for suppliers of all

modes of transport to compete for a larger total market. For example, buses will

no longer be restricted to providing feeder services to rail. Similarly, taxi

operators and freight carriers will be free to compete with bus companies for

route services. By this stage of the reform program, there would be a blurring of

any distinction between buses and taxis. Taxi licences would be freely available

subject to ‘fit and proper person’ safeguards. Any remaining distinctions

between taxis and hire cars would have been removed.

A11.3 Transport and cities: the package applied

The Commission considers that the broad framework for reforming urban

transport should be applied to all cities in Australia, but is conscious of the need

to translate its recommendations into specifics for each State and Territory and

each level of government.

The Commission recognises the important differences between States and cities.

Cities differ in their history, patterns of development and transport policies.

Priorities for transport reform consequently also differ. The Australian

Automobile Association said:

It needs to be stated at the outset that issues such as transport deficits, urban sprawl,

pollution and congestion will vary in importance between cities in fact, many of the

problems associated with urban transport are very much local in nature (Sub. 140, p. 1).

In a similar vein, the Western Australian Government drew attention to:

... the substantial and significant differences between the large, older cities of Sydney

and Melbourne and the smaller, newer cities such as Perth. The histories of these cities

is very different, as are their current situations. Similarly, their future needs and the

most appropriate means of achieving them are likely to differ. (Sub. 170, p. 1)

Cities come from a range of starting points. Solutions may differ between

smaller and larger cities, old and new cities and so on. For example, the urban

rail systems in Australia vary significantly in size, market share, and method of

organisation, militating against a single approach to structural reform. The

different arrangements applying to buses in different cities also calls for

implementation plans fashioned to fit individual circumstances. Reform of the

URBAN TRANSPORT

274

taxi and hirecar industry, on the other hand, could be applied in broadly the

same way in all cities.

Similar logic also argues against blanket adoption of overseas models. What

works in Europe, North America, or New Zealand may not necessarily work in

Australia. During the course of this inquiry, the Commission has undertaken

considerable study of experience and practice in other countries. The sensible

approach is to take the best of what is offered in other countries and to learn

from the mistakes and successes of others (see appendix G).

With these considerations in mind, the following section offers some comments

on what the Commission’s reform program might mean to individual States and

Territories.

NEW SOUTH WALES

The New South Wales Government has introduced a number of initiatives in

urban transport in the last few years. Many of them coincide with the broad

thrust of the Commission’s recommendations.

There have, already been some moves towards corporatisation of public

transport authorities. The Commission supports the continuation of this

program, with refinements. For example, the treatment of community service

obligations appears to be in need of greater precision and, according to CityRail,

negates incentives to pursue patronage. The NSW Government is developing a

comprehensive CSO framework.

Reform of public transport fare structures is a priority given that parts of the

Sydney system are reaching capacity and others are under-priced. The

Commission notes that a major review of public transport fares by the

Government Pricing Tribunal is scheduled for 1994-95 (Sub. 312, p. 3).

The Commission’s recommendations would require consideration of CityRail

being split up into separate business units or GTEs (for example, distinct

business operations (for example ferries) and geographic regions (for example

Newcastle buses). CityRail argued that separation of services from

infrastructure is not an efficient solution for Sydney; but it is moving towards

the division of operations into geographically based units (Sub. 256, p. 7). NSW

Treasury warned that there may be operational problems in allocating track

space among a number of companies, especially in major metropolitan areas

during peak hours. However it agreed to the need for seeking competitive

tenders for track and signal maintenance, including station operations and

upkeep (Sub. 311, p. 2).

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

275

The concentration of strategic planning and regulatory functions in the

Department of Transport is in line with the Commission’s reform package. A

Integrated Transport Strategy for Greater Sydney has recently been formulated.

The New South Wales system regulating private bus operators has some

features in common with the Commission’s competitive tendering option. It

does, however, differ in three major respects:

a lack of transparency in the tender evaluation process, combined with a

lack of confidence in its accountability;

a lack of an independent evaluator of the tenders; and

no automatic retendering of expired contracts.

Opening franchises to tender automatically at the end of their term would

sharpen the incentives for better service delivery rather than merely do what was

sufficient to obtain renewal of the contract. Extension of this principle would

imply subjecting all franchises, including STA’s bus services (divided into

franchise areas) to tender when their initial term expires and regularly thereafter.

In response to the Commission’s draft recommendations in this area, the NSW

Department of Transport commented that:

Significant policy changes at this time would bring uncertainty to the industry and

could undermine the substantial improvements that have been achieved in service

quality (Sub. 312, p. 3).

The Commission emphasises that the only other change in the first phase from

the current NSW bus system is to focus on clear transparency and accountability

in the tendering process. This should be feasible within the existing institutional

and legal framework.

Sydney has significant congestion and environmental problems. It is the

obvious city to begin electronic road pricing. Indeed, trials of the technology

have already occurred on the Sydney Harbour Bridge (see chapter A9). The

Commission recognises, however, the NSW Department of Transport’s view

that:

Extension of this concept to the existing road system and the use of electronic systems

for revenue collection would require careful thought encompassing consideration of

economic efficiency, equity, access and technical issues as well as community attitudes

(Sub. 312, p. 3).

The NSW Department of Transport stated that ‘the complete deregulation of

taxi services is not acceptable to the industry’ (Sub. 312, p. 2). That may be so,

but the Commission urges the Government to take full account of the benefits

which would accrue to the community as a whole from opening up the taxi

industry.

URBAN TRANSPORT

276

VICTORIA

The performance indicators in chapter A3 suggest that the Melbourne system

has been the poorest performer. This is recognised by the Victorian Government

which, in its initial submission, identified the ‘inadequacy of pre-existing

institutional arrangements for delivery of public transport services as a major

focus for reform’ (Sub. 186, p. vii). The Government is currently aiming to

reduce the public transport operating deficit by $245 million a year as part of a

program targeted at the State’s budgetary difficulties.

Several of the Commission’s recommendations on institutional reform have

been adopted in Victoria. The Department of Transport is now responsible for

planning, policy, regulation and service agreements including the purchase of

services. The corporatisation of the PTC is proceeding. As part of a broader

corporatisation program, the Department of Transport is to review CSOs within

a State-owned enterprise framework.

The Commission’s approach also involves separating the Public Transport

Corporation into autonomous business units for the rail, tram and bus modes,

and hiving off the urban rail passenger mode from freight and country rail

passenger services. The Victorian Government has already moved in these

directions. It has established a commercial charter for the PTC and commenced

the creation of autonomous business units for metropolitan rail, trams, buses,

country passenger services, and freight. A separate infrastructure business unit

is also being established (Sub. 319, p. 8).

Recent fare revisions have been aimed at those areas where the divergence

between costs and fares are greatest: long distance and periodic tickets. The

introduction of a new automated ticketing system offers great scope for further

improving fare structure, system data, and allows for integrated ticketing with

multiple operators.

The Victorian Government has instituted a number of reforms to improve the

management of road infrastructure to focus on core businesses, and to contract

out much road maintenance and other services.

Bus services in Victoria are currently in transition. The Victorian Government

has recently awarded bus contracts in a way which shares many of the features

of the system of area franchises outlined in chapter B3. The Victorian

Government’s approach to tendering out routes and areas within the constraints

of existing contracts provides an instructive example for other States.

A number of features of the new system, however, could be improved. For

example, in the first round of contracts at least, tenders were not open to all

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

277

prospective operators, as tenderers were required to provide evidence of

satisfactory past performance in providing regular passenger transport services.

The Commission’s draft report proposals for open access in the taxi industry

were not acceptable to the Victorian Government, although it did suggest that:

... consideration may be given to some deregulation of fare structures as currently

occurs in some other States and internal competition will be fostered (Sub. 319, p. 3).

The Commission appreciates the sensitivities involved, but urges the

Government to take full account of the benefits which would accrue to the

community as a whole from opening up the taxi industry.

The Victorian Government suggested that ‘traffic congestion in Melbourne,

whilst not yet serious by overseas comparisons, imposes a significant cost on the

Victorian economy’ (Sub. 186, p. 43). A graduated approach to introducing

road pricing should be commenced in Melbourne.

QUEENSLAND

The Queensland Government recently announced a new policy for public

transport following a Department of Transport review. The new policy involves

the introduction of exclusive service contracts specifying minimum levels of

service and performance standards (for example, fleet standards). Contracts will

be for five years, and will be renewed unless the performance standards and the

conditions of contract are not met. The contract holders will be responsible for

planning routes, setting timetables and coordinating services, but the

Government can vary the area or routes or can instigate cross boundary services

in the public interest. Queensland’s approach to reform has a lot in common

with that of New South Wales.

The new policy is based on a view that the public interest will be best served by

a framework characterised by accountability and contestability, and that market

entry should only be restricted when it will result in a better level of service

delivery. These sentiments are consistent with those underlying the

Commission’s reform package. While the new policy contains some positive

changes and should improve accountability, the Commission is concerned that

the principles be fully reflected in the details of the new measures.

The major point of difference is that there will be no automatic retendering of

expired contracts. The Queensland Government rejected automatic retendering

of bus service franchises at the end of the contract period due to concerns about

its effect on capital investment. While there is a trade-off between a secure

investment environment and the benefits of periodic competition, there is a real

risk that retendering only in exceptional circumstances does not strike the right

URBAN TRANSPORT

278

balance. The Commission’s preference therefore is that bus franchises be open

for all to tender after the contract period. In the Commission’s view, it will also

be important to guard against the danger of the approach becoming too

prescriptive in its oversight of transport providers.

Reform of government transport authorities one of the Commission’s reform

priorities has commenced in Queensland. Corporatisation of Queensland

Rail is already scheduled to occur by 1995. Under corporatisation, urban

passenger services which do not provide a commercial return will be clearly

identified and funded as a community service obligation under a performance

agreement between the operator and the Government. It would be preferable for

Citytrain to be a commercially autonomous unit.

Despite Brisbane Transport’s objections (see chapter A5), the Commission

considers that it too should be fully corporatised and divided into commercially

autonomous units. Brisbane Transport should be able to compete on an equal

basis with private bus operators for the franchises of its service areas.

Queensland has a number of provincial cities of significant size. The

Commission’s recommendations in the area of devolution of responsibility to

local government is therefore particularly pertinent to the State. The rapidly

growing population in some of these regions (for example, the Gold Coast)

underscores the need for regulatory structures which are flexible and can cope

with growth.

Some see congestion and pollution as potential problems for Brisbane. The

Government is developing a plan for Brisbane aimed at reducing reliance on the

motor car by, inter alia, upgrading suburban rail and bike networks.

While the need for road pricing is not immediate, current trends suggest that it

is inevitable. Tolls are already in place on the Gateway Bridge, and the Sunshine

and Logan motorways. The Queensland Government indicated in principle

support for road use pricing and said:

Road user pricing is under consideration as a longer term strategy together with parking

charges and parking restrictions to reduce congestion (Sub. 327, p. 11).

The Queensland Government is preparing legislation that will allow developer

contributions to be collected.

WESTERN AUSTRALIA

In its initial submission, the Western Australian Government stressed that Perth

was not Melbourne or Sydney and in future could develop differently.

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

279

In September 1993 the Western Australian Government announced that it plans

to corporatise MTT (Perth). Its passenger operations have been separated from

its service coordination functions, which have been assumed by the Department

of Transport. The Department will be responsible for marketing public

transport, letting tenders for service contracts, administering community service

obligations, ensuring fare structures are consistent, and protecting service

standards. The contracts will be for exclusive franchise areas (and for routes

travelling from one area to another, including those through the Perth CBD)

with the possibility of ‘competition on trunk routes which form the boundary

between contract areas’. The MTT will be allowed to tender for the contracts

and will be placed on contract with the Department of Transport for nontendered

services as of 1 July 1994 (Sub. 320).

Although many of the details are still being developed, these plans appear to

coincide with the broad thrust of the Commission’s approach. In the process of

developing these details, it is essential that, as is proposed, ‘the coordination

role of the Department of Transport will be provided in an effective, nonbureaucratic

way’ (WA Government, Sub. 320, p. 8).

The Western Australian Government agreed with the Commission’s conclusion

that structural reform of urban rail service provision is desirable, but stated that

it was yet to determine a detailed approach. On buses, the WA Government

indicated that, while splitting the MTT into depot-based units is ‘an option

under consideration’, there are potential dangers of diseconomies of scale in

scheduling. It argued that ‘it was not self-evident that the depot is the most

effective basis on which to split up existing operations’ (Sub. 320, p. 9).

There do not appear to be significant problems associated with the use of

Perth’s road system. While the Western Australian Government (Sub. 170, p. i)

recognised that congestion on the road system is forecast to increase in the

future, present congestion or environmental problems do not justify the cost of

introducing road pricing. The Western Australian Government does not see

transporting urban freight as a major issue, because of Perth’s relatively recent

development and the way industrial and commercial activity is located with

respect to the major regional road and rail networks.

While the WA Government is not planning to implement open access in the taxi

industry, it is changing how the industry is regulated. To the extent that these

changes involve making the Department of Transport (rather than the previous

Taxi Control Board) responsible for regulating entry into the industry, this

represents a move in the right direction.

URBAN TRANSPORT

280

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

The new Government in South Australia has announced a program of reform.

Many of the elements appear to correspond broadly with the Commission’s

approach. Key ones include the creation of a Passenger Transport Board

responsible for contracting (by competitive tender or negotiation), licensing and

promoting passenger transport services. The STA is to be relieved of its policy

and planning responsibilities.

The Commission recommends that Adelaide’s bus services be separated into

commercially autonomous units and exclusive franchises offered for them by

open tender. The Bus and Coach Association of SA expressed interest in the

opportunities this would present. Companies from other states and countries

may also tender, as may South Australian firms presently supplying non-urban

passenger services or school services, as well as decentralised units of the STA.

The Government believed that the staged introduction of competitive tendering

in Adelaide can lead to savings of 25 per cent or $34 million on the STA’s

operating subsidy (Sub. 317, p. 2).

South Australia has already largely deregulated its hirecar industry, and should

extend this reform to the taxi industry. However, the Government has explicitly

ruled out taxi deregulation, in favour of a system of accreditation for all owners,

drivers and radio cab companies.

Because of the small size of the system, the early introduction of private

operators is likely to be easier in Adelaide than for other rail and tram

operations. Operational efficiencies may be achieved through institutional

reform of the Glenelg tram operation. This may entail either some combination

of public and private sector involvement or privatisation of the operation. Both

government and private sector responses to this concept were favourable (see

chapter B2).

While accepting the role for road pricing as a medium term tool, the former

South Australian Government stated that Adelaide is unlikely to trial road

pricing before successful trials are carried out in Sydney and/or Melbourne,

where the problem is seen as more acute (Sub. 144, p. 13).

TASMANIA

The Tasmanian Government supported the broad thrust of the Commission’s

draft report recommendations. However, it was concerned that the draft report

failed to take into account the smaller cities, such as those in Tasmania ‘where

the opportunities for competition are significantly reduced’ (Sub. 328, p. 1).

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

281

Applying the reform program to Tasmania implies a continuation of the

corporatisation of Metro Tasmania and its division into autonomous units in

Hobart, Launceston, and Burnie. The Tasmanian Government is in the process

of corporatising Metro. However it does not consider significant additional

benefits would accrue from segmenting Metro’s regional services. (Sub. 328,

p. 3)

With respect to competitive tendering out urban bus services, the Tasmanian

Government suggested that while the concept may be viable in the larger capital

cities, ‘it is doubtful whether Tasmania has the economies of scale and level of

competition to allow this system to work effectively’ (Sub. 328, p. 3).

While many studies have shown that significant economies of scale do not exist

in urban bus operations, there may well be some areas where the possible

market for public transport services is so limited that only one operator could

maintain a viable business. If this is considered to be the case in Tasmania,

tenders to supply bus services in Burnie, Launceston and Hobart should be

sought on a basis which does not preclude bids to run the entire operation.

The high proportion of trips undertaken by concessional travellers suggests that

identifying, costing and directly funding community services should have a high

priority. A first step would be the full reimbursement by government of fare

concessions on public transport. The Tasmanian Government is currently

reviewing its policy options for the provision of Community Service

Obligations (CSOs).

The Hobart City Council commented that Hobart is a city heavily reliant on the

private motor car for transport, but saw the potential for smaller, flexible buses

perhaps in partnership with taxis to be used for circumferential and/or off-peak

services (Sub. 168, p. 2).

During the Commission’s visits, several people drew attention to inefficiencies

arising out of the involvement of several levels of government (see chapter A4).

The Hobart City Council noted that at present in Tasmania there is almost no

linkage between regional transport planning and urban development

administered through planning schemes by councils (Sub. 168, p. 2).

Tasmanian cities have low levels of congestion, so road pricing would not seem

to be a priority. It may, however, have potential application for individual

facilities (for example a new crossing of the Derwent River).

Application of the Commission’s taxi industry reform options would entail a

reversal of recent trends whereby taxi numbers are being reduced in Tasmania.

The Tasmanian Government is presently considering reforms to the taxi industry

(Sub. 328, p. 3) and the Commission would urge it to closely examine its

options.

URBAN TRANSPORT

282

AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY

The ACT Government acknowledged that urban transport services in the ACT

are in need of reform, but noted that significant progress has been made in the

short period since self-government. For example, it pointed to innovations in the

provision of public transport services, particularly services to people with

disabilities, introduction of free parking at major feeder interchanges,

construction of bus only lanes, improved ticketing technology and trialing of

different vehicle types and more efficient fuels.

The Commission’s recommendations in the area of reforming public transport

authorities are highly relevant for ACTION buses. Indicators in chapter A3

suggest that ACTION receives one of the highest rates of subsidy in the country.

This analysis is confirmed by a recent independent benchmarking study

undertaken for ACTION (see chapter B3).

The Government has directed ACTION to reduce its annual operating subsidy

by $10 million in real terms over the three years beginning in 1992-93. In the

draft report, the Commission felt that the pace was too slow. The ACT

Government rejected that view, citing the need to consult with unions and

employees in managing the human impact of change. The Commission

appreciates this, but is concerned about the burden on the rest of the community

of financing the deficit.

As soon as possible, the Australian Capital Territory’s bus network should be

divided into separate and commercially autonomous units, perhaps along the

lines of the present ACTION depots, and exclusive franchises let. The

government bus services should be corporatised, and permitted to tender for the

franchises.

In response to the draft report, the ACT Government stated it does not believe

corporatisation is an appropriate model for ACTION and would not introduce

franchising because ‘the results of benchmarking can achieve much of the aims

of opening up services to competition’ (Sub. 228, p. 5). The Commission agrees

that benchmarking can be a valuable aid in exposing the problems faced by

ACTION. However, on its own, benchmarking does not provide any financial

incentives to increase cost-effectiveness.

The ACT Government said that it had ‘the most extensive network of bicycle

paths in Australia which, combined with legal footpath riding has created a safe

and attractive environment for cyclists’ (Sub. 228, p. 10). Indeed, the ACT

provides an instructive example of incorporating cycling into planning all

new residential developments are required to construct a pathways system, with

links to the ACT network.

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

283

The ACT Government has commissioned a major study to examine future

public transport options for the ACT. A number of current policies are

employed to encourage reductions in the use of private vehicles as the main

means of transport. However, road congestion is not seen as a major problem in

Canberra.

NORTHERN TERRITORY

In its response to the draft report, the NT Government emphasised that ‘the

adoption of any recommendations will need to be determined on a regional case

by case basis’.

As an example, it noted that increased road user charges to overcome

congestion were not of immediate concern for the Territory. It also cautioned

against national application of air pollution measures which ‘may penalise areas

that are not subject to ... [high] pollution levels’ (Sub. 310, p.2).

The Darwin Bus Service has introduced a number of workplace reforms

including the introduction of split shifts, reduction in the number of inspectors,

and streamlined maintenance operations. Under the Commission’s proposals,

the Darwin Bus Service would be corporatised and bus services competitively

tendered.

As a relatively dispersed, car-based city, adoption of one of the Commission’s

taxi reform options would bring significant benefits. Indeed, the NT

Government commented that the removal of entry restriction for the hire car and

taxi industries ‘could bring identifiable improvements’ (Sub. 310, p. 2).

COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT

The Commission’s reform package has relatively few implications for direct

action by the Commonwealth Government.

The role of the Commonwealth Government in urban transport is now limited

and appropriately so. The Commission considers that recent general trends

for the Commonwealth to withdraw from the field and deregulate road funding

are moves in the right direction. Urban transport is essentially a regional and

local issue.

The question of continuing to include the urban transit category in the

Commonwealth Grant Commission processes is complex and warrants further

consideration as to both principle and method. The Commission appreciates that

such an assessment would need to take place in the context of a broader review

of the entire CGC process.

URBAN TRANSPORT

284

LOCAL GOVERNMENT

The Commission considers that urban transport systems are best planned at the

lowest practicable level of government. It would be impractical to make local

government, as it is presently constituted, responsible for planning entire urban

transport networks. Local government does have an important role to play in

land use, transport infrastructure and service planning. In the words of the City

of Melbourne:

Within the current institutional framework, regional authorities, with representation

from local government, is a more realistic possibility. An important issue is that there

needs to be better integration between transport and land use planning and this should

be reflected in the planning machinery. (Sub. 259, p. 4)

The new machinery may require, for example, a cooperative association or body

corporate owned jointly by local governments within a region. In a few cases

the appropriate region may cross state borders, for example, the Gold Coast-

Tweed Heads area on the Queensland-NSW border.

Whatever the urban transport responsibilities of local government, they will

have little effect without adequate funding capability. The Commission

appreciates that this point impinges on the financial responsibilities of the three

levels of government in Australia, a matter which goes beyond urban transport.

Yet it needs to be resolved if urban transport is to be delivered more efficiently.

A11.4 The impact of the reform package

The Commission was explicitly asked to report on the social, environmental,

and economy-wide implications of its proposed changes.

The package is designed so that, as far as possible, everyone wins. To the extent

that reform imposes costs, the Commission has suggested ways of more

equitably sharing the burden.

The benefits of the Commission’s program of reform are wide-ranging:

A less costly, more flexible transport system capable of taking people and

goods where they want to go. A lower cost system will also mean a

reduced burden on taxpayers;

There would be a more efficient and less congested road network,

particularly in larger cities. The costs of congestion in Sydney and

Melbourne have been estimated to be around $4 billion;

A more efficient road network would particularly benefit Australia’s

growing urban freight industry and other commercial (non-freight) traffic;

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

285

estimated to be approximately five per cent of GDP. Reduced congestion

would also lead to lower emissions from vehicles;

Road funding would be subject to greater scrutiny so decisions would be

based on how best to move traffic around our cities;

Competition and corporatisation of public transport authorities would

sharpen suppliers’ focus on the needs of customers and improvements in

service quality (such as reliability, punctuality, safety and cleanliness)

while allowing for the maintenance of coordinated services and integrated

ticketing where governments consider it necessary;

Because reform of the transport industry would be occurring on a broad

front, individual operators would be able to enter new markets. The result

should be service innovations such as replacing fixed route supply-driven

services with more flexible demand-responsive door-to-door services, or

higher frequency buses;

Buses are the dominant form of public transport for Australians. Urban

route bus services exist in all of Australia’s major cities. Any improvement

in the cost and service quality of urban route bus services will have a

widespread effect on the ease with which most public transport users

travel and the cost of those services to governments in Australia;

Opening bus service markets to competition, initially through

competitively tendering out exclusive franchises and then possibly through

some form of open access, will encourage innovation in service delivery

and improved service quality. Taking public bus operations alone, if these

were franchised out to private operators, the initial savings to State and

Territory Governments are likely to be over $250 million a year. The

Commission estimates that such savings would reduce the operating costs

of these services by 40 cents for every passenger boarding a public bus

(using 1992 figures);

Reform of the taxi and hirecar industry would benefit users through a

greater variety of taxis, more choice when it comes to taxi fares and less

waiting time. The Commission has estimated that reforms would benefit

the community to the tune of about $300 million a year. On average, fares

could fall by about two dollars a ride. This would particularly benefit

lower income groups and people with disabilities who rely heavily on

taxis. The impact on taxi licence holders will be cushioned by phasing in

reform over a number of years (with the additional possibility of some

financial compensation);

Rather than the current supply-driven provision of public transport, a more

open community transport network could provide a more flexible and

URBAN TRANSPORT

286

frequent service meeting local community needs at lower costs,

particularly in urban fringe areas;

The potential role of the most environmentally friendly modes of transport,

cycling and walking, will be given full consideration in transport and

urban planning decisions;

While data deficiencies make it difficult to precisely quantify the benefits

of rail reform, the information which is available to the Commission

indicates that the potential benefits are large. Urban rail authorities are

losing about five dollars a trip on average, largely because of excessive

costs. Previous studies undertaken for the Commission found that the costs

incurred by rail authorities in Australia were on average 36 per cent above

international best practice (IC 1991c). While a number of rail authorities

(notably CityRail) have since reduced their costs, introducing competition

into rail services has the potential to substantially reduce them further;

The transport disadvantaged should benefit from the reforms to urban

transport services, particularly the relaxation of restrictions on community

transport services and taxi operators. For those reforms which may have

adverse equity impacts (for example, fare restructuring and introducing

electronic road pricing), a system of concessions should be introduced to

protect those in need; and

Better environmental outcomes should result from testing to reduce the

emissions of the mostly poorly maintained vehicles and the introduction of

road pricing.

A11.5 Locking in change

Urban transport has an unfortunate history of reviews and inquiries to which

there has generally been inadequate response. Without in-built mechanisms to

keep up the pressure for reform, there is a real danger that things may drift.

Although many members of the public would each benefit from change, vested

interests whose fortunes are tied to maintaining the current regulatory

environment have proved hard to overcome.

In the Commission’s view, constant public exposure of the shortcomings of the

current ways of doing things keeps up the pressure for reform. Indeed, the

Commission hopes that this report will make a useful contribution in this

respect.

The Commission sees the annual performance measurement recently

commenced by the Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of

Government Trading Enterprises as one mechanism for continuing the pressure

A11 REFORM: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

287

for reform. In a similar fashion, improved performance monitoring of road

authorities (by the National Road Transport Commission and others) would

provide ongoing impetus for reform in this area.

As mentioned earlier, the reform program also needs to allow for adaptations to

changing circumstances. This is why structural change embodying a more

commercial focus is so important it provides incentives to continue to adapt

to society’s changing needs.

URBAN TRANSPORT

288

PART B

COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEM

B1 Urban rail

B2 Trams and light rail

B3 Buses

B4 Taxis and hirecars

B5 Community transport

B6 Cycling

291

B1 URBAN RAIL

Australia’s urban rail systems are characterised by large financial deficits

and poor operating efficiency. There is widespread dissatisfaction with the

present quality of services. Some rail authorities have taken steps to

improve their performance in recent years, including reducing costs and

increasing service quality. Recent investments in heavy rail projects

highlight the importance of proper investment appraisal.

Rail needs to be made contestable with other modes of public transport. As

a minimum, infrastructure and different types of rail services should be

operated by commercially autonomous business units. State governments

should be open to other reforms of urban rail, including the creation of a

separate infrastructure body, and the franchising of rail services.

B1.1 The role of urban rail in Australian cities

There are currently urban rail networks in Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane,

Adelaide, Perth and Newcastle. By far the largest networks are in Sydney,

Melbourne and Brisbane. In Sydney and Melbourne, rail services to outer

regions, including intercity services from Sydney to Newcastle and Wollongong,

and from Melbourne to Geelong, provide links with the inner metropolitan area.

In recent years, passenger numbers on all systems have been adversely affected

by recession. Over a longer timeframe, total passenger boardings for the five

capital cities have declined slightly since 1969. However, the trend in patronage

has varied considerably amongst cities. Patronage in Melbourne and Adelaide

has fallen considerably, while Brisbane has increased. In Sydney, patronage has

recovered from low levels in 1979 to be now slightly higher than its 1969 level.

Table B1.1 presents a number of operating statistics for Australian urban rail

networks.

Rail plays a major role in urban passenger transport systems, particularly in the

larger cities. In 1986, rail journeys comprised more than one-half of all public

transport journeys to work in Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane. In Adelaide and

Perth, rail journeys accounted for 20 to 25 per cent of such journeys.

URBAN TRANSPORT

292

Table B1.1: Main characteristics of Australia’s urban heavy rail

systems 1991-92

Urban rail Route Vehicle Passenger Passenger No. of Estimated value

network kms kms boardings kmsa employees of assets

(millions) (millions) (millions) (current $ billion)

Sydney

(CityRail)b 1 700 182 244 4 380 10 594 1.8c

Melbourne 330 60 109 1 470 6213 1.9

Brisbane 450d 36 40 770 2588 1.2c

Adelaide 120 7 9 170 782 0.3

Perthe 63 3 10 120 529 0.3

Total 2 663 288 413 6 910 20 795 5.5

a Based on an estimate of average trip length.

b CityRail provides rail services in the Sydney metropolitan area, as well as outer urban areas extending to

Newcastle and Wollongong (route-kms for the Sydney metropolitan area amount to 457 km).

c Urban rail assets assumed to represent one-half of the reported value of rail authority’s total assets.

d Data refers to 1990-91.

e Excludes the Perth northern line (opened in March 1993). The northern line adds 29 route-kms to the Perth

network. Based on a survey in August 1993, passenger boardings on the northern line are estimated to total

around 4.5 million over a whole year.

Sources: Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of GTEs 1993

CityRail 1993, p. 5

Australian City Transit Association 1993

Queensland Auditor-General 1992, p. 118

NSW Auditor-General 1993, p. 145

Commonwealth Grants Commission data

Most urban rail travel is undertaken to and from work during peak times. For

example, the South East Queensland Passenger Transport Study in 1990 found

that one-half of all rail travellers were commuters, and that more than 60 per

cent of rail trips to the central business district were for work purposes

(Bornhorst Ward Veitch 1990, p. 25). There is also significant travel on

concessional fares, particularly at off-peak times. According to the Queensland

Government, 35 per cent of passengers in the Brisbane area travel on

concessional fares.

Urban rail is most effective when moving large numbers of people over fixed

routes at set times, such as with work trips to the central business district. To get

the best use out of their rail networks, operators need to provide quality rail

services which exploit these strengths.

However, due to the large fixed costs associated with providing rail

infrastructure such as track, signalling and stations, where passenger volumes

are low, the average cost per passenger-kilometre is relatively high compared

with other modes. Hence, care needs to be taken to ensure that rail networks do

not place an unreasonable burden on taxpayers.

B1 URBAN RAIL

293

Most of the freight carried on urban rail networks is concerned with country or

interstate traffic. Relatively few intra-urban freight deliveries are made by rail;

most is carried by road transport.

The role of rail in terms of urban form and the environment is discussed in

chapters A1 and A10 respectively.

B1.2 Institutional arrangements

State governments closely direct many aspects of rail operations. Rail

authorities have little control over investment decisions, fares, frequencies,

destinations and times of services as governments either directly make decisions

or regulate these aspects of operation.

In NSW, the urban rail network is operated by CityRail, which is a

division of the State Rail Authority (SRA). CityRail also provides

electrified passenger services between Sydney and Newcastle and

additional local non-electrified services within the Newcastle area. It also

operates an electrified service between Dapto and Sydney.

In Queensland, the urban rail network is operated by Citytrain, a division

of Queensland Rail.

The Public Transport Corporation (PTC) provides rail services within the

Melbourne metropolitan area under the trading name of ‘The Met’, and

some passenger rail services throughout Victoria under the trading name

of ‘V-Line’. Private operators also provide some country passenger

services.

In Adelaide, rail services are currently provided by the State Transport

Authority. The South Australian Government has drafted legislation under

which urban rail services may be provided by Transit Adelaide and/or

another operator.

In Perth, Westrail provides urban rail services under contract to the

Department of Transport.

In NSW, a Government Pricing Tribunal was established in 1992 to review

charges for a number of government services, and makes annual

recommendations on the maximum level of public transport fares. The Tribunal

considers submissions from CityRail.

Rail authorities do not borrow directly from the market. In many cases, debts

which relate to the operation of railways are transferred to the state treasuries.

URBAN TRANSPORT

294

Recent developments

Recently, governments have turned their attention to improving the performance

of rail services, and have introduced changes to make rail authorities operate

more along commercial lines.

Although the five urban rail authorities now all have boards, these have little

autonomy in decision-making. The board of the State Rail Authority (SRA)

which has the greatest autonomy can make investments of up to $1 million

without prior Government approval. Most rail authorities have contracted out

some non-core services, such as maintenance, cleaning and catering, and have

reduced staff in recent years. While nearly all rail authorities have announced

their intention to move to driver-only trains, few have actually done so. Most

rail authorities have introduced, or plan to introduce, multiskilling and part-time

staff.

There are separate business units for rail passenger and freight services within

the SRA, Queensland Rail and the PTC. There is also a separate business unit

for infrastructure management within the PTC. Although there is nominally a

separation of rail activities into these groups, separate accounts have hitherto

not been available for urban rail operations. The rail authorities are working

towards improving their accounts. There is a CSO contract between CityRail

and the NSW Department of Transport. As part of the corporatisation program

announced by the Queensland Government in May 1993, CSO contracts are to

be negotiated for Queensland Rail.

B1.3 Assessment of performance

The developments in recent years are encouraging. Yet it has become

obvious during this inquiry that the performance of urban rail services

needs much more improvement to provide a quality service which is

affordable to the community.

This assessment is consistent with the 1990 report by the Railway Industry

Council, which found that the rail industry in Australia needed ‘to give greater

priority to quality of service and to adopt a more customer oriented ethos’

(Railway Industry Council 1990b, p. 8).

In the past 20 years or so, there has been a fall in the share of rail in the urban

transport task. Rail’s share of passenger-kilometres on all urban public transport

in Australia is estimated to have declined from 62 per cent in 1971 to around 55

per cent in 1991. Demand for rail travel has weakened as a result of increased

competition from cars (due to advances in technology and increases in car

B1 URBAN RAIL

295

ownership), and a change in the pattern of travel since the rail lines were built.

Action for Public Transport considered that until 1985:

The move away from the CBD to major centres, and from inner zone to outer zone

employment generally, can explain most of the rail decline as accessibility by rail is

reduced (Sub. 42, Paper A2, p. 1).

Australian cities tend to have much larger rail networks relative to their

population size and density compared with other industrialised countries

(IC 1991c, Vol. I, p. 187).

As discussed in chapters A8 and A10, subsidisation of urban rail operations is

not the best way of achieving social and environmental objectives. Subsidies

intended to assist the poor and disadvantaged in the community have been

poorly targeted. Rail deficits are a significant contributor to the overall deficit

on urban public transport, and are rightly a cause for concern.

Availability of data

While some Australian railways have compiled detailed information regarding

the costs of operating individual segments of the network, such data are not

generally made public. The accounting systems of the SRA (NSW) and

Queensland Rail cannot yet isolate the value of assets pertaining to urban rail

operations.

Some of the information that is available is not comparable between systems.

For example, rail systems use different definitions of costs and revenues. Some

rail authorities include in their revenues community service obligation (CSO)

payments for concessional fares, while others may not distinguish between

concessions and the general government subsidy for recovery of operating costs.

Some rail authorities have noted the difficulty of making comparisons between

rail systems. For example, at the draft report hearing, Westrail said that it is

difficult to compare the performance of rail operations in Perth with that of

much larger systems such as Sydney’s, without making an allowance for

different operating characteristics (DR transcript, p. 45).

Recorded operating deficits, as published in the annual reports of the rail

authorities, can significantly underestimate the full operating deficit, due to the

exclusion of depreciation, interest payments on transferred debt, payroll tax and

unfunded liabilities for superannuation of rail employees.

It is difficult for the community to assess with any precision how well their

rail services are performing. In recent years, governments and rail

authorities have made public an increasing amount of financial and

operating statistics. Nonetheless, published information is still inadequate.

URBAN TRANSPORT

296

Cost recovery

One measure of performance is the level of the financial deficits incurred in

providing urban rail services. This section looks at the operating deficit,

excluding capital outlays which can vary considerably from year to year and

make comparisons difficult.

The Commonwealth Grants Commission (CGC) has compiled estimates of the

operating deficits for urban public transport operations in Australia, which

exclude government CSO payments for concessional fares, and take into

account debt interest, superannuation and payroll tax, and government subsidies

for private buses (see CGC 1993, p. 90). However, the CGC does not include

depreciation, or local government subsidies for public transport, nor does it

provide a breakdown for individual modes.

Based on data provided by the CGC and the Australian City Transit Association,

the Commission has estimated the operating deficits of urban rail operations in

Australia. These estimates totalled some $2 billion in 1991-92. The deficit for

urban rail compares with that for all urban public transport of the order of $3

billion in 1991-92. The urban rail deficit represented an average subsidy of the

order of $5 per passenger boarding in 1991-92. Comparable estimates for 1992-

93 cannot be made due to gaps in the available data.

Table B1.2 shows the percentage of operating costs covered by fare revenues.

In 1992-93, of Australia’s five urban rail networks, Sydney achieved the highest

farebox cost recovery, followed by Melbourne and Brisbane; cost recovery on

these three networks increased between 1986-87 and 1992-93. Cost recovery in

Adelaide and Perth is considerably lower than the other three systems, and

declined between 1986-87 and 1992-93.

Urban rail systems in other countries differ from those in Australia. For

example, some urban railways overseas have a significant amount of passenger

traffic travelling on subway systems, whereas in Australia underground railways

are a relatively small component of the urban network. The definition of

revenues and expenditures may differ between rail authorities (for example,

there may be differences in the way depreciation and interest are treated).

Notwithstanding the difficulties of comparison, it is useful to note that there are

several examples of rail systems overseas which recover more of their operating

costs from fares. For example, cost recovery (from fares and other commercial

revenue) is 90 per cent for the Tyne and Wear Metro, 74 per cent for the

Washington Metro, and 50 per cent for rail services in Zurich see

appendix G.

B1 URBAN RAIL

297

Table B1.2: Recovery of operating costs from fares: Australian

urban raila

1986-87 1991-92 1992-93b

Farebox

recovery only

Farebox

recovery plus

government

payments for fare

concessionsc

Farebox

recovery only

Farebox

recovery only

(%)

Sydney (CityRail) na 34 47 46

Melbourne na 28 32 28

Adelaide 19 27 12 12

Brisbane na 26 32 25

Perth 15 23 9 10

na not available

a Inclusion of non-fare commercial revenues would increase 1992-93 cost recovery by 0-8 percentage

points.

b Based on preliminary data.

c The estimates which include government payments for fare concessions are indicative only because each

system uses a different definition for such payments.

Sources: Railway Industry Council 1990, p. 13

IC 1991c, Vol. I, p. 190

Australian City Transit Association 1993, p. 49

Preliminary data provided by ACTA

Cost recovery by distance and time of travel

Overall cost recovery ratios, such as those in table B1.2, can mask significant

variations in cost recovery across the network. The measure of cost recovery for

individual services depends on how costs are allocated to individual services,

and on the fare structure. This issue is discussed further in chapter A7.

Productive efficiency

Another factor contributing to the low levels of cost recovery is the cost of

providing rail services. Productivity estimates provide an indication of how well

rail authorities are using their inputs. These compare a physical measure of

output (such as passenger boardings, vehicle kilometres) with a physical

measure of input (such as the number of employees).

Partial measures of productivity

Figure B1.1 shows passenger boardings per employee and vehicle kilometres

per employee for urban rail (it is not possible to report on the trends in

URBAN TRANSPORT

298

passenger kilometres per employee because information on passenger

kilometres over time is not available for all of the rail authorities).

Passenger boardings per employee increased considerably in Sydney between

1987-88 and 1991-92, before declining slightly in 1992-93. Over this period,

there was an overall increase in Adelaide, but little overall change in Brisbane.

In Melboune, there was a major increase in this measure between 1990-91 and

1992-93. In Perth, passenger boardings per employee fell between 1987-88 and

1990-91, before recording significant increases in 1991-92 and 1992-93

(interpretation of the last two years is complicated by the modal shifts

associated with electrification and the inclusion of the northern rail line).

Vehicle kilometres per employee increased in Sydney, Melbourne and Perth

between 1987-88 and 1992-93.

The improved performance in Sydney on both measures between 1987-88 and

1991-92 was due to a fall in the number of employees (down 27 per cent), with

rail passenger boardings and vehicle kilometres remaining unchanged. In 1992-

93, rail employees in Sydney decreased further, but passenger boardings also

fell. The improvement in labour productivity in Melbourne in the last two years

has also been due mainly to a fall in the number of rail employees (down 27 per

cent).

In contrast, over the period to 1991-92, there was little overall change in labour

productivity in Adelaide and Perth, despite a fall in employee numbers. In Perth,

there was a large increase in rail passenger boardings and vehicle kilometres in

1992-93, but also an increase in the number of rail employees (see below for a

discussion of overall productivity trends in Perth).

Figure B1.1: Selected productivity measures for urban rail

Passenger boardings per employee (’000s)

Year to June

10

15

20

25

88 89 90 91 92 93

Syd (Cityrail)

Bris

Melb

Adel

Perth

B1 URBAN RAIL

299

Vehicle kilometres per employee (’000s)

Year to June

5

10

15

20

8 8 8 9 9 0 9 1 9 2 9 3

Syd (Cityrail)

Bris

Melb

Adel

Perth

Sources: Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of GTEs 1993

Annual reports, and other information provided by the rail authorities

Total factor productivity

Total factor productivity, which compares an index of output with an index of

aggregate inputs, provides a more complete picture of productivity than partial

measures.

The Commission’s study of total factor productivity (see appendix D) found

that:

between 1986-87 and 1992-93, the productivity of the SA State Transport

Authority’s urban rail operations declined by around nine per cent based

on passenger kilometres as the output measure, and around 34 per cent

based on seat kilometres. This reflects the poor underlying performance of

rail, as well as policy changes that encouraged the use of buses in

competition with rail;

the productivity of rail services in Perth increased over the same period

(around three per cent based on passenger kilometres and six per cent

based on seat kilometres). Rail passenger kilometres increased as a result

of electrification and the inclusion of the northern rail line (from March

1993), but so far rail productivity has not increased much beyond the level

of the late eighties, due to an accompanying increase in inputs. The

patronage on the new northern rail line reflects both the substitution of bus

services by rail, as well as some new passengers who previously travelled

by car;

between 1990-91 and 1992-93, the productivity of the PTC’s passenger

rail operations in Melbourne increased (around nine per cent in terms of

passenger kilometres and around four per cent in terms of seat kilometres).

URBAN TRANSPORT

300

The difference in results is due mainly to an increase in the load factor

during the three-year period; and

the productivity of urban rail services is generally higher in Melbourne

than in Adelaide or Perth.

International comparisons of productivity

In its work for the Commission’s 1991 Report on Rail Transport, Travers

Morgan found that the costs of urban passenger rail systems in Australia were

on average 36 per cent higher than international best practice, with a differential

in costs observable across most areas of urban rail operations (IC 1991c). Since

that study a number of rail authorities (notably CityRail) have reduced their

costs, particularly labour costs.

On the basis of cost per passenger journey, and passenger journeys per

employee, CityRail compares favourably with Japan Railways East, British

Rail’s Network South East, urban rail operations in Paris, and three operators in

the United States (CityRail 1993, p. 12). However, cost recovery and asset

productivity are relatively low compared with these other operators.

Management and work practices

Chapter A3 discussed a number of examples of inefficient management

practices and excessive corporate overheads in public transport. Although these

related mainly to the operation of buses, poor management practices also exist

in urban rail operations. Poor management is one factor which leads to low

productivity. In many instances, government policies on public sector

employment act as a constraint on the good management of rail authorities.

The need for organisational structures and management practices to reflect the

requirement to hold management accountable for policy implementation and

system performance was emphasised by the Railway Industry Council in its

1990 report (1990b, p. 8).

In some cases, there is union resistance to workplace reforms. For example, the

Public Transport Union in Queensland opposes the introduction of driver-only

operations (PTU, Initial hearing transcript, p. 373).

Various work practices restrict the ability of operators to make efficient use of

staff. For example:

according to the Western Australian Government, Transperth’s train

drivers are required to drive within a daily/weekly kilometre limit, and a

crib arrangement requires all staff to go to a central location for their rest

break (Sub. 170, p. 38);

B1 URBAN RAIL

301

in CityRail, a rostering limitation requires that a driver can only travel

along the eastern suburbs railway twice in one shift (Initial hearing

transcript, p. 613);

a rostering limitation for the PTC requires that no electric train drivers be

allowed to go from a tunnel into daylight more than four times in a shift

(Victorian Government, Sub. 186, p. 20). There are also restrictions on

drivers operating split shifts; and

in Queensland Rail there is inflexibility which restricts under-employed

staff in one product group being transferred to another product group

where they are needed (Initial hearing transcript, pp. 380-381).

Service quality

For urban rail systems to be viable, they need to provide attractive services

which meet the needs of passengers. During the inquiry, many participants

expressed dissatisfaction about the present quality of urban rail services

(see box B1.1). The main issues of concern were safety, reliability, availability

of information, and frequency of services.

Punctuality

As discussed in chapter A3, of the rail authorities for which data are available,

Perth scores best in terms of punctuality ‘on-time running’, or the percentage

of trains arriving within three minutes of schedule, was around 95 per cent in

1992-93. On-time running in Sydney has also improved considerably since

1988-89, to be around 92 per cent in 1992-93. In Melbourne on-time running

deterioriated between 1987-88 and 1989-90, but improved again in the period to

1991-92. On-time running for trains in Brisbane was low in 1991-92, at 84 per

cent. On-time running of Melbourne’s trains is better during off-peak than peak

times (PTC 1993, p. 14).

Service frequency

As discussed in chapter A3, the frequency of rail services is higher during the

peak than the off-peak. Frequencies tend to be lower in Adelaide and Brisbane

than in Sydney and Melbourne, as would be expected given that the population

density and hence the passenger traffic is much less in Adelaide and Brisbane.

Despite relatively low population densities and passenger numbers, Perth runs a

service as frequent as that in Sydney and Melbourne. For several cities, services

in outer metropolitan areas are less frequent than in inner metropolitan areas.

URBAN TRANSPORT

302

Box B1.1: Perceptions of urban rail services

The NSW Urban Environment Coalition (Initial hearing transcript, p. 840) said Sydney’s

rail system has been continually run down over 30 years, although there have been some

minor improvements over the last two to three years.

The Public Transport Users Association (Sub. 96, ‘Greening Melbourne’, p. 19, 22) said

that in Melbourne, frequencies are usually unattractive, especially outside peak hours,

and are becoming steadily worse.

Many participants stressed the need for better integration of different modes of public

transport. For example, the NSW Combined Pensioners and Superannuants (Initial

hearing transcript, p. 884) noted the poor coordination of train, bus and ferry services in

Sydney.

During the inquiry, several user groups stressed the need for better information on public

transport services, including urban rail. Rail 2000 said:

The communication and information issue is a very real issue about our public

transport system ... and it certainly is the case in other states. (Initial hearing

transcript, p. 90)

Many groups expressed concern at the risk to personal safety on trains. For example, the

Western Australian Municipal Association said that:

People in Western Australia are reluctant to use the much improved electric train

service, because of perceptions about safety. This results from adverse publicity

over the years to hooliganism and vandalism on trains, especially at night.

(Sub. 73, p. 3)

Several groups attributed problems with safety to the reduction in staffing.

The Inner Metropolitan Regional Association said that:

Melbourne has got probably the best public transport infrastructure for a city of

its size in the world, but it is not being used to anything like its capacity ... (Initial

hearing transcript, p. 1047).

Other aspects of service quality

In their response to the draft report, some participants commented that there are

aspects of service other than punctuality and frequency, such as comfort, safety

and convenience, which are important to passengers. The Commission agrees.

However, it is difficult to obtain indicators for these factors which can be used

to compare different operators.

Investment and funding

Investments in rail infrastructure usually involve large sums with long pay back

periods. Many of the current problems in operating Australia’s urban railways

B1 URBAN RAIL

303

can be attributed to poorly directed investments. Apart from the waste of initial

outlays, inappropriate investments (for example, expanding the rail network

where urban rail is not economically viable) can lead to higher than necessary

maintenance costs in later years.

As noted by CityRail, some rail lines have been kept open even when they are

not economically viable:

A major problem with railways is that many lines and services which are no longer

viable have not been closed or discontinued, thereby reducing the ability of the

remainder of the rail system to operate efficiently (Sub. 46, p. 5).

Investments in rail infrastructure

The total amount of investments in Australia’s urban rail systems (including

both extensions to and upgrading of existing systems, and purchase of rolling

stock and equipment) increased in real terms by around 34 per cent between

1990-91 to 1992-93 (see table B1.3).

Most of the increase was due to completed or ongoing work on electrification of

the rail networks in Perth ($150 million total cost), electrification in Brisbane,

construction of the Perth northern line (estimated total cost $263 million),

extensions to the networks in the Brisbane-Gold Coast region (estimated total

cost $240 million), and ongoing work in Sydney. Urban rail projects currently

being considered include a rail link for Perth’s south western suburbs, with an

estimated cost of $370-570 million (WA Government, Sub. 170, p. 71), and a

rail link from Sydney’s central station to the airport.

Table B1.3: Australian urban rail investment 1990-91 to 1992-93

City 1990-91a 1991-92a 1992-93 (est) Average

(1992-93 $ million)

Sydney (CityRail) 390 410 485 428

Melbourne 77 85 73 78

Brisbane 36 41 96 58

Adelaide 13 22 31 22

Perth 68 92 95 85

Total 584 650 780 671

a Inflation adjustment based on non-farm GDP deflator.

Sources: BTCE 1992a, p. 28 (the data is based on a survey of the rail authorities)

ABS 1993c

URBAN TRANSPORT

304

Investment decision-making and funding

Some participants in the inquiry pointed to the increase in rail investments in

other countries in recent times as evidence that further investments in heavy rail

are appropriate for Australia. However, a number of factors need to be carefully

considered, including likely passenger demand, and operating deficits. The

community’s willingness and capacity to pay needs to be fully taken into

account in decisions on whether to continue to provide particular services or

invest in new rail lines or equipment.

It may in fact be more appropriate to redirect, rather than increase, investment in

rail facilities. As noted by the NSW Treasury (Sub. 177, p. 8), the Booz, Allen

Hamilton review of the SRA in 1989 found that investments in the past were

directed to high profile areas and away from low profile projects such as track

renewal, signalling and station improvements. The neglect of necessary, but low

profile, investment led to SRA’s signalling equipment becoming seriously run

down and large outlays were necessary to stop the system from becoming

unsafe.

During the inquiry, doubts were raised about the decision-making process for

urban transport infrastructure, including rail investments. For example, Messrs

Burtt, Hill and Walford cited several examples of poor rolling stock in

Melbourne’s rail system, where prototypes were not subjected to proper testing

prior to acquisition (Sub. 98, p. 11).

In Australia, there have been relatively few cases of the private sector

contributing to the costs of rail infrastructure, either directly, or indirectly via

local government contributions. Examples include the Melbourne City Rail

loop, and the Toowong station in Brisbane. In the inquiry, many participants

supported some form of value capture as a means of improving the performance

of rail.

There is a need to improve investment appraisal and to consider a broad range

of options for funding rail infrastructure (see chapter A7).

B1.4 Options for improving performance

The low cost recovery of Australia’s urban railways means that, without major

reforms, governments will have to continue making large contributions through

direct subsidies if urban rail operations are to be maintained. Taxpayer subsidies

provided to urban rail operations involve significant costs, and result in higher

budget deficits, which may have to be addressed through increased taxes or a

reduction in other government services. There must be major improvements in

B1 URBAN RAIL

305

productivity, cost recovery and service quality for the viability of urban rail

systems to be secured.

In its 1991 Report on Rail Transport the Commission outlined a number of

reforms, which are still relevant to urban rail operations in Australia. Most

of these related to the corporatisation of government rail authorities.

However, progress in implementing these reforms has been slow. There is a

need to speed up the pace of administrative reforms, and to consider

further the potential for structural reform of Australia’s urban rail

operations.

Administrative reforms

The main elements of the approach to corporatisation outlined in chapter A5 are

a clear statement of commercial objectives, accountability, and autonomy in

day-to-day operations. The Commission recommends that the measures now

being undertaken by rail authorities in this direction be continued and extended.

In conjunction with cost cutting and a restructuring of fares, if not preceding

them, there must be a stronger customer focus and improved service quality.

Structural reform

The introduction of competition into urban rail is complicated by the issue of

natural monopoly, which is usually considered to characterise the operation of

rail infrastructure. For example, studies of British Rail indicate that the fixed

costs represent 50 to 80 per cent of the overall cost of infrastructure provision

(Nash and Preston 1993, p. 87). The evidence for natural monopoly in other

aspects of the railway industry, for example, operating trains, administration and

maintenance, is less clear. Even if part of the rail system is a natural monopoly,

certain aspects may be delivered more efficiently if opened up to competition.

Structural reform of urban rail needs to be tailored to retain the benefits of

vertical integration in those areas where there is natural monopoly, while at the

same time providing scope for increased competition in other areas. If there are

problems in introducing competition in rail service provision, significant

pressure can be placed on rail authorities to improve their efficiency by allowing

other modes of transport to compete with rail (see chapter A6).

There are a range of options which state governments should consider when

deciding how to reform their rail authorities. Because of the differences between

rail authorities, and between the cities in which they operate, it is unlikely that

the same approach to structural reform would be appropriate in all States.

URBAN TRANSPORT

306

Options for structural reform include:

1. separation of different types of rail traffic (for example, urban passenger,

country passenger, and freight) into autonomous business units or different

organisations;

2. separation of different urban passenger services (for example,

distinguished by lines or geographical regions) into autonomous business

units or different organisations;

3. separation of infrastructure (such as track, signalling, and stations) from

services, into either autonomous business units or completely separate

government trading enterprises (GTEs); and

4. franchising passenger services on part or all of the existing network, with

infrastructure remaining under the control of a government monopoly.

These options are not all mutually exclusive. For example, franchising

passenger services (option 4) can take place with or without firstly creating

separate GTEs for infrastructure and services (option 3).

Option 1: Separation of urban passenger services from other rail traffic

As noted above, the accounting systems of the rail authorities usually do not

distinguish clearly between different types of rail traffic, such as urban

passenger, country passenger and freight. There would be benefits in a clearer

separation of different types of rail traffic into autonomous business units, as it

would improve accountability, and encourage increased efficiency by providing

a sharper business focus for each of these activities. Also, as was noted in the

Commission’s 1991 Report on Rail Transport, an assessment of the benefits and

costs of competition cannot be made without a knowledge of the costs

associated with different parts of the overall operation. Accurate costing is also

necessary to enable the appropriate determination of CSO payments. However,

for these benefits to be realised there must be an actual (rather than just a

nominal) separation of units. In particular, separate financial accounts should be

provided for each unit, preferably audited by an independent body.

A further question arises as to whether different types of rail traffic ought to be

provided by completely separate GTEs. An important issue is the possibility of

cross-subsidisation of uneconomic services (for example, urban passenger),

which might mean that the costs of providing other services (for example, rail

freight) are higher than otherwise. As noted by Mr Easton:

The identification and publication of costs and revenue for each major activity, at least,

is essential to demonstrate that no element of cross-subsidisation between major traffic

is entailed (Sub. 49, p. 1).

B1 URBAN RAIL

307

The operation of different types of rail traffic within a single organisation

increases the risk of cross-subsidisation. The Commission is unaware of any

evidence that there are significant economies of scope in conducting different

rail services within the one organisation.

The benefits of separating out different types of rail traffic have been accepted

by most rail authorities in Australia which have moved as far as separate

business units. However, separate accounts are often not available.

In Adelaide, urban rail services are already operated by a separate authority

from that providing country freight and interstate passenger trains.

In the State Rail Authority of NSW, following the recommendations of the 1989

Booz Allen Hamilton study, different types of rail traffic are now operated by

autonomous business units (CityRail, Sub. 256, p. 1).

In Queensland Rail, there are currently three business units, one of which is a

passenger group that covers both urban and non-urban services. The Queensland

Government is of the view that a further separation of the existing structure to

allow urban passenger services to be a separate group would not necessarily

lead to significant benefits and may result in a loss of economies of scale

(Sub. 327, p. 6).

In Melbourne, rail passenger and freight services have been reconstituted as

separate business units of the PTC (Victorian Government, Sub. 319, p. 17).

Some overseas railways are organised along the lines of separate business units

for different rail traffic. For example, there are separate units within British Rail

for commuter traffic, intercity passengers, and freight. In Germany, Deutsche

Bahn (German Railways) is being divided into separate business units for track,

passengers and freight. A similar approach is being followed in some other

European countries (see appendix G).

The question of whether different modes of public transport (trains, trams, buses

and ferries) ought to be provided within the one organisation is discussed in

chapter A6.

Option 2: Separation of urban passenger operations into

geographically-based units

A further option is to divide existing urban passenger operations into smaller,

geographically-based autonomous business units or GTEs.

Possible reasons for creating geographically-based units include providing a

stronger local customer focus, and facilitating the introduction of new operators

or owners who might find it more attractive to deal with smaller, locally-based

URBAN TRANSPORT

308

operations. Such an arrangement might also make it easier for local

governments to participate in the funding and operation of local rail services.

British Rail is organised along the lines of business units which are responsible

for providing services over particular geographical areas. In Japan, beginning in

1987, the government-owned Japan National Railway was split into subsidiaries

which provide services differentiated by geographical region. In Germany,

autonomous regional units are being created for passenger rail services.

CityRail is moving toward the division of its operations into geographically

based units, with individual line managers responsible for three broad regions

Northwest, Illawarra and South. It said that:

The aim is to improve efficiency and control by designating responsibility for a

specified section of line with one manager and by attempts to disaggregate costs and

benefits by line section (Sub. 256, p. 1).

The Victorian Government (Sub. 319, p. 17) considered that while there are

benefits in subdividing Melbourne’s rail system into radial sectors such as

assisting better accountability and introducing a degree of contestability

further work would be needed to compare the costs of the new operational and

cost-sharing arrangements with the potential benefits.

The Queensland Government considered that separating urban passenger

operations into geographically based units is unlikely to be a feasible option for

Brisbane (Sub. 327, p. 7), on the basis that such a move would reduce

economies of scale and scope, and would not necessarily increase the

opportunity for local government participation, since the Brisbane City Council

already plays a dominant role.

The ACTU/Public Transport Unions said that there are benefits in maintaining

the metropolitan-wide planning and integration of rail services, including

economies of scale relating to infrastructure construction and maintenance,

administration, service training, marketing and information, and staff training,

and better coordination of services (Sub. 271, p. 18).

Option 3: Separation of services from infrastructure

Under this option, operating services would be separated from controlling and

maintaining the infrastructure. This would make the cost of operating

infrastructure much clearer, including the cost of running trains on congested

lines, and hence give the infrastructure provider a more commercial focus. It

would also increase the pressures on rail authorities to maximise returns on

existing infrastructure, and create the institutional framework for possible

introduction of new operators. Separation may involve creating either

autonomous business units to be responsible for each function, or two separate

B1 URBAN RAIL

309

GTEs, one for infrastructure and the other for providing services. As with the

two previous options, it is important that there be an actual (rather than just a

nominal) separation of units, with separate financial accounts.

The Commission’s 1991 Report on Rail Transport recommended creating

separate business units with separate sets of accounts for infrastructure

and services. While the rail authorities have recently taken steps in this

direction, the divisions are not yet distinct, financial accounts are not

clearly separated, and the separate business groupings do not have full

commercial autonomy.

A separate business unit responsible for the maintenance, management and

development of public transport infrastructure has been established within the

PTC (Victorian Government, Sub. 319, p. 17). It will contract on a user-pays

basis with private operators or other PTC business units.

The NSW Treasury (Sub. 311, p. 2) supported in principle the creation of

separate business units for rail infrastructure and different types of rail traffic,

and noted that this accords with the direction the NSW Government has been

taking. CityRail said that there would be no advantages in separating

infrastructure from services within the Sydney metropolitan area, on the basis

that it remains the predominant user of the network, and the close functional

relationship that exists between infrastructure and operations (DR transcript,

p. 548).

The Queensland Government (Sub. 327, p. 7) does not support the separation of

services from infrastructure.

The ACTU/Public Transport Unions (Sub. 271) and the Town and Country

Planning Association (Sub. 283, p. 10) supported the idea of separate

autonomous business units for rail infrastructure and services.

A further step could be to create two completely separate GTEs, one responsible

for maintaining rail infrastructure and the other for providing rail services.

There are some overseas examples of structural separation (see appendix G). In

Sweden, a separate infrastructure organisation was created in 1988, mainly with

a view to providing equal treatment for road and rail transport, but also with an

aim to introducing new operators. In the United Kingdom, as part of the reform

of the rail industry a separate organisation, Railtrack, is being created to manage

infrastructure while tenders will be called for the operation of services currently

provided by British Rail. In Switzerland, Germany and some other European

countries, separate business units have been created within the national railways

to manage infrastructure, and moves towards creating a separate infrastructure

body are being considered. The impetus for reform in Europe stems partly from

URBAN TRANSPORT

310

a European Union directive which requires member countries to provide access

to its tracks for rail operators from other member states.

Separate GTEs would have the following benefits:

allow for day-to-day autonomy in commercial operations;

improve the clarity and focus of the organisation’s objectives;

ensure genuine separation of functions and accounts;

increase the pressure to maximise returns on existing infrastructure, since

revenues and costs would be the direct responsibility of a separate

infrastructure GTE, rather than being submerged within a larger

bureaucratic structure;

facilitate the introduction of new operators. Without a complete separation

of infrastructure from services, there is a conflict of interest which could

deter some potential operators from tendering for service franchises; and

make it simpler for the government to regulate the industry (see below)

where there is a large number of existing or potential new operators.

On the other hand, there are potential costs in creating a separate infrastructure

GTE. These include the higher transaction costs associated with an increase in

the number of contractual arrangements, and possible loss of some economies of

scope (for example, where the design of rolling stock, stations and tracks needs

to be closely coordinated).

A discussion paper presented by Queensland Rail in September 1993 described

at some length the advantages in maintaining a vertically integrated structure for

rail operations (see O’Rourke 1993). A principal argument is that there is a high

degree of inter-dependence between the infrastructure used by a railway and its

operational capability and performance, which extends to both day-to-day

operations as well as longer-term investment decisions. The discussion paper

also argues that the issues which are now resolved by the exercise of managerial

authority (such as access rights to infrastructure and stations, procedures for

timetabling, and appropriate track and signalling standards) would need to be

dealt with by way of explicit contracts, thus resulting in additional costs of

administration and time spent.

In their response to the draft report, the ACTU/Public Transport Unions stressed

the benefits of vertical integration, drawing mainly on the arguments in the

Queensland Rail discussion paper. They said that:

Vertical separation of infrastructure from operations would effectively recreate the old

engineering centres as a separate empire, with even more power and independence from

the operating businesses than they had under the traditional railway structures; and

more distant from the real users of the railways, the customers (Sub. 271, p. 17).

B1 URBAN RAIL

311

However, if GTEs including organisations responsible for rail infrastructure

are required to operate within a corporatised environment, there would be an

incentive to maintain a close link with the operators who use the infrastructure

and to provide services of a high quality.

CityRail considered that a separate infrastructure authority would have less

incentive to reduce maintenance costs than under existing arrangements (DR

transcript, p. 548). It added that the concept of a separate infrastructure authority

generally has greater applicability further away from the city, such as for the

lines going to Newcastle and the Blue Mountains (DR transcript, p. 548).

Westrail also considered that practical difficulties would arise in establishing

contractual relationships if operations and infrastructure were run by different

organisations (DR transcript, p. 33).

The Victorian Government said that one of the major issues which the PTC will

need to address is ‘the long term viability of retaining both infrastructure and

service delivery units within the same organisation’ (Sub. 319, p. 17).

Where the separation of operations from infrastructure leads to difficulties, it

may nonetheless be possible to tailor the reform of urban rail in such a way that

potential new operators have a degree of control over the management of

infrastructure. For example, it might be possible to allow the operator to have a

franchise to operate both passenger services and to manage certain parts of the

infrastructure. This type of arrangement is generally known as a ‘vertically

integrated franchise’. One disadvantage however, is that vertically integrated

franchises create problems in terms of access for other operators to the same

section of track, and also of maintaining through running (White 1993, p. 9). In

the United Kingdom, vertically integrated franchises are being considered for

some potential new operators of rail services currently provided by British Rail.

Whether it is appropriate to create separate GTEs for rail infrastructure and

services depends in part on the ultimate course which the structural reform

process is likely to take. For example, in New Zealand, the government-owned

New Zealand Rail Ltd has been sold as an ongoing business enterprise, after

several years of operating within a corporatised environment, without any

structural separation. Nonetheless, the creation of a separate GTE for

infrastructure does not preclude the later sale of part or all of that infrastructure.

Mr Anderson, Chairman of the Business Council of Australia (BCA)’s

Transport Task Force, has proposed the creation of an organisation to be

called the Australian Rail Infrastructure Corporation to operate and maintain

all rail infrastructure in Australia. (BCA 1993).

URBAN TRANSPORT

312

Option 4: Franchising rail services

A further option is to provide access to existing tracks for new operators of

urban rail services.

Possible ways of introducing new operators of urban passenger rail services

include:

franchises for the whole network;

franchises for part of the network; and

open access to some lines.

New entrants may also wish to operate some aspects of the infrastructure, for

example stations, or lease some lines where the new operator is the sole user of

that section of track.

A service does not necessarily have to be profitable for it to be franchised. For

example, services in the UK are tendered on a minimum subsidy basis. The

government defines the services it wants provided and the franchise is awarded

to the operator who is willing to provide an acceptable quality service at the

least cost to taxpayers.

Under these approaches the government continues to control rail infrastructure,

and charges the providers of rail services a fee for running trains on its track.

Agreements to allow one operator access to another’s infrastructure already

exist in Australia. The National Rail Corporation’s freight trains will require

access over urban tracks, and for many years Australian National has paid the

State Transport Authority (SA) for access to urban rail lines in Adelaide. Private

operators negotiate a fee for use of the PTC’s infrastructure when providing

Victorian country passenger services.

There may be situations where it is possible to have more than one operator

providing a particular service over a given length of track (for example, at

different times of the day). Under such an arrangement, which is commonly

referred to as ‘open access’, operators would be provided access to the tracks

through a coordinating body or regulator, subject to availability of capacity and

suitable commercial arrangements.

Examples of private operators of passenger services

There are some private operators that provide passenger rail services in

Australia and other countries, mostly in non-urban areas.

Franchises for several country passenger routes in Victoria were opened for

competitive bidding in 1993 (with bids open to both rail and coach operators).

The PTC did not bid. Two private operators of passenger rail services won the

B1 URBAN RAIL

313

franchises for the Melbourne-Shepparton and Melbourne-Warrnambool routes.

They pay fees to the PTC for use of the infrastructure, and lease the PTC’s

rolling stock. According to the Victorian Minister for Public Transport, the

tendering of passenger rail services resulted in an annual cost saving of $3

million on each of the Shepparton and Warrnambool lines (DR transcript,

p. 806).

So far the trends on both services have been encouraging, with patronage

exceeding initial expectations, and a reported improvement in service quality

(Mangan 1994, p. 4). Patronage in the first 13 weeks of private operation on the

Warrnambool line totalled over 66 000 (West Coast Railway 1993). In

commenting on the improved Warrnambool service, a spokesman for the Public

Transport Users Association of Victoria said that ‘... if a service is to succeed it

needs people with a real interest in its future.’ (Mangan 1994, p. 4).

In NSW, private operators currently provide certain tourism-related charter

services over tracks owned by the State Rail Authority (SRA). The SRA has

called for expressions of interest from the non-government sector to operate the

Wollongong-Moss Vale line, possibly as a tourist service.

In September 1993, the Western Australian Government announced that rail

services could be operated by either Westrail or private operators under contract

to the Department of Transport.

From 1988, tenders were called for the operation of both urban and non-urban

routes in Sweden. This was part of an overall package of measures aimed at

improving decision-making with respect to both rail and road-based transport,

and was accompanied by increased investments in rail infrastructure. The

Swedish State Railway has won all tenders for urban routes to date. One private

operator, BK Train, now provides rail services on three county lines. The

tenders resulted in initial cost savings of 20 per cent, even though the

government operator continued to provide most of the rail services (Nordell

1993). In the United Kingdom, tenders are being called to operate rail services

currently provided by British Rail. The initial tenders cover both urban and nonurban

areas.

In conjunction with his proposal for all rail infrastructure to be owned and

operated by the Australian Rail Infrastructure Corporation, Mr Anderson of the

Business Council of Australia also recommended that tenders be called for the

operation of rail services, including urban passenger services (BCA 1993).

URBAN TRANSPORT

314

Practical issues in introducing new operators

In both its initial and draft report submissions, the NSW Treasury noted the

practical considerations of introducing new operators due to congestion on the

track:

In theory there is no constraint on the track being used by other transport companies to

operate passenger rail services and the use of the track could be viewed in the same way

as use of the road system where there is a road or track use charge. There are, however,

operational problems in allocating track space to a number of operating companies.

These problems are significant when it is a question of allocation of track space during

peak congestion periods. (Sub. 177, p. 9; Sub. 311, p. 2)

There may be some complications with multiple operators which do not occur if

there is only one operator. These include greater scheduling and co-ordination

problems, and the need to ensure that all operators have access to tracks on fair

terms. Depending on the cost structures of particular urban networks and the

way in which a network is divided, some economies of scale or scope may be

lost (for example, the amount of rolling stock may need to increase overall, as

each operator seeks to have a buffer against breakdowns and delays).

Where any new operators are to provide services over government-owned track

an access fee will need to be negotiated. The level of the access fee will depend

on the valuation of the infrastructure, the terms on which new operators are

willing to provide services, whether there is one or more than one operator, and

whether access is provided by an exclusive franchise arrangement or by ‘open

access’. Access fees should cover the marginal costs of the new operator using

the infrastructure, and make at least some contribution to the fixed costs (see

chapter A7).

The Commission received a range of views from rail authorities and State

Governments on franchising urban rail services. The Victorian Government

(Sub. 319, p. 17) noted that private operators are currently confined to country

services in Australia and elsewhere, since these are more separable in

operational and market terms. It said that use of whole network franchises could

result in the replacement of public monopolies by private monopolies.

CityRail commented that the NSW Department of Transport has already

initiated investigations into franchising rail services, such as for the

Wollongong-Moss Vale line. However, it considered that the separation of

services from infrastructure is not a feasible or efficient solution for urban rail

in Sydney (Sub. 256, p. 2).

In commenting on the WA Government’s statement that passenger rail services

in Perth could be provided by private operators, Westrail considered that Perth’s

rail network would not be sufficiently large to encompass more than one

operator (DR transcript, p. 32).

B1 URBAN RAIL

315

The Queensland Government (Sub. 327, p. 8) does not support the provision of

access for new operators of urban rail services.

State Governments may not have sufficient information to determine how

potential new operators would like to participate in the provision of rail

services. Without this information the authorities may not be able to decide

whether the franchising of rail services would result in net benefits. One way of

obtaining this information would be for state governments to seek expressions

of interest from potential operators to determine the terms and conditions under

which they may be interested in operating urban rail services. Requests for

expressions of interest could be framed broadly, without limiting the options for

participation in the industry. For example, in addition to operating passenger

services, potential operators could be asked if they would be interested in

owning or leasing parts of the infrastructure (including stations).

The Victorian Government (Sub. 319, p. 18) considered that, whilst

governments lack experience and information in structural reform of urban rail,

there would be little point in seeking expressions of interest from prospective

operators in the absence of genuine commitment.

Privatisation

Given the poor financial performance of Australia’s urban rail networks, the

sale of entire networks would probably not be feasible at present. Whether the

sale of individual lines is possible depends in part on whether it is economical to

operate one line only. The sale of stations separately from other rail

infrastructure may also be possible, either to an operator of rail services or to

other firms.

In July 1993, it was announced that New Zealand Rail Ltd had been sold to a

private consortium including a US rail operator and two financiers (an overall

profit having been made in the year to June 1993). In Japan, private railways

operate alongside various subsidiaries of the government-owned Japan National

Railways (JNR) in urban areas. The Japanese Government is in the process of

selling shares in JNR subsidiaries to the public (JNR East, the first of the

subsidiaries to be sold, was listed on the Tokyo Stock Exchange in November

1993). In Singapore, there are plans to sell shares in the government-owned

Singapore Mass Rapid Transit Corporation to the public.

Access to the urban rail network

Another issue is the form of government regulation which is appropriate, if new

operators are allowed to provide rail services. To what extent should

URBAN TRANSPORT

316

governments continue to regulate fares and other aspects of service, such as

frequency? If fares or services offered by a corporatised GTE or private

operator do not meet the government’s requirements, that should be treated as a

community service obligation, and handled through a community service

contract with the operator. Pricing regulation in a situation of a monopoly

provider of services is discussed in chapter A6.

Irrespective of whether any additional operators of rail services are introduced,

there is a need to separate the function of regulating safety from the government

operator. This is occurring in NSW, with the introduction of legislation to

establish a regulatory regime independent of the State Rail Authority (NSW

Department of Transport, Sub. 178, p. 4).

Under all of the options which result in more than one organisation providing

passenger rail services, there is a role for government regulation to ensure fair

access to the track and other infrastructure.

Some form of regulation or contractual relationship already exists for use of

government-owned infrastructure by organisations other than the government’s

own railway. Examples include: the National Rail Corporation for interstate

freight services, private operators providing country passenger services in

Victoria, private operators of charter rail services in NSW, and Australian

National over the State Transport Authority’s tracks in Adelaide.

Access can be regulated either through an industry specific body or by general

legislation. An example of an industry specific regulator is AUSTEL, which

was set up to regulate Australia’s telecommunications industry. But, as noted in

the Industry Commission’s 1992 Report on Mail, Courier and Parcel Services

(see IC 1992), there are advantages in providing such regulation through general

legislation.

Under general legislation, such as the Trade Practices Act 1974, the regulatory

body would only intervene when problems arise. In contrast, enterprises need to

deal continually with an industry specific body and could face high compliance

costs. Further, a general regulator can ensure that a consistent approach is

applied across all industries and, in the case of rail, across the various states.

The Commonwealth Government is considering its response to the (Hilmer)

Report on National Competition Policy (see Independent Committee of Inquiry

1993) which outlines arrangements to ensure fair access to infrastructure

networks such as urban rail systems. Implementation of these access

arrangements would provide safeguards for the owners of rail infrastructure and

the suppliers of rail services:

the access arrangements would only be imposed on the owner of the

network after a public inquiry;

B1 URBAN RAIL

317

the public inquiry would develop an access declaration which would

specify pricing principles to govern access negotiations with, if necessary,

binding arbitration;

the access declaration would specify any other terms and conditions to

protect the interests of the owner of the infrastructure or the competitive

process; and

all access agreements would be placed on a public register.

Strategy to implement structural reform

The five rail authorities which currently operate urban rail services in Australia

vary considerably in terms of size, market share, level of cost recovery and

method of organisation. This, together with the range of responses on the

options for reform which the Commission proposed in the draft report indicates

that it would be inappropriate to apply the same approach to structural

reform in all cases.

In Adelaide and Perth the relevant authority provides urban services only,

whereas in Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane the relevant authority provides

both urban and non-urban services. Similarly, differences in the size and

structure of each city may also make a single approach inappropriate. The best

approach to structural reform will depend on the costs and benefits of pursuing

particular options, and the interest of potential new operators.

In their responses to the draft report, State Governments agreed with the

Commission’s proposal to create autonomous business units for different types

of rail traffic. Some authorities have already taken this step. There was a variety

of responses to the proposal to create an autonomous business unit responsible

for infrastructure. Of the five urban rail authorities, only the PTC has

established a separate business unit for infrastructure.

CityRail currently has plans to divide its network into geographically-based

business units. The Victorian Government considers that more research is

needed on the appropriateness of this option for Melbourne, while Queensland

does not consider it to be appropriate for Brisbane.

There was a range of views on the appropriateness of creating a separate

infrastructure body, with several participants highlighting the practical

difficulties of doing so.

Private operators in Australia currently provide passenger rail services only in

country areas. This is partly related to the greater separability of individual rail

lines in non-urban areas compared with those in urban areas. It would seem

appropriate for State Governments to consider the extension of private rail

URBAN TRANSPORT

318

operations in outer areas, such as lines that link neighbouring regional centres

with cities such as Melbourne and Sydney. The Western Australian Government

has said that rail services in Perth could be provided by either Westrail or

private operators under contract to the Department of Transport, but has yet to

introduce any new operators.

The Commission recommends that the current moves to corporatise

government rail authorities be continued and extended. As a minimum, rail

infrastructure and different types of rail traffic should be operated by

commercially autonomous business units. Where appropriate, existing

urban rail networks should be divided into geographically-based business

units.

Looking ahead, State Governments should be open to other options for

reforming urban rail in ways that promote greater efficiency, including the

creation of a separate infrastructure authority, and the franchising of rail

services. Seeking expressions of interest from potential operators could be a

way of generating information about the benefits and costs of pursuing

these options.

319

B2 TRAMS AND LIGHT RAIL

Trams, including light rail as modern tramways are usually called,

account for a minor share of the total urban transport task in Australia.

Excluding tourist services, only two cities still operate tram services. In

Melbourne, an extensive tram system serves the city’s inner suburbs, and

light rail lines connect Port Melbourne and St Kilda to the city. Adelaide’s

only tram line connects the CBD to the coastal suburb of Glenelg.

Australian tram services have a record of poor financial and operational

performance. Declining patronage, questionable investment decisions and

inefficient operating practices have impeded the viability of tram services.

Following a decline in the popularity of tram services in the mid twentieth

century, there has been a world-wide renaissance of interest in light rail,

largely in response to concerns relating to sustainable development and

cost-effective urban transport. Current proposals to expand the presence

of light rail in Australian cities are examined in this chapter.

B2.1 Characteristics of trams and light rail

As a form of urban transport, trams and light rail may be distinguished from

traditional suburban rail by a number of characteristics:

lower carrying capacity;

less segregation of track and more on-street running;

reduced need for automatic signalling requirements;

relatively light cars (compared with suburban rail cars); and

greater flexibility to negotiate sharp corners and steep gradients.

Whereas suburban rail tracks are typically located in their own transport

corridors and segregated from other traffic, trams and light rail are less

constrained and tracks can be located along streets, with or without priority over

other traffic.

Light rail transit (LRT) is essentially a modern tram system, typically employing

newer vehicles, modern technology and less shared road use than its

URBAN TRANSPORT

320

predecessor. In general, the greater the degree of segregation from other traffic,

the higher the average travelling speed. Segregation also reduces the potential

for accidents. Exclusive rights of way are, however, more costly than shared

routes, particularly as a result of the purchase (or opportunity) cost of the land

required.

Key operating characteristics of the rail modes in Melbourne are summarised in

table B2.1. Two inverse relationships are obvious: between capacity and service

frequency (although this is influenced by route density), and between operating

speed and distance between stops.

Table B2.1: Summary of operating characteristics of trams, light

rail and trains in Melbourne

Tram Light rail Suburban train

Peak period

Average frequencies 4 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes

Peak line capacity

Persons 900-3000 1080-5400 3840-12800

Seated capacity (common consist) 42 (1 car) 76 (articulated) 570 (6 car)

Total capacity (common consist) 117 182 Up to 1000

Average stop spacing 300m 500m 1.5 km

Typical operating speed 8–16 km/h 8–16 km/h 30–90 km/h

Maximum operating speed 72 km/h 72 km/h 115 km/h

Rights of way

Shared on street Yes Yes No

Exclusive Rare Yes Yes

Source: Metropolitan Transit 1985

In general, higher capacity suburban rail services are suited to long-haul, high

density routes with relatively fast travelling speeds and fewer, more widely

spaced stops. Trams are well suited to short, medium to high density routes with

high service frequency, multiple stops with short distances between, and lower

average travelling speed, typical of the Melbourne tram network. The Victorian

Government noted that:

The tram ... can only operate at its best and repay its high cost where very heavy, daylong

volumes are available, and these arise only with high residential densities and

tightly focussed journey-to-work destinations (Sub. 186, p. 23).

B2 TRAMS AND LIGHT RAIL

321

B2.2 The current role of trams and light rail

Melbourne

In Melbourne, trams form a significant component of the public transport

network, accounting for about four per cent of all journey to work trips. They

are the dominant mode of public transport in the central business district and

some inner suburbs, providing mainly radial and some cross-suburban travel in

relatively densely developed areas. As noted by the Friends of the W Class

Trams, trams also play an important role in terms of ‘conservation, heritage,

character, and tourism in Melbourne’ (Sub. 274, p. 1).

In 1993, a total of 646 trams and light rail vehicles were operated by the Public

Transport Corporation (PTC) on 42 routes over 230 kilometres of double track

(PTC 1993). About 30 kilometres of these routes are cross-suburban.

Approximately 34 per cent of public transport journeys in Melbourne are made

on trams each year, although this mode only accounts for 22 per cent of vehicle

kilometres on PTC services (see table B2.2).

Table B2.2: Overview of the Melbourne and Adelaide tram systems

Units 1988-89 1989-90 1990-91 1991-92 1992-93a

Total Employmentb No.

Adelaide (at 30 June)

Melbourne (Average no.)

118

na

121

na

116

3878

108

3767

106

3535

Total km operated (vehicle) ’000km

Adelaide 751 713 720 688 733

Melbourne 23 800 20 200 22 295 22 537 21 380

Total km operated (seat)b ’000km

Adelaide 48 064 46 600 47 116 42 880 45 932

Melbourne na na 1134 000 1159 000 1120 000

Total passenger boardings ’000

Adelaide 2 544 2 644 2 605 2 231 1929

Melbourne 119 000 95 700 107 659 112 037 100 858

Total vehicles No.

Adelaide 21 21 21 21 21

Melbourne 653 654 670 685 646

na not available

a Based on STA and PTC 1992-93 Annual Reports.

b PTC, STA and Industry Commission estimates.

Sources: Public Transport Corporation 1993

State Transport Authority 1993

Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of GTE’s 1993

URBAN TRANSPORT

322

A community attitudes study conducted by AGB McNair Australia for the PTC,

Trams in Melbourne (1991), developed a profile of tram users and non-users in

Melbourne. The study found that the bulk of tram travel occurs during the

morning and evening peaks, particularly for journeys to and from work and

school. Many also use the tram between 9 am and 3 pm, particularly for short

distance travel in the CBD.

The Victorian Government stated:

The tram system now uses only 409 trams for its normal morning peak service, which,

allowing for the trams on cross-town routes, means that the system has a capacity to

deliver about 20 000 seated passengers into the [Central Business District] (or nearby

areas) in the peak hour. In the early seventies, nearly 600 trams were required in the

peak period. Three years ago, over 500 were needed. This decline in the trams’ use of

their costly infrastructure is disturbing. (Sub. 186, p. 25)

Various factors have contributed to a decline in tram travel. Today, few

Melbourne tram routes sustain high passenger loadings throughout the day.

Reasons include increasing car ownership and lower tram travelling speeds due

to road congestion, the recession, a decline in CBD activity, and a prolonged

strike in 1991. According to the Victorian Government:

The vehicle fleet is being rationalised so that an adequate number of new or refurbished

trams will operate to meet current daily demand and a further 50 are being held in

reserve to deal with service shortfalls and special events (Sub. 319, p. 18).

Government control of the tram service in Melbourne extends over routes,

staffing, timetables, the types of trams used, and fares. In early 1993 the

Victorian Minister for Public Transport announced a package of transport

reforms, including:

the introduction of automated fare collection equipment over an 18 month

period and the consequent phasing out of tram conductors;

closure of the Northcote to Thornbury shuttle-tram line, with union

acceptance conditional on no other existing line being closed during the

term of the agreement;

driver-only operation on some tram services, especially in the evenings

and on weekends, which is ultimately expected to save $24 million a year

according to the Victorian Minister for Transport (DR transcript, p. 802);

contracting out of cleaning activities; and

competitive tendering for tram track construction and maintenance.

The Victorian Government (Sub. 186, p. 13) is pursuing a strategy to operate the

optimum mode on each route. This may lead to the replacement of some lightly

patronised tram services with bus services, or further conversion of urban rail to

light rail.

B2 TRAMS AND LIGHT RAIL

323

Adelaide

During the first half of the twentieth century Adelaide operated an extensive

tramway and trolleybus system, although most of the system was converted to

buses during the 1950s. Only one 11 km tramway remains: from the city to

Glenelg, operated by the State Transport Authority of South Australia (STA),

accounting for approximately three per cent of public transport journeys and

half of one per cent of all journey to work trips in Adelaide. This route is

located in a relatively high-density corridor, and a large number of patrons are

tourists. The tramway is a private right-of-way operated by single cars, with

two-car units during work and recreation peak periods.

There is a proposal before government to extend the existing line northwards

through the CBD to the central railway station. If this proposal is accepted,

reform of tram operations will likely become a greater priority; changes to

rolling-stock and ticketing may be considered. Despite recent work practice

reform in bus and rail operations in Adelaide, tram operations have remained

virtually unaffected. One important initiative was the introduction of multiskilling

allowing drivers and conductors to perform both duties.

B2.3 Assessment of performance of existing systems

A variety of financial and non-financial partial measures of productivity are

considered below in order to assess the performance of the tram systems.

The partial indicators draw on the work of the Steering Committee on National

Performance Monitoring of Government Trading Enterprises in Government

Trading Enterprises Performance Indicators, 1987-88 to 1991-92 (1993).

Because of the differences in scope between the tram systems in the two cities,

comparisons need to be interpreted carefully.

Cost recovery

Only about 30 per cent of operating costs are recovered directly from farebox

collections in Melbourne. This level of cost recovery is similar to rail and

significantly higher than for most government bus services. In Adelaide, tram

cost recovery from the farebox at 25 per cent is higher than rail and lower

than buses. Most residual costs are financed by government grants.

Barry (1991) conducted a comparison of international tram and light rail

systems to find that farebox recovery of operating costs varied considerably

between different cities. Farebox recovery was generally greater than achieved

in Australia, for example San Diego 89 per cent (1988), Sacramento 35 per cent

(1990), Portland 53 per cent (1990) and Nantes 113 per cent (1987).

As discussed in appendix D, relative to other modes, trams are expensive to

operate on a vehicle kilometre basis, costing more than twice as much as a bus

kilometre and one and a half times the cost of a rail kilometre in Melbourne.

This is offset to some extent by higher levels of boardings per kilometre and

revenue per kilometre for trams in both Adelaide and Melbourne (Steering

Committee on National Performance Monitoring of Government Trading

Enterprises, 1993). The balance of overall cost efficiency favours buses over

both trams and rail. The Victorian Government noted that a bus network could

provide a similar service to that currently provided by trams at a substantially

lower annual cost. It argued that tram retention reflected traveller preferences

for trams over buses.

Melbourne is very proud of its trams, and those living along the tram routes show a

strong preference for tram travel over the bus alternative. But Melbourne pays heavily

for its preference for tram travel and the environmental benefits of trams. After

subtracting the present cost of unnecessary conductors, operating Melbourne’s present

tram service costs approximately $45 million per annum more than if buses were used.

That is what Melbourne has always been prepared to pay for the smoother ride and the

environmental benefits of the trams. This cost disparity makes obvious the need to

focus on further efficiencies in tram operations.

Even after efficiency improvements, the tram system will cost significantly more than a

bus alternative. Because Melbourne values the other benefits of the trams, this ‘benefit’

(i.e. the additional cost willingly incurred on the trams) can also be added to the social

benefit produced by the PTC. (Sub. 186, pp. 24, 36)

These findings were disputed by the Friends of the W Class Trams in their reply

to the draft report. They argued that a W Class Tram could be ‘run on terms

which compare commercially with buses’ (Sub. 274, p. 1).

Our figures would suggest that comparing a publicly operated W Class tram with a

publicly operated bus, the tram is probably a bit cheaper but dearer than a privately

operated bus (DR transcript, p. 834).

Capital and investment performance

As noted in chapter B1, investments in rail infrastructure involve large outlays

representing fixed infrastructure with few alternative uses. This characteristic

applies equally to trams and light rail, although the outlays are typically not as

high.

Capital expenditure on the Melbourne tram network comprises line extensions,

the purchase of new vehicles and upgrading of existing cars. In recent years,

significant expenditure has been involved in extensions to the existing network,

B2 TRAMS AND LIGHT RAIL

325

increasing the total length of the track to 235 route kilometres. The Victorian

Government, however, considers that this has not always led to the most

efficient use of financial resources.

... recognition of past misplaced investments may prevent future recurrence. Some of

these have occurred because of the availability of tied Commonwealth funds. Funds

allocated for extensions to the tram network, for example, may have been more

productively spent on rehabilitating existing routes carrying much heavier traffic.

(Sub. 186, p. 21)

Criticism of investment decision making has also been levied at the purchase of

130 new light rail vehicles in 1986 which were designed to replace ageing W

class trams and to operate on converted light rail routes in Melbourne.

According to the Report on Ministerial Portfolios, prepared by the Auditor-

General of Victoria (1993):

Since 1990, the [Public Transport] Corporation has held increasing numbers of light

rail vehicles in excess of its immediate service needs. At 31 March 1993, it held 63

surplus vehicles. After taking into account interest or opportunity costs on funds ...

audit estimates that around $126 million has been prematurely outlaid by the State since

1990 to acquire these vehicles. (p. 256)

The Auditor General concluded that:

The costly lesson which can be learned from the Corporation’s experiences with this

project is the importance of adequate flexibility in contractual arrangements where

sensitive issues (in this case, the replacement of W class trams) may give rise to

subsequent shifts in the direction of government policy during the term of the

contract. (p. 256)

Labour productivity

Labour productivity (as measured by vehicle kilometres operated per employee)

is similar for both the PTC and STA (SA), at approximately 7 000 vehicle

kilometres per employee. To put this into perspective, bus operations average

approximately 20 000 vehicle kilometres per employee, while heavy rail varies

from 8 000 to 17 000. Measured in terms of seat kilometres per employee,

labour productivity of the PTC is only about 75 per cent that of the STA, but has

been improving annually, while the STA’s labour productivity has fluctuated

(see table B2.3).

An alternative productivity measure is passenger boardings per employee which

increased marginally for the PTC but declined marginally for the STA over the

three years to 1992-93. Relatively high passenger boardings per employee on

the tram system, compared with other modes in Melbourne, reflects the higher

population densities in the tram catchment region.

URBAN TRANSPORT

326

Overall, load factors (boardings per kilometre) remained relatively constant over

the same period, and are high compared with other urban transport modes.

Table B2.3: Productivity of the Melbourne and Adelaide tram

systems

PTC STA

1990-91 1991-92 1992-93 1990-91 1991-92 1992-93

Seat kms per employee 292 000 308 000 316 000 406 000 397 000 433 000

Vehicle kms per employee 5 749 5 983 6 048 6 207 6 370 6 915

Passenger boardings

per employee 27 761 29 742 28 531 22 457 20 657 18 198

Load factor

(boardings per v.km) 4.83 4.97 4.72 3.62 3.24 2.63

Sources: Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of GTE’s 1993

Industry Commission estimates

While most overseas tram and light rail systems have had driver-only operations

for many years, both Adelaide and Melbourne have retained on-board

conductors who are responsible for ticket selling and providing customer

assistance. Following an agreement between unions and the Public Transport

Corporation in April 1993, conductors on most types of Melbourne trams will

be progressively phased out and replaced with automatic ticketing devices. The

removal of 1 000 conductors will improve labour productivity on the Melbourne

trams.

A recent decision by the Victorian Minister for Transport to contract out the

cleaning of trams, tram shelters and tram depots is also expected to achieve

considerable improvements in labour productivity (Brown 1993b).

The Commission endorses the elimination of two-person tram operation.

Total factor productivity

The Commission’s study of total factor productivity (TFP) included tram

operations of the STA and PTC (see appendix D).

The study found that between 1986-87 and 1992-93, TFP of STA tram

operations declined overall. Productivity declined by 20 per cent, based on an

output measure using passenger kilometres, reflecting both a reduction in load

factor and a decline in technical efficiency (supply side productivity).

Trams are the least productive public transport mode run by the PTC. Based on

passenger kilometres, trams are approximately 13 per cent less productive than

B2 TRAMS AND LIGHT RAIL

327

PTC rail and have declined by 6 per cent over the last three years. With output

measured using seat kilometres, trams are nearly 52 per cent less productive

than rail, and have remained fairly static over the last three years. The difference

between these two measures is largely explained by relatively high load factors

on trams in Melbourne.

Service quality

Patronage is influenced by perceptions of service quality which reflect a variety

of factors including frequency, reliability, safety, speed, comfort, crowding and

cleanliness. A trade-off exists between these features, on the one hand, and the

cost of service provision on the other.

Frequency is one of the most important aspects of service quality. Of all the

public transport modes, trams typically operate at the greatest frequency. In both

Melbourne and Adelaide, service frequency varies throughout the day ranging

from less than 10 minutes for each route in the peak to 20 minute intervals in the

evening and on weekends. The percentage of service cancellations on the

Melbourne tram network has been declining over the last five years.

The AGB McNair study of trams in Melbourne (1991) examined community

perceptions of a variety of different aspects of service quality. A majority of

respondents found the level of cleanliness acceptable and seats well maintained.

Three quarters of respondents highlighted overcrowding on trams as a problem.

Overall, nearly two-thirds of respondents indicated they were very satisfied with

tram services.

B2.4 Options for improving performance

Recent reform initiatives, such as the introduction of automated ticketing,

contracting out of maintenance and track construction services, removal of

conductors in Melbourne, and the introduction of multi-skilling in Adelaide,

will improve the operating performance of tram services in Australia. Even

greater gains could be achieved through further administrative and structural

reform.

Certain efficiency gains in trams and light rail can be achieved through

administrative reform. One aspect of this process is the corporatisation of the

transport authorities operating tram and light rail services in Melbourne and

Adelaide (see chapters A11 and B1), a process already under way in the PTC.

URBAN TRANSPORT

328

The Commission recommends that the management of light rail and tram

services be separated into commercially autonomous business units within

corporatised transport agencies.

As discussed in chapter B1 several options exist for reforming the structure of

urban rail services. A similar range of options applies to the provision of tram

services:

separation of different tram services (for example, distinguished by lines

or geographical regions) and infrastructure into business units or different

organisations;

tendering for supply of services on part or all of the existing network, with

infrastructure remaining under government control;

privatisation (including infrastructure) of part or all of an existing network;

and

making tram services compete with alternative public transport modes.

Despite the similarities between rail and tram systems, there are some important

differences which need to be considered.

In Adelaide, operational efficiencies may be achieved through institutional

reform of the Glenelg line. This may entail either some combination of public

and private sector involvement or privatisation of the operation. One option may

be continuing public ownership of the track with private responsibility for

service operation (franchising) and maintenance. A second option could involve

privatisation of the complete service, including infrastructure. Because of its

simplicity, the early introduction of private operators is likely to be easier in

Adelaide than for other rail and tram operations.

The response to these proposals in the draft report was generally very

supportive. The South Australian Office of Transport Policy and Planning

agreed that private sector involvement in the Glenelg tram line was worthy of

consideration, particularly with respect to the possible extension of the tram line

(Sub. 224, p. 12). The Bus and Coach Association of South Australia also

indicated interest in proposals for private sector involvement in the provision of

tram and light rail services in Adelaide (Sub. 297, p. 1).

Some of the structural reform options may not be practicable in Melbourne,

where trams share road surfaces with other vehicles. This occurs particularly in

the suburban areas, whereas in the CBD and along major routes some separation

has been achieved. This raises the difficult issue of property rights which in

the absence of dedicated corridors may prevent private ownership of track

infrastructure. The Victorian Government agreed in its response to the draft

report:

B2 TRAMS AND LIGHT RAIL

329

The differences arise from the fact that trams share right-of-way with parallel and

intersecting road traffic ... Tram infrastructure business units will have some difficulty

in consistently providing specified standards of access to infrastructure for service

operators due to traffic congestion and variability. (Sub. 319, p. 18)

The integrated nature of the Melbourne tram network will ensure that

coordination of access to the track will also be an important issue. Many

sections of track, particularly in and surrounding the CBD, are shared by several

different tram routes. As with suburban rail, it may be necessary for an

independent infrastructure authority to determine timing and access conditions

where there are multiple operators, as a result of the coordination and

congestion problems associated with fixed track modes.

A method of access would need to be determined. As discussed in chapter B1,

this could range from open access, subject to price, safety and service

conditions, to fixed period exclusive franchises for particular routes. Tenders

could relate to geographical segments of the network or the entire network. A

process of dispute resolution, and monitoring and enforcement of access

contracts would be necessary.

Traffic management systems can be put in place to prioritise road-based public

transport such as trams and buses. An initiative in Melbourne was the

introduction of the Fairway system to keep other vehicles off tram lines as much

as possible, and coordinating traffic signals to give priority to trams. Another

option relates to kerb-side parking along busy bus and tram routes. The City of

Brunswick noted:

By and large shopkeepers and small businesses in those strips are very reluctant to see

car-parking reduced and they get particularly irate if a council proposes to remove

kerbside parking. However, if we want to have real priority for road-based public

transport through those centres, then we are going to have to do something about

kerbside parking to allow the tram system to be really competitive with the motor car.

(Initial hearing transcript, p. 1050)

The Commission recommends that, where trams are retained,

complementary traffic management systems be implemented or improved,

including limiting parking adjacent to tram routes.

Options relating to competition of trams with other modes and the closure of

non-viable services are identical to those considered in chapter B1.

B2.5 Proposals for new light rail lines

During the last 20 years there has been increasing interest in light rail as a viable

transport mode, due to technological developments, the relatively high cost of

heavy rail construction and concern about the costs of increasing urban sprawl

URBAN TRANSPORT

330

and traffic congestion. Light rail is considered by some to have a potential role

in addressing the issue of sustainable development and problems relating to

urban form and the environment.

Light rail and urban form

The interdependent relationship between transport and urban settlement has

been examined earlier in this report (see chapter A1). Several participants

highlighted this relationship and argued that new light rail developments should

be undertaken to stimulate urban redevelopment, particularly in inner city areas.

By attracting and consolidating development in existing areas, light rail, it is

argued, could help reduce development pressure on the fringe.

However, research has questioned the ability of new rail systems to attract and

consolidate development. A study by Walmsley and Perrett (1992) investigated

the short-term to medium-term influence of new rail (both suburban and light)

on urban form in European and North American cities. They found that in

poorly developed or declining areas, new lines had very little development

impact. In contrast, in areas of growth, new rail systems may reinforce and

encourage further development. It was argued that the systems where the

greatest effect on urban development has occurred are those where there had

been a long process of urban planning in conjunction with the rail system.

Many challenge the assumption that light rail is the most desirable way of

restructuring our cities. Professors Hensher and Waters, for example, have

argued that rail-based transport is an unnecessarily expensive mode to

complement more intensive development and that busways could achieve a

similar result for a significantly lower cost (Hensher and Waters 1993). Others

have criticised busways for requiring more land than light rail tracks, for

creating a congestion problem and for being ‘easily converted into ordinary road

lanes as the result of pressure from the roads lobby, thus losing the ‘permanent

way’ for public transport’ (Diesendorf 1993). The O–Bahn technology, which

utilises guided track along a segregated right of way much like a rail-based

mode, is one way busways can be constructed to offset these criticisms.

Clearly there is a relationship between transportation infrastructure and services

and patterns of urban settlement. It is not clear, however, that it is possible to

create a particular urban structure on the basis of the type of transport services

introduced into a particular area (see chapter A1).

B2 TRAMS AND LIGHT RAIL

331

Environmental impact

A detailed discussion of environmental issues and urban transport is contained

in chapter A10. Several participants highlighted the particular environmental

strengths of light rail. For example, light rail vehicles produce emissions only

indirectly, through the consumption of electricity, which is typically produced

from coal in Australia. The type of technology chosen will also be important in

terms of maximising energy efficiency and minimising noise pollution.

Relatively high capacity light rail cars have the potential to reduce the number

of cars trips undertaken. This may relieve some road congestion, although there

is little evidence to suggest that this has occurred in practice where new systems

have been opened. Where trams run unsegregated on-street, road congestion

may actually increase.

The ability of light rail to achieve and maintain a competitive advantage in

terms of environmental impact will depend on these influences. This advantage

is likely to be maximised in the presence of relatively densely settled corridors,

where potential patronage is high and the opportunity cost of land (for freeway

widening or expansion) is high.

Overseas experience

Since the early 1970s, many European and North American cities have either

upgraded an existing tram or streetcar network or introduced a new light rail

system.

The lessons from other countries are mixed. Some new systems, for example

light rail in San Diego and Sacramento, were constructed simply and

inexpensively. Although the influence of rail on developments on urban form is

typically a long-term process, some new systems have had significant short-term

land use impacts, reinforced by developer incentives and a planning emphasis

on growth along the rail corridors. Cost recovery varies from high levels in San

Diego, to moderate levels in Sacramento.

In contrast, other light rail systems in the United States have performed poorly.

In some cities, for example Pittsburgh and Buffalo, actual construction costs

significantly exceeded budget projections while estimates of patronage were

overstated.

Modern light rail systems in Europe have also had mixed success. New

tramways in Nantes, France (1985) and Grenoble, France (1987) both achieved

operating cost recovery of more than 50 per cent within two years of opening

(Barry 1991). The Metro in Newcastle upon Tyne, UK, recovers 90 per cent of

its operating costs.

URBAN TRANSPORT

332

Some cities have pedestrianised sections of the city centre simultaneously with

the introduction of new light rail systems. In several cities shopping and

employment activity has increased in central areas above what would otherwise

have been expected.

According to Walmsley and Perrett (1992), in cities with a record of good

public transport, new rail systems have increased public transport patronage.

However, about two-thirds of travellers on the new services were existing

public transport users. Of the remaining portion, approximately half was new

traffic while the rest were former car drivers. Overall, there appears to have

been little impact on road traffic levels.

In almost all cases, light rail systems are expensive to construct. Most new

systems have been financed by a combination of local or state government

authorities with substantial contributions from the national government. Private

sector participation in funding has been limited. In several cities, increments in

local taxes, such as on fuel, have been employed to contribute to funding.

Potential for light rail in Australia

Although outside of Melbourne the current role of trams and light rail is not

significant in Australia, several participants in this inquiry claimed that there is

considerable potential for light rail in a number of our cities. For example, the

Light Rail Association argued that:

... it is here in Sydney where light rail has its greatest potential. This is because Sydney

has the rights of way and the potential passenger volumes for a highly successful light

rail system. ... Higher density of development and the concentration of high traffic

generating establishments, especially offices, shops, universities and hospitals enable

better public transport to be provided and the better it is, the more people will find it an

acceptable alternative to driving a car. (Sub. 69, Annex A, p. 1)

Several light rail proposals have already been developed for a number of

Australian cities, including extensions to the Melbourne and Adelaide systems,

although few have progressed beyond the planning stage. A project to construct

and operate a light rail line to Ultimo-Pyrmont in Sydney’s inner west has been

approved and construction is expected to commence in 1994. Expressions of

interest have also been called for the provision of transport services to Sydney’s

northern beaches and a tram line for the central business district of Hobart.

Recent light rail proposals include:

Sydney: South-eastern suburbs, including Kingsford Smith

Airport;

Newcastle: City to Hunter Valley;

Melbourne: City loop tram line; Southbank project;

B2 TRAMS AND LIGHT RAIL

333

Brisbane: New Farm to Teneriffe urban renewal project;

Perth: CBD to inner-eastern suburbs; Fremantle to Rockingham

and Mandurah;

Adelaide: Extension of the Glenelg line through the CBD to

Adelaide railway station and on to the north-west;

Hobart: Hobart CBD tramway; and

Canberra: CBD to Gungahlin.

It seems doubtful whether investment in light rail will be optimal on cost-benefit

grounds in many cases. It is expensive to construct, operate and maintain.

Population densities in Australian cities are rarely sufficient to justify the

capacity generated. On the other hand, it may have environmental, land use, and

patronage advantages which also need to be considered in assessing the merits

of investment proposals.

According to the Town and Country Planning Association, light rail could play

a much more significant role in the transport task, particularly in outer

Melbourne suburbs not adequately served by rail transport:

This would require reducing the number of stops, providing absolute tram priority at

intersection, road segregation as far as is possible, and separating light rail routes from

tram lines. Creating the right marketing image and environment for light rail would

enable the concept to succeed at limited capital cost. (Sub. 283, p. 11)

One potential role for light rail in Australia is as a substitute for former, or

existing, lightly-patronised, suburban rail routes. The Port Melbourne and St

Kilda light rail lines were formerly part of the metropolitan rail network in

Melbourne. As a result of a persistent decline in patronage, both routes were

converted to light rail in the mid 1980s and have achieved significant cost

savings since. Proposals for the conversion of other rail routes have been put

forward in Melbourne and Sydney in recent years.

New light rail projects may have greater potential if pricing structures of all

modes could be improved to reflect the benefits and costs of each mode. For

example, beneficiaries could be charged a price reflecting land value benefits

which they accrue as a result of new rail services (value capture). Fares should

also be restructured to reflect high and low cost modes. These issues are

analysed in chapter A7.

Private sector interest

The potential for private sector involvement in rail-based modes is likely to be

higher for new light rail projects than existing rail systems for a variety of

reasons. First, new investment projects would be expected to have greater

URBAN TRANSPORT

334

flexibility in terms of infrastructure choice, location, operations, funding and

associated development proposals. Potential investors have a greater opportunity

to tailor the project to suit their own requirements.

Second, the costs associated with investment in light rail are usually, although

not always, lower than a heavy rail project.

Third, new light rail systems are potentially more separable than the existing

suburban rail or tram networks in Australian cities. Thus, problems of

coordination or congestion, which may arise where multiple operators become

involved, are less likely to feature in light rail projects.

One method for determining the extent of private sector interest in light rail

development is to call for expressions of interest for the provision of transport

services in a designated corridor. This approach was adopted in NSW for both

the Ultimo-Pyrmont and Northern Beaches light rail projects.

The extent of private sector interest will likely be affected by the franchise

period awarded on new development projects. As Mr Bendall noted, the long

life span of light rail infrastructure, including vehicles, track and signalling, will

affect the optimal franchise period for new investment (Sub. 303, p. 4). This

issue has been addressed in the tender specifications for the proposed Ultimo-

Pyrmont project. The successful tenderer will be awarded a 25 year franchise to

build, own and operate the system, after which it will be transferred to the NSW

Government. The NSW Government will make an initial financial contribution

to the project, after which the successful tenderer will be required to meet all

further costs associated with construction and operation.

Investment decision process

New light rail projects need to be evaluated in light of economic, social and

technical factors as well as the lessons of local and overseas experience. This is

the approach of cost-benefit analysis. The Department of Transport (NSW)

study Light rail: its evolution and potential for NSW (1992) identified several

factors which should be considered in such an analysis. Operational viability

issues would include current and expected levels of patronage, existing transport

capacity and land use patterns and intensity. Funding considerations would

include availability of federal and other funds, joint venture capital and

alternative funding sources. Cost decisions would rely on robust cost estimates,

cost effective transport solutions, potential infrastructure savings through

concentration of activities, existing transport and right of way reservations and

the potential to reduce operating costs.

B2 TRAMS AND LIGHT RAIL

335

Strategic factors such as compatibility with overall public transport policy and

other concerns such as urban form and traffic management strategies also need

to be considered. Finally, environmental and social considerations, including

access for transport disadvantaged, improving access, energy conservation and

reducing pollution, are also important.

It is not clear that a single mode will be able to meet all criteria optimally. Costbenefit

analysis would prioritise these objectives and determine which of the

modes is most suitable for a particular task. In some cases this may be light rail,

while in others, bus, taxi, private car or heavy rail may be more desirable

solutions.

New investment in light rail systems or conversion of existing rail lines should

not be viewed as a panacea to Australia’s urban transport problems. Light rail is

just one transport option which may be appropriate in some cases and

inappropriate in others. A cost-benefit evaluation of these proposals should

consider various factors including the expected passenger density of the route,

the availability of a transport corridor, the availability of finance, existing

transport and other urban infrastructure, and the potential for light rail

conversion of existing suburban rail lines.

The Commission recommends that proposed light rail schemes be

evaluated against all other options using cost-benefit analysis techniques.

URBAN TRANSPORT

336

337

B3 BUSES

Almost 40 per cent of all urban public transport trips in Australia are by

bus. In most cities buses are the dominant form of public transport but in

others they play a supporting role to rail. While the regulatory

environment varies markedly, a common feature is the high degree of

government involvement either through direct provision or by regulation

of fares, routes, timetables and so on. Comparisons within Australia and

internationally show that private bus operators are more efficient than

public operators. Overseas reform experience also offers some lessons for

Australia — about the essential features for success and mistakes to avoid.

The Commission finds that increasing competition in Australia’s urban

route bus industry would initially save taxpayers $250 million a year,

while providing better services to bus users.

B3.1 The role of buses

Public and private buses supply almost 40 per cent of all urban public transport

trips in Australia.

Urban route bus services, run by State,

Territory or Local Government or licensed

to private operators, are common to every

city in Australia. Except for Sydney and

Melbourne, buses are the dominant form of

public transport. Additionally, transport to

and from school and community-based

transport are overwhelmingly provided by

private bus operators (see chapter B5).

For the year to September 1991, over 600

million kilometres were travelled by public

and private urban route services around the

country (see table B3.1). In our capital

cities alone there are almost 5 000

government-owned buses valued at over

$400 million (see table B3.2).

Table B3.1: Total

kilometres travelled on

urban route bus services,

year ended 30 September

1991

State of registration

Million

vehicle

kilometres

New South Wales 176

Victoria 105

Queensland 106

South Australia 92

Western Australia 74

Tasmania 17

Northern Territory 8

Australian Capital Territory 29

Australian total 606

Source: ABS 1993b, Table 31, p. 24

URBAN TRANSPORT

338

Buses have a number of attractive features in moving people around cities.

First, they are potentially flexible and can be adapted to changing travel

patterns. They can fan out and provide services in residential and commercial

areas and so collect and deliver people closer to their homes and destinations.

Second, they are cost-effective. Buses, especially those enjoying priority

systems like dedicated busways or high occupancy vehicle lanes, are capable of

moving comparable volumes of people at less cost than rail. Hensher and

Waters (1993) report that the total operating costs per passenger on light rail are

higher than on a typical busway, where comparisons are possible.

Who uses buses?

Bus users generally come from lower income groups than users of other

public transport. The 1988-89 Household Expenditure Survey (HES) showed

that households earning the lowest incomes spend a greater proportion of their

income on bus and tram fares than those on higher incomes or those using rail

or taxis. However, the proportion of income spent on private motor vehicle costs

far exceeds that spent on public transport for the lowest income group 16.5

per cent versus 1.6 per cent for public transport, and only 0.7 per cent for buses

and trams. There are exceptions: in Sydney, for example, the lowest income

group in the HES spends more of its transport expenditure on rail than buses

see chapter A8.

Table B3.2: Australian public bus operations, selected statistics,

30 June 1993

Number of vehicles

in stock

Market value of

vehicles ($million)

Number of

employees

Sydney and Newcastle 1 444 87 3 520

Melbourne (public)a 344 4 1 040

Brisbane 570 130 1 620

Rockhampton 30 2 39

Perthb 931 106 2 190

Kalgoorlie 22 2 22

Adelaide 761 72 2 226

Hobart, Launceston and Burnie 243 14 504

Canberra 425 51 1 003

Darwin 32 3 79

Australia total 4 802 471 12 243

a On 28 December 1993, the National Bus Company took over 80% of the PTC (Vic) bus fleet under a seven

year franchise agreement.

b The market value of vehicles in Perth is for 30 June 1992.

Source: Preliminary data supplied by the Australian City Transit Association Incorporated

B3 BUSES

339

Table B3.3: Australia’s urban bus industry

New South

Wales Victoria Queensland

Western

Australia

South

Australia Tasmania ACT

Northern

Territory

Regulators Dept of

Transport

Public

Transport

Corporation &

VICROADS

Dept of

Transport

Dept of

Transport

Office of

Transport

Policy &

Planning

Dept of Roads

& Transport

Dept of

Urban

Services

Dept of

Transport and

Works

Public

operators

State Transit

Authority

(NSW) in

Sydney and

Newcastle

Public

Transport

Corporation

Brisbane

Transport and

Rockhampton

Bus Service

Metropolitan

Transport

Trust (MTT)

& Goldenlines

Bus Service in

Kalgoorlie

State Transport

Authority (SA)

and Whyalla

Bus Service

Metropolitan

Transport

Trust in

Hobart,

Launceston

and Burnie

ACTION

(ACT Internal

Omnibus

Network)

Darwin Bus

Service

Private

operators

Supply half

the services in

Sydney, some

in Newcastle

and all

services in

other cities

Supply over

90% of the

services in

Melbourne. All

route services in

other cities

In less densely

populated

areas of

Brisbane, and

other cities

No private

operators

In less densely

populated

areas of

Adelaide and

other cities

Private

operators of

route services

in Devonport

No private

operators

Private bus

services in

Darwin and

Alice Springs

Payment of

welfare

subsidies

CSO contracts

between the

Director-

General and

bus operators

The PTC is not

reimbursed for

concession fares

State gov’t

reimburses

private

operators

30% of gross

fare revenue

State gov’t

reimburses

MTT 25% of

bus operating

costs

STA (SA) and

private

operators are

partly

reimbursed

Private

operators

reimbursed for

concession

fares, but

‘Metro’ is not

ACTION is

not

reimbursed

for

concession

fares

Darwin Bus

Service is not

reimbursed for

concession

fares

Sources: Various submissions and annual reports

URBAN TRANSPORT

340

B3.2 Regulation and provision of Australian urban buses

Bus services are provided by a government-owned operator in all the capital cities. These services are usually complemented by private operators. In most other cities, such as Toowoomba, Geelong, Bendigo and Wollongong, private bus operators alone service the market. The Newcastle area is partly serviced by the State Transport Authority of NSW, and some other cities are serviced by local government bus operations, such as the Kalgoorlie, Whyalla and Rockhampton City Councils (see table B3.3).

Bus operations are regulated by State and Territory Governments, usually

through their departments of transport. Table B3.4 sets out the regulatory

arrangements for Australia’s private urban bus services in detail. All operators

(public and private) must obtain government approval of their fares, timetables

and the routes their buses take, and all receive substantial subsidies. There is no

direct competition between any operators each is granted exclusive rights to

the route or area assigned to it.

The urban bus services in Canberra and Perth are entirely government-planned

and provided, although the WA Government plans to progressively tender out

some services over the next three years. The ACT Internal Omnibus Network

(ACTION) operates within a government department, whereas Metropolitan

Transport Trust (Perth) is a statutory body and is to be corporatised.

Darwin, Adelaide, Hobart, Launceston and Burnie are also basically serviced by

public operators. However a few services are provided by private operators. The

Darwin Bus Service (which operates within a government department) is

complemented by Buslink, a private operator working under contract to the NT

Department of Transport and Works. Some services on Adelaide’s fringe and

route services into Hobart from outlying towns are licensed to private bus

operators. The new government in South Australia plans to reform the State

Transport Authority and to create a Passenger Transport Board responsible for

contracting out public transport services.

There is another group of larger cities the bulk of whose services are planned

and provided by government, but with a large proportion of other services being

provided by private operators holding exclusive franchises.

The bus services in Brisbane are supplied by the Brisbane City Council through

Brisbane Transport which has a monopoly within the city’s limits. The

Queensland Department of Transport licenses private operators to service

adjoining areas in Brisbane and Rockhampton (where the Rockhampton City

Council also operates a service) and in other Queensland cities.

B3 BUSES

341

Table B3.4: Regulatory arrangements for Australia’s private urban buses

New South Wales Victoria Queensland South Australia Tasmania Northern Territory

Operating

agreement

Performance

contract which

specifies minimum

level of service

Cost-based

contractsa

Performance

contract which

specifies minimum

level of serviceb

Operating contracts

with municipal

councils in regional

areas

Agreement under

licence to provide

services equivalent

to ‘Metro’

Buslink has a joint

contract with NT

Gov’t and Alice

Springs Council

Coverage By area By area and route By area By route By route By route

Tenure 5 years and renewal 7 years and renewal 3 to 5 years 4 years 3 years 5 years and renewal

Operators’

revenue

Fares, operating

subsidy for deficit

Fares paid to the

PTC, gov’t pays

operating costs

Fares, gov’t subsidy

less licence feec

Fares, gov’t subsidy Fares, reimbursed

for concessions

Fares, gov’t subsidy

(rate for minimum

km )

Control of

fares, routes

and timetables

The NSW Pricing

Tribunal

recommends max

prices to Minister

Routes and fares

agreed to by the

Minister

Dept of Transport

determines routes

and max fares

Routes and fares

agreed to by the

Minister

Operators set

timetables and fares

Routes and fares

agreed to by the

Minister

Changes to

service delivery

Contracts set

minimum levels

Operators must give

notice to the PTC

Must give 30 days

written notice to

Dept of Transport

Must give 30 days

written notice to

Office of Transport

Policy and Planning

Routes changed on

application to

Transport

Commission

Negotiation

between Buslink

and the Council

a The National Bus Company and the newly formed PTC Bus Division began operating services on 28 December 1993, under seven year franchise contracts. The

contracts allow the operator to keep farebox revenue and the Government reimburses them for required concessions only.

b The Queensland Government has entered into only two such contracts with private operators. The basis for future contracts is under review.

c Under the Urban Bus Subsidy Scheme in Queensland, a subsidy of between 30 and 60 per cent of gross fare revenue is paid to operators. When services are mostly used

by concession passengers, a subsidy is paid on the basis of fare discounts for concession holders. A subsidy on interest paid to purchase buses is available.

Sources: Various submissions and articles

URBAN TRANSPORT

342

In Brisbane and Rockhampton, operating subsidies for these services are shared

between the Councils and the State Government. The Queensland Government

has recently announced plans to tender out contracts for bus services in areas or

by route (see section B3.6).

The arrangements in Sydney and Newcastle are governed by the NSW Passenger

Transport Act 1990 and characterised by the allocation of separate territories for

the public operator, the State Transit Authority of New South Wales, and for

each of the private operators. Contracts with the private operators are

periodically reviewed, but renewed unless the operator has failed to meet

minimum service levels.

The STA (NSW) is currently being separated into business units. The State

Government aims to have its bus operations organised as independent

corporatised or privatised entities within five years.

Melbourne bus services are in the process of transition. Under long-standing

arrangements the Public Transport Corporation (PTC) of Victoria has operated a

number of bus routes in the metropolitan area of Melbourne and administers the

cost-plus contracts for private bus operators who supply three-quarters of bus

services in the Melbourne metropolitan area and Geelong. These contracts, and

the accompanying licences, which do not expire until 1997, have been

negotiated on ‘the claimed costs of particular operators, and therefore cover the

costs of the least efficient operators’ (Sub. 186, p. 31).

The Victorian Government recently began to reform the PTC, and has awarded

six new contracts by competitive tender to service areas previously under the

control of the PTC. Unlike previous contracts, these allow operators to keep fare

revenue and permit them to change routes, fares and timetables provided they

maintain minimum service levels. A new business unit within the PTC will be

formed to service the three contracts it won. The National Bus Company, which

won the other three contracts, began operations on 28 December 1993.

B3.3 Performance of public and private bus operators in Australia

The range of possible forms of provision of bus services within and among

Australian cities leads to obvious questions about the relative performance of

regulatory alternatives. Are some systems better than others in satisfying the

community’s transport needs? Do some approaches require less resources than

others, in providing a given level of service?

This section examines the productive efficiency of bus service provision,

including management and work practices, the quality of service and degree of

B3 BUSES

343

innovation, and compares performance between different systems in Australia

and in other countries.

Service quality

The quality of urban bus services was criticised by many participants. For

example, the Public Transport Users’ Association described the services in

Melbourne as of ‘an almost unimaginably poor standard’ and quoted the

Melbourne Metropolitan Planning Scheme Survey (p. 184) which states that

Melbourne’s buses:

... in most cases act as feeders to rail and tram ... on account of infrequent service and

poor co-ordination the saving in walking time by use of a feeder bus is largely offset by

waiting time ... there are relatively few who can save much time by using them [ie.

instead of walking] ... (as quoted in Sub. 96, p. 4)

On announcing the new policy changes in Queensland, the Minister for

Transport stated that the review of Queensland’s passenger transport services

found that ‘many of the State’s bus services are sub-standard and have become

increasingly dependent upon expensive taxpayer subsidies’ (Queensland

Minister for Transport 1993).

The Commission is aware of instances where bus service planners have

concentrated on radial routes and routes to train stations, while ignoring some

communities’ needs for local public transport. Such communities include the

Shire of Pakenham and the Roxburgh Park development in Craigieburn, both in

Victoria (see chapter B5). In addition, the planners and operators have persisted

with conventional vehicles regardless of their suitability. For example, Mr

Hughes observed that Canberra:

... is a spacious, sparsely populated city which is peculiarly unsuited to traditional mass

transit networks such as ACTION, the truth of which is glaringly revealed in the low

use of ACTION, the low occupancy rates of its buses and in its enormous government

subsidy per passenger carried and per head of population (Sub. 34, Attachment 1, p.

81).

It should be noted that while indicators of service quality do exist, such as those

in the report by the Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of

Government Trading Enterprises, the data is collected by only a few operators

and their quality is such that it is difficult to draw robust conclusions (see

chapter A3). The Commission recommends that bus operators collect data

to enhance compilation of the performance indicators on service quality

(particularly frequency and reliability) published by the Steering

Committee on National Performance Monitoring of GTEs. To encourage

yardstick competition and enable comparisons of performance, franchised

URBAN TRANSPORT

344

private bus operators should also be required to compile and furnish

equivalent data to the State and Territory Governments.

Innovation

The regulation of bus services appears to have inhibited innovation in services,

routes and fares. This is not to say that innovation has been entirely absent:

In August 1992 a computerised bus demand management system was

introduced in Shellharbour, NSW. The system involved passengers calling

a base and requesting the bus pick them up. The project was partly funded

by the Local Government Development Program and other

Commonwealth funding. The project terminated after the funding was

exhausted;

Trials of a taxibus service are being held in Hallett Cove and Sheidow

Park, South Australia. The service operates after 7pm on weeknights and is

linked with the STA train services;

The Croydon Bus Service operates a demand-responsive bus service in

Mooroolbark and Rowville. Travel to a passenger’s door attracts a

surcharge over the Met fare, which the operator keeps. The services run in

areas not generally accessible to large buses;

Westbus has introduced a high frequency service using 26-seater

minibuses in the Penrith area west of Sydney. This has doubled service

levels on all routes; and

The Mt Barker Passenger Service in South Australia introduced a multitrip

ticket five years ago on its bus services:

We used to have a weekly pass but a weekly pass was just that. If you didn’t use it

between Monday and Friday, it was not valid for the next week, and that seemed silly.

We now sell 1 000 a month and that has got 6 months’ life and it’s interchangeable ...

We’re looking at even extending that perhaps to monthly or yearly passes. We’re out to

get more bums on seats ... (Initial hearing transcript, p. 148)

However generally speaking, innovation has been limited. Regulatory

requirements have restricted the type of vehicle which will be accepted, and

prevented competition with public bus services in many states and territories.

For example, despite the fare innovations Mt Barker Passenger Service have

been able to introduce, it cannot pick up passengers from Crafers to Adelaide in

competition with the State Transport Authority because of SA Government

restrictions. Mr Burtt et al claimed that:

In Victoria, regulatory practice has stifled initiatives in new service modes and

vehicles, such as telebus services and smaller buses. This is important, as such

B3 BUSES

345

initiatives are more likely to provide attractive and viable transport in areas or at times

of inherently low demand potential. (Sub. 98, p. 26)

The Victorian Bus Proprietors Association shared this view:

The current control imposed on the bus industry in Victoria is considered to be

excessive, particularly in contracted route service operations. While the regulation is

reasonably appropriate contractual controls have destroyed the industry’s ability to

innovate and operate as efficiently and effectively as a truly private enterprise system.

(Sub. 84, p. 4)

In NSW, where regulatory arrangements for private operators give somewhat

more scope for initiative, there has been evidence of a greater degree of

innovation. For example, the NSW Bus and Coach Association (Sub. 97) drew

attention to recent innovations including higher frequency minibus services,

direct city express services, demand-responsive call-bus services, and door-todoor

services between airports and country towns.

One of the successful elements of the reform experience in other countries has

been the innovation introduced, such as the widespread use of higher frequency

minibuses in the UK and taxi-bus services in New Zealand.

Management and work practices

Poor management and work practices can lower productivity because too many

people and too much capital are used to provide a given level of service or to

provide services no one wants to use. Both are evident in the way in which

Australian bus services are provided.

The way labour is used is one of the major sources of productive differences

between private and public urban bus operations. Inefficient management

practices and corporate overheads also play a significant part. Hornibrook

Transit Management criticised Brisbane Transport’s new depot, saying:

... instead of building a $20,000,000 monstrosity out at the Mount Gravatt area you

build about half a dozen $2,000,000 depots around the outskirts of the city so we save

all this cost of time and mileage running vehicles (Initial hearing transcript, p. 331).

The Secretary of the Queensland branch of the Public Transport Union (Bus and

Tram) stated that Brisbane Transport employs supervisors who:

... do what are really minor clerical duties ... they have some authority within those

clerical duties which means that they are paid at significantly higher wages to do things

like opening and closing depots, signing and signing-off people, checking to make sure

that the bus operator is actually there and standing before them and doing things like

handing out run boards and run prints and generally carrying out surveillance-type

duties on the bus operators. (DR transcript, p. 439)

URBAN TRANSPORT

346

These thoughts were echoed by his counterpart in Perth when discussing the

operations of the MTT.

The Victorian Government criticised past PTC management of Melbourne’s bus

services, saying:

Smaller buses, operated on more flexible routeing, may offer improved frequency and

longer hours of service. However, with less than a handful of exceptions, bus planning

in Melbourne has been limited to routes which can be served by large standard buses.

(Sub. 186, p. 26)

The terms and conditions applying to public service employment in the states

and territories is usually extended to public bus operations. These are

significantly more generous than those which apply to employees in the private

bus sector. Chapter A3 reviews some of the policies which inhibit the cost

competitiveness of public transport bodies in general. Brisbane Transport stated

that relative to private operators:

... Brisbane Transport carries higher costs in the areas of superannuation, long service

leave entitlements, sick leave accrual and termination entitlements. Furthermore, there

may be constraints in that voluntary redundancy is the only option to shed excess staff

... (Sub. 99, p. 4)

The Commission received a range of evidence on inefficient workplace practices which occur in public bus operations but not in their private counterparts. Several sources pointed to the policy requiring bus drivers to

return to the depot for meal breaks in Melbourne, Perth and Brisbane. The

Victorian Minister for Public Transport recently drew attention to this:

Every PTC bus driver is obviously entitled to a meal break. But where, in the park? No.

On the bus? No. Each driver must return to base not, though, on a scheduled bus

service. The driver is in fact entitled to, and does, take an empty bus back to base — a

door to door meal service. (Victorian Minister for Public Transport, 1993b)

At the initial Melbourne public hearings the Bus Proprietor’s Association of

Victoria stated:

... when you get those long distances away from depots and a driver having to return to

a break you get a lot of empty buses running around. So we believe that we could

probably save somewhere in the order of a quarter of the buses that are currently used

by the government to operate the same set of services. (Initial hearing transcript, p. 931)

Multi-skilling, by both management and operations staff, generally appears to

be a prominent feature of private, but not public bus operations. Mr Crawford of

the Mount Barker Passenger Service stated at the initial Adelaide hearings:

... our three mechanics drive buses in the morning and in the evening for the short

school runs ... So we don’t have to employ additional drivers for that purpose. The

manager of the business, who’s a director also ... he does some driving; he drives

services on a Saturday because we’re up for double time or time and a half, whatever.

B3 BUSES

347

So he does those on a cross-country service to save money. (Initial hearing transcript, p.

144)

Table B3.5: Award comparison between STA (SA) and a private

operator in South Australia

Item STA award a Private award b

Base wage rates

Base award rate per week $442.80 $346.00

Supplementary payment per week $ 72.80 $ 48.20

Total $515.60 $394.20

Hours of duty

Base hours per week 38 hours 40 hours

Ordinary hours per shift (min to max) 7 to 7 hours 36 mins 5 or 6, to 6 hours

Max spread of hours:

Straight shift - weekday 9 hours 11 hours

Straight shift - weekend 9 hours 40 mins 11 hours

Broken shift 12 hours 11 hours

Min interval in broken shift 2 -

Overtime and penalty payments c

Work outside max ordinary hours per

shift and per week

First 3 hours: 0.5

Further hours: 1.0

First 3 hours: 0.5

Further hours: 1.0

Saturdays 0.5 0.5

Sundays 1.0 1.0

Broken shift penalties Spread 9 - 10 hrs: 0.5

Spread over 10 hrs: 1.0

}

}

Straight shift allowance (weekdays): }

Shift end 1700-1800 15% penalty on time after 1700 } No set allowances

Shift end > 1800 15% penalty on whole shift }

Shift start < 0900 15% penalty on time before 0900 }

Annual leave

No. of weeks per year 5 4

Annual leave loading 20.0% 17.5%

Signing on/off allowances

Sign on, outfit, take bus from depot 15 mins }

Sign on, no outfit, take bus from depot 10 mins } No set allowances -

Sign off, bus to depot 5 mins } local arrangements

Sign off, bus to depot, pay in 15 mins } apply

a SA Tramway and Omnibus Award 1981 (as updated).

b Transport Workers (Passenger Vehicles) Award 1984.

c Penalty payments: 0.5 means time and a half, and 1.0 means double time.

Source: Australian City Transit Association Inc (Sub. 174, p. 17)

The awards under which public bus drivers are employed, compared with

private bus drivers, are generally less flexible and result in less productive

working time per shift. For example, in South Australia the State Transport

Authority’s award (see table B3.5) specifies payments for shift penalties and

signing on/off allowances, whereas the private operator’s award allows these

URBAN TRANSPORT

348

payments to be set locally potentially giving more flexibility to management

of the private bus company. The Commission received similar information

describing the differences between MTT (Perth) and the Transport Workers’

Union passenger vehicle awards in Western Australia.

Mr Gable (Bus and Coach Association of Queensland) believed work conditions

are the major difference between the public and private bus operators in

Queensland. At the initial Brisbane hearings, he said:

I think [the difference is] working hours probably. We find that the council is operating

under a 38-hour week, whereas the private sector operates under a 40-hour week for

starters. There are no rostered days off, there are no 10-minute breaks every few hours,

there are no huge workshops and depots with very expensive staff amenities. Basically

we employ people to do a job, and at the end of the time when they have completed that

job, they go home, and they come back again to do the job the next day. (Initial hearing

transcript, p. 316)

Comparative performance

The financial performance of Australia’s public bus operators varies greatly. For

example, ACTION recovers only 22 per cent of its operating costs

commercially, whereas STA (NSW) recovers 48 per cent. Their demands on

public finances range from just over 37 per cent of total revenue for Brisbane

Transport to almost 72 per cent for ACTION (Steering Committee on National

Performance Monitoring of Government Trading Enterprises 1993). Australia’s

public bus operators incurred an aggregate deficit of over $330 million for the

year to 30 June 1993 (Preliminary ACTA data). Private operators on average

perform better than public operators on financial measures (see table B3.6).

Table B3.6: Some financial indicators for private and public bus

operators in Australiaa

Partial performance indicator Public operators Private operators Difference

Revenue per vehicle kmb $1.48 $2.30 ($0.82)

Revenue per passenger $0.98 $1.85 ($0.87)

Ratio of revenue to costs 0.89 1.04 (0.15)

Capital cost per vehicle kmc $0.46 $0.43 $0.03

Total cost per passenger $2.40 $1.79 $0.61

a Data are 1991-92 averages.

b Excluding deficit and CSO funding.

c Accounting capital cost.

Source: Hensher and Daniels 1993, p. 26

B3 BUSES

349

Because of the dominance of public bus operators in major cities, an obvious

first question is the efficiency with which they provide services. Current

arrangements generally give them exclusive and permanent rights to their

catchment areas. In some cities it is possible to compare the efficiency of these

public operators with private operators who have been granted similar exclusive

rights over areas or routes.

Partial productivity measures

As part of this inquiry, the Commission contracted a study by the University of

Sydney’s Institute of Transport Studies (Hensher and Daniels 1993) to measure

the technical productivity of Australia’s bus operators (see appendix E). The

partial performance indicators (see table B3.7) show that on average, public

operators’ unit costs per vehicle kilometre are 50 per cent higher than the

private operators. Private operators provide a lower cost service per unit of

service on most indicators.

Table B3.7: Public and private bus operations in Australiaa

Partial performance indicator Public operators Private operators Difference

Total cost per vehicle km $3.31 $2.18 $1.13

Labour cost per vehicle km $2.01 $1.06 $0.95

Labour costs in overheads 18.7% 15.6% 3.1%

Non-labour maintenance cost per km $0.17 $0.18 ($0.01)

Average annual km per vehicle 48 790 45 850 2 940

Labour cost per paid hour $17.52 $16.98 $0.54

a Data are 1991-92 averages.

Source: Hensher and Daniels 1993, p. 26

Table B3.8: Labour productivity ratios in New Zealand and

Australia

Total staff per million bus kmsa Total staff per million bus hrs

Operator Most efficient Least efficient Most efficient Least efficient

Australia

Government operator

(1991/92)

59.8 43.3 1 332 1 078

Private operator (1991/92) 37.6 27.5 808 661

New Zealand

Government operator

(1989/90)

96.1 56.1 1 345 1 138

Government operator

(1991/92)

64.6 30.5 904 619

Private operator (1988/89) 53.7 23.6 na na

a Staff refers to ‘fulltime equivalent’ staff.

Source: Travers Morgan (NZ) Ltd 1993a, Table 4.1, p. 37

URBAN TRANSPORT

350

These results are confirmed in similar partial indicators of performance

prepared by Travers Morgan, also as an input to this inquiry (see table B3.8)

see appendix F for a summary of this study. These indicators concentrate on

labour productivity, and show considerably lower input labour requirements for

private operators compared with public operators.

Similar differences in productivity between the private and public sectors were

evident in the UK and New Zealand before their reforms, when operators

generally had exclusive rights to passengers (see tables B3.8 and B3.9).

The ACT Government recently released the ACTION Bus Benchmarking Study,

undertaken for the ACT Department of Urban Services by Travers Morgan

(1993b). It found that:

On any measure of costs, ACTION’s unit costs are substantially higher than any of the

other operators assessed:

around 25% higher than the costs of the next highest cost operator [STA (SA)];

around 35% higher than the average costs of the other three public operators

[STA (SA), Brisbane Transport and Transperth];

around 45% higher than the costs of the lowest cost public operator;

around double the costs of the five private operators. (Travers Morgan (NZ) Ltd

1993b, p.i) (Bold in the original.)

The ACT Government, in commenting on these findings, said that ACTION

‘would have needed to reduce its subsidy by $15 million to achieve the average

unit costs of the public operators and $38 million to achieve the average unit

costs of the private bus operators’; yet it ‘has exceeded its target set for 1992/93

deficit reduction and is on target for 1993/94’ (Sub. 228, p. 4). The ACT

Government aims to reduce the current annual subsidy by $10 million over three

years.

Mr Hughes, an inquiry participant, observed that:

... the public subsidy of Canberra’s government-run bus system, ACTION, is equal to

$750 per household, and the average cost of provision per trip is roughly the same as

for the heavily regulated taxi system which has among the world’s most expensive

licences to operate. Despite the subsidy of nearly $3 per section (the typical return trip

Table B3.9: Total staff per million bus kms in the United Kingdom

Operators 1985/86 1990/91

London Buses 98.1 75.9

Metropolitan Passenger Transport Companies 73.7 53.2

National Bus Company/ Independents 40.9 33.8

All 52.4 39.1

Source: Travers Morgan (NZ) Ltd 1993a, Table 4.1, p. 3

B3 BUSES

351

has four sections), ACTION accounts for about 4% of total passenger traffic. (Sub. 34,

p. 1)

Total factor productivity

A more comprehensive measure of productivity performance is given when all

inputs (and outputs) are measured simultaneously and compared to create a

measure of total factor productivity (see Hensher and Daniels, 1993).

Measurements of total factor productivity in urban bus services formed part of

the study undertaken for this inquiry by the Institute of Transport Studies.

It is important to note here that measurements are based on data for one year

only (1991-92) and from a (necessarily) limited sample of 24 private operators.

The Bus Proprietors’ Association (Vic) cautioned that ‘particular problems arise

in obtaining consistent revenue data across all operators, because of the

differences in interpretation of ‘revenue’ in different States and between public

and private operators’ (Sub. 270). The results should therefore be interpreted

with some caution. Nevertheless, they provide the most comprehensive

indicators available of performance in the urban bus industry.

The bus industry (both public and private) has expressed general support for the

study. The Institute of Transport Studies will continue it for the year 1992-93,

under the title Mercedes-Benz Performance Benchmarking Program, with more

detailed surveys from a larger sample of bus operators. The Commission

welcomes this development.

The initial study supports the conclusion that private companies generally

provide bus services more efficiently than public operators. On the measure

of total factor productivity which adjusts for advantages of scale and scope

enjoyed by some operators, the private operators are 67 per cent more

productive in carrying passengers and 120 per cent more productive in

producing bus kilometres.

State by State, private operators are significantly more efficient than their public

counterparts on the bus kilometre measure. However, the results are less

Table B3.10: Comparison of private operators with their own state

public operator

Location TFP on passengers carried TFP on vehicle km travelled

Sydney private operators are .. 12% less efficient than STA 45% more efficient than STA

Brisbane private operators are .. 4% less efficient than BCC 37% more efficient than BCC

Melbourne private operators are .. 19% more efficient than PTC 29% more efficient than PTC

Source: Hensher and Daniels 1993, p. 39

URBAN TRANSPORT

352

conclusive when passengers carried are used as the output measure (see table

B3.10).

Public operators usually service the dense inner areas of their city. Because of

the higher patronage density it is easier for the incumbent operator to attract

patronage, compared with the lower densities in the areas available to private

operators. One implication of the study is that private operators might achieve

considerably better results than the public operators were they given access to

the territory currently covered by public operators. The authors of the study

observed that:

... the advantage conveyed to a public operator through location is not translated into

action which ensure that inputs are used to produce intermediate outputs at lowest

cost. Thus if private operators were to supply the equivalent service currently offered

by the public operators in the public operators’ service area, we should expect a

significant improvement in GTFPpass [output in terms of the number of passengers

carried], given GTFPvkm [output in terms of the kilometres travelled]. (Hensher and

Daniels 1993, p. 44) (Italics in the original)

B3.4 Issues in reform

The significant differences in productivity between public and private operators,

the equally significant productivity differences between different private

operators, and the unexploited scope for service innovation suggest that there

are likely to be substantial gains from reforming the institutional arrangements

that have applied to the provision of urban bus services.

Experience in the UK and New Zealand indicates that some of the largest gains

from easing the limits on competition were achieved by public operators. These

came through changes in work practices and improvements in productivity by

government regulators, management and the workforce. In the Travers Morgan

study undertaken for this inquiry, aggregate labour productivity indicators for

New Zealand show government operators improved 33 per cent over the course

of reform; in London the public operator improved by 23 per cent and the public

operators in the UK outside of London by 28 per cent (see tables B3.8 and

B3.9).

There appear to be two broad ways of achieving greater competition in the

provision of bus services. One involves allowing access to any potential

operators to all bus markets at all times. The other involves periodic competition

for the exclusive right to provide all services in a particular area or on a

particular route (contestability). Both approaches have recent precedents in

other countries, although the details of individual regulatory arrangements can,

and do, differ.

B3 BUSES

353

Open access

Open access involves a completely deregulated bus market with no restrictions

on the provision of bus services by any potential operator, except for those

relating to safety. This creates an environment in which the threat of

competition is continuous.

Open access allows suppliers to design, organise and provide services at fares in

line with market preferences. It has the potential to achieve the lowest input

costs and encourages services to be differentiated by both quality and price in

response to passenger demand. Smaller companies, some community-based

cooperatives or taxi operators may well enter the market for commercial bus

services.

One concern often raised about open access is that it may lead to a drop in

safety standards, with situations such as vehicles racing to get to a bus stop first.

Problems like these should be avoided by adequate policing. There are also

concerns that deregulated services would result in numerous changes in

timetables, a lack of security in service provision, and a loss of multi-operator

ticketing, that would confuse passengers and result in a loss of patronage.

There are very few truly deregulated bus markets in the world. The most wellknown

policy changes are those introduced in metropolitan UK outside of

London and in New Zealand see boxes B3.1 and B3.2. However both these

reform programs allowed local authorities to intervene, by specifying and

tendering out operating contracts for loss-making community services with the

local authority wanted to see supplied. Such intervention, in one form or

another, seems likely to be required by governments in Australia.

Cost savings and service innovation

Introducing more competition in a bus market will encourage operators to

develop new routes, introduce more efficient work practices and use a range of

vehicles to better serve passengers at the lowest cost possible.

The NSW Bus and Coach Association (Sub. 97) noted that benefits of open

access in the UK have included a reduction of up to 70 per cent in operational

and planning costs, with a consequent reduction in taxpayer support. Subsidies

paid in New Zealand have also fallen, by between 10 and 50 per cent.

Reform has been accompanied by innovation in discount fare schemes and

higher frequency services introduced in the UK. In addition to increased

frequencies, minibus services have brought advantages such as the capacity to

enter narrow-street housing estates, and to lower operating costs. Operators

negotiated lower pay and conditions for the drivers (made possible by parallel

labour market reforms) and the minibuses do not require specialised mechanics.

URBAN TRANSPORT

354

Box B3.1: Deregulation in the UK — different experiences

There were three parts to the reform of urban bus services in the United Kingdom

outside of London: the first deregulated entry to bus services; the second allowed local

authorities to supplement the commercial service by competitive tender; and third the

National Bus Company was split up and sold to the private sector, and municipally

owned companies were placed under British companies legislation and privatised.

In general the reforms led to: increases in the total bus miles run and in real fares, and

falls in operating costs, passengers and public subsidy. However, the NSW Bus and

Coach Association warned that ‘care should be taken when viewing system-wide

statistics to ensure that sight is not lost of individual performances that might be at the

extremes of the system-wide average’ (Sub. 97, p. 11). It is true that the picture is very

different in different areas of the UK. For example, the experiences of Oxfordshire and

Greater Manchester vary greatly.

Since 1987, service levels in Oxfordshire have doubled in many cases weekday

frequencies of every 2, 3, or 4 minutes operate on city routes, services operate until

midnight and a comprehensive service is provided on Sunday. Fares are now market

based and have fallen in real terms on most routes. Passengers in Oxfordshire have a

choice between two main operators. Patronage has increased by up to 70%. ‘Travelcard’

type tickets are offered by both operators but they are not transferable.

On most established routes double-decker buses compete with smaller vehicles. Other

routes have been developed using small buses. Initially frequent service changes by both

operators created some instability, but timetable alterations now reflect response to

passenger demand instead of attempts to take market share from competitors. Operators

are making sufficient profits to invest in new vehicles.

The UK House of Commons Transport Committee (1993) reported that the experience in

Oxfordshire has been ‘stimulated by Oxford City Council’s Balanced Transport Policy,

which creates an environment conducive to the use of pubic transport.’ As part of this

package, the Oxford Bus Company recently introduced 18-seat battery-powered buses on

city centre services.

In contrast, Greater Manchester has seen continual and extensive competition amongst

bus operators, with over 60 operating in mid-1993. Between 1 500 and 2 000 service

changes have been made per year. These changes may be minor in terms of the timetable

as a whole, but they are significant to passengers using that service.

While the total bus subsidy has fallen 15 per cent from 1985/86 to 1992/93, patronage

has fallen by 30 per cent over the same period. Fares have risen by over 30 per cent in

real terms. While a multi-operator travelcard has been preserved at a higher price, the

multi-journey tickets have been abolished with the exception of a 10 journey

concessionary tickets.

Sources: Tyson 1992 and UK House of Commons Transport Committee 1993

B3 BUSES

355

However, there have been some concerns that the pressure of competition in the

UK and New Zealand has resulted in an increase in the age of the bus fleet,

thereby reducing service quality and risking safety standards. In New Zealand

some regional councils have tightened vehicle quality requirements for licensed

operators. A notable result of the reform in New Zealand has been the

replacement of conventional large buses with taxi buses, operated by taxi

companies see box B3.2.

Effect on patronage

Reform in other countries was initially criticised because previously coordinated

services and fare structures did not survive the reforms and patronage fell as bus

users became confused by the changes, particularly in the UK (see box B3.1).

While patronage was clearly affected by a combination of fare increases and,

more recently, the recession, some have concluded that other factors also

contributed. On the basis of the UK experience, the Australian Bus and Coach

Association concluded that:

There can be simply no guarantees that a deregulated market would come close to

achieving the same goals of reliability, quality, service frequency and safety as

effectively delivered by the existing system (Sub. 78, p. 17).

The NSW Bus and Coach Association claimed that if a number of operators

operate along the same route, ‘there can be a decline in the marketresponsiveness,

suitability and overall efficiency of the service, with resultant

patronage and revenue declines’ (Sub. 97).

While the weight of opinion is that the bus industry does not enjoy economies of

scale in service provision, some commentators (such as Evans and Hensher)

argue that there may be a natural monopoly based on declining user costs with

an increasing scale of bus services see chapter A4.

The UK Government had not expected this to be an issue. Its White Paper Buses

which proposed the deregulation of buses in metropolitan UK (outside of

London), stated:

It is certainly obvious that the traveller wants to make convenient journeys, to travel

throughout the urban areas, to rely on comprehensive information about the services

available. But if they are to stay in a free market operators will have to meet the needs

of the customers as the demand arises. (Buses p. 13 as quoted in Evans 1990)

The Commission’s discussions in the UK suggest that instability in the

provision of urban bus services was confined to a few towns and metropolitan

counties, such as Greater Manchester, and then for an initial period only see

box B3.1.

URBAN TRANSPORT

356

Box B3.2: New Zealand’s reform experience

In 1989 the New Zealand Transport Law Reform legislation decentralised public

transport policy to the 14 regional councils. Any approved operator can begin operating

commercial services (those not needing a government subsidy) once they notify the

regional council. The councils must prepare a transport plan specifying the routes to be

subsidised. Such routes must be put out to tender. Three to five year contracts are usual.

The tenders are sometimes evaluated on the ‘lowest price conforming tender’ basis while

in other cases tradeoffs are made between price and service quality.

The councils operate public transport through corporatised enterprises only. Until 1993,

regional councils were allowed to give preference to existing council bus companies by a

margin of 25 per cent. Since July 1991, the number of bids for each tender has increased.

The reforms have engendered dramatic change within the municipal bus operators, while

private operators remain concerned with preserving their traditional markets.

Consequently, while work practices and productivity among private operators have

hardly changed, the municipal operators have become much more like private operators.

The total public funding for all nine regions from 1990/91 to 1991/92 fell by 18per cent.

Total public funding reductions for some regions

from 1990/91 to 1991/92

Total public funding Reduction (%)

1990/91 (NZ$m) in 1991/92

Auckland 48.0 9.8

Canterbury 14.8 32

Man-Wang 1.4 68

Taranaki 1.1 100

Wellington 37.5 16

Source: Travers Morgan 1994 (forthcoming)

Relative to the UK, the extent of service innovation in New Zealand has been small and

service, in terms of vehicle kilometres, has changed very little only 9 per cent of the

tenders were awarded to taxi or van operators and 5 per cent to companies using mini or

midi buses. This is to be expected given that by July 1991, only 13 per cent of the prereform

bus kilometres were registered as commercial. However conventional large buses

have been replaced with taxi buses in two medium sized towns, Palmerston North and

Wanganui.

Some regional councils are now tightening vehicle quality standards after the average

age of buses increased sharply. Fare increases have been modest over the last three years

the regional councils have generally been keen to retain previous fare levels and

structures. Wallis (1993) reported that prior to deregulation, patronage was falling

around 10 per cent per year. In 1993, the underlying rate was estimated at around 5 per

cent or less, despite a fall of about 5 to 10 per cent when the reforms were initially

introduced because of unfamiliarity and the bad publicity which resulted.

Source: Wallis 1993, Travers Morgan (NZ) Ltd 1994 (forthcoming)

B3 BUSES

357

Whilst deregulation and privatisation in urban transport in the UK were initially

opposed by many in the bus industry and local government, those organisations

which accepted, accommodated and planned for the new regime demonstrated

that both cost and service benefits could be achieved.

Supplying community services in a ‘deregulated’ market

Under open access, governments may wish to ensure the supply of certain

‘community services’ via contracts with individual operators. This has several

implications.

Firstly, it means that governments need to keep a close watch on the nature and

the extent of the services that are provided commercially. Community services

are essentially supplements to these services and will need to be commissioned

around them. In New Zealand, licensed operators are required to notify the

relevant regional council of their intention to start or vary any service at 21 days

notice. This gives the council time to specify and publicly tender out a contract

for whatever additional services the council deems to be socially necessary

see box B3.2. A similar system operates in the UK.

Secondly, it is clear that ‘deregulating’ in this way does not eliminate the need

for government subsidies or taxpayer support, although it should ensure that

their value to the community is maximised. The NSW Bus and Coach

Association observed that such reform ‘leads to a re-direction of subsidies from

system-wide to time-period-specific, though at a reduced total level (because of

the competition on the supply side)’ (Sub. 97, p. 10).

And thirdly, the rules governing the process of deregulation and of tendering out

community services must be carefully framed to minimise strategic behaviour

by operators. For example, in the initial round of tenders in New Zealand some

operators notified some unprofitable services as being commercial in order to

delay the granting of contracts for community services to rivals. These

registrations were later withdrawn, only to be replaced by further registrations

for slightly modified commercial routes which again prevented the community

service contract being issued.

URBAN TRANSPORT

358

Box B3.3: Bus franchises in Nordic countries (Part 1)

The four Nordic countries, Sweden, Denmark, Norway and Finland, have all introduced

or plan to introduce competitive tendering of their urban bus services.

Sweden

In 1989, the Swedish Parliament passed legislation eliminating exclusive licences to

provide public transport services and introducing a competitive tendering system. The

legislation’s aim was to strengthen the planning powers of county councils, and to

discipline operators via competitive tendering. County transport services became the

responsibility of the council alone or joint responsibility of all the county’s

municipalities.

The county transport authorities are in charge of all planning, including design of the

network, timetables and fares, but the actual operation is put out for tender. The

tenderers bid a gross rate for a 3 to 5 year contract period. Some authorities specify

service quality in terms of maximum average age and maximum age of oldest bus used,

user friendliness for disabled persons, and exhaust emissions. The county councils have

discretion over their selection criteria, but there is political pressure to give preference to

the lowest priced tender. Tender award details are made public. Exclusive licence

holders can require a public buy-out of their assets, provided they do not participate in

competitive tenders. Average cost savings have been around 5 to 15 per cent.

In Göteborg the public transport authority (Stadstrafiken) is responsible for network

planning, service standards, finance and fares policy, and tendering out services. In 1993

one third of the routes, mainly in the western part of the city, were tendered in five

packages of 5 to 20 buses. The Stadstrafiken specified hours, the route network,

headways and timetables, average fleet age, maximum age of buses used, emission and

noise limits.

The services were awarded to the city operator (55%) and a private company Linjebuss

(45%). The city operator had three years to restructure before tendering was introduced.

Operating costs of the bus services have fallen by 45 per cent from 1989 to 1993.

Stockholm County Council was already responsible for public transport and the support

of Stockholm Transport (SL), but the new legislation encouraged a reorganisation of SL.

SL has separated out strategic planning (which remains centralised), service planning

(which is delegated to five area units), and operations (which are split into 25 smaller

units). Operations have been corporatised and results can be compared to other

operators. SL’s services will be tendered out within the next few years.

Sources: Cox and Love 1991, Cox and Love 1994 forthcoming, Gwilliam and van de Velde 1990,

Gerofi 1993, Jansson and Wallin 1991.

B3 BUSES

359

Box B3.4 Bus franchises in Nordic countries (Part 2)

In 1989 the parliament of Denmark enacted competitive tendering legislation for

Copenhagen public transport bus services. The Hovedstadsomradets Trafikselskab (HT)

[Capital Region public transport company], which is responsible for general transport

planning, preserving network and fare integration in association with the railway

companies, was required to tender 45 per cent of their bus services by April 1994.

Before the requirements were introduced, 18 per cent of bus services were operated

under subsidy agreements by private operators. These agreements were terminated and

the services were the first to be competitively tendered. HT does not compete for

tenders. All buses have HT livery.

Legislation allowed for maximum contract length of 8 years, however HT has preferred a

4 year maximum tenure. They have kept individual tender packages small and contract

prices are fixed for the first year and thereafter indexed. Tenderers have been selected on

the basis of: financial ability, experience, service quality and price. Cost savings have

averaged 10 per cent.

Norway plans to introduce competitive tendering over the next ten years. The maximum

contract length will be three years with one renewal of two years allowed. They will be

allocated on the basis of gross costs. At present, operators are licensed by local

authorities to provide services.

Finland began converting to competitive tendering in 1993.

Sources: Cox and Love 1991, Cox and Love 1994 forthcoming, Gwilliam and van de Velde 1990

Tendering exclusive franchises

Tendering for the exclusive right to provide services introduces competition for,

but not in, the particular bus market. Under this approach, the role of the

government is to:

determine minimum service levels;

develop requests for tenders;

evaluate tenders;

monitor service; and

coordinate services and fares.

Exclusive franchises can take one of two broad forms:

the right to provide specified services on nominated routes; or

the right to serve an area, with discretion as to the services provided.

When route services are specified, the gains arise solely through competition to

reduce the costs of provision; these gains can, however, be substantial. When

URBAN TRANSPORT

360

exclusive franchises for areas are involved, the successful tenderer also has

scope to design services to best suit customers, although this design may be

constrained by the need to observe minimum service requirements.

A number of participants supported tendering exclusive franchises as a way of

introducing competition without losing the user benefits of coordination. The

Coalition of Urban Transport Sanity claimed that:

The British system of privatisation and deregulation has achieved a short-term financial

goal, but at the expense of longer term social and environment factors. In contrast,

Gothenberg [Göteborg] in Sweden has privatised some bus services, while retaining a

regulated framework. This approach has achieved at least the same cost reductions that

have occurred in the UK, but retained a high quality of service within an integrated

network. (Sub. 250, p. 11)

Stockholm, Copenhagen and London have also introduced competitive

tendering into their urban bus services. (These reforms are reviewed in boxes

B3.3, B3.4 and B3.5.) This approach has also been used in United States cities

for many years. Teal (1989) reported that in 1985 over 300 US public agencies

tendered for over 400 separate public transportation services. In California, over

200 separate services were run by private transport operators, including all of

the transit services provided by the Counties of Los Angeles and San Diego.

Cox and Love (1989) reported that while less than 10 per cent of all bus services

in the US is competitively tendered, more than half the ‘paratransit’, dial-a-ride

and demand responsive services, largely for the disabled and elderly, is

competitively tendered.

The environment created by competitive tendering can also encourage public

operators in the same city to lower their costs, despite not being required to

tender for the services they operate. This outcome was evident in London

Transport’s bus operations: its costs went down across the board, not just on the

tendered routes see box B3.5.

Competitive tendering of exclusive franchises allows governments to retain a

higher degree of control over services than does open access. This control can,

and has, been used to retain integrated networks and maintain service

coordination throughout the reform process. And yet the cost savings from

competitive tendering have been significant in countries where it has been

introduced see table B3.11.

Despite this, the Bus Proprietors’ Association (Vic) claimed that:

Competitive tendering in the private bus industry is not necessary to achieve efficiency

in service delivery. There is ample evidence to suggest that the industry is already

relatively efficient and further efficiency gains are unlikely to be achieved through a

tendering process. (Sub. 270, p. 2)

B3 BUSES

361

While it is clear that the private bus industry is efficient relative to the public

bus operators, the Hensher and Daniels (1993) study also illustrates a great deal

of variation in performance among private bus operators. Even after taking into

consideration the differences in the nature of services provided by more

specialised operators, this range of performance points to the effect of a lack of

competition provided by a regulatory environment which awards (often ongoing)

monopolies to private operators.

Allocating franchises

Franchises can be allocated in three ways: on the basis of costs, subsidy or

services to be provided.

The cost-only franchise involves the prospective operator tendering an estimated

‘cost’ (which includes a profit margin) for the required service the tendering

authority collects all farebox revenue. By awarding the contract on the basis of

lowest ‘cost’, the operator has no responsibility for revenue and therefore has

little incentive to encourage patronage or increase revenue. Indeed operators can

lower operating costs by actively discouraging patronage:

... the operator has no incentive to improve the timetabled efficiency of the service,

since any curtailment of unnecessary journeys or curtailment of inefficient operating

practices will lead to a decrease in revenue for the operator ... Consequently, there is an

in-built generator of increased subsidy requirements ... (NSW Bus and Coach

Association, Sub. 97, p. 8)

Table B3.11: Cost savings from tendering bus services in other

countries

Source Country Cost savings

Cox and Love (1991a) US 30% (average)

Cox and Love (1991a) Sweden 5 to 15%

Cox and Love (1991a) Denmark 10% (average)

Teal (1991) US 25 to 30%

Hensher (1988c) UK (London) 20%

Glaister & Beesley (1991) UK (London) 19 to 25%

Wallis (1992) NZ 30%

Sources: Cox and Love (1991a)

Stanford (1992) p. 8

Wallis (1992)

URBAN TRANSPORT

362

Box B3.5 Competitive tendering in London

In 1984 the London Regional Transport Act was passed, which transferred control of

London Regional Transport (LRT) from the Greater London Council to the Secretary of

State for Transport. A separate unit of LRT the Tendered Bus Unit was set up to

administer competitive tenders for London’s bus services.

The first routes tendered were poor financial or operational performers. The cost

contracts are for up to three years with one renewal of up to three years if performance is

satisfactory and prices are reduced in real terms. LRT specifies route alignments,

timetables, fare structures and service and vehicle specifications. LRT has entered into

net cost contracts for those routes not subject to tender. By 1991, 60 per cent of tendered

route services (35 per cent of all services) were operated by one of the twelve

subsidiaries of ‘London Bus’.

Contracts include financial penalties. Performance is monitored by inspectors and

contract operators’ returns. The LRT also issues formal warnings for poor performance

and several contracts have been revoked as a result of accumulating excess warnings.

The bus operating costs for LRT as a whole have fallen by 20 per cent since 1986/87.

Tendering has also pressured the subsidiaries operating on the non-tendered routes to

improve. Costs have fallen mainly because of changes in work practices. In 1988,

London Buses employed 73 per cent of the number of staff it did in 1983 to operate a

vehicle fleet 94 per cent its former size and carrying 5 per cent more passenger miles

(Higginson 1989). Travelcards and other intermodal tickets remain.

London’s bus services out-perform metropolitan UK services in some cases – see below.

Comparisons between London and UK metropolitan areas

1985-86 to 1990-91

Percentage change

London Metropolitan UK

Patronage +3.9 -26.1

Vehicle kilometres +11.4 +12.9

Passengers per vehicle km -6.7 -34.6

Operating cost per vehicle km* -20.0 -40.0

Operating cost per passenger* -16.0 -8.0

Fares +49.9 +78.7

Real fares +12.0 +31.8

Source: Tyson (1992) quoting Bus & Coach Statistics: Great Britain

1990-91 Transport Statistics for London 1980-1990

* excludes depreciation

Sources: Cox and Love 1991, Higginson 1989, House of Commons Transport Committee 1993

and Tyson 1992.

B3 BUSES

363

Under a minimum subsidy franchise for loss-making routes the prospective

operators submit bids for a subsidy to operate the services on specific routes and

at specified maximum fares. For commercial routes operators offer a maximum

price to government to win the contract. Once operating, the bus operator

collects and keeps the fares. The incentives to provide a good level of service

primarily come from the operator’s motivation to maximise revenue, and the

threat of losing the franchise or suffering penalty provisions.

A third approach involves more administrative discretion by the tendering

authority. This is to allocate the franchise on the basis of maximum level of

services provided for a given subsidy or price. This is the approach the

Queensland Department of Transport plans to take:

Where tenders or expressions of interest are called for, then evaluation will be based,

amongst other things, on the extent to which the minimum services levels of the

proposed Service Contract are exceeded. The subsequent services and levels offered by

the successful tenderer will then become the standard to be achieved for the duration of

the contract. (Queensland Department of Transport 1994a, p. 4)

Under this approach, the minimum contract price or maximum amount of

subsidy the government is willing to pay must be specified in order to avoid

servicing beyond what is justifiable for particular bus service routes or areas.

The problem is that, without stating a specified subsidy, there is a risk that the

service levels achieved by the incumbent operator will become the minimum to

bid at the next tender. This may encourage an ever increasing level of service

without regard for the level that is appropriate, at an ever increasing cost to

government.

Allocating franchises on the basis of price and service levels (above minimum

required levels) involves complex tradeoffs between two sets of characteristics.

To ensure a fair and genuinely competitive tender, the evaluation procedure

must be transparent. (The Victorian Government appointed a chartered

accounting firm to evaluate its tenders.) The weightings given to different

service characteristics and price, by which the tendering authority will be

guided, must be public before expressions of interest are called.

Area franchising

Franchising an area, that is contracting private operators to plan as well as

operate services in a defined bus market, offers the possibility of greater savings

in costs than franchising specific routes. The NSW Bus and Coach Association

reported that:

... in the United Kingdom prior to de-regulation, the Government found that some of the

more costly local government transport corporations in Northern England which ran at

7 employees per bus (compared to achievable averages of less than 3 or even 2

employees per bus), would only have shed under 2 employees if the operations (i.e.

URBAN TRANSPORT

364

driving and maintenance) were contracted out while the planning was retained in local

government control. Only if the planning was also contracted out, could the additional 3

employees per bus be also shed. (Sub. 97, p. 8)

Such franchises require the city to be served by buses to be divided into a

number of franchise areas. The planning and operating functions within each

area are then the responsibility of the franchisee. The franchisee would plan the

routes and the timetable in response to commercial considerations. The NSW

Bus and Coach Association particularly supported giving the planning function

to the operators:

The bus drivers, mechanics and other blue-collar workers are contracted out (usually

privately owned) in a competitive tendering [of operating contracts] environment.

Meanwhile, the planners, administrators and other white-collar staff are in the public

sector and are protected from competition.

Experience interstate and overseas has shown that the reverse is often required for

larger regional transport networks. The bus drivers are, by necessity, highly efficient

employees. Yet the planning process, through lack of competition, has often developed

public transport systems that are not responsive to consumer requirements and are

structured in a way that ignores efficient resource utilisation.

It is believed that competition should be encouraged in all facets of passenger transport,

including planning. (Sub. 97, p. 7)

Mr Hughes also argued that, if tendering leaves the management structure of

present public bus operators unchanged, ‘tendering may achieve a more limited

improvement in productive efficiency than we might hope for’, and that there is

also:

... the question of fairness in placing the burden of reform on drivers and mechanics, for

example, while leaving middle and senior management relatively unaffected (Sub. 300,

p. 5).

The franchised operators would be required to meet minimum service and

maximum fare standards. This should result in services at lower cost than would

be the case with operators who own their service rights in perpetuity.

Relatively few commentators have attempted to estimate precisely the

administering and monitoring costs under competitive tendering. Teal (1989a)

estimated that for relatively large contracted services, it appeared the additional

costs for contract administration and service monitoring would be in the 3 to 10

per cent range. However these costs have been absorbed by governments in

other countries, notably the United States, Sweden and the United Kingdom (in

both the Metropolitan counties and in London) and they have still been able to

reduce their financial support for bus services.

B3 BUSES

365

Administering tenders for exclusive franchises

The NSW Passenger Transport Act 1990 introduced a system of contracting

private bus companies to operate services in the Sydney region. Under the Act

bus operators are required to receive relevant accreditation for this type of

service and negotiate and enter into a performance-based service contract with

the Director-General of Transport. The NSW Department of Transport describes

the legislation as ‘introducing greater competition into the local bus industry and

allowing market forces to remove inefficient or low-quality services’

(Sub. 178).

The NSW system differs from a fully competitive process in several ways. First,

and most fundamentally, an incumbent is guaranteed automatic contract renewal

after five years unless the operator fails to operate the service (ie. the contract is

‘grandfathered’). As the NSW Bus and Coach Association (BCA) stated at the

Commission’s initial public hearings in Sydney:

The present franchises are awarded to existing operators if they were agreeable to

comply with the requirements ... of service levels, fares ... (Initial hearing transcript,

p. 780).

The Central Sydney Transport Group pointed out:

... the only method of disciplining a bus company is for the Department of Transport to

withdraw that company’s ‘franchise’ for a territory. This would be such a draconian

action that it is unlikely that it would ever be taken. (Sub. 82, p. 8)

However, at the draft report hearings, the BCA claimed that a number of

franchisees have in fact lost the right to operate for not meeting minimum

service levels usually mechanical problems. The Commission tried, but was

unable to verify this with the NSW authorities.

Second, there is no competition for the rights to operate the bus services

provided by the STA (NSW).

Third, the evaluation system is seen to lack transparency. Expressions of interest

are called on the basis of certain minimum service standards and the selection

committee must choose the successful tender on the basis of a combination of

service and price characteristics. As the BCA pointed out:

... consequently the selection committee has to be of a high calibre, [so] that the

participants and the public and everybody else have confidence that it’s a fair selection

committee (Initial hearing transcript, p. 783).

However, such public confidence may not exist in NSW. A number of

participants questioned aspects of the NSW selection process. As Ettinger

House stated:

... the criteria for the award of franchise must incorporate a mechanism that can

facilitate public accountability so as to ensure that operators are meeting the transport

URBAN TRANSPORT

366

needs of the people. The system that is presently in use in NSW is lacking this element.

(Sub. 216, p. 1)

Victoria is moving towards a more competitive contract system. The tenders

were evaluated by the accounting firm, Price Waterhouse, independently from

the Department of Transport and the Public Transport Corporation. Several

contracts awarded by the Victorian Government in August 1993 transferred

exclusive rights to operate services within franchise areas of Melbourne to the

National Bus Company (a Sydney-based company). The Company will keep

farebox revenue and be reimbursed for concession fares, but not child fares, it is

required to offer. As the news release announcing the winning tenders stated:

These are performance-based contracts and there will be no operating rights or routes

for life. The ultimate sanction of retendering at any stage of the contract, if contract

requirements are breached, will ensure that customers get a consistent quality of

service.

... Operators will be free to please their customers however they like so long as they do

not venture below the minimum service levels or above the maximum fare levels.

(Victorian Minister for Public Transport 1993, p. 2)

The desire for innovative improvements to bus services is reflected in the tender

documents which state ‘all tenders containing innovative improvements to

current bus services will be given detailed consideration’ (Victorian Department

of Transport 1993b).

The franchise period

A key issue is the appropriate length of the contract. In its draft report the

Commission suggested a period of, say, three to five years. A number of

participants expressed the opinion that three years was too short. Some pointed

out that an urban bus has a useful life of up to fifteen years and claimed that

operators should be able to amortise the entire value over the length of the

initial or remaining franchise period: so the shorter the franchise period, the

higher the return required to be earned through higher fares or subsidy.

Hornibrook Bus Lines stated that they:

... believe that the banking system will not provide funding on this basis, unless the

price submitted enabled a full recovery of capital invested over that period, making the

whole process financially unrealistic for Government (Sub. 206, p. 5).

Hornibrook Bus Lines Group considered that already developed areas have a

greater chance of getting tenders for short periods depending on the investment

requirements. However, bus service operators in newly developing areas would

need longer terms in order to develop the market.

The Queensland Government has responded to such concerns by suggesting a

franchise period of five years for its commercial contracts and offering the

B3 BUSES

367

contract holder one further contract ‘if he/she has met or exceeded the minimum

performance standards and conditions of the previous contract’ (Queensland

Department of Transport 1994). The Bus and Coach Association (SA) also

supported this approach:

To commit capital to such a project the minimum duration should be 5 years with the

right of renewal of 5 years with performance standards (Sub. 204, p. 1).

It is important to remember that under widespread competitive tendering of bus

franchises, other aspects of the urban bus industry may also change. For

example, truck leasing is a common and accepted practice in the competitively

more mature road freight sector. The second hand bus and bus leasing markets

may well improve. Additionally, previously dominant public transport agencies

may offer their bus fleets for lease to successful tenderers, so that new entrants

and smaller operators are encouraged to become significant competitors. The

PTC in Victoria has leased 240 of its buses to the National Bus Company until

the Company takes delivery of its own (smaller) buses.

The Commission acknowledges the arguments against too short a franchise

period, but is concerned to ensure the benefits of contestability are maintained.

Accordingly it recommends that franchises be for fixed periods of up to seven

years.

Competitive tendering can be implemented quickly

Experience elsewhere suggests that competitive tendering of exclusive licences

can be introduced quickly:

in London, the tendering body allows seven to eight months for the entire

process two months for tenderers to prepare their bids, three months to

evaluate them and three months for the chosen operator to begin the bus

service;

in New Zealand, operators could notify the service they wanted to operate

from December 1990 to January 1991; during February and March the

regional councils considered what additional services were required and

issued Requests for Tender; in April and May operators could submit

tenders and the successful tenderer began services on 1 July 1991; and

the Victorian Government announced in January 1993 it was going to

tender out the bus routes previously run by the PTC. Tenders were open

until 28 May 1993, evaluation took place over a couple of months and the

new services began operating on 28 December 1993.

URBAN TRANSPORT

368

B3.5 The Commission’s reform options

Bus systems throughout Australia can and should be improved. Drawing

on practical experience in Australia and other countries, it is possible to

refine the broad approaches to reform outlined above. The Commission

considers that the objectives of reform should be to:

provide a good quality service at the lowest possible cost;

enable social objectives to be met in an efficient and transparent

manner;

encourage bus operators to respond to changes in market demands;

and

provide a measure of market stability.

The Commission has developed three options for introducing competition into

the supply of bus services in Australia. The first provides for open access with

minimum guaranteed service levels. The second and third both provide for

exclusive franchises awarded through competitive tender. The second specifies

a (minimum) level of service and operators bid on the basis of subsidy, while

the third specifies the subsidy and operators bid on level of service.

The Commission also examined the option of open access without minimum

service levels. Such an option cannot ensure that social objectives could be met

efficiently.

Option 1: Open access with minimum guaranteed service

Under this option governments choose to supplement commercially viable

services provided under open access. Any competent operator is permitted to

operate on any route at any fare, at any time, but is required to give adequate

notice of intention to operate commercial services. State or local governments

could provide subsidies through competitive tenders for additional (community)

services.

Under this option, government may specify the additional services it requires in

two ways:

by designating individual routes, times of operation, and fares; and

by designating an area to be served with certain broad requirements

(frequency after hours, distance of route from residences, etc).

When individual routes are specified for community services, they should be

meshed with the commercial services also provided in the neighbourhood. The

government will need to monitor the nature and extent of commercial services

in order not to purchase services that would otherwise be provided

B3 BUSES

369

commercially. It may be necessary for community services to be contracted for

relatively short periods so that changes in the commercial market can be

accommodated.

Under this option, government would be responsible for:

licensing drivers and their buses;

ensuring a minimum level of information is supplied to passengers by

requiring notice of fares and posting of schedules by the operator;

monitoring services provided and identifying the services not supplied but

which the government wishes to see provided. (This may be a minimum

service outside certain hours for all routes or areas, or specific routes

which are not commercial); and

tendering out services regularly to fill in the ‘gaps’.

Bus stops, interchanges, etc will continue to require approval by local

government and other relevant traffic authorities.

The advent of open access may, however, bring requirements for governments

to increase payments for community services, since these will have been

provided to some extent by cross-subsidy under exclusive franchising. Such a

transition is to be welcomed however, since cross-subsidisation can only be

achieved by artificially raising prices on commercial routes and restraining

demand that could readily be satisfied.

Option 2: Exclusive franchise for a minimum subsidy with a given

minimum level of service

Under a second option the government allocates by periodic competitive tender

an exclusive licence to operate an area for a given time. The tender is allocated

to the operator which bids the lowest subsidy (or the highest price) for a

guaranteed minimum level of service.

Under this option, the government is responsible for:

licensing drivers and their buses;

ensuring a minimum level of information is supplied to passengers by

requiring notice of fares and posting of schedules by the operator;

ensuring that system-wide service coordination and integration of ticketing

take place where desired see chapter A4;

determining the minimum ‘community’ services it will require of

prospective operators and the maximum fares allowed for these services.

(They may be services which would not be supplied commercially at any

time or outside certain hours);

URBAN TRANSPORT

370

reimbursing operators for concession fares;

specifying a range of maximum fares;

identifying franchise areas;

administering the tenders; and

monitoring the franchise operators to ensure they are supplying the

tendered services.

Option 3: Exclusive franchise for a maximum level of service for

given subsidy

The third option is a variation on the second. Under this option the tender is

allocated to the operator which bids the maximum level of service for the

subsidy offered by government. In addition to the responsibilities under option

2, the government needs to determine the maximum subsidy available to

prospective operators and the maximum fares allowed for these services.

Under the second and third options, the government allocates by periodic

competitive tender an exclusive licence to operate an area for a given time.

Essentially this involves competition for the market, rather than in the market.

The benefits of these options are maximised only if the franchises are subject to

regular public tenders. There will be more prospective operators competing for

franchises if the franchise periods are staggered to allow unsuccessful bidders

for one franchise to bid for another soon after. Staggered franchise periods also

recognise the costs to prospective operators in making bids.

The Commission has estimated the possible savings to be gained by

competitively tendering franchise contracts for the bus services presently

provided by government-owned bus operators. Drawing on the studies of

franchising undertaken in other countries (see table B3.11) and supported by the

Hensher and Daniels (1993) study for the Commission, savings of 30 per cent of

operating costs are possible through the recommended changes. Using data for

the year to 30 June 1992 from the Australian City Transit Association (1993),

the Commission estimates savings could initially be $250 million a year.

This is equivalent to savings of up to 40 cents for every passenger boarding.

B3.6 Implementing reform

The Commission considers that the fundamental ingredient to improving

the performance of the Australian urban bus industry is to open it up to

competition or the threat of competition.

B3 BUSES

371

While the greatest amount of competition is introduced under open access, in

framing its recommendations the Commission has taken account of the concerns

about the potential instability and loss of service coordination and integrated

ticketing such an option may cause. Many participants stressed the need to avoid

sudden change in regulatory arrangements. For example, the Bus and Coach

Association of New South Wales said:

... having gone through such a massive restructuring period in NSW, it is essential that

the private bus industry have a lengthy period in which to consolidate and digest the

heavy capital expenditure that has been undertaken. Any further dramatic change to the

current co-regulatory approach in NSW would probably lead to the collapse of the

private sector’s involvement in the bus industry, due to the inability to raise the high

levels of capital funding (that are required in the industry) during periods of instability.

(Sub. 97, p. 46)

There are benefits in a phased approach to reform, having due regard to the

urgency for early action. The Commission recommends that State and

Territory Governments (continue to) introduce progressively a system of

exclusive franchises to operate bus services in urban areas. The franchises

should be awarded on one of two bases: either the lowest subsidy for a

(specified) minimum level of service, or the highest level of service for a

(specified) subsidy. The government should also specify any fare concessions or

maximum fares for the services to be provided.

The Commission recommends that the franchises:

be for up to seven years;

contain penalties for inadequate performance;

be allocated via open, public tender; and

be automatically retendered at the end of their term.

In coordinating franchise tenders, the Commission recommends that the

States and Territories ensure that:

all tenders are open to all prospective operators without restriction;

service requirements are explicit and stated in such a way that does

not limit the type of vehicle which could be used;

there is no preference for any franchisee at renewal time;

the tender evaluation process underlying any weighting of individual

service variables is transparent;

tenderers have the freedom to bid for any number and any

combination of franchise areas;

the franchise periods are staggered to maximise the number of

tenderers;

URBAN TRANSPORT

372

tender documents remain confidential; and

all bids are published after the tender is awarded.

The introduction of competition into the provision of urban public transport

services is compatible with a coordinated network of bus services (both among

bus operators and with other modes) and an integrated ticketing system see

chapter A4 for more details.

Corporatisation of government-owned bus operators

Contestability in bus markets needs to be accompanied by complementary

changes to the way public operators are organised and run corporatisation is

discussed in chapter A5. Specifically, the Commission recommends that any

functions of government currently exercised by the government-owned bus

operator such as safety and related technical regulation, economic regulation

and the tender administration, should be transferred to other agencies of

government.

Some States (notably NSW, Victoria and Tasmania) have already begun

corporatising their bus operators. Others have taken some steps to putting their

government-owned operators on a more commercial footing (see chapter A5).

Brisbane Transport called for a delay in introducing competition for its bus

services until it had completed internal reforms to improve its competitiveness

relative to private bus operators. Brisbane Transport ‘is not concerned at the

prospect of entering a competitive market’. However, it would insist that:

Any legislative reform must be accompanied by sufficient lead time to enable Brisbane

Transport to address any organisational deficiencies (including labour related ones) in

order that it might compete on an equal footing (Sub. 239, p. 36).

Substantial gains in operational efficiency would be necessary for many existing

government-owned bus operators to compete successfully for franchises. But

rather than delay the introduction of regulatory reform, the operators should use

the progressive introduction of the competitive tenders as breathing space to

improve their efficiency.

The areas currently serviced by the government-owned operators should be

divided into a number of franchises and tendered. To encourage early

involvement by all bus operators, State and Territory Governments may choose

to offer these franchises (including an option to lease government buses) for

short periods, until the public operators are corporatised, and all the benefits

from the Commission’s recommended reforms can be enjoyed.

To accelerate efficiency improvements, the Commission recommends that

each government-owned bus operator should be separated into

commercially autonomous units, say, on a depot by depot basis. Such a

B3 BUSES

373

breakup would also facilitate their ultimate privatisation, if that were considered

appropriate.

Applying the reform program

The Commission favours a program of reform which will enable efficient and

innovative bus operators to expand and diversify their operations. The

Commission recommends that reform should be introduced progressively and

on a number of fronts simultaneously.

After the initial experience with exclusive franchising has been evaluated,

consideration should then be given to the introduction of open access (with or

without minimum guaranteed services) to all bus services by any operator

without restriction. By this time many of the operators in particular areas will

have become highly conversant with their markets and should be relatively low

cost suppliers. Evaluation of the costs and benefits of the final steps towards full

contestability in urban transport services would be considerably enhanced were

the States and Territories to conduct a series of demonstration projects with

open access.

To maximise the possible competition, these projects would best be conducted

after the transition to franchising had been substantially completed. Such an

approach allows fuller evaluation of alternative options and lessons from

experience prior to wide-scale implementation.

Those states whose bus services are dominated by commercial operators and

already have a tendering process in place, should consider demonstration

projects allowing buses ‘open’ access to particular urban areas. Likely areas

include: areas dominated by commercial services (such as Melbourne and

Sydney), cross-border services, trunk routes, and urban fringe areas not

franchised. It may be sensible to follow the approach in the new Victorian

contracts, and prevent the services from taking on passengers once they are

outside the open access area in order to preserve the exclusivity of franchises in

adjoining areas.

To this end, the Commission recommends that each State and Territory consider

allowing any prospective operator to access a number of the specified service

areas in Australian cities subject to:

giving the government adequate (say four weeks) notice of the nature and

timing of the services to be provided; and

observing the maximum fares determined by the government for the area.

The broad order of reform the Commission envisages is outlined in box B3.6.

URBAN TRANSPORT

374

The Commission is conscious of the need to take into account the particular

situations of individual cities and States and Territories in applying its

recommended reform package for urban buses. The rate at which the

Commission’s reforms can be introduced will vary from state to state and city to

city. This reflects, among other things, the different regulatory systems which

exist today (see table B3.3).

The New South Wales system applying to private bus operators has features in

common with the Commission’s recommended franchising system. It does,

however, appear to differ in three major respects:

a lack of transparency in the tender evaluation process, combined with a

lack of confidence in its accountability;

a lack of an independent evaluator of the tenders; and

no automatic retendering of expired contracts.

Opening franchises to competition automatically at the end of their term would

sharpen significantly the incentives of private operators to strive for better

service delivery rather than merely do the minimum necessary to obtain renewal

of the contract. At present, the lack of competition at contract renewal has the

effect of propping up relatively inefficient operators, condemning users in some

areas to lower quality services, and limiting the licensing opportunities available

to the most efficient operators.

There have also been suggestions that the private bus operators in NSW are not

confined to revenue from the farebox and direct reimbursement of concessions

actually supplied. The sheer magnitude of school transport expenditure in NSW

the NSW Department of Community Services stated it was $300 million a

year (Sub. 316) — has caused questions to be raised.

Extension of competitive tendering of franchises would imply subjecting all

contracts, including STA’s bus services (divided into franchise areas), to

competitive tender when their initial term expires and regularly thereafter.

B3 BUSES

375

Box B3.6: The urban bus reform timetable

Immediate Break up the bus operations of

public transport authorities into

semi-autonomous units

Determine franchise areas and

minimum service levels for them

Transfer regulatory functions to

other government agencies

Commence corporatisation of

government bus operations

Phase 1 Introduce exclusive franchising

through competitive tendering

Phase 2 Complete corporatisation of

government bus operations

Conduct and evaluate open

access demonstration projects

Phase 3 Consider allowing open access with or

without minimum guaranteed services

in some areas

Victoria has recently awarded bus contracts in a way which shares many of the

features of the system of area franchises outlined above. The Victorian

Government’s approach to tendering out routes and areas within the constraints

of existing cost-plus contracts, provides an instructive example for other States

and Territories where there are contracts whose term will not expire for a

number of years. The Victorian Government has in mind:

URBAN TRANSPORT

376

... possible reconsideration of existing cost-plus contracts in Victoria to achieve an

outcome from which operators, customers and the community could all benefit. The

Victorian Bus Proprietors’ Association has told the Commission that the current

contractual situation has destroyed the industry’s ability to operate as a truly private

enterprise system. To allow this situation to continue until existing contracts expire

(mostly in 1997) would be to ignore major potential gains. (Sub. 319, p. 3)

A number of features of the new system, however, could be improved. For

example, in the first round of contracts at least, tenders were not open to all

prospective operators, as tenderers were required to provide evidence of

satisfactory past performance in providing regular passenger transport services.

Also, child concessions ought to be directly reimbursed.

Although the Victorian Government has begun to reform the PTC (Victoria) and

to separate out regulatory functions to the Victorian Department of Transport,

there is also a need to remove possible conflicts of interest arising from the new

franchise agreements. The Public Transport Corporation should not be

responsible for regulating and reimbursing private operators, while at the same

time it is bidding for contracts in competition with those operators, as was

recently the case with the National Bus Company.

The Queensland Government, after the recent completion of its Queensland

Passenger Transport Review, has announced plans to tender out contracts for

bus services in prescribed areas or routes of the urban route and school transport

services. Queensland’s approach to reform has a lot in common with that of

New South Wales. The contracts will award exclusive rights for five years on

the basis of proposed service standards for a given cost to government. The

contract will set maximum fares but may allow a range of fares above the

maximum if the service is innovative.

There will be no automatic retendering of expired contracts. This is the major

point of difference with the Commission’s recommendations for allocating bus

franchises.

The contract holders will be responsible for planning routes and timetables and

service coordination, but the Government can vary the area or routes or can

instigate cross boundary services if it is in the public interest. Under the plans,

the Government can also let ‘Government-Funded Service Contracts’ which

will supply a public passenger transport service to those areas which cannot

sustain such a service at commercial levels for equity, social justice or

educational reasons.

The proposed changes may also assist in removing some of the restrictions on

local government operations so that bus service areas crossing local council

borders can be easily franchised out.

B3 BUSES

377

The Commission considers that the service area of Brisbane Transport should

also be divided into commercially autonomous units. Brisbane Transport should

be able to compete on an equal basis with private bus operators for the resulting

franchises. Despite Brisbane Transport’s objections (see chapter A5), the

Commission considers that it too should be fully corporatised.

The Commission supports the South Australian Government’s plans to

corporatise the STA (SA), particularly relieving the STA of its policy and

planning responsibilities. The South Australian Government stated that:

Based on overseas experience, the South Australian Government believes that the

staged introduction of competitive tendering in the Adelaide area can lead to savings of

25% on STA’s operating subsidy (at least $34 m) (Sub. 317, p. 2).

Passenger surveys in Adelaide reveal that ‘the STA patronage profile is

overwhelmingly concession orientated with around 65% of passengers being

either school students, tertiary students or concession holders’ (Sub. 65, p. 5).

So identifying and costing community services will be a major element of

reform in South Australia.

The Commission recommends that Adelaide’s bus services be separated into

commercially autonomous units and exclusive franchises offered for them by

open tender. The Bus and Coach Association of SA expressed interest in the

new opportunities which would arise from such reform. Companies from interstate

and other countries may also tender for such a franchise, as may South

Australian firms presently supplying non-scheduled coach services or school

services, as well as decentralised units of the STA (SA).

The Western Australian Government announced in September 1993 that it plans

to corporatise MTT (Perth) and introduce tenders for passenger service

contracts from mid-1994. The contracts will be for exclusive franchise areas

(and for routes travelling from one area to another, including those through the

Perth CBD) with the possibility of ‘competition on trunk routes which form the

boundary between contract areas’ (Sub. 320, p. 8). The MTT will be allowed to

tender for the contracts and will be placed on contract with the WA Department

of Transport for non-tendered services as of 1 July 1994 (Sub. 320). The WA

Department of Transport will coordinate and market public transport services.

In a media statement, the WA Minister for Transport stated that:

It was estimated the changes would save Transperth up to $41 million dollars annually

by 1995-96.

“The changes will reduce the community cost of providing public transport while at the

same time preserve the integrated multi-modal nature of the system...” (WA Minister

for Transport, 1993)

URBAN TRANSPORT

378

The Commission welcomes this action as a significant first step to more

efficient bus operations in Western Australia and encourages the Government to

competitively tender out exclusive franchises as proposed by the Commission.

Applying the reform program to Tasmania implies a continuation of the

corporatisation of Metro Tasmania. The high proportion of trips undertaken by

concessional travellers suggests that identifying, costing and directly funding

community services in Tasmania should have a high priority. Tenders to supply

bus services in Burnie, Launceston and Hobart should be sought on a basis

which does not preclude bids to run the entire operation.

In the Northern Territory, the Darwin Bus Service should also be corporatised

and its bus services competitively tendered.

As soon as possible, the Australian Capital Territory’s bus network should be

divided into separate and commercially autonomous units, perhaps along the

lines of the present ACTION depots, and exclusive franchises let. The

government bus services should be corporatised, and permitted to tender for the

franchises. The ACT Government, in response to the draft report, stated it does

not believe corporatisation is an appropriate model for ACTION and would not

introduce franchising because ‘the results of benchmarking can achieve much of

the aims of opening up services to competition’ (Sub. 228).

The Commission agrees that benchmarking can be a valuable aid in exposing

the problems faced by ACTION. However, on its own, benchmarking does not

provide any financial incentives to increase cost-effectiveness and it cannot

hope to bring the benefits to the community that are offered by franchising.

B3.7 Conclusion

In summary, the Commission supports an immediate start to, or continuation of,

the public tendering of exclusive franchises for bus services in cities, while

governments retain the option of integrating and coordinating their public

transport services (see chapter A4). The Commission acknowledges that

different states and territories are starting from different points and some will

take longer to achieve a bus system competitively supplied under franchises.

The Commission’s program of reforms in other modes (see other chapters in

Part B, chapters A6 and A11) means that other passenger transport markets will

be opening up as bus services are tendered out. Buses will have the opportunity

to operate in direct competition with other modes. Additionally, new companies

including some which have supplied taxi services or freight services in the past,

will be free to compete with bus companies for route services.

379

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

The taxi plays a valuable role in our transport system. It both substitutes

for and complements the private car and conventional public transport.

But it has the potential to play a much larger role. This chapter examines

regulations that are inhibiting the growth of the taxi industry and

adversely affecting users. It proposes a program of reform designed to

enable the taxi industry to expand and diversify, while retaining all

aspects of public safety regulation.

B4.1 The role of taxis in urban transport

The Australian Taxi Industry Association (ATIA) estimates there are about 160

million taxi hirings in Australia each year with about 15 000 taxi licences on

issue. However, the taxi does not have a large share of the urban transport

market about half of one per cent of all travel. Most taxi work is short

distance, usually for business, tourist or occasional travellers.

Taxis are flexible. They do not follow fixed routes and can be called to the area

where demand is greatest. This makes them well-suited to catering for irregular

cross-city trips. Such door-to-door service is a particular advantage for people

with disabilities. As well as carrying passengers, taxis carry parcels and freight

around the city thereby offering an alternative to couriers. More taxis may stay

on duty if demand is high enabling capacity to be demand responsive, unlike

other more ‘supply-driven’ forms of public transport.

The taxi may be more economical to run in off-peak periods than larger vehicles

such as buses and trams. Taxis have recently tendered for off-peak bus routes in

Melbourne and New Zealand. As Mr Michael Pearson observed:

Many people hesitate to use public transport after dark, especially if they have to walk

home along dimly-lit streets. Taxis go right to one’s front door and if hired on a

contract basis by transport authorities could provide a cheaper, more user-friendly

alternative to running lightly-laden buses in evenings and at weekends. (Sub. 18, p. 6)

Taxis could play an enhanced role in complementing existing transport systems

through initiatives such as the establishment of taxi ranks at rail and bus

stations. The ATIA said:

The taxi industry ... cannot understand why Governments fail to make greater use of the

non-subsidised taxi system as a replacement for the loss-making mainstream system.

URBAN TRANSPORT

380

Taxis are very competitively priced when they are shared by more than one occupant ...

In other words, late at night and during other non-peak periods, non-subsidised taxis

could be contracted in to operate in lieu of the trams (or subsidised trains or buses) at

substantial savings to the Government. (Sub. 94, p. 23)

An example of this approach is the trial scheme in Hallett Cove, Adelaide,

whereby taxis meet suburban trains at night and take passengers to their door.

Passengers pay a nominal fee of 50 cents, with the State Transport Authority of

South Australia providing the rest of the fare (on average $7.50). The cost of the

subsidy to the Authority is less than the cost of providing conventional bus

services.

Taxis also provide some unfunded community services through schemes such as

Taxiwatch in South Australia, where taxis wait for their next job next to schools

to keep an eye out for vandals.

In view of these advantages and scope for further service provision, questions

arise as to why the taxi does not play a greater role in urban transport and

whether there are regulatory or other factors stopping it from doing so.

B4.2 Current institutional arrangements

Industry structure

The taxi industry comprises taxi organisations, holders of taxi licences and

drivers.

Taxi organisations vary from cooperatives to companies. Typically, they provide

access to a communications network and livery to taxi owners in return for a

joining fee and annual payment. The number of taxi organisations in Australian

cities ranges from about ten in Melbourne to just one in Canberra.

A feature of the industry is its domination by the owner-driver. The typical

owner-driver owns his or her taxi licence outright, works six days a week for

eight to twelve hours a shift and has one or two non-owner drivers working

nights and weekends. However the leasing of taxi licences to non-owner drivers

is becoming much more widespread.

Approximately 75 per cent of taxi driver certificates (licences to drive taxis) are

issued to non-owner drivers. Contracts between owners and drivers vary.

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

381

Taxi regulation

Taxis have been regulated in most Australian cities since the 1930s. The decline

in economic activity associated with the then depression saw not only a decrease

in the demand for taxi services, but also an increase in the supply of unskilled

labour willing to work as taxi drivers. The result was a decline in driver and

vehicle quality with fierce, often violent, competition for fares with illegal

activities used to gain the edge over competitors. As a result, regulations

governing entry into the taxi industry and vehicle quality were introduced in

most states. The post-World War Two era saw added government intervention

with special provisions introduced to provide jobs for unemployed exservicemen.

The original regulation has been adapted over time until today where the

stringency of regulation is the most common feature of the taxi industry

throughout Australia. State and Territory Governments are currently responsible

for:

quantity and quality controls on taxi vehicles;

quantity and quality controls over taxi driver certificates;

governing the way in which taxis conduct their business; and

setting taxi fares.

Taxi control boards or taxi advisory committees influence, if not determine, the

number of licences issued, fare levels and other matters related to the

functioning of the industry. These bodies usually consist of members of the taxi

industry among other representative groups including government, consumers,

and the tourist industry.

Recently, Victoria, Western Australia and South Australia have all moved to

abolish existing taxi boards, and replace them with taxi advisory groups. These

groups will still have representatives from the taxi industry, but will feature

greater representation of taxi users. The intention is to make the taxi industry as

responsive as possible to the needs of consumers.

Taxi vehicle numbers

Taxi regulators control the issue of taxi licences, thereby determining how many

taxis operate. The method of determining taxi numbers varies between states

and territories, but the following factors are generally taken into account:

an (arbitrary) fixed taxi-population ratio or a taxi-persons employed ratio

(for example, in the Australian Capital Territory a ratio of one taxi per 800

employed persons);

surveys of customer waiting times; and

URBAN TRANSPORT

382

consultation with the relevant state taxi organisations.

People wishing to buy a taxi licence, thus giving them a right to operate a taxi,

may either purchase it from the government, if available, or buy one on the open

market.

Taxi licences (or plates) vary in the way they may be traded or sold. For

example, in New South Wales taxi licences issued since July 1990 are

‘restricted plates’ and cannot be traded. Some special issue taxi plates are given

free of charge to applicants for the sole use of special purpose vehicles, such as

Access Cabs in South Australia.

Taxi vehicle safety and appearance

Most states have regular, usually six monthly, vehicle inspection tests. The level

of stringency varies from city to city. New South Wales and Victoria impose an

age limit on taxi vehicles.

As well as mechanical inspections, taxi colour and advertising are regulated in

some states. In Victoria the regulation of taxi appearance goes as far as to say

‘taxis should be fitted with signs white in colour, with the word ‘taxi’ written in

black letters 75 millimetres high and of proportionate breadth on both front and

rear and the sign shall be 405 millimetres wide, 125 millimetres deep and 180

millimetres high’.

Taxi driver qualifications

Regulators also control the issue of taxi driver certificates. Certificates are

usually subject to character references, police checks, a practical driving test

and some form of driver training. Some states are stricter than others when it

comes to issuing certificates. In New South Wales, Victoria and the ACT all

new drivers are required to attend accredited training courses.

Business conduct

The way in which taxis are able to conduct their business is also regulated. Taxi

drivers are not allowed to tout or approach possible customers for fares.

Examples of more specific regulation include:

in Melbourne a taxi must display its ‘taxi’ light illuminated, unless being

specifically hired for a wedding or a funeral;

in Sydney regulators define when and where a taxi may operate; and

in Perth taxis are required to work at least five hours a day, 40 hours a

week and 48 weeks a year.

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

383

In addition to rules set by government authorities, the taxi industry has its own

conventions. The most important of these is the ‘first in first out’ (FIFO) rule.

The convention means that the first taxi onto the taxi rank gets the first job. The

convention has no basis in law, yet may be imposed on taxi users, thus depriving

them of the legal right to take the taxi of their choice.

Taxi fares

Maximum fares are prescribed by regulatory authorities and required to be

displayed inside the vehicle. In most states and territories taxi organisations

must make submissions to the various taxi boards/advisory committees in order

to increase fares. In the Australian Capital Territory fares are indexed to a

‘basket’ of taxi costs (fuel, tyres and insurance) and automatically increased

when the index rises.

Regulation of hire cars

Taxis and hire cars operate in a very similar way. The basic difference is that

hire cars are not allowed to ply for business at taxi ranks or be hailed in the

street. The way in which hire car licences are distributed also varies from state

to state (see box B4.1).

Although South Australia allows anyone wishing to establish a hire car business

a reasonable opportunity to do so, and others (such as the ACT) are changing

their regulations to allow more flexibility, most states and territories make it

difficult for individuals to start hire car businesses.

Although hire car licences may be available for a ‘reasonable’ price, many

licences are only temporary or issued subject to meeting ‘unmet demand’

criteria. This restricts the opportunity to establish new businesses.

An example of the difficulty faced was given in a submission by Mr Peter

Boyce, who has been trying to establish a vintage hire car business in NSW for

more than twenty years, but has been unable to do so apparently due to

restrictive government policy (Sub. 234).

URBAN TRANSPORT

384

Box B4.1: How to get a hire car licence

Sydney: Anyone, providing he or she is a ‘fit and proper’ person and owns a certain type

of vehicle, may buy a temporary licence for $16 000, but these licences are only valid for

twelve months. To buy an ongoing licence on the open market, the average price is

around $91 000. There are currently about 250 licences.

Melbourne: Licences are issued free of charge subject to the notification of the proposed

application in the State Government Gazette. This notification attracts appeals against

the application from existing hire car operators and the approval of the application is

usually a long process. Some 500 licences are on issue and they range in value from

$1 000 – $20 000 depending on the operating restrictions imposed on the licence.

South-east Queensland: Area controls over the operation of hire cars in south-east

Queensland (including Brisbane, Toowoomba, the Gold Coast, the Sunshine Coast and

Ipswich) were abolished in 1991. Hire cars are now free to operate wherever they wish

in this region. Hire car numbers are restricted (to about 300) and the only way to buy a

new licence is on the open market, currently for about $46 000.

Adelaide: Licences are available for a $50 fee subject to character and vehicle checks.

This method of allocation (unrestricted entry for a nominal fee to cover administrative

charges) ensures competition and eliminates excessive hire car licence values. There are

about 240 licences.

Darwin: Licences are available for $10 000 providing the applicant possesses a suitable

‘upmarket’ vehicle and passes ‘fit and proper’ person criteria. There are about 20

licences.

Perth: To buy a licence from the Government, it must be proved that there is ‘unmet

demand’ for hire car services. If this cannot be done, it is possible to buy a hire car

licence for about $100 000 on the open market. There are currently around 25 licences.

Hobart: Licences are no longer issued in Hobart. They sell on the open market for

$60 000 – $70 000. There are 47 licences.

Canberra: It is possible to apply to the government for a new licence and the application

would be assessed. However no new applications have been received for several years.

The 22 licences are currently worth about $60 000 each on the open market.

Source: Commission inquiries of taxi authorities

B4.3 Rationale for regulation

Why is the government so heavily involved in taxi regulation in Australia? What

are the objectives of taxi regulation and is regulation meeting its objectives in

the most efficient way? Are there any unintended side-effects of regulation?

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

385

In answering these questions it is important to distinguish between safety

regulation and economic regulation:

safety regulation includes controls over the skill and integrity of the taxi

driver, and over taxi vehicle quality, while

economic regulation includes controls over taxi numbers and setting

maximum taxi fares.

Safety regulation

As the taxi is a form of public carriage, it is often argued that government has a

duty to ensure the safety of the taxi travelling public.

Getting into a taxi, a user may not be in a position to establish the

roadworthiness of the vehicle or the ability and integrity of the driver. This

provides an argument for government to ensure vehicle roadworthiness and

driver standards in the public interest. At issue here is not the need for safety

regulation, but rather the most efficient way to achieve it.

Vehicle safety

Taxi organisations argue that restricting the number of taxis on the road enables

taxi owners to achieve a level of income sufficient to ensure that vehicles meet

safety standards. Increasing taxi numbers, it is argued, would result in falling

incomes and declines in maintenance and safety levels.

It is difficult to see how safety levels would fall if quantity controls were

relaxed, provided that regular government safety inspections were maintained.

It is also difficult to ascertain why taxis should be subject to more stringent

rather than simply more frequent safety measures than ‘normal’ passenger

vehicles. Higher safety standards could add to costs and lead to higher fares,

without materially improving levels of safety.

Taxi driver certificates

To ensure minimum levels of driver ability and integrity, government agencies

issue taxi driver certificates. This regulation is intended to stop taxi users from

being exposed to potentially dangerous drivers through true character

references, police checks and driving tests. If the issue of driver certificates

were unrestricted, taxi users would find it more difficult to determine whether

their potential driver had the minimum ability and character to suit their needs.

In view of these safety concerns, the Commission considers that police

checks on taxi driver certificate applicants should continue and there

URBAN TRANSPORT

386

should be on-going police checks on all taxi certificate holders in all states

and territories.

In most states and territories taxi drivers are subject to normal driving

regulations, including having to sit for a driving test. Given that drivers risk

losing their licences and their livelihood if they incur too many driving

infringements, additional driving tests for taxi drivers seem unnecessary.

The Commission acknowledges the efforts of the taxi industry in trying to

improve the level of service provided to customers through programs such as

the Taxi Care Training Program (which includes features such as locality and

customer service training). Programs such as this are prerequisites for all new

taxi drivers in NSW, Victoria and the ACT.

The Commission considers that taxi drivers should have to meet minimum

standards in both English and local geography. In those States and Territories

which currently do not have taxi driver training schemes, they should be

introduced. English and local geography tests should be a prerequisite for

all new drivers. The tests should not be administered by the taxi industry, but

by an independent body such as the department of transport.

Consumer protection

Another reason for government regulation of the taxi industry is to protect

consumers from the abuse of market power by setting and enforcing maximum

fares.

Implicit in this argument is a view that the taxi industry is characterised by

elements of monopoly power which lead to unequal bargaining power between

drivers and passengers.

One possible source of market power is the existence of a natural monopoly (see

chapter A4). In the case of the taxi industry, it might be argued that radio and

computer networks exhibit some characteristics of natural monopoly. Yet other

technological advances (for example, mobile phones) appear to be weakening

any trend towards natural monopoly. In any event, the number of taxi

companies/cooperatives in the largest Australian cities seem sufficiently high to

suggest that natural monopoly is not the motivating factor behind fare

regulation.

It could also be argued that the taxi industry possesses an element of market

power or ‘unnatural monopoly’ through entry restrictions. In other words, so

long as quantity restrictions on entry into the industry remain, the regulation of

fares is justified. One regulation unfortunately leads to another.

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

387

A further argument sometimes advanced for regulation of fares is that it would

be difficult for taxi users to compare prices if they were not regulated and

uniform. Deregulated prices would mean customers would have to shop around

to find the cheapest fare and may have to make several phone calls. The ATIA

said:

.... under deregulation, there are no requirements in regard to the fares to be charged

and there are no fare structures stipulated by Government. Each passenger would

individually negotiate a fare with each driver. (Sub. 94, p. 37)

However, allowing taxi companies to set their own fares does not have to mean

fares are negotiated for every journey. If maximum fares were required to be

posted both inside and outside a taxi, that would help consumers overcome any

information hurdle. Taxis would be required to make their fares easy to

understand, with no ‘fine print’, although they would be free to charge less than

the maximum fare. Taxi organisations would have an incentive to promote

themselves through advertising.

In New Zealand, maximum fares have to be posted both outside and inside

taxis. This provides competition without customers having to haggle over fares:

they can decide which taxi or taxi company offers best value for money.

Anecdotal evidence suggests that people have learned to shop around.

The airport problem

In response to the Commission’s draft report, a number of people cited

problems associated with taxi reform in some other countries, particularly at

airports. The problems arose because of the influx of new operators after

reform, with far too many taxis at airport ranks, and taxis charging excessive

fares. Participants cited taxis in San Diego and Seattle (United States) charging

two hundred per cent more than the average fare on trips from the airport, and

taxi drivers in Auckland (New Zealand) charging $25 for a two kilometre trip

between the international and domestic air terminals.

That such problems have occurred is regrettable. But it is clear they can be

overcome and, in the case of Auckland airport for example, have been

overcome by the appropriate authority taking the necessary action. As the ATIA

explained:

Auckland Airport has limited the number of taxis that are licensed to pick-up at the

airport to about 800 out of the 2,000 that wander the streets of the city. There used to be

900 odd cabs before deregulation ... The officials do not know the extent of

overcharging both deliberate and as a result of drivers getting lost. (Sub. 254, pp. 7-8)

Silvertop Taxis noted that ‘the New Zealand experience at airport terminals has

led to re-regulation of the taxi industry at those taxi ranks a process achieved

URBAN TRANSPORT

388

by tendering for the right to stand on those ranks at fixed prices.’ (Sub. 269,

p. 10).

Steps can also be taken, and should be taken, to better inform travellers. For

example, as the TPC suggested, ‘the airport authority or the local tourist

promotion authority could give advice to travellers or could even offer the

services of preferred taxi companies at prices which it negotiates on behalf of

travellers’ (Sub. 292, pp. 40-41).

B4.4 The effects of taxi regulation

Licence values and their effect on fares

The most noticeable effect of government regulation on the taxi industry is the

high values attaching to taxi licences resulting from the restriction on taxi

numbers. The total value of taxi licences in Australia’s largest cities was about

$2.5 billion in December 1993 (see table B4.1).

High licence values are not restricted to our capital cities. The highest licence

values in Australia are on the Gold Coast ($320 000), followed by Tamworth

($265 000), the Central Coast of New South Wales ($247 000) and Canberra

($240 000). The value of taxi licences in all New South Wales cities outside

Sydney, Newcastle and Wollongong is in excess of $90 million.

The high value attaching to taxi licences means it is in the interest of existing

licence holders to oppose any increase in numbers. The Australian Capital

Territory (ACT) Government said:

The cost of ACT taxi licences is largely a function of the policies relating to release of

plates, which have been determined by the Government largely on the advice of the

Taxi Industry Advisory Committee. Balancing of supply with demand has not always

been successful, leading to significant increases in licence payments. The Government

believes that there is a need to examine ways in which a better balance can best be

achieved, with minimal disruption or hardship to operators or consumers. (Sub. 228,

p. 6)

It is hardly surprising then that there are fewer taxis per head of population than

in other countries. Shann noted:

Australian cities generally have around 1 taxi per 1 000 people, compared with 3.4 in

Montreal, or 8 (including mini and unlicensed taxis) in London or New York (Access

Economics 1993).

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

389

Table B4.1: Taxi licence values in December 1993

Plate values Taxi numbers Total value

($) ($ million)

Sydney 202 000 4 356 880

Melbourne 130 000 3 223 419

Brisbane 190 000 1503 286

Perth 130 000 942 122

Adelaide 130 000 890 116

Canberra 240 000 194 47

Hobart 150 000 209 31

Darwin 290 000 84 24

Newcastle 183 000 156 29

Wollongong 190 000 117 22

Gosford/Wyong/Woy Woy 247 500 66 16

Geelong/Bendigo/Ballarat 150 000 215 32

Gold Coast 320 000 179 57

Toowoomba 186 000 110 20

Townsville 220 000 112 25

Other country areasa 130 000 2 644 344

Total 15 000 2 470

a Other country areas comprise a range of smaller districts for which a licence value is estimated by

setting it at the lowest value reported elsewhere in this table.

Source: Australian Taxi Industry Association

The high monetary value of licences has been put forward as evidence that taxi

owners are able to charge higher prices than they could if the number of licences

were not restricted. The ACT Government said:

While the regulations currently in place provide the existing taxi industry with a

guaranteed market, the restrictions on entry also have the effect of pushing up the value

of taxi licences. These values will reflect the guaranteed returns expected from

operating within a protected market and may work to the detriment of consumers as the

high cost of obtaining licences will inevitably be passed on. Furthermore, the

restrictions on entry to the industry protect existing operators from competitive

conditions which might otherwise further reduce costs. More open entry arrangements

may also enhance the flexibility of the service. (Sub. 167, pp. 32-33)

In similar terms, the Western Australian Government stated:

The level of taxi fares devised by the Taxi Control Board takes into account the cost of

servicing the artificially high capital cost of the licence. It has been argued that the taxi

industry has to a large extent priced itself out of the transport market. (Sub. 170, p. 66)

URBAN TRANSPORT

390

The Trade Practices Commission (TPC) commented:

The strict control over entry, through a licensing mechanism, has meant that the price

of the right to operate a taxi, known as a ‘plate’, has been bid to very high levels, as

potential taxi operators seek to capture the gains offered by the restrictions on entry.

The capitalisation of these monopoly rents in the form of high plate prices contributes

to higher taxi fares to the extent that plate owners need to earn a commercial rate of

return on their capital investment in the plates as well as in the car. Regulatory reforms

which make taxi plates more freely available to applicants who meet minimum entry

standards would reduce the capital value of the plates and result in lower fares in a

more competitive taxi market. (Sub. 292, pp. 5-6)

In contrast, the ATIA (Sub. 94, p. 30) argued in its initial submission that

theories linking licence values to higher fares are ‘simplistic’, and that the three

main factors affecting the value of a taxi licence are:

the demand for taxi services;

the demand for taxi plates; and

goodwill.

These factors are subject to such influences as the expectation of future licence

values, the strength of the economy, the impact of unemployment on the costs of

employing drivers, restrictions on taxi licence ownership (including the number

of plates allowed per person), population size and, most importantly, the number

of taxis that are allowed to operate.

The ATIA went on in its initial submission to say that ‘the demand for taxi

services is not a factor in determining the value of a taxi plate’ (Sub. 94, p. 31,

emphasis in original).

In its submission on the draft report, the ATIA strongly disagreed with the

Commission’s view that the need to obtain a commercial return on the

investment in taxi licences means that fares are higher than they would

otherwise have to be.

However, when this aspect was discussed at the public hearings, the ATIA took

a somewhat different position:

I think economically it is quite clear, if it’s a significant price drop ... that person has

got to pay interest on it when he borrowed it and so he has got to pay less interest, so

unless he wants to put the money in the kick he can bring his price down (DR

transcript, p. 526).

The Commission appreciates that some (albeit relatively small) part of the value

of a taxi licence will reflect goodwill, because of the time and money put into

the industry by owners and drivers.

As to the ‘demand for taxi plates’ factor, the ATIA commented in its initial

submission that capital city licences have been bought and sold in recent years

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

391

by investors, especially from Asia: ‘these overseas investors have tended to link

the value of a taxi licence to the interest rate for investments ... [the] return on

investment can be 12% to 14% per annum’ (Sub. 94, pp. 31-32).

The Commission observes that, on that basis, the $2.5 billion now invested in

licences returns about $320 million a year. Since there are about 160 million

taxi hirings a year, that return is equivalent to $2 for each hiring. Assuming 10

per cent goodwill value, on average every ride costs almost $2 more than it

would do if the price of a taxi licence only reflected its goodwill.

The social impact of regulation

Given that restricting taxi numbers results in higher fares and lower levels of

service than might otherwise occur, it is important to examine which socioeconomic

groups are most affected. The effect of higher fares on people with

disabilities is discussed in chapter A8.

As a percentage of income, people with the lowest earnings spend the highest

proportion of income on taxis (see figure B4.1). This means that people with

lower incomes are currently being ‘priced-out’ of the taxi market and bear a

disproportionate amount of the burden of high licence values. Restricting taxi

numbers is regressive in terms of income distribution.

Travers Morgan found that in Adelaide in 1988 two-thirds of taxi users had

personal incomes of less than $18 000 a year (see figure B4.2). Therefore, any

decreases in taxi fares would be relatively more beneficial to lower income

groups.

The entry barriers which increase taxi fares fall particularly severely on people

with disabilities and on other people who are not able to own and drive their

own vehicles. These groups can benefit from the door-to-door service offered

by taxis. Although some groups receive subsidies, taxis are still more expensive

than other forms of public transport. As the Central Sydney Community

Transport Group said:

Take the case of a person who needs to use a wheelchair. In order to travel to work,

they will at present need to take a modified taxi. Though the cost of this is subsidised in

NSW by 50%, it remains prohibitively expensive. It can sometimes cost over $100.00

per week just to commute, let alone travel to keep appointments or to socialise. This is

a barrier to gaining employment on top of the reluctance of many employers to take on

someone with a disability. (Sub. 82, p. 5)

Mr Graham Hoskin added:

[People attending church in Liverpool] have either minimal or non-existent public

transport at nights and on weekends, and are heavily dependent on taxi services at these

times. But the cost of a taxi trip from Liverpool or Cabramatta Railway Stations to their

URBAN TRANSPORT

392

homes in these areas is prohibitive, and the further to the west they are in the urban

sprawl, the worse it is. Most of these people are lower income people; many are single

mothers, others are pensioners. Even one taxi fare under our present regulated system is

a severe bite into the budget, and it can in fact make the difference between having

enough to feed the children and not having enough. (Sub. 187, p. 2)

Figure B4.1: Proportion of

income spent on taxi fares

0.00

0.10

0.20

0.30

0.40

Quintile 1 Quintile 2 Quintile 3 Quintile 4 Quintile 5

%

Average weekly household income

Figures represent average weekly expenditure by

capital city households. Quintiles represent household

income distribution within 5 groups, where quintile 1

represents the lowest average weekly household

income and quintile 5 the highest.

Source: ABS 1990a

Figure B4.2: Taxi user income

profile Adelaide 1988

Income group

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

$9000

and less

$9001 to

18000

$18001

to 26000

$26001

to 40000

Over

$40000

Proportion of all users (%)

Source: Travers Morgan 1988b

Innovation and market segmentation

It has been argued that innovation is stifled by the restrictions on entry into the

industry. Currently, taxi users generally have only one type of service the

exclusive ride taxi as an option. There is little incentive to choose one taxi

over another, since prices are fixed and uniform. Shared ride taxi services, such

as jitneys or mini-buses, would allow more flexibility and be more responsive to

passenger needs. They are to be found in other countries including the United

States (for example, at airports) and New Zealand (for example, Palmerston

North). Multiple-hire taxi journeys are allowed in Australia but are rare, usually

being confined to peak periods at places such as airports and race tracks.

Currently all taxi services are homogenous, the only variations being the

(generally) slight differences in the type of vehicle driven and whether or not

the vehicle belongs to a radio network or a computer dispatch system. Allowing

prices to vary, and open access to the industry, would enable more market

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

393

segmentation to occur, thus offering greater choice and variation to taxi users

as has occurred in New Zealand since the reform of its taxi industry.

This is not to deny that some innovation has been occurring in the taxi industry.

As the ATIA noted:

Australia has become one of the leaders in taxi innovation in the developed world, with

radio bookings, computerised dispatch systems, disabled transport and relatively

cheaper fares ... there is a system called ‘Easycab’ which allows for passengers to press

a single button on the telephone and thus receive a despatched vehicle ahead of a

normal telephone call. In the very near future, it is likely that a system called ‘Helpline’

will be introduced. This will allow for the aged, infirmed and disabled to have a direct

one-button line to the communications centre of the taxi industry for assistance.

These projects, together with the Global Positioning Satellite System for driver and

passenger safety, have been developed within the taxi industry, under the current

flexible State-by-State regulatory framework, at the taxi industry’s own expense for the

community need. (Sub. 94, p. 3, 8)

Another encouraging development has been in Canberra, where Aerial Taxis

recently sought to have 12 to 14 seater buses licensed. After initially being

refused, negotiations between the company and the ACT Government has

resulted in the introduction of new legislation enabling mini-buses to be

licensed as multicabs (Sub. 228, p. 10).

Summing up

Barriers to entry and other forms of economic regulation have little, if anything,

to do with ensuring public safety. Economic regulation results in artificially

high values placed on taxi licences, which in turn leads to higher fares (on one

estimate, about $2 a ride) for all taxi users, including those on lower incomes

and people with disabilities.

In addition, economic regulation restricts innovation, market segmentation and

customer responsiveness. There are signs, however, that governments are

recognising, as the Western Australian Government stated, that there is ‘poor

public policy justification for such a high level of [taxi] regulation’ (Sub. 170,

p. 68).

B4.5 The benefits of opening up the taxi industry

The Commission is convinced that relaxing entry controls into the taxi industry

would bring major consumer benefits through greater price competition, market

segmentation, innovation and more choice. The Commission considers that

eventually the taxi industry should be a competitive market with open entry

URBAN TRANSPORT

394

across Australia and few controls over taxi fares. Public safety and consumer

protection would be assured through:

taxi vehicle safety levels continuing to be regulated by regular government

safety checks in the current manner;

‘fit and proper’ person requirements continuing to be imposed through

police checks on current and potential taxi drivers;

the posting of maximum fares both inside and outside taxis, with

notification of these fares (and any changes to them) having to be

submitted to the government body responsible; and

minimum levels of English and local geographical knowledge tests for all

drivers.

Since the relaxation of entry into the taxi industry in New Zealand, real fares

have fallen, the availability of taxis has increased markedly, and substantial

innovation and market segmentation has occurred (see box B4.2).

The New Zealand Ministry of Transport believes that reform has not only

brought about better service; it has also led to increased consumer information

and choice. Higher service levels are the result of organisations vying for

greater market share and hence ensuring their drivers are more responsible for

their actions.

Figure B4.3: Taxi fares around Australia

0 2 4 6 8

Adelaide

Brisbane

Canberra

Hobart

Melbourne

Perth

Sydney

Average 7km fare ($)

0 5 10 15

Adelaide

Brisbane

Canberra

Hobart

Melbourne

Perth

Sydney

Average 15km fare ($)

Actual fares would vary depending on the level of congestion.

Source: Australian Taxi Industry Association (ATIA)

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

395

Box B4.2: Reform of the New Zealand taxi industry

Following a review of the New Zealand taxi industry in 1987, major changes were made

to it in 1989. The emphasis of regulation shifted from quantity-based controls (such as

fixing taxi numbers and fares) to quality-based controls (such as ensuring vehicle and

passenger safety). The taxi industry was given two years notification that the regulations

governing the industry were going to change and no compensation was paid. A new

licence may be obtained on demand for a (purely) administrative fee.

Prior to these changes, taxi licences sold for around $30 000. The current rate is about

$16 000 (although taxis are required to belong to an approved taxi organisation that

operates 24 hours a day).

Taxi operators now set their own fares but are required to notify the Ministry of

Transport of their fares and charges, and any changes to them. Maximum fares have to

be displayed prominently both inside and outside taxis.

Since 1989 many taxi organisations have either maintained their fares or actually

decreased them. Taking inflation into account real fares have fallen dramatically:

the real value of flagfall charges fell in two-thirds of cases;

although the majority of organisations increased their standard tariffs, in real

terms the standard tariff fell in two-thirds of cases;

one-fifth of all organisations abolished their penalty rates and, for more than half

of New Zealand’s taxi organisations, penalty rates fell in real terms;

the real cost of telephone charges fell in ninety per cent of cases, with some

organisations now offering free phone services; and

overall, real taxi fares fell in eighty per cent of cases.

Users now have a choice which taxi to take, at what price. Better quality taxis are able to

charge higher fares than those serving people interested solely in getting from A to B.

Innovation has occurred to varying degrees as taxi operators, faced with the need to

compete to survive, have started to look at ways of maintaining their customer base or

gaining further patronage. In some cities, taxi organisations cater for specific ‘niche’

markets, for example Talofa Taxis in Auckland. In other places, such as Palmerston

North, taxi organisations have taken over the entire public transport system.

However change to the taxi industry has not been without its teething problems. Fares in

areas with little or no competition went up by 30 per cent in some cases and there was

overcrowding and overcharging at airports. Blue Star Taxis in New Zealand

acknowledged concerns about overcrowding at airport taxi ranks, fights between taxi

drivers from rival companies and the need to re-regulate to ensure minimum levels of

English and geographical knowledge, but added: ‘It is fair to say in many cases taxi fares

to customers have reduced and where they have not actually reduced they have been held

... The additional competition certainly has encouraged taxi organisations to look for

other work opportunities.’ (Sub. 269, Attachment 1, p. 2).

Source: NZ Ministry of Transport and Silvertop Taxis (Sub. 269)

URBAN TRANSPORT

396

Real fares have remained constant in the United States since reform was

introduced. However the taxi industry has pointed out what it feels are negative

aspects of reform in the United States, such as overcrowding and overcharging

at airports and having to work much longer hours for the same or less money

(see box B4.3).

Lower fares

In a competitive environment with no restrictions on fares or the number of

taxis, if the second taxi on the rank were charging cheaper fares than the first,

assuming both taxis were of the same standard, it would be natural to take the

second taxi. The various taxi organisations in each city would have an incentive

to discount prices to attract a larger market share. With advertising users could

be made aware of the cheapest taxi company, particularly in the telephone order

market, which is growing and already accounts for over half of the market in

Australia.

In the longer run, less efficient operators would be forced out of the market. It is

difficult to comprehend how an increase in the supply of taxis could be bad for

the public. Consumers are not worse off because taxi ranks are full, as waiting

times fall. Stability in the taxi industry through regulation transfers the ‘costs’ of

instability to consumers. It is not in the community’s interest for the regulatory

bodies responsible for the taxi industry to ensure that all operators make a profit.

Greater competition will also lead to price discrimination. This would give

people more choice whether to take a taxi or some other form of transport and,

if a taxi, which one to take. Best value for money would become a practical

concern for customers. Holding fares constant under regulation means service is

underpriced in peak periods and overpriced in off-peak periods. Taxis should be

able to develop a greater range of peak and off-peak fare ‘packages’ as well as

differentiating prices depending on the quality of service.

Service innovation

Open or at least less restricted entry into the taxi industry (subject to safety

requirements) would lead to greater service innovation as incumbent operators

and new entrants competed for greater shares of the transport market.

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

397

Box B4.3: Changes to the United States taxi industry

During the late 1970s the following United States cities relaxed entry controls on their

taxi industries:

Atlanta Charlotte Fresno Kansas City

Oakland Phoenix Portland San Diego

Sacramento Seattle Tucson

Reform varied from city to city. After the changes were introduced, the majority of new

entrants were single operators working mainly from airports and cabstands, except in

cities where new entrants were required to join a company with more than 25 taxis

operating 24 hours a day. Taxi numbers increased by between a quarter and one third.

The impact of open entry on taxi fares has been the subject of considerable debate.

Frankena and Paulter (1986) claimed that taxi fares had fallen since deregulation (for

example, fares rose by 23 per cent in Seattle but the CPI rose by 30 per cent a real

decrease of 7 per cent). It seems that overall real fares decreased or remained about

constant as the result of deregulation, with fare increases only occurring in areas where

there was little or no competition or at airports and hotels where single operators charged

excessive fares. Consumers were left with greater choice. As Doxsey said in relation to

San Diego, ‘with open fare setting people had access to even lower fares even though the

average was already low. The industry median fare was below average which means half

of the cabs operating had fares below average’ (Doxsey 1986).

Most submissions to this inquiry claimed the US experience was a failure, citing the

need for reregulation (such as the resetting of maximum fares at Seattle airport) and

overcrowding at airports and taxi ranks. Most critics cited Teal’s studies of taxi

deregulation in the US in support of their arguments. He concluded that complete

deregulation of the taxi industry ‘will result in little or no benefit to consumers (and

possibly some disbenefits), and will create some definite financial problems for taxi

operators and drivers’ (Teal 1989b). Complete deregulation in this case meant immediate

open access, with new entrants not being required to affiliate with established taxi

organisations.

However, Teal also argued that a solution to the problems encountered in changes to the

US taxi industry could be to require all operators to belong to an organisation which

provided 24 hour radio dispatched services. These organisations could be required to be

of a certain size if deemed necessary and maximum fares could be established if price

gouging became a problem. ‘These proposals will allow the market to work and provide

opportunities for entrepreneurs to enter the taxi industry, without setting off the

unfavourable economic dynamics observed in several US cities’ (Teal 1989b). Teal and

Berglund (1987) suggested eliminating all entry controls (except for quality controls,

such as safety regulations), but retaining price controls, at least in the form of rate

ceilings. This would allow new competitors to enter the industry, and at the same time

protect uniformed consumers from excessively high fares when rates vary substantially.

Sources: Frankena & Paulter 1986, Doxsey 1986, Teal 1989b and Teal & Berglund 1987

URBAN TRANSPORT

398

With changes to regulation that relax controls over seat numbers, some taxis

could become more of a quasi-bus service, although the traditional type of taxi

may remain the most common. This would allow taxis to operate in areas where

conventional public transport does not provide adequate service, and permit taxi

operators to gain a larger share of the transport market. As the South Australian

Office of Regulation Review stated:

Currently taxis are used predominantly by convenience users (non-car owners, people

in a hurry, or as an alternative to drinking and driving and those people who don’t foot

the bill). But potentially a much wider market for taxis exists. The taxi could be an

effective alternative to households owning a second car. Taxis could also provide

efficient services to areas where orthodox public transport does not extend, where

demand does not justify such a service or where the frequency is too low. Taxis could

also be an effective alternative to the company car ... It is difficult to foresee exactly

what form taxi services might take under such a scenario, but that is one of the main

advantages. Competition forces the taxi operators to find out what people want, and

provide it if there is sufficient financial incentive. (South Australian Office of

Regulation Review 1991)

This has occurred to a degree in New Zealand as taxi operators, faced with the

need to compete to survive, have started to look at ways to maintain their

customer base or gaining further patronage. There are cases in some towns

where taxi organisations are tendering for low patronage bus routes, using minibuses

and offering discount multiple fares. While there are some examples of

taxis expanding their role (for example, the Hallett Cove experiment mentioned

earlier), such initiatives would become the rule rather than the exception.

The ATIA has suggested that private bus operators and the taxi companies

which are capable of meeting the needs of the local community should be

allowed to tender for the service. Taxis and private buses have long periods

when they are under-utilised. This spare capacity could be used to provide

general local transport (Sub. 94, p. 28). Community transport operators are

willing to work with both the private bus and the taxi industry, and are presently

doing so, in some areas.

Opportunities for taxi drivers

Today, anyone wishing to buy a taxi licence must purchase it in the open market

for its full price, or wait for governments to release more plates and bid for

these at auction (see table B4.1).

A further option is to lease plates from a licence holder and that is an

expensive option: presently about $300 a week in Melbourne, for example, an

amount which has to be recouped by the lessee driver before he/she starts to

earn a living.

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

399

Ending the restrictions on taxi numbers will enable people to enter the industry

without the above constraints, bringing along new ideas and greater

competition. A relaxation of entry conditions would also mean the creation of

more jobs for drivers all the more so if (as the Commission recommends

elsewhere in this report) the urban transport market as a whole is opened up,

allowing taxis to operate in markets traditionally dominated by conventional

public transport.

The taxi industry association in New Zealand has argued that reform has

allowed too many new operators into the industry and meant a downturn for all

operators. Leaving aside the benefits to taxi users (see box B4.2) it is striking

that according to the New Zealand Ministry of Transport taxi driver

earnings in both New Zealand and Australia have fallen by about thirty per cent

in recent times, although the Australian industry still functions under conditions

similar to those applying in New Zealand before its reforms were implemented.

This suggests that the downturn in activity was due to the current economic

climate rather than the taxi reforms.

Safety and quality of service

The ATIA suggested that reform of the taxi industry would lead to falling safety

levels and the entry of incompetent drivers. Quality of service is a related issue.

The ATIA believed the economic regulation controlling taxi numbers is also

used to control the quality of service within the taxi industry:

... economic regulation also is used to control quality of service. While the Industry

Commission shows a clear bias towards customers choosing between the various

qualities of service that would allegedly be on offer under deregulation, this is not what

the community wants ... At times of high demand, when taxis may not be plentiful, the

opportunity for choice is limited and therefore the consumer has insisted that

government regulate as to the quality of service on offer by any taxi. (Sub. 254, p. 2)

The Commission’s response is that safety and quality of service concerns can

and should be handled by requiring vehicle standards to be met, having

minimum levels of driver training including English and local geography tests,

and ensuring all drivers are ‘fit and proper’ persons.

B4.6 Issues in reform

While the Commission considers there would be significant benefits from a

system of open access (subject to safety and price notification requirements), the

difficult question is how and how quickly we can get there. When considering

URBAN TRANSPORT

400

open access, the difficulties in overcoming the associated notably equity

concerns must be considered.

What would happen if open access to the taxi industry were allowed overnight

with no compensation to taxi licence holders?

It would certainly raise major equity concerns. People who have recently bought

their taxi licence would see the value of this asset collapse. For example, people

who have been made redundant and then invested severance payments in a taxi

licence would be seriously disadvantaged. Taxi owners may have bought their

licence(s) in the expectation that regulatory conditions would not change. Many

owner-drivers see their taxi plates as their superannuation or retirement policy.

In the words of the ATIA:

Owner-drivers in the taxi industry do not receive any long-service leave, holiday pay,

superannuation or other similar entitlements. Consequently, they have looked at the

capital appreciation in their taxi licence (on which they will have to pay capital gains

tax) as their inflation-resistant security for retirement. (Sub. 94, p. 35)

The taxi industry argues that taxi owners have obtained their licences in good

faith and that the government would therefore have an obligation to compensate

them. The ATIA stated:

Considering the sale value of their licence is subject to the vagaries of market forces ...

and has been dependent on the licence holder making substantial capital investments; ...

and considering many of the existing licence holders have had to make substantial

capital payments to purchase the licence in the first place; then it would seem

inequitable in the extreme to abolish this combined licence value and superannuation

scheme; especially since any abolition will have no effect on the availability of taxi

services...

... current licence values represent to a substantial extent the capital investment placed

by individual licence holders in the industry’s infrastructure. Consequently, any forced

abandonment of this capital value by Government would require compensation.

(Sub. 94, pp. 35, 54)

The question of compensation for existing taxi licence holders raises some

difficult issues. It can be argued that many have earned ‘above-normal’ profits

for some years and have already amortised their investment. While this is not

the case for those who have recently bought a licence, they may have factored in

the risk of the industry being opened up when deciding how much to pay for the

licence.

State and Territory Governments themselves recognise the dilemma. For

example, the ACT Government said:

A potentially difficult issue arising from deregulation of the industry relates to the

adverse financial effects on existing licence holders. While it could be argued that longestablished

licence holders have enjoyed the benefits of economic rent for a number of

years and as such may not be adversely affected, those who have obtained licences

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

401

recently have paid a high premium in expectation of guaranteed returns in the future

and could face substantial capital losses in a deregulated market. If some degree of

regulation were to be pursued, one option to ameliorate this effect would be to utilise

an agreed phasing out period. (Sub. 167, p. 33)

But as Shann has stated:

In areas like tariff protection and quotas we have generally not paid compensation to

existing beneficiaries, but have phased in change. The bulk of taxi licence plates were

purchased before the big take-off in the values of plates in the late eighties. Owners

would lose a possible capital gain rather than be forced to realise a capital loss. (Access

Economics 1993)

And the Commission noted in its Annual Report 1990-91, referring to

deregulation of the New South Wales egg industry:

Rausser and Irwin (1987) argue that regulatory arrangements can be viewed as a

contractual arrangement between the government and certain parts of society, and that

compensation may therefore be due to those adversely affected by deregulation - that is

for ‘breach of contract’. However, in circumstances where the benefits of regulation are

received by a minority group at greater expense to the rest of society, with whom the

government also has a moral and a political contract, the obligation of the contract is

weakened. (IC 1991a, p. 169)

A further question that arises is whether some plate holders are more deserving

of compensation than others. The Commission was criticised for not

distinguishing in the draft report between different categories of licence holder.

Silvertop Taxis said ‘compensation to various plate owners (based on their time

and cost of entry into the industry and whether they have ‘amortised their

investment’) is simply ignored’ (Sub. 269, p. 9). In Adelaide for example (see

figure B4.4), the largest increase in taxi licence values has been over the last ten

years; therefore those who have bought their plates most recently have the most

to lose.

The Northern Territory Government considered that any compensation should

be limited to those who had bought their licences recently:

Whilst agreeing that governments may have an obligation to pay compensation (the

entry restrictions by governments have enabled taxi plates to be traded at high prices),

compensation should be restricted to those licensees who have recently entered the

industry and have not had time to amortise the cost of a licence. This will avoid a

windfall gain to those plate holders who have been in the industry for some time and

have covered the cost of their plate many times over. (Sub. 310, p. 3)

It is certainly possible to think of options which would differentiate between

licence holders in a way which might be seen by some as ‘fairer’ and which

would involve substantially reduced compensation payments by government.

However, notions of equity here are not straightforward. At the time regulatory

changes are introduced, the market value of a licence is the same for all holders

regardless of when they obtained it and all suffer the same loss. Moreover,

URBAN TRANSPORT

402

it is desirable to keep any scheme simple and administratively manageable. The

Commission is not recommending this approach.

Figure B4.4: Taxi licence values in Adelaide, 1974 to 1993

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

1974

1975

1976

1977

1978

1979

1980

1981

1982

1983

1984

1985

1986

1987

1988

1989

1990

1991

1992

1993

Taxi plate values ($)

Source: Trade Practices Commission

B4.7 The Commission’s reform proposals

In light of its analysis and the reaction to its draft report proposals, the

Commission favours a program of reform which will enable the taxi industry to

expand and diversify while retaining all aspects of public safety regulation. It

presents four options.

Option 1: Periodic sale of licences

This option is intended to achieve open entry over a number of years and the

lower prices to taxi users that would follow. The government sells new licences

by public tender every twelve months. The sale program is announced in

advance.

The option has two variations. The first involves new licences being released

each year with the proceeds to be distributed in equal shares to existing licence

holders. This financial compensation would be in addition to the non-financial

compensation inherent in any phasing out of the restrictions on entry. The

second variation involves releasing fewer new licences each year, but no

financial compensation.

Under the first variation, each year on 1 December (for example) a number of

new licences are sold by public tender equivalent to 10-15 per cent of the

licences on issue on 15 November that year. The proceeds of each tender (net of

its administrative costs) are distributed in equal shares to all licence holders (as

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

403

at 15 November) within two weeks. The program continues for a number of

years until no bids are received; from that time the government issues any new

licences on demand, at no more than their administrative cost.

Under the second variation, each year on 1 December (for example) a number of

new licences are sold by public tender equivalent to 5 per cent of the licences on

issue on 15 November that year. The proceeds of each tender are retained by the

government, not distributed to existing licence holders. The program continues

for a number of years until no bids are received; from that time the government

issues any new licences on demand, at no more than their administrative cost.

The Commission also recommends that, under this option, taxi fares be

deregulated immediately. However, to protect taxi users, licence holders should

be required to notify maximum fares (and any changes to them) to the

government and to post these fares both inside and outside their vehicles.

Customers could then choose which taxi to take, rather than be expected to take

the first on the rank, as happens now.

Option 2: Separate the taxi rank and phone booking segments of the

market

As suggested by Dr Radbone, another option would be to divide the taxi

industry into two parts: taxis standing at ranks and hailed in the street, and taxis

booked by phone. He noted that ‘practically all the problems of deregulation

relate to the former, even though it is a relatively small part of the total taxi

industry. Perhaps licences to occupy stands and ply for hire in the streets should

remain restricted, while open entry [would] apply to the rest’ (Sub. 218, p. 4).

This option could be implemented by allowing open entry into the hire car

industry and relaxing the conditions under which hire cars operate, so as to blur

the distinction between hire cars and taxis booked by phone. Hire cars would

still not be allowed to ply for hire in the street nor stand on taxi ranks. But they

could establish radio networks and develop new fare packages.

If this option were adopted by State and Territory Governments, they could

follow the South Australian Government’s policy of issuing new hire car

licences for $50 on demand.

Option 3: Tie taxi licence numbers to performance requirements

A further option comes from Queensland, where a new scheme is being

introduced by the Government. Taxi organisations will have to meet certain

performance standards under service contracts within defined areas. The

performance standards may specify the types of service to be provided,

URBAN TRANSPORT

404

minimum levels of customer service, service reliability and safety levels of

accessibility for people with disabilities.

A taxi organisation is required to provide twenty-four hour service and is not

allowed to refuse entry to taxis wishing to join it provided the new-comer is

willing to pay a reasonable commercial fee.

If the performance standards are not met, the Director-General of Transport may

issue additional taxi licences ‘so that the standards are achieved’ (Queensland

Department of Transport 1994b).

It remains to be seen how the scheme works out in practice. However, setting

taxi licence numbers to performance-based measures (such as response time -

that is, the time taken for a taxi to arrive when called by phone) is bound to be

arbitrary. It is difficult to determine the optimal level of performance and

administration of the scheme could prove costly.

Option 4: Cap the present value of taxi licences

This option attempts to minimise the loss in licence values which would be

suffered by current licence holders under option 1, while allowing at least some

more competition within the taxi industry. New taxi licences would be available

on demand from the government at the present market price. This would put a

cap on the present value of licences, which would fall in real terms over time.

Capping would put a stop to speculative investment in taxi licences, but would

do almost nothing to achieve the open entry to the industry and lower prices to

taxi users which the Commission seeks.

B4.8 Conclusion

Option 1 was proposed in the draft report but has since been amended. (The

other three options were not presented in the draft report.) It was heavily

criticised by the taxi industry, and not well received by State and Territory

Governments (except the Northern Territory Government). But it was strongly

supported by the transport disadvantaged (see box B4.4).

The amendment to option 1 lies in the speed at which new licences would be

issued if financial compensation were paid to existing licence holders. The

Commission is now proposing a rate of increase of 10 to 15 per cent each year,

rather than 15 per cent. The precise rate of release needs to be determined by

governments but should be fast enough to allow the taxi industry to expand

and diversify, and to bring the consequent benefits to the community as soon as

possible.

B4 TAXIS AND HIRECARS

405

Box B4.4: The benefits of reform for the transport

disadvantaged

Without exception all groups representing the transport disadvantaged saw the

Commission’s reform proposals in the draft report (that is, option 1 in this report) as a

step in the right direction. Some responses were as follows

The Council on the Ageing said it ‘sees more competition in the industry will lead to

greater price competition (leading to lower fares), market segmentation, innovation and

higher standards of cleanliness and punctuality. Other advantages hopefully would

include more consumer information and more choice.’ (Sub. 301, p. 1)

The (NSW) Community Transport Organisation agreed with the reform package, stating

that change ‘may also have the effect of allowing fare levels to drop which would in turn

may take the strain off community transport groups by providing many of their

customers with an alternative mode of travel.’ (Sub. 249, p. 4)

The National Accessible Transport Committee said, that although reform should be

approached with caution and adequate provisions must be retained for multi-purpose

taxis, ‘anything which improves the supply of taxi services will enhance the access of

people with disabilities, particularly those with the most severe disabilities who, as the

draft report establishes, rely most heavily on taxis for mobility.’ (Sub. 231, p. 6)

ACROD concluded ‘we have no doubt that deregulation would benefit people with

disabilities ... ACROD supports the Commission’s recommendations concerning

deregulation of the taxi industry, as decreased fares and the opportunity to innovate will

benefit people with disabilities as well as other users.’ (Sub. 217, p. 5)

The Commission strongly prefers option 1 and recommends its adoption by

all State and Territory Governments. It would bring the greatest possible

benefits to taxi users and result in the most efficient structure for the taxi

industry. Coupled with the reforms suggested elsewhere in this report, it would

allow the taxi to play a much greater role in transporting the Australian public,

including in community transport and off-peak public transport.

But if State and Territory Governments are unwilling to adopt option 1 at

this time, the Commission recommends they consider the reform proposals

outlined in options 2, 3 and 4. Option 3 (the Queensland Government

approach) has the potential to provide better taxi services to the community,

while option 2 is similar to the South Australian Government’s policy of

allowing open entry into the hire car industry. Option 4 would put an end to the

wasteful upward spiral of taxi licence values, but do little else to achieve a

better deal for the community, particularly those on lower incomes and people

with disabilities.

URBAN TRANSPORT

406

Irrespective of the options adopted, the Commission considers that taxi

boards and advisory committees should be structured to give users a

substantial say in their operation. This will require representatives from a

broad cross-section of the community, including people with disabilities.

407

B5 COMMUNITY TRANSPORT

Community transport comprises a diverse range of specialised transport

operators that play an important but often overlooked role in providing

services of a localised and/or specialised nature. Typically community

transport is run by not-for-profit organisations providing services to

people with disabilities, older people, and other groups with a limited

range of transport options. The extent and cost of community transport

services is not well documented, a reflection of its localised nature, the

diversity of service types and the variety of funding sources used.

Community transport has the potential to play a much larger role in the

transport task but is currently impeded by inflexible regulatory and

funding arrangements.

B5.1 The role of community transport

Community transport services are provided throughout Australia by a large

number of not-for-profit organisations to meet specialised local transport needs.

They may be scheduled or demand responsive, in vehicles chartered from

licensed private bus and taxi operators, leased from local councils, or simply

volunteers using their own cars. Services are provided by a combination of paid

and volunteer staff, and are available for shopping and library trips, before and

after school care, day care, rent payment, social security visits, medical trips and

so on.

In the words of the Victorian Community Transport Organisation, community

transport:

... ignores geography, ranging and roving over wide areas to provide mobility to those

who cannot access conventional services. The other part of community transport pays

strict attention to geography, seeking to service general populations whose transport

disadvantage arises solely from the failure of conventional services to conquer distance

... (Sub. 275, p. 1)

Community transport services have three distinctive characteristics. They are:

provided at a local level;

primarily for the transport disadvantaged; and

URBAN TRANSPORT

408

operated by local councils, voluntary groups and not-for-profit

organisations.

A combination of a gradually ageing population and greater social mobility are

leading to changes in travel demand patterns (see chapter A2). Fixed route bus

and rail services do not reach out to serve adequately all residential locations,

and the basic radial configuration of networks forces some travellers to ride into

the central business district and then transfer to another route back out in the

same general direction.

In the words of the South Sydney Council:

Public transport services are not planned with the needs of minority or disadvantaged

groups in mind. Day services need to be improved to meet the needs of people with

disabilities, the unemployed, single parents and others who depend on public transport.

(Sub. 8, p. 25)

Since community transport services are organised at a local level, they are

capable of responding to local transport needs. Too often they are prevented

from satisfying such needs due to outdated rules and regulations governing

transport services. Changes in travel patterns will require a more flexible urban

transport system, capable of responding, at a reasonable cost, to the needs of the

community (see chapter A2).

The NSW Community Transport Organisation describes these needs:

There is a major latent demand for public transport services that is not being satisfied

by the traditional operators.

Traditional public transport is designed to cater almost exclusively for the able-bodied

who wish to travel during the day to a narrow range of destinations. (Sub. 28, pp. 2, 10)

People with disabilities and older people constitute the main target group for

whom the majority of councils and other community organisations provide

services (see table B5.1). Some people with severe disabilities are dependent on

specialised transport. For example, the Noarlunga Volunteer Transport Service

in South Australia provides transport services for appointments to doctors,

hospitals, therapy, rehabilitation, shopping and socialising, for older people and

those with disabilities (Sub. 155).

ACROD commented that people with disabilities:

... do not consider buses and trains an option even with wheelchair lifts, the time

taken and the difficulties of getting to and from bus stops or stations close off public

transport as a real option ... (Sub. 52, p. 10).

Multi-purpose taxis are not always an economically viable transport option,

because the cost of using the service is often high compared with public

transport fares. However, the Commission’s proposals to reform the taxi

industry would reduce taxi fares (see chapter B4).

B5 COMMUNITY TRANSPORT

409

Most states and territories have community transport programs, and in 1992 the

Commonwealth Government established the National Accessible Transport

Committee to examine ways of improving accessibility to, and availability of,

transport for people with disabilities, including the less mobile elderly,

particularly through achieving reciprocal rights between various state and local

programs.

Box B5.1: Meeting local transport needs: Happy Valley Council

Happy Valley is situated south of Adelaide, on the metropolitan fringe. Like many

adjoining councils, Happy Valley has experienced rapid growth over the last decade,

partly due to lower housing costs. The Council covers a large area with pockets of

development separated by steep, hilly terrain. Consequently, it is costly for the transport

authorities to provide a conventional transport system within the council area. The

existing transport service is commuter-oriented to Adelaide central business district,

though there are some cross suburban services to shopping centres at Marion and

Noarlunga.

Due to local demand for transport within the Happy Valley area, the Council established

a community transport service. The service carries approximately 40 passengers a day, to

local shopping centres and medical clinics. The users include single mothers, older

people, people with disabilities, and the unemployed. The service is provided in

cooperation with many groups within the Council such as after school care groups,

associations for older people, and youth organisations. It is operated by a paid

coordinator and volunteer staff, and the Council funds the operating costs of the project

through rates.

State transport regulations prevent the Council charging fares to passengers who hail the

bus, since this is considered to be direct competition with the State Transport Authority.

However the community transport service can charge a fee, when passengers phone the

service and request transport.

Source: Information received by the Commission from the Happy Valley Council, South

Australia

Providers of community transport

An array of community transport organisations operates within Australia, each

providing specialised or general services to suit the demands of their target

group (see table B5.1). In New South Wales there are 32 registered urban

community transport projects. In Victoria and Queensland most metropolitan

local councils are involved in the provision of community transport. Similarly,

in Western Australia there are approximately 120 community transport

operators, and 33 in South Australia. Together, these services provide a major

contribution to the mobility needs of the urban population.

URBAN TRANSPORT

410

Table B5.1: Examples of community transport providers

Operator Users Typical trips Vehicles Funding

New South Wales

Baulkham Hills

Shire Council

People with

disabilities and older

people

Trips to shopping

centres, day care,

and social outings

One modified bus

and one station

wagon

Home and

Community

Care (HACC)

Holroyd

Community

Transport Group

Incorporated

People with

disabilities and older

people

Trips to medical

clinics and

paediatric treatment

Hire vehicles from

the local council

HACC and

funds from the

State operated

community

transport

program

Inner West

Community

Shopping and

Transport Service

Incorporated

People with

disabilities and older

people

Trips to shopping

centres, and

medical

appointments

Two mini buses.

They also have

access to local

council mini buses

HACC

Macarthur

Community

Transport Service

Incorporated

People with

disabilities and older

people

Trips to medical

centres and social

facilities, including

travel to Sydney,

Cobram,

Wollongong and

Bondi

Five mini buses

(one with a wheel

chair hoist), and a

station wagon.

They also have

access to local

council mini buses

HACC and

funds from the

State operated

community

transport

program

Western Australia

City of Bayswater People with

disabilities and older

people

Trips to shopping

centres, day care

visits and medical

clinics

HACC

Hills Community

Support Group

Residents with no

access to transport,

people with

disabilities, older

people, and those

without family

assistance

Trips to doctors,

specialists rooms,

hospitals, banking,

library and

shopping

Three mini buses,

one with a wheel

chair hoist

HACC and

local council

funding

City of Stirling People with

disabilities and older

people

Trips to day care,

shopping centres,

library, and medical

appointments

Three buses and

one five seater

van

HACC and

local council

funding

B5 COMMUNITY TRANSPORT

411

Table B5.1 cont/d:

Operator Users Typical trips Vehicles Funding

Goodwill Industries

of Western

Australia

Employees at

Goodwill Industries

unable to use public

transport

Employees are

transported to and

from work and

other work-related

activities

South Australia

Adelaide City

Council

Primarily for citybased

non-profit

organisations, senior

citizens, community

groups, etc.

Weekly trips to

shopping centres,

and social facilities

Buses with drivers

are leased from

Transit Coaches.

The size of the

vehicle depends

upon passenger

demand

Local Council

funding

Australian Red

Cross Society -

South Australian

Division

Patients attending the

Cranio-Facial Unit,

and the airport

Trips to medical

and dental

appointments,

including Blind

Welfare Day

program activities

One eight seat bus

with wheelchair

hoist and Red

Cross Society

station sedans

HACC and the

Australian Red

Cross Society

City of Brighton For residents who are

transport

disadvantaged

Trips to shopping

centres, the library,

and various banks

One nineteen seat

bus with wheel

chair hoist and

volunteers with

own vehicles

Local council

funding

Ethnic

Communities

Council of South

Australia

People with

disabilities, and older

people from non-

English speaking

backgrounds

Health assistance,

day-care visits,

shopping and social

visits. People

outside the HACC

target group can use

the bus subject to

its availability

One eight seat bus

with wheel chair

hoist

HACC

Source: Information obtained by the Commission from the respective community transport providers

Community organisations have a mix of vehicles which they own, and others

are hired as required, or chartered from licensed bus and taxi operators. Some

projects rely solely on volunteers using their own cars to provide transport.

A typical community transport network is managed by a project coordinator.

Experience has shown the level of services provided is a reflection of the skills

of the coordinator in matching the local transport needs with available

resources, organising volunteers and seeking out suitable vehicles.

URBAN TRANSPORT

412

The suppliers of community transport include local government bodies and

various non-government organisations within the community. Non-government

bodies include voluntary agencies, nursing homes, old age homes, associations

for people with disabilities, local community groups, and service clubs such as

Lions, Rotary and the Returned Services League (RSL). Some local councils run

community buses, while others operate volunteer driver schemes using private

vehicles. Arrangements vary widely between councils.

B5.2 Impediments to community transport

Participants in this inquiry identified three key factors restricting the potential

role of community transport: existing government regulations, lack of

coordination, and funding arrangements. While there is no specific

Commonwealth or State legislation governing the operation of community

transport, it is limited by the existing bus and taxi regulation within each state,

and by the funding arrangements of the three levels of government. Recent

studies conducted into the community transport sector cite instances where

community transport vehicles lie idle during certain periods of the day, while

other operators are unable to secure a vehicle, due to the lack of

coordination/brokerage between organisations.

Government regulations

As detailed in Part A, most urban transport services in Australia are provided in

a highly regulated environment. Both public and private bus operators, for

example, are provided with legislative, or de facto, monopolies over the

provision of scheduled bus services in defined urban areas or on particular

routes. Similarly, taxis are regulated under licensing arrangements which restrict

entry into the industry.

Community transport operators in all states are prevented from running

transport services that could compete with existing route services. In some

cases, licences are not granted even if the service proposed by the community

transport operator would not encroach on the existing route service, or where

the existing route operator does not provide an adequate response to the area’s

transport needs (see box B5.2).

In addition, legislation in most states prevents community transport

organisations from charging their clients a fee, and in extreme cases prevents

full information about the service being widely advertised. So community

transport has tended to focus on providing service to certain defined groups in

B5 COMMUNITY TRANSPORT

413

the community or providing feeder services to existing transport authorities,

despite its potential to provide a wider transport service.

Box B5.2: The side effects of regulation: The case of Pakenham

The Shire of Pakenham is located in Victoria, on the south-eastern fringe of Melbourne.

Pakenham residents are experiencing transport problems faced by many fringe areas in

our cities. Conventional urban transport is both difficult and expensive for the

government to provide in a low density, sparsely populated area such as Pakenham. The

Public Transport Corporation (PTC) operates two bus routes, travelling from east to west

across the shire. There are no transport services linking the northern and southern areas

of Pakenham.

According to some residents in Pakenham, the large PTC buses progressively damage

local streets and do not provide an acceptable level of service. The Pakenham Council

argues that mini-buses are more suitable to the area and are capable of providing a more

frequent and faster connection to the rail station and local amenities.

The Hills Transport Action Group (HTAG) operates a community mini-bus service

within the shires of Pakenham and Sherbrooke. The service is designed to provide

transport to the residents not currently served by the PTC. The HTAG receives some

funding from the two shires to provide the local service.

State regulations restrict HTAG from charging their users a fare, since they are not

licensed under the Victorian Transport Act. Registration is prohibitively expensive for a

small community transport operator and it will only be offered to route services which

do not infringe on the existing operators service. Thus the HTAG is unable to run a route

service because the PTC operates in the area.

The HTAG relies mainly on donations to fund its operations, together with grants from

the shires of Pakenham and Sherbrooke. The Group is even restricted from advertising

the times of its buses, and resorts to surreptitious advertisement of the service. It does

not qualify for funding under the HACC scheme because it provides transport for all

local residents.

There is an extensive school bus service operating in the Pakenham region. Regulations

stipulate that the buses can only be used to transport school children. These resources

remain idle during the day and on weekends while many in the community lack transport

to local amenities.

Source: Information obtained by the Commission from the Pakenham Council

URBAN TRANSPORT

414

The NSW Government is willing to grant accreditation to community transport

operators who focus on certain groups stipulated by the Department of

Transport. While accreditation allows the operators to run a commercial service,

it prevents them from providing a general transport service for the benefit of all

transport disadvantaged groups. Such legislation, in effect, constrains

community transport to a specialist transport role.

According to the NSW Community Transport Organisation, inconsistency in the

availability of pensioner concessions forms another impediment to the growth of

community transport. Where pensioner concessions have been made available,

in areas like the NSW north coast, a network of community services has

developed to serve small isolated communities and groups of passengers who

previously had difficulty in accessing conventional public transport (Sub. 28).

The effect of each State and Territory’s transport legislation is to bestow

area monopolies on the conventional public transport operators and

impede the growth of community transport, even in areas where existing

public transport is non-existent, or unsuited to people’s needs.

Lack of coordination/brokerage

Funding of community transport is not conditional on the operators sharing

resources, so often the community transport fleet is not utilised efficiently. In

Adelaide, Dr Radbone identified:

... at least 50 community buses that spend much of their time parked behind fences and

this does not include the buses of the spastic centres and the Crippled Children’s

Association, or School buses (Radbone, I. 1992, p. 2).

The Western Australian Authority for the Intellectually Handicapped and

Bureau for Disability Services stated that community transport resources are not

efficiently utilised due to the lack of a coordinating body:

... some community transport providers, who acknowledge that vehicles lay dormant in

their garage for a large part of the day, have expressed a wish to better capitalise on the

resources they have ... In the absence of a coordinating body which is both

knowledgeable about the need for services for people with disabilities and has the

authority to facilitate and coordinate the shared use of resources, the task has been

difficult. (Sub. 209, p. 8)

A broker matches the demand for transport with the community transport

resources available. The broker ensures that the existing local stock of

community transport vehicles is utilised efficiently.

The Adelaide Mini Bus Company saw the brokerage system as:

... the same way a Taxi company operates with a fleet of suitable vehicles on an

owner/driver basis. The broker being the administrator, the coordinator, the dispatcher

B5 COMMUNITY TRANSPORT

415

and the marketing arm. Weekly fees paid by owner drivers would be required to fund

the administration. (Sub. 79, p. 7)

The (Melbourne) Western Region Commission is currently preparing a

feasibility study for the Public Transport Corporation (PTC), regarding a

brokerage scheme between local councils in that region.

School buses could be used more widely to provide public transport at minimum

cost. The 1991 South East Queensland Passenger Transport Study (SEPTS)

recommended that in areas of low population density, school buses should be

utilised for general passengers and mid-day round trips. (SEPTS 1991, Volume

1, p. 40)

Similarly, if car and van pooling arrangements and multiple hire of taxis were

encouraged, then vehicles capable of providing local transport, such as minibuses,

could be used to provide services in lieu of under-utilised route bus or

rail services. The Western Australian Municipal Association suggested:

Thought should be given to integrating taxis into the public transport service, on bus

routes outside peak hours, or on routes where a bus service has been denied on viability

grounds. Passengers in multiple-ride taxis, where these are used as an alternative to a

bus or rail passenger transport system, should have the same public liability protection

as passengers travelling on other forms of public transport. (Sub. 73, p. 4)

The Australian Taxi Industry Association suggested that private bus operators

and the taxi companies which are capable of meeting the needs of the local

community should be allowed to tender for the service. Taxis and private buses

have long periods when they are under-utilised. This spare capacity could be

used to provide general local transport (Sub. 94, p. 28). Community transport

operators are generally willing to work with both the private bus and the taxi

industry, and are presently doing so in some areas.

Funding

Despite community transport’s demonstrated ability to improve accessibility, it

has been relatively unsuccessful in developing a mainstream transport service

due to the lack of secure funding. Three tiers of government, welfare agencies,

and local clubs all contribute to community transport to some extent.

A number of participants commented that it is difficult to identify accurately the

true costs of the community transport sector. For example, the Noarlunga

Community Transport Service in South Australia receives funds from the Home

And Community Care (HACC) Program for the provision of transport for

people with disabilities and older people, and from the local council to provide

transport service for all local residents. The Noarlunga City Council, in turn,

URBAN TRANSPORT

416

receives funds from the State Government under the Community Transport

Program.

Most funding for community transport comes from the Federal Government’s

HACC program, which is administered by the State and Territory Governments.

The HACC program is focused on transport services for particular groups such

as older people and people with disabilities. This focus undervalues the

potential of community transport, which could provide services to all transport

disadvantaged groups, including school children, the unemployed and single

parents.

HACC funds are generally directed at paying the community transport

coordinator’s salary and for the purchase of one or more modified vehicles.

HACC funds are only provided to community transport operators who service

the HACC target groups, which includes older people and people with

disabilities (see box B5.3). By implication the community transport operators

are precluded from serving the whole populace. The Hills Transport Action

Group in Victoria, for example, does not qualify for HACC funding because it

operates a transport service for all Pakenham residents (see box B5.3). In some

urban areas however, HACC has made a valuable contribution to local transport

by serving a broader customer base than its traditional target group.

The House of Representatives Standing Committee on Community Affairs is

conducting an inquiry into the HACC Program. The following issues are being

examined:

the cost and relative efficiency of services funded under HACC;

access by the target population to HACC services, such as the

appropriateness, availability, and effectiveness in meeting the Program’s

objectives;

gaps in existing services; and

the quality of care provided.

State government funding is offered to community transport operators in all

states, except Queensland, through their respective transport departments and

through support from health and welfare agencies. The purpose of the funding

varies between states. In general terms the funds are directed to subsidising

vehicles hired, or loaned from other bodies, or from volunteers, or to paying a

community transport coordinator and driver(s).

B5 COMMUNITY TRANSPORT

417

Box B5.3: Home and Community Care (HACC) funding

arrangements

Many people in the HACC target population lack access to essential transport due to

physical disability and lack of suitably modified transport services. Emphasis in HACC

is placed on service provision through coordination of HACC transport options in an

area and the provision of mini buses to take people to and from services, where transport

is not accessible.

HACC Program development priorities are identified in a published strategic plan for

each State/Territory. It is developed by Commonwealth, State and Territory officials in

consultation with HACC Advisory Committees, service providers and consumer groups,

and agreed by Ministers. The strategic plan provides a three-year forward focus for the

determination of funding and Program development priorities, with specific funding

identified for the following year.

Each State and Territory has developed a needs-based funding formula to allocate funds

in accordance with the priorities identified in the strategic plan. The funding formula

takes into account factors such as the existing level of service provision, the number of

people with a severe or moderate disability, and access by special needs groups such as

Aborigines, people from a non-English speaking background and people living in rural

or remote communities. A weighting may be applied to address particular factors such as

remoteness.

For an eligible organisation to receive funding towards the provision of a specifically

approved service contracted from a commercial organisation, the organisation must

demonstrate that this is the most appropriate way of providing the service.

Organisations approved for funding are required to enter into an agreement with the

State/Territory Government detailing the conditions under which funds are provided,

including whether capital funding or recurrent funding.

Approved HACC transport projects are defined as ‘... an agreed organisation, to receive

an approved allocation, to provide specified service types, to cover an agreed

geographical area, to provide care for an estimated number of users over or during a

specified period.’

To obtain approval for funding an organisation or joint body should be a non-profit

organisation which is incorporated. Funding may also be provided for new services or

for the expansion of existing services.

Source: Information obtained by the Commission from the Commonwealth Department of

Human Services and Health

Many participants drew attention to the difficulty in obtaining secure funding

from state governments. Transport authorities stated that there are many projects

competing for funding, hence they are unable to fund many community

transport services. In Victoria, only one urban project received funding from the

Department of Transport for the 1992-93 financial year, namely the Western

URBAN TRANSPORT

418

Region Commission’s community transport project; no funds were allocated to

the program for the 1993-94 period. The community transport group in

Pakenham is unable to obtain funding from the Victorian Government, because

the PTC runs two bus route services through Pakenham (see box B5.2).

User-specific funding is an important mechanism available to State and

Territory Governments, to allocate subsidies to community transport in an

efficient and effective manner. State and Territory Governments could target

certain groups in the community for fare concessions, and reimburse the

provider for that part of the fare foregone, based on the number of journeys

made, putting the onus on the operator to encourage patronage so as to generate

revenue.

Since community transport is capable of performing a general transport

function, there is a case for the operators sharing in the funding from each State

or Territory’s transport budget. The National Accessible Transport Committee

recommended that funding should be through a coordinating body, such as the

relevant state department of transport (DR transcript, pp. 421-422).

Community transport receives one-off payments or recurrent funding from

several Federal and State departments, local councils, social and ethnic clubs,

private organisations and welfare agencies. The Commonwealth Government

allocated $4.5 million of the $89 million available under the most recent Urban

Public Transport Program, to certain community transport providers in NSW,

Queensland, South Australia and Tasmania. Funding was targeted to outer urban

areas where public transport services were poor, mainly as one-off payments for

the purchase of a community bus.

One option for obtaining greater value for funds allocated to community

transport would be to make the funding conditional on the transport operators

sharing the vehicles to utilise their fleet of vehicles more efficiently. The

Australian Bus and Coach Association highlighted the benefit to community

transport organisations in hiring vehicles from local bus and taxi operators

rather than purchasing vehicles. It commented that the total cost per kilometre

of operating a minibus travelling 2 000 kilometres a year is $3.09, whereas a

charter bus costs $2.17 (as quoted in NSW Bus and Coach Sub. 251,

attachment, p. 1, 13). Thus in some areas it may be cheaper for the community

transport operator to hire a vehicle, especially where volunteer drivers are not

available.

Some participants suggested that commercial organisations such as shopping

centres, could be encouraged to fund or subsidise community transport services

in return for advertising space on community transport vehicles. The Adelaide

Mini Bus Service, for instance, welcomes non-user funding in return for

services to commercial and community centres (Sub. 79, p. 3).

B5 COMMUNITY TRANSPORT

419

A number of participants suggested that funding at the local level would enable

growth of locally-based community transport organisations, even if the local

council were not running the service. Some local councils already provide

facilities such as bus shelters, terminals and transport interchanges.

B5.3 Recommendations

The drop in public transport patronage throughout Australia is partly a reflection

of the declining relevance of existing radial transport services in meeting many

people’s needs. At the same time, the growing number of community transport

projects suggests that there are local transport needs which are not met by

conventional transport services. Community transport has demonstrated its

ability to provide sporadic or irregular trips within local areas at a lower total

cost than the existing public transport operators, to serve all user groups and

provide a broader flexible and demand responsive service.

Current regulations and funding arrangements, however, merely allow

community transport to operate limited or feeder services to service people with

special needs such as older people and those with disabilities.

Fulfilment of the potential role of community transport will require the

relaxation of restrictive regulations and funding arrangements, and a willingness

to transfer from conventional state-owned and regulated public transport to

locally operated, controlled and funded transport services.

The Commission does not envisage community transport operators being

allowed to establish new services and to charge fares where existing bus or rail

services are adequate to meet the community’s needs. However, in situations

such as Pakenham (see box B5.2) or where there is an exclusive franchise but

inadequate services, for example at night, community transport operators should

be free to provide services and to charge fares for them. Moreover, community

transport operators should be free to provide specialised services for those

unable to use conventional services. In the words of the NSW Community

Transport Organisation:

We are not saying that Community Transport wants to take over the responsibility of

transport from private operators but in some cases it’s more appropriate that we do it

because I think we are better at doing that not only in the development sense but I think

we are more responsive to special needs of passengers ... and there will be services

where I think we are better equipped to provide that rather than the taxi and the bus

industry. (DR transcript, p. 615)

URBAN TRANSPORT

420

Accordingly, the Commission recommends:

State and Territory transport licensing arrangements not be used to

restrict the provision and development of community transport;

community transport services not be restricted to people with special

needs or to feeder services;

where there are no existing bus or rail services, community transport

operators be allowed to establish new services and to charge fares;

and

greater cooperation between local councils, welfare groups and bus

and taxi operators be encouraged, for example, through the

appointment of a community transport officer or broker.

421

B6 CYCLING

Cycling is one of the most energy efficient, inexpensive and

environmentally friendly modes of urban transport. While Australia has

relatively high levels of bicycle ownership, the role of bicycle trips in the

overall transport task is minor. Cycling has the capacity to increase its

contribution to accessibility and mobility, particularly for shorter journeys

and potentially dual mode trips. This chapter examines the current role of

cycling in urban transport, the factors impeding its wider use and possible

measures to improve its attractiveness.

B6.1 The role of cycling

Cycling, like walking, is a relatively low profile mode of urban transport in

Australia, although it has been estimated that household bicycle ownership may

be as high as 50 per cent in some Australian cities (ATAC 1993). In some

countries bicycle use is much more prevalent, particularly for short journeys

typically undertaken by car in Australian cities.

Approximately two per cent of trips to work, five per cent of all recreational

trips and ten per cent of all educational trips in Australia are made on bicycles.

Looked at another way, journeys undertaken for recreational and educational

purposes account for most cycling trips (FORS 1988). However, levels of

bicycle riding vary across Australia. For example, the Bicycle Federation of

Australia estimated that approximately seven per cent of all trips in Perth and up

to 10 per cent of all trips in Melbourne are made on bicycles (Sub. 235,

Attachment 1, p. 2).

Funding for cycling facilities and promotion is provided by a variety of public

agencies. In 1992-93 the Commonwealth Government provided nearly

$4 million for bicycle demonstration projects in state capitals and regional

centres. This was in addition to nearly $30 million of federal funds allocated to

bicycle related projects under the Local Capital Works Program. Funds are also

provided by local governments and state road authorities, although a

comprehensive estimate of expenditure from these sources was not available to

the Commission. Public transport authorities and schools also contribute

through the provision of facilities such as seating, bike paths, lockers, footpaths

and ramps.

URBAN TRANSPORT

422

A variety of groups and interests are affiliated with cycling and its promotion.

They include bicycle organisations, such as the state and national bicycle

committees, community cycling groups, road authorities (road infrastructure

provision and maintenance), police (safety), local councils (bikeways and

footpaths), manufacturers and retailers of bicycles, and users. Submissions

received by this inquiry represented the breadth of these interests.

Several states have developed and implemented bicycle strategies which aim to

expand the role of bicycles in the transport task. In response to

recommendations arising from the Ecologically Sustainable Development

Working Group’s Final Report Transport, the National Bicycle Strategy was

initiated by the Australian Transport Advisory Council (Transport Ministers of

the Commonwealth, State and Territory governments). The strategy was

endorsed by Ministers in late 1992 and released in 1993. The Industry

Commission encourages governments to pursue the implementation of this

strategy.

The objectives of the strategy are threefold:

to integrate cycling into the transport system as a legitimate mode of

personal mobility, particularly for commuter trips;

to encourage safe cycling in the community; and

to reduce significantly the rate of bicycle-related crashes and the severity

of injury to cyclists.

Importantly, the strategy requires that specific criteria, such as costeffectiveness,

technical feasibility and safety, be used to evaluate proposals

designed to achieve these outcomes.

The strategy targeted five areas for particular focus:

greater local and state government involvement in integrating cycling into

the transport system;

evaluation of urban planning options to facilitate safe cycling;

greater cooperation between governments and community groups to

reduce the social and economic cost of bicycle accidents;

public education relating to the environmental, health and economic

benefits of cycling and desirable road user behaviour; and

improvement of information relating to cycling through the development

of a cycling database.

B6 CYCLING

423

B6.2 The benefits and costs of cycling

A number of submissions argued that cycling should be encouraged to increase

its role in the transport task. One common argument was the environmental

friendliness of this mode. Several submissions responding to the draft report

highlighted the health advantages of cycling. Other arguments related to

benefits for the transport disadvantaged, the potential to reduce car dependency,

and encouragement of modal integration, especially between cycling and public

transport. Disadvantages associated with cycling include a comparatively high

level of accidents, the risk of bicycle theft and a lack of comfort and

convenience compared with other modes.

Environmental and health advantages

Several participants highlighted the environmental advantages of cycling. The

City of Fremantle described both cycling and walking as the ‘only truly

sustainable transport modes’ (Sub. 9, p. 4). The Greenhouse Association pointed

out the positive environmental effects in its submission:

Bicycle use can help to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, contribute to the health of the

population, reduce localised air and noise pollution and solve the growing problem of

road congestion (Sub. 26, p. 2).

According to the Victorian Bicycle Strategy, cycling is the most energy efficient

mode of personal passenger transport (see table B6.1).

Table B6.1: Energy consumption by mode of transport

Mode Energy consumed per person per km (kilojoules)

Car - driver only 4 800 - 5 800

Car and one passenger 2 500 - 3 000

Pedestrian 200 - 260

Bicycle 90 - 210

Source: VicRoads and State Bicycle Committee of Victoria 1991, p. 11

Cycling has a positive impact on health and fitness. A 1992 study conducted by

the British Medical Association (BMA), Cycling towards health and safety,

identified that, as a form of exercise, regular cycling encourages muscle,

respiratory and cardiovascular improvement. It may also contribute to weight

loss, stress reduction and mental health. Dr. Owen (Sub. 280, p. 1) noted that

insufficient time is a common explanation for lack of exercise and suggested

that cycling for work, school and shopping trips could solve the time problem,

as well as have several other beneficial consequences.

URBAN TRANSPORT

424

Cost competitiveness

In terms of financial outlays, cycling is a relatively inexpensive mode of

transport to the user. Establishment costs include purchase of the bike, a helmet,

lights and a pump. Operating costs are low. According to the Bicycle Institute of

New South Wales:

A standard utility bicycle with a life of ten years, used to cover, say, [1 500 km a year]

... could cost as little as 1 cent per kilometre (Sub. 93, p. 3).

Cyclists are not typically charged directly for the use of infrastructure such as

roads, parking, bikepaths, or signs, although they may be charged for use of

lockers.

Cycling may also be competitive in terms of travel time. For example, bicycle

couriers are active in all major cities, their flexibility giving them time

advantages over motorised couriers. The Bicycle Institute of New South Wales

commented:

While bikes may not reach the same speeds as do other modes of transport, their

average speeds, especially in inner urban areas, is more than competitive with other

transport (Sub. 278, p. 10).

However, when factors such as longer distances, comfort and convenience are

considered, the mode is less competitive.

Transport disadvantaged

The low cost of cycling is seen as particularly important in improving the

mobility of the transport disadvantaged. The Bicycle Institute of New South

Wales argued that:

The bicycle meets social equity needs well. The pricing of new and second-hand

bicycles puts them within the reach of lower-income groups, making independent,

accelerated mobility available to children, and to those without access to a car who live

in areas not served by public transport. (Sub. 93, p. 3)

The State Bicycle Committee of Victoria said that more should be done to

improve the suitability of cycling for these groups:

Anomalies exist in subsidies paid to the ‘transport disadvantaged’. For example, heavy

subsidies are paid for the School Bus program through the Transport Budget but secure

bicycle parking at schools must compete with other capital bids within each school

budget. A comprehensive plan for all transport within the State, agreed between the

providers, would assist in redressing this anomaly. (Sub. 133, p. 4)

B6 CYCLING

425

Safety and accidents

The high incidence of serious bicycle accidents, relative to other modes, is a

principal disadvantage. The causes of accidents vary, but include motorists

taking insufficient precaution, cyclists ignoring road rules or safety

requirements, and a lack of facilities such as segregated bicycle paths.

A study by FORS (1991) found that in 1990 approximately three per cent of

road user fatalities, and six per cent of road user hospitalisations, were cyclists.

The Bicycle Federation argued that this figure underestimated the actual

incidence of road user hospitalisations as a large proportion of accidents

sustaining injury are not officially reported (Sub. 306, p. 9-10). These figures

compare with approximately 18 per cent of road user fatalities and 13 per cent

of road user hospitalisations accounted for by pedestrians and more than 67 per

cent of fatalities and hospitalisations accounted for by car drivers and their passengers.

Several participants noted that cyclist behaviour increases the potential for

accidents. For example, some studies suggest that:

... only 45 per cent of bicyclists observe basic road rules during the day (traffic signals

and signs, no dinking, etc) and only 2 per cent observe these at night (requirements for

lights, reflectors etc). Some of these factors may contribute significantly to bicycle

trauma. (VicRoads and State Bicycle Committee of Victoria 1991, p. 9)

A number of submissions on the draft report argued that there is a lack of police

enforcement of road rules as they apply to cyclists. This is perceived as a serious

safety problem as it permits dangerous behaviour such as riding at night without

lights and crossing intersections against traffic signals.

The most common injuries associated with cycling accidents are head-related.

This problem has been targeted in recent years with the introduction in all States

of legislation which requires the wearing of protective headgear when cycling.

Participants’ reactions to this legislation were mixed. For example, the

Department of Transport and Communications (DOTAC) argued:

There is a clear relationship between the helmet requirements and a fall in deaths

among cyclists ... In 1989, for example, 98 cyclists died in bicycle-related accidents,

compared with 41 in 1992. As no State or Territory had introduced mandatory helmet

wearing in 1989 and all jurisdictions had regulations in place in 1992, the correlation is

obvious. Early indications are that there has been a corresponding reduction in the

number of motor accident injuries incurred by cyclists. (DOTAC 1993, p. 11)

URBAN TRANSPORT

426

On the other hand, participants such as the Bicycle Institute of South Australia

noted that since the introduction of compulsory wearing of helmets, there has

been a downturn in cycling. According to a study prepared by AGB Spectrum

for VicRoads:

Some organisations feel there is an over emphasis on safety when government money is

spent. Whilst helmets are a vital accessory, ‘why’ people fall off bikes is not

considered. For example; bad driver education, poor roads, not enough road

maintenance can all contribute to accidents. Helmets themselves do not prevent

accidents, they only provide protection if they occur. (Newton and Borghesi 1989, p. 6)

The British Medical Association report, Cycling towards health and safety

(1992) conducted a cost-benefit analysis of cycling. This study found that the

benefits derived from regular cycling exercise outweighed the costs in terms of

lost life resulting from cycling accidents.

Risk of theft

The risk of bicycle theft was identified by several participants as a significant

deterrent against higher levels of bicycle use. This risk is increased if the rider

has to leave his or her bicycle unattended at a railway station, transport

interchange, school or shopping centre.

Several participants argued that bicycle use in Australia could be encouraged

through greater provision of bicycle facilities and security. The State Bicycle

Committee of Victoria argued that the cost of providing a single car park at a

railway station was approximately $20 000 compared with approximately

$2 000 for a secure bicycle storage facility, including the nominal cost of land

each facility occupies. Furthermore due to their relative size advantage,

approximately 20 bicycles could be accommodated in the area required to park

and provide access to one car.

Comfort and convenience

Relative to other modes of transport, cycling is impractical in a number of

respects. One obvious example is exposure to the weather. Bicycles offer few

comforts such as heating, air conditioning, or comfortable seats. They have

limited carrying capacity and are impractical for many trips such as large

shopping expeditions or picking up people. As noted by the Bicycle

Transportation Alliance, however, ‘In several respects, the practicality of

cycling depends on having the right equipment such as pannier bags [sidemounted

carry bags] or wet-weather gear’ (Sub. 305, p. 2).

B6 CYCLING

427

B6.3 Expanding the role of cycling

Submissions discussing the issue of non-motorised transport highlighted two

principal areas where cycling could play a much greater role:

greater integration between public transport use and cycling; and

as preferred modes for trips under three kilometres, subject to conditions

such as weather and carrying capacity needs.

Dual mode transportation

Several participants argued that the role of public transport and cycling could be

enhanced if facilities encouraging modal integration were improved. Dr

Laurence Knight commented:

... improving conditions for cyclists and pedestrians improves the viability (and extends

the range) of public transport services. (People have to either walk or cycle at each end

of a trip via public transport) (Sub. 211, p. 6).

Advocates of the dual mode strategy claim that greater bicycle use could be

encouraged through better provision of facilities, such as a more convenient and

safe road system, showering and storage facilities at the trip destination, and the

provision of secure locking facilities for bicycles at public transport facilities,

such as railway stations or bus interchanges.

Some participants also argued that the carriage of bicycles on public transport

should be encouraged, particularly during off-peak times. ATAC (1992)

recommended that priority be given:

... by local government and transit authorities to the provision of dual mode facilities

for cyclists, through safe storage lockers, improved access to transit stations, and

carriage of bicycles on trains at off-peak times and where feasible in peak times (ATAC

Communique 1992).

The ACT Government described initiatives promoting dual mode transportation

in its response to the draft report:

Dual mode commuting by bicycle and bus is being encouraged through the provision of

secure bicycle lockers at all bus interchanges. Secure trip end parking is provided at

employment nodes through extensive provision of bicycle racks and by encouraging

employers to provide under cover parking and shower facilities. (Sub. 228, p. 9)

Modal substitution

Several participants pointed out the potential for cycling to replace many short

car journeys of three kilometres or less. Such journeys are estimated to account

for approximately one third of all trips (ATAC 1993, p. 3). This opportunity

URBAN TRANSPORT

428

would depend on things such as the nature of the trip (for example, such modes

may be unsuitable for a large shopping trip), traffic conditions, topography and

weather conditions. According to the Bicycle Federation of Australia:

Evidence that provision for bicycles can increase bicycle usage comes from Fremantle

where implementation of the bike plan helped produce growth in cycling of 24 per cent

over two years, with an estimated fifty per cent of this growth in new bicycle travel

replacing car travel (Sub. 111, p. 5).

Other participants, including the Bicycle Institute of South Australia, noted a

latent demand for greater levels of bicycle use in Australia:

... Bicycle Victoria surveyed employees at several large workplaces in central

Melbourne. Although only 10 per cent of them ever rode bicycles go work, 33 per cent

of these employees would ‘seriously consider’ commuting by bicycle if there were

better bicycle routes and end-of-trip facilities secure parking, showers and clothes

lockers. (Sub. 88, Attachment 4, p. 2)

Government policies for cycling

The involvement of Commonwealth, State and Local Governments in cycling

projects extends to funding, education, construction and maintenance, regulation

and promotion. Interest in expanding the role of cycling in the transport task has

been reflected in a number of bicycle strategies produced in recent years. In

most States, strategies have been developed and endorsed by a variety of

interests including state environment, planning and transport agencies, local

councils, schools and bicycle user associations. The National Bicycle Strategy

outlines a variety of options for increasing the role of cycling and was prepared

by the Federal Government, in conjunction with the states.

In general, submissions to this inquiry supported the directions of the National

Bicycle Strategy recommendations. Some participants endorsed a series of

recommendations which build on the objectives of the Strategy (see box B6.1).

Additional options were also canvassed. Several participants, including the

Bicycle Institute of New South Wales and Bicycle Tasmania highlighted a ‘4

Es’ approach to expanding the role of cycling.

Cycling may be encouraged through better provision of secure bicycle parking

and showering and changing facilities. Provision for the carriage of bicycles on

public transport, better signs along bicycle routes and the provision of

information such as maps were also highlighted as measures which would

encourage these activities. The Bicycle Institute of Victoria described several

active ride to work programs in Melbourne workplaces during the hearings (DR

transcript, p. 744-5).

B6 CYCLING

429

Box B6.1: Participants views

Following discussions at the draft report hearings for the inquiry, Mr Parker of the Town

and Country Planning Association submitted a set of recommendations designed to

encourage bicycle use in Australia (Sub. 295, pp. 2-4). These recommendations were

endorsed by several participants in the inquiry, including the Bicycle Federation of

Australia (Sub. 309), Bicycle Tasmania (Sub. 334), the Bicycle Industries and Traders’

Association and the Retail Cycle Traders of Australia (Sub. 244). The recommendations

are as follows:

1. Establish a Federal Office of Bicycle Planning and Provision with a budget of say

$2 million a year to trial demonstration projects of national significance and

conduct research of national significance and coordinate the implementation of

the following recommendations all of which are either implicit or explicit in the

National Bicycle Strategy.

2. Build into all planning regulations and building codes the existing voluntary

requirements for bicycle parking set out in Austroads Manual and the Australian

standard for bicycle parking and make them mandatory in all states.

3. Build bicycle parking and bicycle facilities into the road pricing and car parking

decongestion programs.

4. That one percent of total road funding be tied to be spent on on-road facilities on

existing roads or off-road facilities to contribute towards creating continuous

urban bikeway networks.

5. That funding for demonstration projects of national significance be provided. In

particular for ride to work projects and bike/rail projects with supporting

behavioural science based research studies of the potential to substitute bike and

bike/rail trips for car trips.

6. Whenever the option exists to lower speed limits it should be done to make

cycling safer. On residential streets there should be a universal speed limit of 40

Kph. When a busy strip shopping street is a designated bicycle route the 40 kph

limit should also be applied as the technology now exists for electronically

changing the limit signs at different times of the day.

Many of these ideas represent an elaboration of the National Bicycle Strategy.

Comments on some of the others (for example, number 4) are expressed in this chapter.

Several submissions to the inquiry highlighted cycling encouragement programs

and high levels of bicycle ridership in other countries, particularly the

Netherlands, Denmark, Germany, Japan and China.

Better education of all road users would improve their understanding of safety,

road rules and desirable behaviour. This could include safe cycling media

campaigns, cyclist and motorists’ training to increase their awareness of each

others road needs, and school based programs promoting bicycle skills and

URBAN TRANSPORT

430

desirable behaviour. Education of planners, engineers and urban transport

professionals to the needs of cyclists was also mentioned.

The enforcement of safer riding could be strengthened. This could include

incorporating cycling rules in L permit tests for drivers, registration of bicycles

and greater police enforcement of existing rules applying to both cyclists and

motorists.

Engineering improvements suggested include the sealing of shoulders along

arterial roads, partitioning of bicycle lanes, segregation of bicycle paths and

general road maintenance such as resurfacing. Traffic calming measures such as

narrower streets, traffic impediments and controlled intersections to slow down

and reduce the volume of motor traffic along streets were also targeted.

Levels of funding and investment

A number of submissions recommended an allocation of government funding to

bicycle related expenditure of not less than one per cent of total road funding.

The Sydney Bikeplan estimated that:

The principal monetary benefits [of expenditure on bicycle transport] derive from

modal transfer, accident reductions, reductions in bicycle thefts and improved health ...

The non-monetary benefits are those that are increasingly being demanded by society,

such as improved environment, clean air and reduced background noise. These benefits

have not been costed but are still very real and should be taken into account in the value

for money assessment For every dollar spent, the return to the community is more than

$5; the benefit cost ratio is in excess of 5:1. (As quoted in Bicycle Institute of New

South Wales, Sub. 93, p. 9)

There are trade-offs associated with transport infrastructure decisions. The level

and type of investment is constrained by budget limitations as well as other

environmental, social and political considerations. It is unclear whether current

levels of bicycle related expenditure reflect an over- or under-estimation of the

benefits and costs of these modes.

A study conducted by the Cyclists’ Touring Club, Costing the Benefits: The

value of cycling (1993), outlined a cost-benefit approach to evaluating bicycle

funding. It considered the costs of car-based transport on society and the

environment, including direct costs such as construction and maintenance, as

well as indirect costs such as congestion, noise and air pollution and energy

costs. These were evaluated against the costs and benefits of cycling. The study

found that existing policies which fail to consider the full social and economic

costs and benefits of different transport options, are biased in favour of the

status quo (CTC 1993, p. 5).

B6 CYCLING

431

Determining the appropriate level of funding and investment for bicycle

facilities may be difficult in the absence of price signals. This is because of the

public good aspect of many cyclist facilities, such as bicycle paths, lane

markings, signs along routes and roads. These measurement difficulties do not,

however, imply that an allocation of a particular proportion of the national road

budget should automatically be provided for cycling purposes. Rather, an

attempt should be made to identify and quantify the full benefits and costs of

proposals, in order to facilitate efficient investment decisions. Such analyses

should include full social costs and benefits attributable to cycling. This process

could lead to a better use of existing funding, or justify an increase in the level

of expenditure for such facilities.

B6.4 Conclusion

The Commission recognises that cycling is a valuable mode of personal

transport. There appear to be significant environmental, health and cost

advantages, and potential enhanced modal integration opportunities for cycling.

The directions contained in the National Bicycle Strategy and the ATAC

recommendation that future proposals relating to this mode be assessed against

specific criteria including cost-effectiveness, feasibility and safety, with

consideration of social, environmental and economic factors seem to represent

moves in the right direction.

The Commission recommends the application of cost benefit analysis to all

transport investment decision making, incorporating the full range of

alternatives. This will ensure that decisions attempt to maximise anticipated

community benefits such as improved accessibility, mobility and safety for

cyclists in the most cost-effective and environmentally friendly way.

The Commission also recommends that the potential role of cycling be

given full consideration in transport and urban planning. This should

involve inclusion of cyclists’ needs in such developments as roads, transport

interchanges, residential developments, educational institutions, city shopping

precincts, and suburban retail centres.

URBAN TRANSPORT

432

433

REFERENCES FOR VOLUME 1

ABS (Australian Bureau of Statistics) Commonwealth Year Books, various

issues.

1974, Journey to Work and Journey to School, August, Cat. No. 9205.0.

1981, Handicapped Persons Australia, Cat. No. 4343.0.

1984, Travel to School, Work and Shops, October, Cat. No. 9201.2.

1985, Journey to Work, School and Shops, Victoria, Cat. No. 2298.0.

1989, 1988-89 Household Expenditure Survey, Australia: States and

Territories, Cat. No. 6533.0.

1990a, 1988-89 Household Expenditure Survey: Detailed Expenditure Items,

Cat. No. 6535.0.

1990b, Australian National Accounts: Concepts, Sources and Methods, May,

Cat. No. 5216.0.

1990c, Road Traffic Accidents Involving Casualties - Australia, Cat. No.

9405.0.

1991a, Housing Characteristics and Decisions: A Comparative Study of

Sydney, Melbourne, Adelaide and Canberra, Cat. No. 8710.0.

1991b, Journey to Work, School and Shops, Adelaide Statistical Division,

October, Cat. No. 9201.4.

1992a, Australia’s Environment: Issues and Facts, Cat. No. 4140.0.

1992b, Census Counts for Small Areas: Northern Territory, Cat. No. 2730.7.

1993a, 1991 Census of Population and Housing, Cat. No. 2722.0.

1993b, ABS Survey of Motor Vehicle Use, Cat. No. 9208.0.

1993c, Australian National Accounts: National Expenditure and Products,

June Quarter, Cat. No. 5206.0.

1993d, Census of Population and Housing: Basic Community Profiles, Cat.

No. 2722.2.

1993e, Disabilities, Ageing and Carers: Summary of Findings, Cat. No.

4430.0.

ACTA (Australian City Transit Association) 1993, City Transit Year Book

199293, April, Canberra.

URBAN TRANSPORT

434

ACT (Australian Capital Territory) Department of Urban Services 1992, Annual

Report 1991–92, Revised Edition, Canberra.

ACTION 1992, Corporate Plan 1992–93, Australian Capital Territory,

Canberra.

AGB McNair Australia 1991, Trams in Melbourne: Community Attitudes Study,

A report for the Public Transport Corporation, Melbourne.

AIFS (Australian Institute for Family Studies) 1993, The Australian Living

Standards Study – Berwick Report - Part 1: The Household Survey, Revised,

February.

Allen Consulting Group 1993, Land Transport Infrastructure: Maximising the

Contribution to Economic Growth, A report to the Australian Automobile

Association, November.

Andreassen D. 1993, Road Accident Costs and their Use, A report for the

Australian Road Research Board, Special Briefing No. 4, April.

ARRB (Australian Road Research Board) 1992, Road User Costs for Use in

Economic Evaluation of Road Works.

ATAC (Australian Transport Advisory Council) 1992, Communique, National

Bicycle Strategy, Canberra.

1993, National Bicycle Strategy, Department of Transport and

Communications, Canberra.

ATIA (Australian Taxi Industry Association) 1993, 1992-93 Annual Report.

Austroads 1991, Road Demand Management, A report prepared by Pak-Poy and

Kneebone Pty Ltd in association with Halcrow Fox and Associates.

1993, Road Facts: An Overview of Australian Road Systems and Its Use, A

draft paper.

Barry, M. 1991, Through the Cities: The Revolution in Light Rail, Frankfurt

Press, Dublin.

BCA (Business Council of Australia) 1993, ‘A business perspective on transport

reform’, address to a Monash University Lecture Series on Transport Policies

for the New Millennium by Anderson, C., Business Council Bulletin, No.

100, August.

Beed, C. 1981, Melbourne’s Development and Planning, Clewara Press,

Melbourne.

Beesley, M. 1979, ‘Competition and supply in London taxis’, Journal of

Transport Economics and Policy, January.

REFERENCES

435

Bhatt, K. 1993, ‘Implementing congestion pricing: winners and losers’, ITE

Journal (Institute of Transportation Engineers), December.

BMA (British Medical Association) 1992, Cycling Towards Health and Safety,

Oxford University Press.

Bornhorst Ward Veitch Pty Ltd. 1990, Market Segmentation of Transport

Users: Final Report, Prepared for the South East Queensland Passenger

Transport Study.

BTCE (Bureau of Transport and Communications Economics) 1988, Review of

Road Cost Recovery, Prepared for the BTCE by Luck, D. and Martin, I.,

Occasional Paper 90, AGPS, Canberra.

1989, Australian Road Financing Statistics 1977-78 to 1986-87, Information

Paper 33, August.

1991, Greenhouse Gas Emissions in Australian Transport, Working Paper 1,

Canberra, July.

1992a, A Review of Developments in Urban Rail, Prepared for the Australian

Rail Industry Advisory Council, November.

1992b, Social Cost of Transport Accidents in Australia, AGPS, Canberra.

1993, ‘Transport and communications indicators road expenditure and

motor vehicle revenue’, A Quarterly Review of Transport and

Communications Activity, Bulletin 40, March Quarter.

Bushell, C. (ed.) 1992, Jane’s Urban Transport Systems 1992-93, 11th edn,

GEC ALSTHOM Transport.

1993, Jane’s Urban Transport Systems 1993-94, 12th edn, GEC ALSTHOM

Transport.

Business Regulation Review Office 1991, The Taxi and Hire Car Vehicle

Industry in Adelaide: A Futures Paper, Government Adviser on

Deregulation, South Australia.

Cervero, R. and Landis, J. 1990, ‘Assessing the impacts of urban rail transit on

local real estate markets using quasi-experimental comparisons’, Journal of

Transportation Research, vol. 27, no. 1.

CGC (Commonwealth Grants Commission) 1993, Report on General Revenue

Grant Relatives 1993, vol. 3, AGPS, Canberra.

CityRail 1993, Submission to NSW Government Pricing Tribunal.

Community Transport Organisation 1992, Annual Report 1991-92, New South

Wales.

URBAN TRANSPORT

436

Cosgrove, D. and Gargett, D. 1992, The Australian Domestic Transport Task,

Papers of the Australasian Transport Research Forum, vol. 17, part 1, AGPS,

Canberra.

Cox, W. and Love, J. 1991, International Experience in Competitive Tendering,

Presented to the second international conference on Privatisation and

Deregulation in Passenger Transportation, Tampere, Finland, June.

1994, Competition on Overseas Public Transport Competitive Tendering:

Africa, the Americas, Australia, and Continental Europe, Prepared by

Wendell Cox Consultancy in association with Travers Morgan (New

Zealand), forthcoming.

CTC (Cyclists’ Touring Club) 1993, Costing the Benefits: The Value of Cycling,

Hambledon, Surrey.

Decorla-Souza, P. 1993, ‘Congestion pricing: issues and opportunities’, ITE

Journal (Institute of Transportation Engineers), December.

Diesendorf, M. 1993, ‘Light rail better than busways’, The Canberra Times, 16

September, p. 8.

Docwra, G. 1993, Road Policy and Australian Federalism, A paper prepared for

the BTCE, Occasional Paper 106, September.

DOTAC (Department of Transport and Communications) 1993, Spokes,

Canberra.

Doxsey, L. 1986, Interpreting the Results of Regulatory Revisions in Seattle and

San Diego, Transportation Research Record 1103, Transportation Research

Board, Washington DC.

ESD (Ecologically Sustainable Development Working Groups) 1991a, Draft

Report: Transport, AGPS, Canberra, August.

1991b, Final Report: Transport, AGPS, Canberra, November.

Evans, A. 1990, Are Urban Bus Services Natural Monopolies?, Papers of the

Australasian Transport Research Forum, vol 15, part 1.

Evans, D. 1992, Transport and Greenhouse: What Won’t Work and What Might

Work, Papers of the Australasian Transport Research Forum, vol 17, part 3.

FORS (Federal Office of Road Safety) 1988, Day-to-Day Travel in Australia

1985 - 1986, Prepared by Adena, M. and Montesin, H., Instat Australia Pty

Ltd for FORS.

1991, ‘Road fatality statistics: Australia’, Annual Report 1991, AGPS,

Canberra.

REFERENCES

437

1992a, FORS Serious Injury Database 1990 – 1991.

1992b, ‘Road fatality statistics: Australia’, Annual Report 1992, AGPS,

Canberra.

1993, Regulatory Impact Statement, Draft Revision of Australian Design

Rule 37/00 Emission Control for Light Vehicles, August.

Frankena, M. Paulter P. 1986, Economic Analysis of Taxicab Regulation,

Transportation Research Record 1103, Transportation Research Board,

Washington DC.

Gerofi, J. 1993, ‘Roads to nirvana: ways of privatising bus services, Transit

Australia, November.

Goldberg, J. 1993, ‘The F2 Castlereagh expressway affair: a case for reform of

the NSW Roads and Traffic Authority’, Urban Policy and Research, vol. 11,

no. 3.

Greater Toronto Coordinating Committee 1992, Shaping Growth in the Greater

Toronto Area: A Complementary Report, Office for the Greater Toronto

Area, September.

Gwilliam, K. and Van de Velde, D. 1990, ‘The potential for regulatory change

in European bus markets’, Journal of Transport Economics and Policy, vol.

XXIV, no. 3, September.

HACC (Home And Community Care) 1989, Home And Community Care

Program - National Guidelines, AGPS, Canberra.

Hau, T. 1992, Congestion Charging Mechanisms for Roads: An Evaluation of

Current Practice, World Bank, Transport Division, Working Paper,

December.

Hensher, D. 1993, Local Urban Bus Services: Natural Monopoly and

Benchmark Contestability, Institute of Transport Studies, Graduate School of

Management, Working paper ITS-WP-93-13, University of Sydney, August.

Hensher, D. and Daniels, R. 1993, Productivity Measurement in the Urban Bus

Sector: 1991-92, Final Report by Institute of Transport Studies prepared for

the Industry Commission Inquiry into Urban Transport ITS-RR-93-4, August.

Hensher, D. and Waters, W. 1993, Light Rail and Bus Priority Systems: Choice

or Blind Commitment?, Institute of Transport Studies, Graduate School of

Business, ITS-WP-93-94, University of Sydney.

Higginson, M. 1989, Deregulate: Who Dares? The London Experience,

Competition and Ownership of Bus and Coach Services: An International

Conference in Thredbo, Australia, May.

URBAN TRANSPORT

438

House of Representatives Standing Committee on Transport, Communications

and Infrastructure 1993a, Inquiry into the Efficiency of Road Construction

and Maintenance: Driving the Road Dollar Further, (Morris Inquiry), The

Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia, AGPS, Canberra, December.

1993b, Media Release from the Chairman Morris, P. (MHR), Tabling

Statement, 16 December.

Howe, B. (Minister for Human Services and Health) 1993, Industry Commission

Urban Transport Report, Speech prepared for the first seminar held by the

Australian Urban and Regional Development Review, Grand Hyatt

Melbourne, 21 December 1993.

IC (Industry Commission) 1991a, 1990-91 Annual Report, AGPS, Canberra.

1991b, Costs and Benefits of Reducing Greenhouse Gas Emissions, Report

No. 15, AGPS, Canberra.

1991c, Rail Transport, Report No. 13, AGPS, Canberra.

1992, Mail, Courier and Parcel Services, Report No. 28, AGPS, Canberra.

1993, Taxation and Financial Policy Impacts on Urban Settlement, Report

No. 30, vol. 1, AGPS, Canberra.

Independent Commission to Review Public Sector Finances 1993, Agenda for

Reform: Report of the Independent Commission to Review Public Sector

Finances, (McCarrey Report), vol. 2, Western Australia, August.

Independent Committee of Inquiry 1993, National Competition Policy: A

Report by the Independent Committee of Inquiry, (Hilmer Report), AGPS,

Canberra, August.

ISC (Inter-State Commission) 1990, Road Use Charges and Vehicle

Registration: A National Scheme, AGPS, Canberra.

Jansson, K. and Wallin, B. 1991, ‘Deregulation of public transport in Sweden’,

Journal of Transport Economics and Policy, January.

Kneebone, D. 1993, International Benchmarking – Road Construction and

Maintenance in Australia: A Discussion Paper, Prepared for the International

Benchmarking Advisory Group of the Business Council of Australia.

Mangan, J. 1994, ‘Warrnambool rail exceeds early hopes’, The Age, 3 January,

p. 4.

Metropolitan Transit 1985, Light Rail Transit System – Inner Area North-South

Link.

REFERENCES

439

Miles, J. 1992, The Costs of Congestion: A Preliminary Assessment of

Melbourne’s Road Network, Discussion Paper for Vicroads, December.

Mohring, H 1972, ‘Optimisation and scale economies in urban bus

transportation’, American Economic Review 62.

Morris, J. 1981, ‘Equity in the city’, in Troy, P. (ed.), Urban Public Transport,

Allen & Unwin.

Multisystems Inc 1981, Transport Brokerage Unit, Report for the Director-

General of Transport, South Australia, December.

Munro, D. and Eriksen, P. 1992, ‘Vehicle emission deterioration’, Environment

Protection Authority of Victoria paper presented to the Institution of

Engineers, Wheels ‘92 Conference, November.

Nash, C. and J. Preston 1993, Privatisation of Railways, European Conference

of Ministers for Transport, Economic Research Centre, Round Table 90,

Paris.

Newman, P. and Kenworthy, J. 1991, Cities and Automobile Dependence: An

International Source Book, Gower Publishing Company Ltd, England.

1992, Housing, Transport and Urban Form, The National Housing Strategy,

AGPS.

New South Wales Auditor-General 1992, Report for 1992, vol. 3.

1993, Annual Report 1992-93.

New South Wales (DOT) Department of Transport 1992, Light Rail: Its

Evolution and Potential for New South Wales, Discussion paper, Transport

Planning Division.

New South Wales Government 1993a, Submission to Commonwealth Grants

Commission 1993 Review of General Revenue Grant Relativities.

1993b, Integrated Transport Strategy For Greater Sydney: A New South

Wales Government Vision, A first release for public discussion, October.

New South Wales RTA (Roads and Traffic Authority) 1989, Sydney Harbour

Tunnel Traffic Impact Study.

1991, Road Transport Future Directions, Prepared by Travers Morgan Pty

Ltd, Sinclair Knight and Partners and Booz Allen and Hamilton Inc., June.

1992, The Cost of Congestion in Sydney, A report prepared by Commeignes,

H., February.

URBAN TRANSPORT

440

New South Wales SRA (State Rail Authority) 1989, Cityrail: Diagnostic and

Strategic Direction, Prepared by Booz, Allen and Hamilton, February.

New South Wales STA (State Transit Authority) 1993, Submission to the NSW

Government Pricing Tribunal 1993 Fares Review.

Newton, R. and Borghesi, P. 1989, Vicbike Summary of Qualitative Research,

Prepared for Vicroads, AGB Spectrum, Melbourne, November.

NHS (National Housing Strategy) 1991, Australian Housing: The Demographic,

Economic and Social Environment, AGPS, Canberra.

1992a, Housing Location and Access to Services, Issues Paper 5.

— 1992b, The Findings of the Housing and Locational Choice Survey

(HALCS): An Overview, AGPS, Canberra.

Nordell, O. 1993, Deregulation Swedish Style: Our Experiences, Paper

presented to a United Kingdom conference on Transport, July.

O’Connor, M. and Rapson 1990, Inner Melbourne: A Regional Profile,

Prepared for the Inner Melbourne Regional Association.

Ogden, K. 1992, Urban Goods Movement: A Guide to Policy and Planning,

Ashgate, United Kingdom.

O’Rourke, V. 1993, Vertical Separation of Infrastructure and Operations, A

Queensland Rail discussion paper presented to a Railways of Australia

Commissioners Conference, September.

Parker, A. 1992, ‘The green city: how to marry bicycles and rail’, Cyclist, June-

July.

PSA (Prices Surveillance Authority) 1993, Fuel Prices and State and Territory

Government Franchise Fees, December.

PTC (Public Transport Corporation) 1992, Annual Report 1992.

1993, Annual Report 1992-93.

Public Accounts Committee 1993, Report on the School Student Transport

Scheme, Parliament of New South Wales, Report No. 68, January.

Queensland Auditor-General 1992, First Report of the Auditor-General on

Audits Performed in the Year Ended 30 June 1992, Brisbane.

Queensland DOT (Department of Transport), Annual Report 1991-1992.

1994a, Queensland Passenger Transport Review: Application of Policy for

Scheduled Services Operating under Service Contracts.

REFERENCES

441

1994b, Queensland Passenger Transport Review: Application of Policy for

taxis.

Queensland Minister for Transport 1993, Media Statement: Cabinet Approves

Public Transport Changes, 13 December.

Queensland Regional Planning Advisory Group 1992, Position Paper: Services

Co-ordination, Urban Futures Working Group, A paper of the SEQ 2001

project, October.

RACV (Royal Automobile Club of Victoria) and VACC (Victorian Automobile

Chamber of Commerce) 1992, Motor Vehicle Emissions: A Melbourne

Perspective, Victoria.

Radbone, I. 1991, The Taxi and Hire Vehicle Futures Paper: Response and

Recommendations, University of South Australia, September.

1992, Complementary Transport Services Seminar: Background Paper,

Transport Systems Centre, University of South Australia, December.

Review of Public Vehicles and Carriers 1993, Driving Forces: Public Vehicles

and Carriers in New South Wales - Issues in Industrial Regulation.

RIC (Railway Industry Council) 1990a, Rail into the 21st Century: A Railway

Industry Council Discussion Paper, AGPS, Canberra, May.

1990b, Conclusions and Recommendations, A Report of the Council’s

Recommendations on a Strategy for the Medium and Long term to Improve

the Viability and Competitiveness of the Rail Industry, AGPS, Canberra,

August.

Rice, D., Mackenzie E. and Associates 1989, Cost of Injury in the United

States: A Report to Congress, Institute for Health and Ageing, University of

California and Injury Prevention Centre and Johns Hopkins University,

Centres for Disease Control, Atlanta.

SEPTS (South East Queensland Passenger Transport Study) 1991, South East

Queensland Passenger Transport Study: Summary Report, vol. 1, A report

prepared for the Queensland Department of Transport, September.

Shann, E. 1993, ‘Time to deregulate taxis: a bigger problem than you think’,

Access Economics.

Small, K. 1992, Urban Transportation Economics, Harwood Academic,

Switzerland.

Sorensen, T. 1991, No Waiting: Ideas for Improving Sydney’s Bus Services, CIS

Policy Monographs 20, Centre for Independent Studies Ltd, Sydney.

URBAN TRANSPORT

442

South Australian DOT (Department of Transport), Directory of Community

Transport In South Australia, Director-General of Transport.

South Australian Office of Regulation and Review 1991, The Taxi and Hire

Vehicle Industry in Adelaide: A Futures Paper, by Bitter, C., June.

South Australian STA (State Transport Authority) 1992, Annual Report 1992,

September.

South Australian Taxi Association Inc. 1991, Strategic Review of the South

Australian Taxi Industry, September.

Stanford, L. 1992, Competitive Tendering: Bus Services in Adelaide, A report

for the Director-General of Transport, South Australia, July.

Starrs, M. 1994, ‘A future for public transport in Australia’, Journal of

Advanced Transportation, forthcoming.

Steering Committee on National Performance Monitoring of Government

Trading Enterprises 1992, Measuring the Total Factor Productivity of

Government Trading Enterprises, AGPS, Canberra, July.

1993, Government Trading Enterprises Performance Indicators 1987-88 to

1991-92, AGPS, Canberra.

Sweezie, H. 1989, Value Capture Techniques, Working Paper No. 2.

Tasmanian Department of Roads and Transport 1992, Annual Report 1991-92.

Teal, R. 1989a, Issues Raised by Competitive Contracting of Bus Transit

Service in the USA, Presented at the Competition and Ownership of Bus and

Coach Services: An International Conference in Thredbo, Australia, May.

1989b, Submission to Government Administration Committee, New Zealand.

Teal, R. and Berglund, M. 1987, ‘The impacts of taxicab deregulation in the

USA, Journal of Transport Economics and Policy, vol. XXI, no. 1, January.

Travers Morgan (New Zealand) Ltd 1993a, Urban Bus Operations: Productive

Efficiency and Regulatory Reform International Experience, A report

prepared for the Industry Commission Inquiry into Urban Transport, October.

1993b, ACTION Bus Benchmarking Study, A study prepared for the ACT

Department of Urban Services.

Travers Morgan Pty Ltd 1985, Review of Road Cost Recovery in South

Australia.

REFERENCES

443

1988a, Public Transport for Perth’s Northern Suburbs, A report of the

Northern Suburbs Rapid Transit Study, in association with Pak-Poy and

Kneebone, Blackwell and Associates and Uloth and Associates, August.

1988b, Review of the Economic Regulation of the Taxi Industry in Adelaide,

Prepared for the South Australian Department of Transport, July.

1991, Efficient Pricing Policy Study, Prepared for the South East Queensland

Passenger Transport Study.

TRC (Transport Research Centre) 1992, Melbourne Area Personal Travel

Survey: Pilot Study, October.

Troy, P. 1992, ‘The new feudalism’, Urban Futures, vol. 2, no. 2.

Tyson, W. 1992, Bus Deregulation – Five Years On, A report to the Association

of Metropolitan Authorities and Passenger Transport Executive Group,

March.

United Kingdom House of Commons Transport Committee 1993, ‘The

government’s proposals for the deregulation of buses in London’, Report,

Appendices and Minutes of Proceedings of the Fourth Report by the House of

Commons Transport Committee, vol 1, HMSO Publications, London, July.

Vicroads 1992, The Costs of Congestion: A Preliminary Assessment of

Melbourne’s Road Network, Prepared by Miles, J. for Vicroads, Report IR

92-5.

Vicroads and State Bicycle Committee of Victoria 1991, Victorian Bicycle

Strategy, State Bicycle Committee, Kew, Victoria.

Victorian Auditor-General 1993, Report on Ministerial Portfolios, L. V. North

Government Printer, May, Melbourne.

Victorian Commission of Audit 1993, Report of the Victorian Commission of

Audit, vol. 2, May.

Victorian DOT (Department of Transport) 1993a, Public Transport Reform –

Victoria From a System to a Service, 6 January.

1993b, Tender: Provision of Public Passenger Bus Services Currently

Operated by the Public Transport Corporation, 20 April.

Victorian Minister for Public Transport 1993, News Release: Brown Announces

Preferred Tenderers for Met Bus Contracts, 23 August.

Victorian Ministry of Transport 1991, Central Area Transport Strategy -

Revitalising Central Melbourne, March.

URBAN TRANSPORT

444

Vuchic, V. 1981, Urban Public Transportation: Systems and Technology,

Prentice-Hall, New Jersey.

Wallis, I. 1992, Experience to Date and Key Issues at Progressing Passenger

Transport, Transit New Zealand National Conference, Masterton.

1993, Local Passenger Transport Deregulation: The New Zealand

Experience, Presented at the IIR Urban Transport Conference, Sydney,

March.

Walmsley, D. and Perrett, K. 1992, The Effects of Rapid Transit on Public

Transport and Urban Development, State of the Art Review 6, Transport

Research Laboratory, HMSO Publications, London.

West Coast Railway 1993, West Coast Weekly, no. 17, 22 December.

Western Australian (DOT) Department of Transport 1990, A Resource

Document on Community Transport Providers, July.

Western Australian Minister for Transport 1993, Media Statement from the

Western Australian Minister for Transport, 14 September.

White, P. 1993, ‘Some Introductory Observations’, Report of a One-Day

Seminar on the Privatisation of British Rail, The Transport Economist, vol.

20, no. 2.

Williams, D. 1981, ‘Labour costs and taxi supply in Melbourne’, Notes and

Comments, Journal of Transport Economics and Policy, May.